I- CALIFORNIA COLLEGE OF MEDICINE LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA hi* ^^' ^ Ie ^isftfytf??^,^f?ffifrfiy-.5f^^ 'i:*^'^'- :5i<' J, .vv-^^.,. k- 4, 1/ ,.• ^^^ >..,;!' ■>4rt.^ h:^ ^..afx^v^ -:# ■IhV^"' '^y V' ^?' ■ 1 ' , ■A^ V ^ s,^u:4^| C^-- j^a^>^^ ^M^^^ ^. - ^'^^ THE Cottage Physician FOR INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY USE. n Prevention, Symptoms and Treatment. BEST KNOWN METHODS IN ALL. Diseases, Accidents ^ Emero^encies 9!Jhi Home, PREPARED BY The Best Physicians and Surgeons of Modern Practice. ALLOPATHY, f HOMOEOPATHY, ETC., ETC. WITH INTRODUCTION BY GEORGE W. POST, A.M., M.D., Adjunct F*rofessor of the Practice of Nledicine IN THE College of Physicians and Surgeons, Chicago. Qomplete fiapd BooK of (I\edioal l^Qou/led^e for tl?e flome. NEARLY 200 ILLUSTRATIONS. I^ing«t^ichaiTdson Publishing Co., Springfield, Mass. De9 Moines. San Jos6. Ku iimond. Dallas. -lX\ g) .%^ Copyri^'ht, 1803-1895, by KIXG, RICHARDSON & Co. Copyri-rht. 1897, 1-y THK KINC-RICHARDSOX PT'RLlSlIINi'r CO. Si'Uixt;FiEi.n, Mass. All Rig^hts Reserved. ki J PREFACE. ■i^'{S'-^'^^><^ THE contents of " The Cottage Physician " have been prepared and arranged to meet the many needs of the home. In view of the fact that the science and practice of medi- cine have made such wonderful advancement during the past few years, no one physician is any longer equally well versed in all departments of the profession. The highly successful physician of to-day reallv excels in some special branch of his profession. We have therefore studiously avoided the doctor who had ample time to prepare a whole book, seeking only specialists in the various phases of medical and surgical practice. Over twenty physicians, surgeons, and pharmacists have been consulted and employed in the preparation of this work, endeavoring to embody only the very best and most approved remedies and meth- ods of treatment known to advanced practitioners. The object of " The Cottage Physician " is fourfold : 1, to prevent sickness ; 2, to promote health ; 3, to diminish human suffer- ing ; 4, to lessen the expense of maintaining the blessing of health in the home. Every individual has a right to know all about himself, which is now made possible through the wonderful advancement and recent discoveries in medical science. Of all departments of knowledge, none is of greater importance than that which relates to the preservation of human life and the alleviation of pain and suffering. It is admitted by all, that preventive medicine is far better than curative medicine. Technical names and medical phrases have been studiously avoided or carefully interpreted, and the entire work stripped of that cloud of mystery which characterizes other books of similar nature. This volume will be found so broad in its scope of information, so simple in language, so clear in expression, and so comprehensive that even those of very limited knowledge will find it a never-failing guide in promoting health, curing disease, and in the emergencies of the home. This book is not intended to detract from the dignity of the profession nor to take the physician's place, but, if properly used, it will render his work more successful, hence his visits less frequent, and health more abundant. THE PUBLISHERS. 3 ^- ^ TABLE OF CONTENTS. Chapter 1. page. Physiology for the Home, 9 Chapter 2. How to Maintain Good Health, 74 Chapter 3. Detecting Approaching Disease 87 Chapter 4. Diseases. Hemedies and Treatment, 95 Chapter 5. Womanhood, Motherhood. Counsel and Treatment, ... 267 Chaptkr 6. Children, Care, Diseases and Treatment 296 Chapter 7. Contagious Diseases of Children, 320 Chapter 8. Care and Preservation of the Teeth, 351 Chapter 9. How to Disguise Unpleasant Taste of Medicine, 354 Chapter 10. Homoeopathic Remedies and Treatment, 358 Chapter 11. Key to Homoeopathic Prescriptions, 393 Chapter 12. Properties and Action of Homoeopathic Remedies, .... 395 Chapter 13. Medicinal Plants. When to Gather, How to Use, .... 402 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 5 Chapter 14. page. Botanical Treatment. Home Made Remedies, 432 Chaptek 15. Favorite Family Prescriptions, 447 Chapter 10. Accidents and Injuries. Domestic Surgery, 462 Chapter 17. Physical Culture and its Power over Disease, 504 Chapter 18. Hydropathic Treatment. Water a Healing Remedy, ... 505 Chapter 19. Electricity. Properties and Healing Power, 507 Chapter 20. Properties of Medicine Classified, 513 Chapter 21. Medicines Classified According to Effects, 514 Chapter 22. Latin Names of Remedies, Translated into English, ... 518 Chapter 2:5. Antidotes for Remedies. How to Neutralize Overdoses, . 519 Chapter 24. Disinfectants. How to Destroy Germs of Disease, .... 528 Chapter 25. Poisons and their Antidotes, 530 Chapter 26. Patent Medicine Recipes, 531 Chapter 27. Select Family Liniments. Pain Relieving Remedies, . . 537 Chapter 28. Choice Healing Ointments, 538 Chapter 29. World Famed Family Cements, Mt a TABLE OF CONTENTS. Chapter 30. pao*. Famous Medicated Fads, 639 Chapter 31. Noted Mineral Waters Possessing Healing Virtues, ... 640 Chapter 32. Side Talks with Young Men and Young Women, .... 641 Chapter .3^?. Husband and Wife. Golden Counsel, 666 Chapter .34. Old Age. Care, Diseases, and Treatment, 684 Chapter 35. Food for Infants 688 Chapter 36. Food for the Sick-Room, 680 Chapter 37. Medical Dictionary. Doctors' Phrases Explained, ... 696 Chapter .38. Diseases Classified According to Symptoms, 615 Chapter 39. Clinical Thermometer. Sure Indicator of Serious Illness, 617 Chapter 40. Phrenology Illustrated, 020 Chapter 41. Roentgen X Rays, 622 Chapter 42. Toilet Remedies, 6;K) Chapter 4.3. Prescription Register, 031 Chapter 44. Household Memoranda, 638 Chapter 45. Keeley Cure, etc., 326 Chapter 4r.. Temperaments and Constitution, 335 INTRODUCTION BY GEORGE W. POST, A.M., M.D., Adjunct Professor of the Practice of Medicine in the College of Phystaans and Surgeons, Chicago. Member of Chicago Medical Society, etc. * EVERY intelligent human being should study medicine. There is need of wisdom, accuracy, and judgment in the care of our bodies. The « knowledge of medicine should be as universal as the need of it. No one can be considered well educated who does not understand the make-up of his own body and the care and requirements necessary to keep it in a state of health. The average man knows too little about himself, and no one knows too much, but the facts which have been demonstrated, and which are beneficial to mankind, should be a part of the common knowledge. This is true philanthropy. To cure a person of disease is a good thing, but to teach hini how to keep well is a better one. The ignorance or indifference in respect to these things which prevails among enlightened and thinking people is almost incredible. All classes of men, lawyers, farmers, and business men, clergymen, teachers, and men prominent in national affairs, show the greatest eagerness and enthusiasm in mastering any detail of their respective callings which may be to their advantage. Yet, too often these same men manifest no anxiety whatever as t» their own physical well-being. IMen submit themselves, complacently, to fatigue, exposure, and excesses, which ruin the body, and frequently mind and soul as well. A part of this is due to carelessness, but the greater part can safely be laid at the door of ignorance. Men do not know the right rules of living. They do not know the certain and sure penalties which follow the breaking of these rules. There is, at the present day, more need of teachers for the people than for the educating of physicians. The world does not need more physicians. On the contrary the demand of the times is for fewer physicians, and better ones, and it always will be so. But the highest and best achievement of the medical profession is to prevent disease, and this can be accomplished in no better way than by teaching the people how to live. So, too, a book which shall teach the principles of right living in a clear, scientific, and (iod-fearing way is a boon to humanity. Such a book The Cottage Physician aims to be. But the world is awakening to a realizing sense of its own lack. It is looking for sources of relief. Everything published regarding medicine, from madstones to antitoxines, and from quack advertisements to magic germ destroyers, is swallowed with avidity, until the popular medical lore 7 8 INTEODUCTION. has become a miscellaneous compound of tradition, superstition, and dis- jointed scientific trutlis. Not that the people lacli intelligence or judgment, but tlieir sources of information are unreliable. So, then, the people's text-book of medicine should be clear, concise, and accurate. It should state facts and not theories. It should deal with practical truths simply worded. Kot every one who studies medicine should practice it. The manipula* tion of complex machinery and delicate tools requires th» skilled workman. What, then, shall be the proper field for the medical knowledge of the masses ? <)n what lines shall the learner of the future be instructed ? In the first place, he will have a practical understanding of the mechanism and workings of the different parts of his physique. He will understand thoroughly the details of hygiene as to clothing, exercise, rest, food, drink, and the like. He will know how best to prevent disease, and how to prevent the spread of contagious maladies by isolation, disinfection, and inocula- tion. He will be taught to act with discretion in emergencies, to control bleeding in the wounded, to use artificial respiration in the drowning, to apply a temporary splint to a broken bone. He will know what remedies to use in the treatment of slight ailments, little matters, for which a physician would not be consulted, but which, if neglected, may lead to grave disorders. In short, he will know how to preserve the human body in the condition of the highest health and activity to a hale old age. To the inexperienced nurse, this book will prove especially helpful. It is a common occurrence for the untried mother, wife, or daughter to be called upon to care for a loved one who is suffering from a severe or dangerous disease. Unnerved by anxiety, distrustful of her own capability, and fear- ful as to the future, she seeks earnestly for every particle of information which may benefit the patient. The physician in attendance has no time to train her in all the minutiae of nursing. She turns, naturally, to her friends for advice, and they, moved by sympathy or otficiousness, suggest methods and means according to their knowledge or experience. This advice, coming from so many sources, is so varied and conflicting, that the novice is bewil- dered; and oftentimes she employs measures, with the best of intentions, which result disastrously to the sufferer. In such a time of uncertainty, it will be of the greatest value to have at hand, such a simple, reliable state- ment of the cause and course of the disease, of its dangers and complica- tions, of the treatment to be used, and the treatment to be avoided. Terror will thus be replaced by confidence, perplexity by certainty, and many lives will be saved. The plan of placing in the same volume an outline of the three recognized schools of medicine is a good one. It enables the unbiased reader to get a just idea of each, without heat or prejudice, and to choose that one which appeals most strongly to his reason and judgment. To the young man or woman who contemplates entering the medical profession, it affords a source of information from which a choice of schools can be made. The broader the scope of human knowledge, the greater should be the sum of human happiness, and this is certainly true of medicine. Knowl- edge brings health, and health is the handmaid of happiness. Let the researches of science and the education of the masses go on, hand in hand, until the time shall come when disease shall have vanished from the earth, and death shall result only as a welcome and peaceful termination to a life whose sum of usefulness is complete. EXTERNAL LOCATION OF THE ORGANS. THE NERVES. [ANIKIN. head <& face. lorta. r- va. of the lungs. md branches. S of the lungs, tomach. »mach. ines. nes or colon, large vein. >r little brain, ebrse. ^ein. aorta, lie liver. I cava, rtery. ery. ein. KEY TO MANIKIN. Muscular system. External nerves, head & face. The trachea. The arch of the aorta. Pulmonary artery. Superior vena cava. External surface of the lungs. The heart. Right bronchus and branches. The blood vessels of the lungs. External of the stomach. Internal of the stomach. The duodenum. The small intestines. The large intestines or colon. The cerebrum or large vein. The cerebellum or little brain. The cervical vertebra;. The ccsophagiis. The subclavian vein. The descending aorta. The left lobe of the liver. The gall bladder. The Kidney. The spleen. The inferior vena cava. The right iliac artery. The left iliac artery. The right iliac vein. The left iliac vein. KEY TO MANIKIN. Muscular system. External nerves, head & face. The trachea. The arch of the aorta. Pulmonary artery. Superior vena cava. External surface of the lun^s. The heart. Right bronchus and branches. The blood vessels of the lungs. External of the stomach. Internal of the stomach. The duodenum. The small intestines. The large intestines or colon. The cerebrum or large vein. The cerebellum or little brain. The cerv'ical vertebrae. The cesophagus. The subclavian vein. The descending aorta. The left lobe of the liver. The gall bladder. The Kidney. The spleen. The inferior vena cava. The right iliac artery. The left iliac artery. The right iliac vein. The left iliac vein. KEY TO MANIKIN. Muscular system. External nerves, head Jfe face. The trachea. The arch of the aorta. Pulmonary artery. Superior vena cava. External surface of the lungs. The heart. Right bronchus and branches. The blood vessels of the lungs. External of the stomach. Internal of the stomach. The duodenum. The small intestines. The large intestines or colon. The cerebrum or large vein. The cerebellum or little brain. The cervical vertebrae. The rcsophagus. The subclavian vein. The descendine aorta. The left lobe of the liver. The gall bladder. The Kidney. The spleen. The inferior vena cava. The right iliac artery. The left iliac artery. The right iliac vein. The left iliac vein. 5 05 KEY TO MANIKIN. Muscular system. External nerves, head & face. The trachea. The arch of the aorta. Pulmonary artery. Superior vena cava. External surface of the lungs. The heart. Right lironchus and branches. The blood vessels of the lungs. External of the stomach. Internal of the stomach. The duodenum. The small intestines. The large intestines or colon. The cerebrum or large vein. The cerebellum or little brain. The cervical vertebrae. The rcsophagus. The subclavian vein. The descending aorta. The left lobe of the liver. The gall bladder. The lidney. The spleen. The inferior vena cava. The right iliac artery. The left iliac artery. The right iliac vein. The left iliac vein. Physiology for the Home, ^•^^^ ILLUSTRATED. The Head. — The head consists of the skuD or cranium, and the face — the former contains the brain. The skull is composed of eight bones, connected together by sutures, having tooth-like serrated margins, which fit into or overlap each other. The whole structure is marvelous for its strength and lightness. Between the interior and exterior wall of the frontal or fore- head bone are what are called the frontal sinuses, two hollow chambers, which cause those bulgings at tlie upjjer edges of the orbits, and which shelter and protect the eyes in the hollow beneath. Behind each ear there is also a bony prominence called the mastoid, to which powerful muscles are attached, especially the sterno mastoid, which is distinctly seen in the neck, and whose lower ends have their origin at the top of the sternum or breast bones. These prominences are intended to guard the entrance to the internal ear, which is placed wholly within the hollow of the temporal bones. At the center of the base of the skull is a round hole of considerable size, the fora- men magnum, through which the spinal cojd passes from the brain. On either side of this opening are two smooth promi- nences, called condyles ; these rest upon the tops of the uppermost vertebrifi, and allow of a nodding motion to the head. 9 10 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. FIG. 3. PIG. 2. FBONT VIEW OF THE HEAD, AS SHOWN IN THE HUMAN SKELETON. 1, the frontal portion of the frontal bone ; 2, the position of the nasal prominence, tiie hollow within which is shown, the cartilage which supports and forms the nose being mostly removed ; 3, over the orbit refers to the supra-orbital ridge; 4, 'the optic foramen; 5 and 6, the sphe- noidal and the spheno-maxiliary fissures ; 7, lachrymal fossa in the lachrymal bone, where the nasal duct commences; i, 5, 6, and 7 refer to parts within the orbit ; 8, the opening of the anterior nares, divided into two parts by the vomer, on which the cypher Is placed; 9, the infra-orbital foramen; 10, malar bone; 11, symphosis of lower jaw; 12, mental foramen; 13, ramus of lower jaw; 14, parietal bone; 15, coronal suture; 16, temporal bone; 17, squamous suture; 18, upper part of the great ala of the sphenoid bone ; 19, commencement of the temporal ridge; 20, zygoma of the temporal bene, assisting to form the zygomatic archi 21, mastoid prooeas. THE LOWEK SURFACE OR BASE OF THE BRAIN. a is the cerebrum or brain proper, occupying the upper part of the cranium, and divided into two hemispheres, each of which is sub- divided into an anterior, middle, and posterior lobe ; b c, between these lobes, are fissures or boundaries termed clefts or sold, which pene- trate to the depth of about an inch. The two hemispheres of the cerebellum or little brain, which occupies the lower or back part of the cranium, are marked d. They differ In form and arrangement from the sui)erIor iX)rtlon, being composed of flattened lami7xVi ciHp ni tha <5r»ina1 from it. 19. Tuber cinereum, from which projects the ^^^'^ SlQe 01 ine Spinai Infundibulum, having the pituitary gland appended to columil, forniinP' a Kind its extremity. 20. One of the ojitic nerves. 21, The left r -l ■ ^.i, iT j. 'a ©If actory uorvo terminating unterlorly In a rounded bulb. 01 Cliam tnrOUgnOUt ItS nerves ; the spi- nal cord, and spi- nal and sympa- thetic nerves. Of the structure of the brain we have already spoken ; of the spinal cord or marrow we may briefly say, that it is com- posed of a white and gray sub- stance similar to that of the brain, and is covered with the dura ma- ter a.nd pia mater, or membrane, which extend from the former organ through the whole length of the spinal column. In Fig. 12 we have a representa- tion of the spinal cord, surrounded by its sheath, marked by the letters E E, the cord itself being represented by A; B is a spinal nerve, formed by the Union of the motor root (C) and the sensitive root (D) where the knot or ganglion is seen. The sympathetic nerve consists of a se- THB NERVES. 16 whole length, communicating with both the cranial and spinal nerves, and distributing branches to all the internal organs. ^i^- "• Nerves are undoubtedly the organs of sensation and motion of every kind, and through them the mind operates ujjou the body. The intelligent mind, whose seat is in the brain, ivills that a certain action shall be performed, and instantly througli the spinal cord the message flies, branching off here and there, according to the direction in which the work is to be done, and setting in motion the muscles which perform it. BECriON OF THE BHAIN AND SPINAL CORD, ^\- ^^ ^^^1^ gi^'^ a gOOd idca sHowiNti THE iiELATioN OF THE CRANIAL of tlic wav lu which thc ncrvcs NEKVKS TO THESE OKOANS, AND TO THOSE j "^ -i ■ r- .1 i OF THE HENSI3 TO wuicu TUEv BELONG. Spread aucl ramiiy throughout 1, tho cerebrum; 2, thocoroboiium. with the body ; it represents a back Its foUatod ijortlon, sometimes termed vi'pvv nf tliP lirnin -ituI «T>in ^ . 4 and 5; tho first pair, or nerves of smell, channel 01 uervous energy, and it are marked by G; tho second pair, or nerves • -i • • ^ ^i. c J.^ ofsight, by 7 and 8; the third, fourth, and IS tllC principal SUpport Ot the sixth pairs, which pass to ihe muscles of Immr friniA • fViiu ic nno nf t>io theeyo,9, 10, 12; tho fifth pair, nerves of '^^^Y irauie , tnib lb OHC 01 inc taste, which arc also tho sensitive nerves mOSt important partS of the hu- of the teeth, 11 ; the seventh pair, passing ■■■ K . to the muscles of tho face, 13; the eighth mail StrUCtUre ; it IS SOmctimeS called the vertebral column, be- ing composed of a number of vertebra?, or short, single bones, so named from their peculiar construction, the term being FIG. 12. pair, nerves ot hearing, U; tho ninth, tenth, eleventh, and twelfth i)alrs, which pass to tho tongue, larynx, and neck, 15, 16,18,19; and 20 indicates two of tho spinal nerves, which latter are arranged in thirty- two pairs, each arising by two roots, tho one called tho anterior or motor root, and the Other the posterior or sensitive root. from the latin verto, to turn. These bones turn upon each other in such a maimer as to give flexibility to the spine, which is the first developed portion of the skeleton in man, and the center around which all other parts are produced. '' In its earliest for- mation," says Wilson, "it is a simple cartilaginous cylinder, surrounding and protecting the primitive trace of the nervous system ; but, as it advances in growth and organization, it becomes divided into distinct pieces, which constitute vertebrae." 16 ANATOMY OF THE HTJMAN BODY. Fia. 13. GANGLION OF A STMPA THETIC NEKYE. By the aid of Fig. 16 the peculiarities of construction will be best understood. The upper vertebra of the cervical region is termed the atlas^ because it is the immediate support of the head. It differs somewhat from the others in shape ; so also does the second, called the axis, and the seventh or last, termed the vertebra prominens. The lumbar vertebrae are the largest pieces of the whole column ; here the body is large and broad, and thicker before than behind; the pedicels very strong, and the laminai short, thick, and broad, as are also the spinous proc- esses. Fig. 19 represents the coccyx (Greek for cuckoo), so called from its fancied resemblance to a cuckoo's beak ; it forms the termination of the vertebral column. If the bodies of the vertebrae rested immediately upon each other, there would be a rigid column which could not be bent in any direction without displacement of the bones; but to provide against this, they are separated from each other by elastic "intervertebral cartilages," which yield to every motion of the body, and prevent that shock to the brain which would occur at every step taken, were not some such pro- vision made. Then, again, the vertebrae thus beautifully fitted into each other, and resting upon soft, yielding cushions, are held together by a series of ligaments and muscles, which, while they allow of all necessary motions, yet restrain from going too far. By means of these ligaments aided by muscles, which are attached to the posterior portions of the vertebrae, the equilibrium of the spine, and the motions of the body generally, are maintained. Each vertebra has a triangular opening corresponding to its neighbor, through which runs a canal, which is filled with nerve substance and membranes, called the spinal cord, which communicates with the brain through an opening in the base of the skull. It is scarcely necessary for us here to go more deeply into the structure of the nerve fibers and cells, else we might state many curious and interesting facts concerning this part of the animal economy. Some idea of their nature and the beauty of their arrangement may be seen by the accompanying diagrams. Like the veins and arteries, they spring from great THE NERVES. 17 main channels, which may be compared to the stem and arms of a tree, and branch out from thence in every diiection, divid- ing and subdividing into the most minute ramiticatif)ns — so that you cannot so much as prick any part of the surface of Fig. H represents tho mlcro- Bcoplc elements of the nervous Btructure. 1, Mode of termina- tion of whUo nerve-fibres la loops; three ot these loops am simple, the fourth Is convoluted. Tho latter Is found In sllu/ilions ■where a high degree of sensailoa exists. 2, A white nerve-fibro from tho brain, showing tho Taricose or knotty ai)iiearanco produced by traction or pres- sure. .3, A white nerve-lltire en- larged to show Its structure, a tubular envelope and a con- tained substance — neurilemma and neurlne. 4. A nerve-cell showing Its capsule and griuiii- lar contents, ."j, Its nucleuscon- talnlng a nucleolus. C, A nervo- cell, from which several proces- ses are given off; It coutalna also a uucloatod uucleus. THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 1, tho cerebrum. 2, cerebellum. 8, spinal cord, i, nerves of tho fa<'e. 6, the brachial ple.xus or union of nerves. C, 7. 8, 9. nerves ot the arm. 10, those that pa.ss under the ribs. 11, lumbar ple.\us. 12, sacral plexus. 13, 14, 15, 16, nerves of tho lower limbs. the body but pain is felt, a sure evidence that a nerve has been touched; nay, so much as a breeze cannot blow upon the body, nor the wing of an insect touch it, but the nerves give information thereof to the brain, and the mind is made aware of the cause, and takes its measures accordingly. Deli- cate libers are these nerves, like the strings of an instrument of 18 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. FIQ. 16. exquisite sensibility, — so delicate are they as to be sometimes in- visible to the unassisted vision, and we are only made aware of their presence by the effects which they produce. They take cocrnizance of the slightest sound, the faintest ray of light, the least change in the constitution of the air we breathe, and of the food we eat; they are vigilant sentinels ever watching to guard the body from danger, the con- stant ministers to its pleasure and delight. They are often abused and their fine sensibilities perverted or dead- ened, when they become subject to disease, and are likely to avenge the injury done them by a long train of suffering. FIG. 17, THE VERTEBRAL COLUMN. A CENTBAL CEnVlCAL VERTKBRA, SEEN TS THE TTPPEB SURFACE. 1 18 the body, concave In the middle, and rising on each Bide Into a sharp ridge. 2, the lamina ot which there Is one on each side, commencing at posterior part of the body by a pedicle (3), and expanding and arching back- ward to meet the other, the two enclosing a foramen or opening through which the spinal cord passes. 4 Is the bifid siiinous process; and 5 the bifid transverse process: these are b(jth intended for the attachment ot muscles; It is the succession of tho former projecting along the middle lino of tho back, whlcli has given rise to the com- mon name of tho vertebral column — the spine. 6 marks a vertebral foramen — there is a corresponding one on the other side, and through these pass the vertebral artery and vein, and plexus of nerves. 7 and 8 are tho superior and inferior articular processes, the first looking upward and backward, the last downward and forward; ot these there are four In each vertebra; they are designed to articulate wltb the vertebra aboTe and below. TUE NERVES. 19 FIQ. 18. FIO. 19. ^. LATERAL, OK SIDE VIEW OF A DOICSAL VEBTEBEA. !., tho body. 2 2, articular facets for tho heads of tho ribs. 3, pofllclo. 4 and 5, superior and inferior intervertebral notch. 6, tho spinous process. 7 is tho e.xtromlty of tho transverse process, marked by an articular surface, for tho extremity of a rib. 8 and 0, the two euperlor and two inferior vcrticular processes. THE COCCYX. 1, 2, 3, and 4 are tho four pieces of bono composing it. 6 5, tho transverse processes of tho front pieces. 6, arti- cular surface for the extremity of the sacrum, which is tho triangular bone composed of flvo false vertebra, form- ing tho base of tho column. 7 7, the cornua or horns which articulate with tho sacral cornua. FIG. 20. NERVES OF THE PAPILL/Ti OK TUE SKIN. A very highly magnified view of the terinlnal loops of the sensitive nerven as they rise In tho rows of papilla, giving seusibill'.y to all parts of tho body. 20 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. na 21. I. Frontal branch of the fifth nerve of the brain which bestows sensation alOtiOi II. Su- perior maxillary, or that branch of the fifth nerve which supplies the upper jaw, and which, like the last, arising from the sousitive root, bestows sensation alone. III. Mental or In- ferior maxillary branch of the fifth nerve. This also comes from the sensitive root. It is called mental, because it is involved In that expression which indicates the emotions of the mind. IV. Temporal branches of the same fifth nerve. They are distributed on the temples, and are for sensation. V. The only branch of the fifth nerve which arises from the smaller or motor root, and assists In the motion of those muscles which rominent vertical ridge. It is composed of cartilages connected together ])y liga- ments, moved by numerous muscles, is lined by tlie mucous membrane, and supplied with vessels and nerves. The cartilages of tlie larynx are nine in number, three single and three in pairs. The upper opening of FIG. 25. no. 26. IKTEEIOB OF THE MOPTH. BACK VIEW OF TUF, CARTIT.AriES AND LIOA* JtENTS OF TUJi LAltVNX. a, llgamont of tho tonRiio; h, oplgloftla; c, tho lateral llt:am). Tiio sixth tooth on each FIG. 41. side is the Eye Tooth (c) ; it has but one point or projection, hence these teeth have been called Cuspidata (pointed). From its large development in dogs, this has been called the Canine Tooth. Be- tween these last on each side, coming in front of the mouth, we have four teeth which have neither the broad surface of the grinders, nor the f)oint of the cuspidata; but they arc flat, having a sharp edge ike a knife ; hence they have been called Incisors, or Cutting Teeth (d). The above illustration (Fig. 41) exhibits more clearly than the foregoing, the peculiar form of the Molares, Bicuspids, and Cuspids, with their fangs or roots. The above three sorts of teeth, which we may call grinders, tearers, and cutters, represent three classes of teeth among the lower animals ; that man has them all we may take as an evi- dence that he is intended to be an omnivorous feeder. Although the teeth form so prominent and distinguishing a feature of all the full-grown individuals of the higher forms of animals, yet most of these animals, including man, are born with- out any teeth at all. When the child is born, the jaw is covered witli gums, but underneath the gums are little cavities in which the teeth are formed ; and, as they go on growing, they at last press upon the gum, and causing it to absorb, finally break through it. This process is called dentition. It is frequently a source of disordered health to children, especially if anything occurs to prevent the absorption and ready yielding of the gum to the pressure of the tooth below. The absence of teeth dur- ing the period of human infancy evidently indicates that the food required at that period does not need their employment. It is a well-known fact that the food of the infant is its mother's milk; but it is too often forgotten that, till teeth are developed. Nature does not intend the child to take food that requires preparation by teeth in order to its digestion. The practice of feeding young children with solid food is the cause of great destruction of life ; and any artificial food should be cautiously administered, in cases of necessity, till the first teeth have appeared. In the adult person there are thirty-two teeth; but if we THE TEETH. 36 3xamine the jaw of a child after it has "cut" all its teeth, and before it is six years old, we shall find that it has but twenty. Nor are these teeth increased in number by the addition of others; but whilst this first set of teeth are perforniing their duties, an entirely new set is growing underneath thciii, in pre- cisely the same way as they did at lirst. Gradually the fangs of the first set of teeth are absorbed, in consequence of the pressure of those beneath, and they fall out, or are easily re- moved, and make way for the others. The order in which the teeth appear, as well as the time, is subject to considerable deviations, but the following periods will be found to be about the time : — FIRST, OR MILK TEETH. 2 lower mldfUe Incisors 4th to 8th month. 2 upper middle Incisors 4ih to 8th month. 4 lateral incisors 4th to lllh month. 4 anterior, or tlrst molars I'ith to 18th month. 4 eye, or canine teeth 16th to 22d month. 4 back molars I'Jth to 38th month. 20 In some children the whole of the teeth may be cut by the end of the third year, whilst in others, the process of dentition may be prolonged to the fifth year. ORDER OF APPEARANCE OF THE PERMANENT TEETH. 4 first molars, one on each of the two sides of the two Jaws 6th to 7th year. 4 middle Incisors, two In each Jaw 7th to 8th year. 4 lateral Incisors, a little later than the last 7th to 8th year. 4 first bicuspids ath to 0th year. 4 last bicuspids Kith to 12th y««r. 4 eye, or canine teeth 11th to lUth year. 4 second molars Tith to Hth year. 4 back molars, or wisdom teeth 18th to 30th year. 32 The internal structure of the teeth is very complicated. If we make a vertical section of a tooth with a fine saw, and after having polished it on a hard and smooth whetstone, submit it to an examination under the microscope, wo shall easily make out the parts indicated in the cut. We shall discover that there are three very distinct portions. First, the enamel (in cut a), which covers the whole of the external part of the tooth; second, the dentine (h), — this substance, which is so largely developed in the tusks of the elephant and other ])acliyderiiiatous animals, constitutes ivory; third, tlie cement (r) or bone, Ibrming the external covering or lacing t)f the tooth. In the middle ol the tooth (d) is the pulp cavity. Into this cavity the nerves and blood-vessels of the tooth penetrate, and thus serve to main- tain the living connection between the tooth and the rest of the body. 36 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODT. FIG. 42. Each hard part of the tooth is differently formed. The enamel is by far the hardest of these structures, and is com- posed of dense semi-transparent fibres, placed side by side, and so small that they do not measure more than the five-thousandth part of an inch in diameter. These little fibres penetrate the dentine be- neath. This substance is composed of two parts, namely, a number of very minute tubes anastomosing with each other, and an inter- tubular tissue. The tubes commence in the pulp-cavity, and pass on to the outside of the tooth. The intertubular substance is com- posed of very minute white granules or globules. The cement which covers the out- side of the fang has a structure precisely like that of ordinary bone. The teeth are inserted in — or rather, de- veloped out of — the upper and lower jaws. The upper jaw is fixed, but the lower jaw has two round projections, which are inserted into cavities in the skull, in which they move with great facility. This movement is different in different animals. In those creatures which feed upon vegetable fibre, as it exists in the leaves and branches of plants, the jaw admits of a lateral motion, and the trituration and re- duction of this kind of food is thus insured. On the other hand, in animals which partake of food that requires no bruising before it is carried into the stomach, this lateral movement would be of no use ; hence, in the carnivora we find this action of the jaw confined to a simple up-and-down movement, by which the food is merely divided or cut into smaller pieces. When we examine the jaw of the human being, we find that it has a combination of these two movements, — that it combines the rotatory action of the ruminant with the up-and-down move- ment of the carnivora. The Tongue. — The tongue is composed of muscular fibres, which are distributed in layers arranged in various directions. Between these fibres is a considerable quantity of adipose sub- stance, and in the middle is a vertical septum of fibrous tissue. The tongue is connected behind with the os hyoides by muscular attachment, and to the epiglottis by the mucous membrane, which forms the three folds called the fraenum of the epiglottis. At either side it is held in connection VEKTIC.\L SECTION OF A TOOTH. THE TONGUE. 37 FIG. 43. with the lower jaw by the mucous membrane ; and in front a fold of that membrane, which is named the franum, is formed beneath its under surface. The tongue is covered by a dense layer, analogous to the corium of the skin, Avhich gives support to the Papilhe. A Raphe marks the middle lino of the tongue, and divides it into sym- metrical halves. The tongue, like the whole of the in- ternal passages of the body, is covered with mucous membrane. Tills membrane, when examined, is found to be a continua- tion of the skin which covers the external surface of tlie body, and, like it, is com- posed of two principal parts, — a layer of fibres and vessels, covered above with cells. It is the condition of these superficial cells that constitutes the difference between the skin and mucous membrane. The first are always dry and hard, whilst the latter are soft, and covered with a fluid secretion, called mucus. This membrane covers the whole surface of the tongue, and is pro- longed below, passing on either side of a mass of tissue under the tongue, which is called the Frainum, or string of the tongue. It is this part of the tongue which, being prolonged to an unusual extent along the floor of the mouth, constitutes the condi- tion which is called " tongue-tied." It is very seldom indeed that this affection exists to an extent to require interference; but it is very often imagined to be ])resent by officious nurses and anxious mothers, when the structure of the tongue is per- fectly natural. It should, however, be known that occasionally so large a blood- vessel may be wounded in this proceeding as to produce alarm- ing consequences on the system of a new-born babe. Under tlie mucous membrane, and causing projections on its surface, lie the Papilhe of tiie tongue. These papilhe vary in size, but are very obvious to the naked eye when the tongue is put out. On examining them with the microscope, they are found to consist of blood-vessels and nerves. The nerves which THE TONULE. 1, the raphp, which some- tlmea dIvlUoa In two branches as In the figure; 2, 'i, the loboa, Iho rounded eminences here and near the top being the papilla /uiuji/ormi's, — the smaller ones among which they are dispersed being the papilla cnnicjK and filifnrmii ; 3, tip Of the tongue ; 4, 4, Its sides, on which are seen the lamellated and fringed I)apllUu; 5, 5, the A-shH|>ed row of papitliK circumrallata : C, the/"r sclerotic, which Invests four- fifths of the globe, and gives it its peculiar form. It is a dense fihrous membrane, thicker behind than in front, where it i)re- Bents a bevelled edge. Into which Ills like a walch-glass the cornea {'2), which invests the projecting portion of the globe, and is com- posed of four layers, viz., the cnnjuwUrn, or cnrrwji propria, consisting of tliin lamella?, or scales, connected by an extremely fine areolar tissue; the cornea rlaxlica — an elastic and excessively tr;insi)arent meml)rane, whldi ilnes the inner surface of the last; and the limng mfmhraw. of tliis front vesti- bule of the Eyol)all, whose second tunic is formed by the choroid (3), represented by the dark line; the ciliary Ugamml (4), which dcvolopes from Its inner surface the dliary procasts, and the iris (6), of which the oi>en- Ing at 7 represents the pupil. The third tunic, Is the rettna (8), which is carried for- ward to the lem (I'i), by tlie zonula ci/iVin>. a prolongation of lUs vascular layers passing along the front of the Oinal of PHil (9), which en- tirely surrounds the lens. In the spaco inarkeil 10, is c«jntalned the aqiwmis humnr : 11 Is the pnalrrinr chamber; VI, the lens, more cc-.-cx belilnd than before, and enclosed In its pniper capsule ; 11) marks the inner area of '". ) globe, llUed with a thin membrane called the hyalniil, and containing the vitreous humor: H Is the tubular sheath of the membrane, tiirough which i)a.s»es an artery connected with the capsule of the lens, and, at the back of the ey(\ with the optic nerve, as represented at 16. OI this nerve, 15 marks the newrUaana, or sheath. Our next diagram (Fig. 40) represents a front segment of a transverse section of the GK)be of the Eye, and again exhibits that beautiful arrangement of parts for which this organ is so remarkable. THE EYEBALL DIVESTED OF ITS FIRST TUNIC. 1, part of the outer tunic, the sclerotic; 2, the optic nerve, communicating with the ball at the back; 3, 3, distinguish the out- line of th<> cliorolil coat : 4, the ciliary liga- ment, a dense white structure which Bur- roumls, like a broad ring, the circumfer- ence of the Iris (")). This ligament serves a» a lK)nd of union lielween the external and middle tunics of the Eyeball, and serves to cxinnect tlie cornea anil sclerotica at their lines of junction with the iris and external layer of the choroi.i ; 6, 6, mark the 1V71/E x-orticoffe ; and 7, 7, the trunks of these veins at the iioint where they have pierced the sclerotica- 8, 8, the posterior ciliary veins, which enter the Eyeball lu comiiany wltti the r>osterior ciliary arteries, by jilerclng the sclerotica at 9. The courao of one of the long ciliary nerves, accom- panied by a vein, is marked by 10. 40 ANATOMY OP THE HUMAN BODY. We have hitherto boon looking; upon this wondrous little globe from without. Let us now take a view of it from within, as represented in Fig. 47. This is a posterior segment of a FIG. 46. FIG. 47. TBAKSVEKSE SECTION OF THE GLOBE OF THE EYE. POSTEEICT SEGMENT OF A TBANSVEllbE SECTION OF THE EYE. 1, the three outer tunics; 2, the entrance of the optic nerve, with the vein known as the antiTin cmtralis relince piercing its centre ; 4 is the fnrnmni of Sofinmering, situated in the mififile of the axis of the" eye. This is a circular spot, surrounded by a yellow halo, called the liinhns luli'us. This halo is commonly obscured by a fold of. the retina (5). 1, the divided edges of the three tissues, the sclerotic (outer), choroid (middle and dark), and rt'tinn (inner), which last is com- posed of three membranous layers, the ex- ternal beiuK serous, the middle nervous, and the internal vascular; '2, the pupil, that central spot, which enlarges or contracts, according as more or less light is required to be aurple tint, .and is hence named m^a, from its resemblance to a ripe grape. This is the surface of the iris presented to view in the above section. 4, ciliary processes; 5, sea; loped anterior border of the retina. transverse section of the ball. Here again we see, of course, only the divided edges of the tunics on the three outer rings from which extends the membrane covering the whole internal surface of the retina. The foramen, which signifies an opening, has been found to exist only in animals which have the axes of the eyeballs parallel with each other, as man, the quadrumania, and some saurian reptiles. The Lens, or crystalline humor, marked 12 in Fig. 44, is eituated immediately behind the pupils, and surrounded by the ciliary processes which overlap its margin. It is less convex on the front than on the hinder surface, and is invested by a peculiarly transparent and elastic membrnne called the Capsule, which contains a small quantity of fluid called the Liquor Morgani, and is retained in its place by its attachment to the THE EYE. 41 zonula ciliiiris, already described as a prolongation of the vascu- lar layer of the retina. The lens consists of concentric layers formed upon a hard, firm nucleus, and becoming softer as they tend to the outer sur- face. These concentric lamella) are composed of minute parallel ETE- APPENDAGES. MEIBOMIAN GLANDS. 1, 2, Uio Inner allies of the eyelids; 3, 3. th(i (imjuiwlira; 4, the apertures of the Kl!in,Wie! Uwliry mal ducts, or channels through which the tears pass to the outer surface of the eye ; 7, the Plica semilunaris, containing a small jjiaio of cartilage, which appears to be the rudiment of a third lid, such as is develoijed in some animals; H, the Cininritla IcuJirymalis, the source of the whitish secre- tion which so constantly collects in the corner of the eye ; it is covered with minute hairs, which cau sometimes be seen without the aiil of a microscope; 'J, the I'louta lachrymaUs, the point, or external commencement ot the ducts, which terminate at the lachrymal siu-, the position of which is marked by 12 ; as are the superior and inferior lachrymal camils by 10 auU 11. The nasal duet, marked by 15, and 11 Is Ita dilation with the lower meatus ot the nose. fibres united with each other by means of scalloped borders, the convexity of one body fitting into the concavity of the other. Before leaving this ])art of our subject, we will give a brief summary of the uses of the several parts which we have been endeavoring to describe. The first tissue, the sclerotic, is simply one of protection; the cornea is a medium for the transmission of light; the choroid supports the vessels, such as veins and arteries, by which the eye receives nutriment ; and also, by its inner layer of pigmentum nigrum, absorbs all scat- tered rays, by which an image impressed on the retina might be confused. The iris, by its power of expansion and contrac- tion, regulates the quantity of light admitted through the i)upil. If it be thin, and the rays pass through its substance tlicy are absorbed by the uvea; and if the power of that layer be insulli- 42 ANATOMY OP THE HUMAN BODY. cient, they are taken up by the black pigment of the ciliary processes. When the body of the refracting medium is too great, owing to over-convexity of the cornea and lens, the image falls short of the retina, imless the object be brought very close, — this is PT„ ^n near-sight. When there is an opposite condition of things, so that the image is thrown beyond the nervous membrane, we have what is called far-sight. Of the various nerves, veins, and arteries, which traverse the eye, we need not attempt a de- scription. To some of the princi- pal of them allusion has already been made ; but <;o the appen- dages we must devote a little space. These are, first, the Eye- brows {supercilia) , two promi- nent arches of integument, cov- ered more or less with thick short hairs, and forming the upper boundary of the orbits. Their obvious utility is to shade the eyes from too vivid a light, and to protect them from parti- cles of dust and moisture from the forehead. Second, the Eye- lids {palpehrce), which have been well called the Curtains of the Eyes; when drawn open, they leave an elliptical space suffi- ciently large for the purposes of sight, and when closed, as in sleep, they effectually defend the delicate organs which they cover from injury. If we in- quire into the structure of these two valvular Eye-curtains, we find that they consist of integuments, muscles, cartilages, glands, and the mucous membrane called conjunctiva, which covers the whole of the anterior surface of the eye, and is reflected back so as to form the internal layer of the lids. On examining the inner aspect of the Eyelids, the Meibo- mian Glands can be distinctly seen, arranged like strings of MrSCLES OF THE EYE. 1, Sphenoid Bone; 2, the Optic Nerve; 3, the Glol)e of the Eye; 4, the Upper Muscle, called the Levator Palpehroe, the Lifter of the Eyelids : S, the Superior Oblique, so called from the direction In which It draws the Eyeball; we see Its cartilaginous pulley (6), and the reflected portion passing down- ward to its point of connection with the ball, beyond which the Inferior Oblique has its bony origin,— the point of which is marked by the little square knob. The other four m uscles are called Wt-cr Oculi, because it turns the ball outwards; Imiignabwidus is another name lor it, as giving an expression of scorn. In our diagram, the internal rectus passes behind the optic nerve, which partly con- ceals It; 14, the tunica aWiyania, or white tunic, formed by the expansion of the tendons of the four Recti, muscles. THE EAB. 48 pearls, about thirty, on the cartilage of the upper lid, and some- what jfewer in the lower, where also tliey are shorter than those above, as they correspond in len<^th with the breadth of the cartilage. Each of these glands consists of a single lengthened follicle, or tube, into whicli a great number of small clustered glandular vesicles open ; and from these tubes the secretion is poured out upon the margins of the lids, which, being thus kept constantly moist inside, are in a condition to lubricate and wash the surface of the cornea, which they do in the motion of winking. The Eyelashes (ciUa) are important organs of defence for the delicate surface of the eye, for whose curtains they form, as it were, a silken fringe. FXQ. 51. \7 1, pinna; 2, lobulo; 3, tube; 4, tympanic membrane; 5, Incus, or auvll; 6, malleus, or hammer; 7, Eustacliluu tube; 8, semicircular canals; a, vestibule; 10, cochlea. The Ear.— The Ear, the organ of hearing, consists of three parts, — the external ear, the middle car or tympanum, and the internal ear or labyrinth. The external car consists of an ex- panded trumpct-shiiped cartilaginous structure, called the pinna, or auricle, wiiich collects the sounds, and a tube which conveys these sounds to the internal ear. The pinna, or auricle, consists of an uneven piece of yellow cartilage, covered with iutego- 44 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. ment, and fixed to the margin of the auditory canal. This canal, or tube by which sound is conveyed from the pinna to the internal ear, or tympanum, is about one and a quarter inches in length, and is formed partly by bone and partly by cartilage and membrane. Its direction is obliquely forwards and inwards, and is somewhat bent downwards towards the middle, so that it is rather higher there than at either ex- tremity. The skin lining the auditory canal is very thin, and closely adherent to the cartilaginous and osseous portions of the tube. It is continued over the membrane of the tympanum in the form of a thin pellicle, forming its outer covering. Around the entrance of the meatus are some fine hairs; and there are also ceruminous glands, Avhicli secrete the ear-wax, and open on the surface by separate orifices. The middle ear, tympanum, or drum of the ear, is an irregular cavity situated vvithin the petrous bone, and interposed between the meatus auditorius and the labyrinth, or inner ear. It is filled with air, and communicates with the pharynx by the Eustachian tube. It is traversed by a chain of small movable bones, which connect the membrana tympani with the labyrinth, and serve to convey the vibrations communicated to the mem- brana tympani across the cavity of the tympanum to the in- ternal ear. The outer boundary of the cavity is formed by the membrana tympani, and by a small portion of the surround- ing bone. This membrane is a thin, semi-transparent substance, nearly oval in form, separating the cavity of the tympanum from the bottom of the auditory canal. The Eustachian Tube is the channel through which air is conveyed from the pharynx to the tympanum. The small bones, or ossicles, of the tympanum are three in number, — the malleus, incus, and stapes. These small bones are connected FIG. 52. FIG. 53. FIG. 54. THE INCUS. THE STAPES. THE MALLEUS. together, and with the tympanum, by ligaments, and moved by small muscles. The inner and fundamental portion of the organ of hearing is called, from its complexity, the labyrinth, and consists of THE EAR. 45 three parts, — tlio vestibule, the semicircular canals, and the cochlea. It consists of a series of cavities channelled out of the substance of the petrous bone, communicating externally Avith the cavity of the tympanum, anil internally with the meatus audi- torius internus, which contains tlie auditory nerve. Within the osseous labyrinth is containcMl the membranous labyrinth, upon whicli the ramifications of the auditory nerve are distributed. The Vestibule is the common central cavity of the osseous labyrinth, and is placed behind the cocldea, but in front of the semicircular canals. These are three bony canals, situated above and behind the vestibule, measuring about one-twentieth of an inch in diameter, and opening at both ends into the vestibule. FIG. 55. SECTION SHOWING THE HOLLOW OF THE COCHLE.V. The Cochlea, so called from its resemblance to a snail's shell, is conical in form, and placed almost horizontally in front of the vestibule. Its length is about a quarter of an inch, and its width at the base about the same. It consists of an axis, or centre; of a canal winding spirally round it for two turns and a half from the base to the apex ; and of a delicate lamina con- tained Avithin the canal, which follows its windings, and sub- divides it into two passages. The whole inner surface of the labyrinth, including tiie semicircular canals and the passages of tlie cochlea, is lined with a thin librous membrane, tiie outer surface of which adiieres closely to the bono, while the inner is covered with a single layer of epithelium, like that on serous membranes, and secretes a thin serous fluid. The auditory nerve, which is distributed over the dilTcrent ]Kirts of the laby- rinth, enters by the meatus auditorius internus, and divides into tvvo branches, vi/.., an anterior lor (lie cochlea and a posterior for the membranous labyrinth. 46 ANATOMY OP THE HUMAN BODY. The Abdomen. — The diaphragm. It contains the no. 68. THE ABDOMEN. 1, the epigastric replon; 2, the umbili- cal; 3, the hypogastric; 4, 5, the hypo- chondriac ; 6, 7, the iliac ; 8, 9, the inguinal. abdomen is situated below the stomach, intestines, liver, spleen, pancreas, and kidneys. It is lined by a membrane called the peritoneum. It is protected by the short ribs, and covered with the abdominal muscles, which, by their relaxations and con- tractions, in the act of breathing, assist digestion, and give the necessary secretive and expul- sive motions to the surrounding parts. The abdomen is bounded above by the diaphragm, and below by the pelvic bones, which form the pelvic cavity. On the front and sides are the abdominal muscles, which also extend backward to the vertebral column, or spine. This is the largest cavity of the human body, and, for conven- ience of description, it has been mapped out into three zones, — the upper, middle and lower, and nine parts, or regions. The contents of the abdomen, called the abdominal viscera (this word being the plural of viscus^ which means a bowel or any internal organ which has a specific use), are situated as shown in Fig. 67. Below the chest (1), and next to the diaphragm (2), is the liver (3), extending from be- neath the right ribs across to the left, and having the largest devel- opment on the right side. Next to this is the stomach (4), the smaller end of which is situated in the epigastric and the larger in the left hypochondriac region ^^ abdominal visceba. where it comes in contact with the spleen. Behind the stomach FIG. 57. lies the pancreas, or sweet- THE STOMACH. 4T bread. In the middle zone lies the large bowel (5), the omentum or caul, with a portion of the small intestines (6) ; and behind these, close to the spine, are tlie kidneys. The small intestines also })ass down the center part of the inferior zone, as do laterally the ends of the large intestines, or colon ; and there also we find, when it is distended, the upper portion of the bladder (7). Over all these viscera, cover- ing and supporting them, ex- tends a moist glistening mem- brane called the peritoneum. It also covers the rectum, and in the female a portion of the womb. The Stomach. — The stom- ach is a large hollow organ which receives the masticated food from the oesophagus ; within the stomach the food is further acted upon by the gastric juice and converted into chyme. It is situated in the left hypochondriac and epigastric regions, and when dis- tended it has the shape of an irregular cone, having a rounded base and being curved upon itself. The left extremity is the larger, and is called the greater or cardiac end of the stomach, — the right or small end being called the pyloric. The oesoph- agus terminates in the stomach, two or three inches from the great extremity, by the cardiac oritice ; while by the pyloric ori^ce at the other end the digested matter enters the duode- num. When moderately filled, the stomach is about ten or twelve inches in length, and its diameter at the widest part about four inches. The walls of the stomach consist of four dis- tinct coats, held together by fine areolar tissue, and named, in order from without inwards — the serous, muscular, areolar, and mucous coats. The first of these is a thin, smooth, transparent, elastic membrane, derived from the peritoneum. The muscu- lar coat is very thick, and composed of three sets of tibei-s, — longitudinal, circuhvr, and oblique, which form three layers. The areolar and librous coat is a tolerably distinct layer, placed between the muscular and mucous coats, and connected with THE STOMACH AND SlBllOLNDINa OEOAN8. I, tho under-surface of the liver: g, th« gall-bladdor: /", Iho common bile duct: o. tho cardiac end of tho sKjmach; «. under surface of tho stomach: p, pylorus; d, duodenum ; h, i, tho pancreas, cut across to •xhlblt the structure of tho pancreatic duct, and lus branchon; r, the spleen; c, portion of tho diaphragm ; a, aorta. 48 ANATOMY OP THE HUMAN BODY. ria. 59. both. The last is a smooth, soft, rather thick and pulpy mem- brane, loosely connected with the muscular coat, and covered with glands. At the pyloric ori- fice, leading from the stomach into the duodenum, lliere is a sphincter muscle which contracts the aper- ture and prevents the passage of any matter into the intestines until properly digested. The food is propelled along the oesophagus, and enters the stomach in succes- sive waves through its cardiac ori- fice. It is then subjected to a peculiar churning motion, having for its object a thorough intermix- ture of tho gastric fluid with the ali- mentary mass, and a separation of that portion which has been suffi- ciently reduced from tue remain- der. This motion causes not only a constant agitation of the con- tents, but also moves them slowly along from one extremity to the other. These revolutions are com- pleted in from one to three min- utes, being slower at first than after chymification has more ad- vanced. The pcissage of the chyme or product of the gastiic digestion through the pyloric orifice into the commencement of the intestinal tube is at first slow ; but when the digestive process is nearly c o m p le t e d, it is trans- mitted in much larger quantities. DIAGRAM OF THE PRINCIPAL OROANS ENGAGED IN THE PREPARATION OF FOOD. a, muscles of the cheek; b, parotid gland; c, muscles of the gullet; d, larynx; e, trachea: /, gullet; g, left ▼entrlcle of the heart; h, right auricle of the heart ; i, left auricle ; k, stomach ; {, pancreatic duct; m, gall-bladder; n, eommonduct; o, duodenum; p, mesen- teric glands ; q, thoracic d act. The Liver. — The liver is a se- creting organ or gland. It is situ- ated in the right hypochondriac and epigastric regions below the dia- phragm, and is of a reddish-brown color. Its form is irregular, being convex on the upper surface, irregularly concave below, very thick behind, and very thin in THE LIVER. 49 front; and in the adult it p:;ciicr;illy welf^lis from three to four f)Ound.s. It is divided into two principal lobes — the ripht and eft, the former of wiiich is by far tlie larp;er. They are divided on the upper side by a broad lip^amcnt. and below by a lon- siderable depression, or fossa. Between and below these two FIG. 60, OBQ&NS OF DIGESTION. o, OBSophadus; h, ln OK A 8IIF.EP, KXimilTIXO THE BRANCHED AND I.OIin.A I KD CHARAC- TER OF THE GLANDS OK TIIE HUMAN STOMACH, AND OTHKK PAKT8. 64 Anatomy op the human body. FIG. 69. of an emulsion, and thereby promote absorption by the lac- teals. The amount daily secreted by man is from five to seven ounces, and it is most abundant at the commencement of digestion. The Kidneys. — These are two glandular bodies situated in the lumbar region, whose office it is to secrete waste products from the blood. Their exact posi- tion is on either side of the spine, in what is usually called the small of the back, where they lie imbedded in fat; each of them is supplied with blood by a direct branch of the aorta, and from each of them issues a duct called the ureter, which conveys the urine to the bladder. The kidneys are composed of two very different structural arrange- ments — the outer or cortical portion being, as it were, graniihited, and the inner being fibrous, arranged in pyramids or cones, with their bases resting upon the cortical substance, and their apices or points opening into a central cavity — the pelvis, or, as it has been called, the brain of the kidney, which may be regarded as an expansion of the upper portion of the ureter. The ureter is about the diameter of a goose quill, eighteen inches long, passing behind the bladder, and entering that organ at its lower part. Each kidney as a whole forms a firm, fleshy mass, which is inclosed in a fibrous capsule, the outer and tougher membrane being lined with a soft and smooth membrane which forms a continuation of that which lines the ureter and the bladder; the shape is about that of a French bean. The Urine is a highly complex fluid secreted from the blood by the kidneys, containing many solid matters in solution which are no longer of service in the body and which if retained would act as poisons ! In a healthy person when recently voided it is a clear, limpid fluid of a pale yellow or amber color, with a peculiar faint aromatic odor, which becomes pungent and ammoniacal when decomposition takes place. Often, however, as it cools, it becomes opaque and turbid from the deposition of part of its constituents previously held in solution; and this SECTION OF A KIDNEY. THE BLADDER. — THE GENEl:ATIVE ORGANS. Fia. 70. nicay be consistent with health. The (iiiantity secreted in twenty-four hours depends upon the amount of fluid drank and the quantity of fluid secreted by the skin; but ^^enerally it is from about tliirty to forty fluid ounces. Jn 1000 parts of ordinary urine there are 933 parts of water and 67 parts of solid matter. The Bladder is a thin, membranous sack, a receptacle for the urine secreted by the kidneys, until it is voided through the urethra. It is situated in the pelvis and is kept in its place by ligaments, which are usually divided into true and false, the latter being formed of folds of the peritoneum. It is composed of three coats or membranes — the external, or fibrous membrane ; the middle, or mus- cular membrane ; and the internal, or mucous membrane. On each side, rather below its middle, it receives the two ducts called ureters, which convey the urine from the kidneys into the bladder. Generative Organs. — The organs of generation in the male are — 1. The testes and their envelopes, namely, the scrotum ; the dartos, which corrugates or ridges the scrotum ; and the fibrous tunics by which they are invested. We must also here include the epididymis, the vas deferens or excretory duct, the spermatic cord and spermatic artery. 2. The vesiculee seminales, forming a re- ceptacle or reservoir situated beneath the bladder for holding £lie seminal fluid secreted by the testicles. 3. The prostate gland, surrounding the neck of the bladder and the commence- ment of the urethi-a. 4. Cowper's glands, a pair situated below the prostate. 5. The ejaculatory ducts. 6. The penis, which consists of the corpus cavernosum, the urethra, the corpus spongiosum, which terminates in the glans penis ; then there are the vessels, nerves, and a cutaneous investment. The piincipal female organs of generation are — 1. The ovaries. 2. The Fallopian tubes. 3. The uterus and its ligaments. 4. The vagina. 5. The vessels and nerves. 6. The external organs of generation which it is needless to describe. The process of generation consists in an egg furnished by ■niE URDJARY WLAPDSR, BHOWING ITS MUSCULAR KIllUKB 8, Left Ureter; 9, Left por- tion ot Seminal Vesicles; 11, 11, Lateral Ix)ljes of the Pros- lalo Glaml; 14, Urethra,, tied with a cord. 56 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. the ovary of the female ; this must be vitalized by coming in contact with the secietion of the male in its passage to the uterus. When the egg is thus made fruitful changes at once take place in the egg ; it becomes attached to the walls of the uterus. When the egg is thus impregnated conception takes place and the development of a living being follows. The Perinseum is the space between the anus and the external parts of the generative organs and is named thus from being frequently moist. The operation of cutting for stone in males is usually performed here, and here it is that serious injury sometimes occurs, when persons fall with their legs astride of any object, or get a bruise while in that position, as on horse- back ; bloody urine, or complete stoppage, may be the conse- quence, arising from inflammation of the bladder or urethra. Rest and warm fomentations and the use of the catheter, if necessary, must in this case be resorted to ; with low diet, aperients, and cooling medicines, to keep down any tendency to fever or inflammation. In all complicated cases we advise consulting a reputable physician. We abstain from giving cuts of these several parts and organs for sufficiently obvious reasons ; in a book intended for family use they would be ol)jectionable. With regard to the diseases which more immediately affect them, a few simple remarks will be made under their several heads ; but we would here impress upon our readers the necessity of at once seeking medical advice for all affections of the genital organs. It is in the treatment of this peculiar class of diseases that advertising quacks reap their richest harvest, often entailing great present suffer- ings, and fearful after-consequences. There is no class of men so dangerous to the masses as the self-styled " Doctor" who travels about the country advertising to cure all ailments of mankind. The Bones. — The numbei- of bones in the human body is variable ; but in the adult they are reckoned at about two hundred. They are divided into long, flat, and irregular; long, as in the thigh and leg ; flat, as in the skull and pelvis ; irregu- lar, as in the hands and feet. Bones are covered with a peculiar membrane, called the periosteum, which serves to conduct the blood vessels and nerves. The osseous skeleton is divided into the head, the trunk, and upper and lower extremities. The trunk is divided into the spine, thorax, and pelvis. The thorax contains the principal organs of circulation and respiration and is the largest of these three great cavities. It THE BONES. 67 FIG. 71. is formed by the sternum and costal cartilages in front, the twelve ribs on each side and the dorsal vertebrui behind. The sternum is ft flat, narrow bone, situated in the anterior part of the thorax, and connected with the ribs by means of the costal cartilages. The ribs are twenty-four in number, twelve on each side. The pelvis, or lower cavity of the trunk, con- sists of four bones. The coccyx, which forms the terminal bone of the spine, is sometimes regarded, like the sacrum, as composed of four vertebrae, which are at first distinct, but afterward become united. The innominate bones are irregularly shaped bones, situated one on each side of the pelvis, and consisting of three parts — the ilium, i-schium, and pubis, firmly united in the adult, but distinct in the young subject. Each of the two upper ex- tremities is composed of the bones of the arm, the forearm, and the hand, and is united to the trunk by means of the sca})U- la and clavicle, which form the shoulder. The scapula is a flat, triangularly-shaped bone, placed upon the upper and back part of the thorax. The clavicle, or collar bone, is a long bone, some- thing in the form of the italic letter /. The arm has only one bone, the humerus, which extends from the scapula to the bones of the forearm. The forearm contains two bones, the radius and ulna, which are parallel, and play upon each other, thus admitting of freer motion in that part. The radius is situated on the outer side of the forearm. Its upper end is small and forms only a small part of the elbow joint, while its lower extremity is large, and forms the chief part of the wrist joint. The ulna is placed at the inner side of THE UUilA:< SKELETON. 58 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. FIG. 72. the forearm, and difTera from the radius in being larger at the upper than at the lower extremity. The bones of the hand are divided into the carpus, the metacarpus, and pliahmges. The bones of the carpus, or wrist, are eight small bones, arranged in two rows, the upper row comprising the scaphoid, semilunar, cuneiform, and pisiform ; the lower row com- prising the trapezium, trapezoid, OS magnum, and unciform. The metacarpal bones, or bones of the palm, are five in number, and corre- spond to tlie fingers. The pha- langes, or bones of the fingers, are fourteen in number, each finger, with the exception of the thumb (which has only two), having three of them. The upper and lower ex- tremities bear a great resemblance to each other in the nature and form of their bones. Like tlie upper, each of the lower extremi- ties consists of three distinct parts — the thigh, leg, and foot. The thigh is composed of a single bone — the femur, — which is the longest and largest in the body. The leg consists of three bones — the patella, tibia, and fibula. The patella, or knee- pan, is a small, flat, triangular bone, of a spongy texture, situ- ated at the anterior part of the knee-joint, between the femur and the tibia. The tibia and fib- ula in the leg resemble the radius and the ulna in the forearm : the tibia is next to the femur, the largest bone in the body. It is situate at the anterior and XnE THORAX. inner side of the leg, articu- THE PELVIS. a, OS sacrum ; b. the lilac; c, fossa?, form. Ing tlie lateral boundaries of the false pelvis; g, the acetabulum; d, os pubis; e, ischium ; /, tuberosity of the Ischium. lating with the femur above and the astragalus below. The fibula is considerably smaller than the tibia. Its upper extremity is small, and placed below the level of the knee-joint, but the lower extremity projects below the tibia, and forms the outer ankle. The foot, like the hand, is THE BONES. 69 FIG. 74. YEBTICAL SECTION OF TUE ANKLE-JOINT AND FOOT OF THE KIOUT SIDE, showing tho formation of joints, the synovial capsules, and ligaiiionts. Tho roferencos aro not given, as UiOlcuU aud needless to remember. composed of tlircc clashjos of bonos — tlio tarsus, the metatarsus, and the ])hahiii;^os. The tarsus is cuinposed of seveu bones. The metatarsal bones are lonjj^ small bones, five in number, con- nected at the one extremit};- witli the tarsal, at the other with the phalangeal bones: these last go to form the toes, each of which has three, except the great toe, w li i c h has only two. The different bones of the skele- ton are connected together in various ways, and such conections aro termed articula- tions. They are of various kinds, but are usually divided into immovable, mova- ble, and mixed. Iimuovable articulations exist where tlat and broad bones are united to inclose important ©rgans, as in the cranium and ])elvis. In some parts the edges indent or inter- lock each other; in others they are brought into close contact, or are united together by a thin layer of cartilage. The mova- ble articulations are of various kinds, according to the kind of motion required. In such cases, the bony surfaces brought into contact are covered with cartilage, bound together by ligaments, and Ihied by synovial membrane. Mixed articulation prevails where only a slight degree of motion is required, combined with great strength, as in the vertebras. Bone is a highly organized and complex substance. It con- sists of animal and earthy, and saline materials, in the propor- tion of about one-third of the former to two-thirds of the latter; or, to speak more strictly, according to chemical analysis, we may say that in lOO'OO parts there are 33'30 of cartilage and blood-vessels, Sl'Oi phosphate of lime, ITSO carbonate of lime, 2'00 fluate of lime, and 2'36 magnesia and soda. In the human frame the bones are of various forms and de- grees of density, or hardness. Thus, in the limbs, they are hollow cylinders, combining lightness with strength; in tho body and head they are cliicfly flattened and arched, forming cases for the internal viscera; in the spine and extremities, they 60 ANATOMY OP THE HUMAN BODT. FIG. 76. FIG. 75. are in many pieces, to facilitate the bending of the numerou.-' joints. Their connections Avith each other are accomplished and preserved in many wavs. In all bones, whether hollow' or solid, the outer portion is liarder than the inner; many of them are spongy, or, as it is scien- tifically termed, cancellated, and most of them have minute irregu- lar cells scattered through their texture. At those extremities, Avhere a smooth and elastic sub- stance is required for the joints, most bones have a covering of cartilage. Bones are first de- veloped in a gelatinous form, which hardens into cartilage, and then receives the deposit of lime, by -svhich they are ren- dered firm; sometimes there is a deficiency of the earthy de- posit, and thus the bones are bent and yielding. "When there is too mucli lime the bones are too brittle and easily broken. One of the principal diseases to which the bones are subject is Caries. It acts on the perios- teum like ulceration on the soft parts of the body. Another disease of the bones is J\'e- crosis. It is, as its name i m p 1 i e s, the actual death of the bone. Both these diseases are characterized by a ^^4 constant gnawing ' the bone. FIG. 77. BONES OF THE ABM. BONES OF THE LEO. SOKES OF THE FOOT. pain in Swelling and red- ness over the seat of the disease ensues ; there is a formation of matter and a dis- charge of a foul, foetid character, communicating a dark 'Jtain THE MUSCLES. «1 FIG to the dressings. Several openings in the skin may occur along the course of the diseaseil bono, of which occasionally small pieces may come away with the dis- charge. Many minute blood-vessels pass into and through the porous tissues of the bones, and hence they are liable to inflammation and congestion, both acute and chronic, resulting in softening, and ulceration or mortification, pass- ing thus into caries and necrosis. That which is commonly called a IFhite Sicelling is a result of chronic inflam- mation. It ends in caries of the spongy texture of the ends of the bone, and destruction of their carti- laginous lining. Abscess of hone some- times results from inflammation, and especially after acute disease, such as small-pox. A prominent symptom is a fixed pain in one spot, in addition to inflammatory enlargement. Exfoliation is the death of the outer bony layer only. It is generally caused by some injury to the bone from a blow or a graze, or the ampu- tating-knifc. In this case the shell dies, and is replaced by fresh osse- ous matter coming up from beneatli by granulations pushing the dead bone from its place in thin flakes or exfoliations. The Muscles. — The muscles are the moving organs of the animal frame. They constitute, by their size and number, the great bulk of the body, upon which they bestow form and symmetry. In the limbs, they are situated around the bone, which they invest and defend, while Ihey form to some of the joints a DIAGRAM SnOWINO THE RF.LATION OK TUE BOXES TO TUE KLESH. n, Thi- Skull ; b. tho Faco : ^ Corrl CAl Vorlchra", or Nwk-IVmos; d. Breast Vcrtlpo; <•, Lumbar Verte- bra", or Spine; /, Oa Sacrum, or Rump-Bone; g. Coccyx; h, Ulum, or Haunch-Bone; i, Sternum, or Brea-st Bone; )l-. Ribs; /.Clavicle, or Oollar-Bono; tji. Scapula, or BI.-ide-Bone: n. Humerus, or Arni-B<>ne; n, Rmllus, or Clrcular- tono of Forearm; ;>. Ulna, or lartre Bone of the Forearm: 7, Carpus, or Hani, Anterior Muscles of tho Forearm. .— Le^&tor labll Baperlorls. ; rtion of tTH- c.'.iuo. Platvsina myoidea. Ol-ili'iims cxiiTiiu:*. -Bicei>9. -Evtrinal ol.liqne. ii:i- feiuortH otlgUB. \ir<-\u~. —Rectus vastus extemiis —Vastus intenius. —Knee joint. —Extensor longua dlgito- riini. — Tihialiri anticus. , /•;.—< )ii-iiiito-frontali8. ,— Obiculari.s mis. .— Sterno cleiilo mastoid .-Clavicle. —Pectoral is minor. .— Hracliialis anticu8. . — Biceps. —Rectus al)(lon\inaIis ami sheath. . — Gastrocnemius. — Soleus. , — Posterior portion of oc- cii>ito-frontali8. C— Trajiezius. .—Deltoid. —Infraspinatus. . — Latissimus dorsi. — Tnceps. — Anconeus. — Sujii nator lonffus. —Extensor carjM radialis lon;;ior. T, -V.— Extensors of the ftnfrers. -Gluteus niaximus. -Vastus extenius. -Vastus iuternus. -< iMstidi'iii-niius. -TiUiali.-j posticus. -I'eroneua brevis. //. -.'^■■lemus capitis colli. /.— Levitor an^ruli scapulae. A. — l{liniiiiioi(ieus juajor. /'.— Spitic of scapula.' />. — Uliomliiiideus minor. /• . -Infrasjiinatus. major. tus magnus. i-'iiLiissimus dorsi. — (ilutfus medius. -Oltturator intenius. -Pjriformis. -Gemellus inferior. -Quadrator ftaioris. —Biceps. -I'lanraiiiis. -Popliteus. — Tiliialis i osticus. -Flexor lo'ngus digitonun. — Tendo AcLUlia. THE MUSCLES. 63 have been called ultimato fil)res; although microscopic exami- nation informs us that each one of these is itself a fasciculus, made up of ultimate fdyrils enclosed in an extremely delicate sheath, called the myolemma or surcolemma. The appearance of one of these bundles of fibrils, as magnified, is shown in Fig. 80. FIG. 80. MUSCULAB FIBBIL8. Of the ultimate muscular fibre there are two sorts in the animal economy, vi/,, that of voluntary or animal life, called striated mus- cle, and that of involuntary or organic life, termed smooth muscle. The former is known by its size, its uniformity of calibre, and especially by its transverse markings, which occur at minute and regular distances. It also jtresents markings, or stri;e, in a longitudinal direction, which indicate the existence of fibrilhi) within the sheath, or myolemma, Avhich is thin, transparent and elastic. The ultimate fibres, or fasci- culi, are polyhedral, or many sided, in shape, tliis form being due to mutual pressure; and that the sizes diiler in dilforent classes, genera, and even sexes of animals. The ultimate fibrils of animal life are beaded filaments, presenting a regular suc- cession of segments and constrictions, the latter being narrower than the former, and the component substance probably less dense. The arrangement of a bundle of these fibrils in an ulti- mate fibre, is such that all the segments and constrictions corre- spond, and in this manner give rise to the alternate light and dark lines of the transverse stri;c. The beautiful regularity of this arrangement may be seen by Fig. 81, in which B represents the ultimate Jihnl of animal life, and C the union of such in an ultimatey7/>r6'. We have mentioned that the ultimate fibril of animal life, FIG. 81. although cylindrical, becomes ])oly]iedral from ])ress- ure, W'hen forming })art of an ultimate fibre, or fasci- culus. It measures in diameter l-'20()0th of an inch, ;iiid is composed of a succession of cells connected by thin fiat surfaces. These cells are filled with a trans- jKirent substance which has been called myocine. It flitfers in density in difi'erent cells, and this circum- stance imparts a peculiarity of character to certain of them, and causes the structures which they form KijiuK. Fi^L. to assume, under the microscope, a very beautiful ami remarkable appearance, such as is represented in Fig. 82. Very different from all this in its form and arrangement, is the ultimate fibre of organic life, it being a simple homogeneous filament much smaller than the fibre of animal life, — flat, smooth, 64 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. A FIG. 82. B C i i i i i i B ! 1 \ i \ A' 3 2 2 ii^ 'I g B ffi H '3 ■ 1 V a III e i i 1 FIDBILS AND FIBRES. and without transverse markings. It is of a fusiform shape, and various length, and consists of a thin external membrane, Mended with a soft, homogenous, or finely granular contained substance. Fig. 83 represents muscular fibres of organic life — D from the urinary bladder, and E from the stomach, both magnified 600 times, linear measure ; the diameter of these two fibres midway between the thick parts, or nuclei, being l-4750th of an ineli. Tliis kind of muscle is distributed very abundantly in the animal frame, and is met with in ail situations where a distinct con- tractile power, independent of mere elasticity, is required. The Arteries are vessels which convey the blood from the heart, — formerly sup- posed, from their being found empty after death to contain only air. The arterial system of the human frame is that which performs one of the most important func- tions on which vitality depends. Proceeding directly from the heart, and ramifying in every direction, through all the various tissues of the body, it conveys the blood, after it has received a supply of oxygen from the lungs, and been passed into the great organ with Avhich the arteries are connected, wheresoever it is required for the purposes of life. These arteries aro mena bra- nous cylindrical tubes, composed of three coats, and ^jq gg are so co'istructed as to be capable of considerable extension, and likewise of bearing a great amount of strain and pi"essure, to which they are occasionally subjected, and whicli results sometimes in a rupture. The whole of the arteries of what is called the systemic circulation, proceed from a single trunk termed the aorta. This main trunk or channel pro- ceeds from tlie left ventricle of the heart, and con- tains the pure arterial blood, known by its bright red color, and issuing, when it makes its escape at any accidental opening, in jets, in accordance with the pulsations. From these the smaller arteries are given off as branches, dividing and subdividing to their ultimate ramifications, constituting the great arterial tree, of some of the principal branches of which, we here present our readers Avith a cut, whirh represents the large vessels at the root of the heart and lungs. It is necessary SIL'SCULAE FIBEES. THE ARTERIES. 65 fiere to refer to the minute explanation of tlie figured points of Ggiire 84. FIG. 81. 1, The aflcondlng aorta; 1, tho transverse portion of tho arch of tho saino ; 3, Its thoracic portion, passing through tho chest; 4, the arleria innoniinala springing out of tho arch, an'l diviiiod into tho com- mon carotid; 5, which again divides at 6, Into the external and internal carotid, and 7 tho right suhclaman artery, whlcU passes Into tho aiuiliary artery 8, whose extent is indicated by tho doited lines; this again runs Into the brachial artery, which forms tho nhannol of supply to tho right arm. The two linos "• are a pair of nerves called the rl^lit an . left pn'-umn- gastric; 11 Is the left cor ion camtiil, and 12 the left subclavian, be..ming auxiliary and brachial in Its course, like Its fellow on tho opposite side; all theso belong to the greater systemic air ;lation, as do also 21, intercostal arteries, rnd tho branches from the front of tho aorta above and below 3, which are pericardine and avsophaglal, per- taining to tho pericardium and tho roso- phagus, and abdomen. Wo now go back on the diagram to No. 3, tho trunk of the pulmonary artery, which emanating from the right ventricle of the heart conveys the impure blood, returned there by the veins to the lungs for aera- tion. This is the main channel of the lesser or pulmonary circulation, It Is con- nected with the concavity of the arch of the aorta by a fibrous cord, called tho ditctiis arteriosut. 14, the left pulmonary artery, and 15 tho right; 16 the trachea, or windpipe, the passage which communicates with tho lungs, will servo to show tho relative positions of these arteries; 17 and 18 are tho right and loft bronchus, and 19 are tho pulmonary veins; the rest of tho numbers indicate tho roots of tho lungs. The arteries do not, as was at one time supposed, run im- mediately into the veins, but are connected witli tliem by what are called the capillaries, a hair-like network of vessels so minute that it requires a microscope to make them out; these are, it is said, about l-3000th of an inch in diameter, and they are distributed through every part of tho body so thickly as to render it impossible to pass a small needle into the flesh without wounding several of them; hence tlie flow of blood from a prick; it is through this medium that all the phenomena of nutrition and secretion are performed; they are all small alike, an(l are joined on the one lu^nd with the terminal ramifications of the arteries, and on the othcir with the minute radicles of the Veins. The capillary vessels have but one coat, which is transparent THB ABTEEIAL SYSTEM. S6 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. and fibrclcss ; as tliey approach tho arteries and veins this coat becomes thicker, and, in accordance with the substance thereof, they are distinguished as fine or coarse ; the latter gradually FIG. 86. FIO. 85. ARTEKT FROM THE BRAIN. 1. Minute artery. 2. Transitional capillary. 3. Coarse capillary, the thick coat being represented by the double lines of contour. 4. Fino capillary, the black marks Inflicato the position of certain nuclei dis- persed over the inn<>r surfaces of capillaries, transitional vessels, ar- teries and veins constituting in the two latter the eplthltlal layer of the inner coat. THE SUPERIOR jrE.SEXTERIC ARTERY. A, Is the descending portion of the Duodenum; I?, Is a transverse section of the same; C, the Pancreas; D, Jejunum; E, Ilium; F, Coecum, and Appendix Vermiformis; O, Ascending Colon; H, Transverse Colon; I, Descending Colon: J.Su- perior Mesenteric Artery; K, Collca. Media; L, the branch which Inosculates (or joins by little mouths) with the Collca Sinistra; M, Inferior Pancreatic Duodenum; N, Collca Doxtra; O, Ilio Collca; P, Vasa Intestlnl Tenous. augmenting in size and compk^xity of structure become what are called transitional vessels. Tiio capillaries are most alnindant in tho lungs, liver, kid- neys, and other secreting glands, also in the skin, and mucus membrane; and they are smallest and least abundant in the muscles, nerves, organs of sense, and those tissues where nu- trition only is to be accomplished; they are large in the bones, but not numerous, interweaving, as in many j)arts they do, into a minute network called a Plexus. The extreme beauty of arterial arrangement will l)e best exhibited by Fig. 86, showing the course and distribution of the Superior Mesenteric Artery. A particular description of all the several arteries could scarcely be looked for in a work like the present. It has THE VEINS. 67 FIG. 87. already been seen that they are very numerous, although we have alluded to but few of them comparatively; some of tliem lie deep amid the internal viscera; others, as the femoral, pass- ing down the thigh, the temporal, which traverses the forehead, the carotid, in the neck, and the bronchial, and other arteries of the arm, which are most likely to bo wounded in the act of venesection, come very near to the surface, in some cases protected from injury only by the loose ariolo-fibrous investment which sepa- rates all arteries from the surrounding tissues. The Veins. — These are the vessels which return the blood to the auricles of the heart, after it has been circulated by the arteries through the various tissues of the body. They are much thinner in substance than the arteries, so that when emptied of their blood they are flattened and collapsed. Arteries are the channels through which blood passes from the heart to the various parts of the body. Veins are the chan- nels by which it returns to that organ, and to the lungs, to be purified, and again rendered fit for its vital purposes. These two dilferent channels of circulation do not communicate directly with each other, but are connected by the minute branches which tliey each throw out, and which are called capillaries. These ramify all through the extremities, and all over the surface of the body, conveying arterial and taking up venous blood, which is passed into the smaller veins, thence into the larger, and so proceeds upward to the great fountain from which it set out, con- stantly receiving fresh accessions from the tributary veins wliich pour into the main cliannels on every side. Veins admit of a threefold division — into superficial, deep, and sinuses. Superficial Veins return the blood from the integument and superficial structures, and take their course between the layers THE PRINCIPAL VEINS IN TUE FOUEAUM AND BEND OF THE ELBOW. l.tho RarllJil Vein: 2, the Ooi)Uallc; 3, tho Anlprior Ulnar; i, tho Posterior Ulnar: S.ilio Trunk, forniod by tlicir union; G, tho Basi- lic, whk-h at 7 ppuetratea tho (looi) fascia; H. point of comnuinlcalU^n hot woo u tho iloop veins of itio foro- arin ami tho upper part of tho Median: 0, Mdlian Cophallc; 10. Median Ila.si- lie; 11, a eonvoxlty of tho deep fjisela. formed l>y tl'O Hra, whl<-h pierces tho deep fascia, and dlvidlnf; Into two lirani-hes, passes bo- hlnil the Median Cephalic Vein; 1:1, Internal Outftne- ous Nerve, dlvldlnc Into branches, and pjisslnj; In front of the Median Hivslllc; 14. Intorcosto Humeral Nerve; 15, Spiral CuUiuooua Norvo. 68 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. of the upper fascia. They then pierce the deep fascia, in the most convenient and protected situation, and terminate in the Deep Veins, ^Yhich are situated among the deeper structures of the body, and generally in close proximity with arteries. In the limbs they are enclosed in the same sheath with these vessels: these return the blood from the capillaries of the deep tissues. Sinuses diflFer from these veins in their structure, and also in their mode of distribution, being confined to special organs, and situated within their substances. One very remarkable icature of veins is their numerous valves, which are computed of a thin stratum of nucleated areolar tissue mingled with fine elastic fibres, and coated on the two surfaces with fine elongated cells. The segments, or flaps, of these valves are semi-lunar in form, and arranged in pairs, one on either side of the vessel generally, but sometimes there is a single flap which has a spiral direction, and occasionally there are three. The free border of the valvular flaps is con- cave, and directly forwards, so that while the current of blood is permitted to flow freely towards the heart, the valves are distended and the current intercepted, if the stream from full- ness of the veins above, or other causes, should turn back. When we consider that the course of the venous current is upward, and so opposed to the law of gravitation, we shall see at once the wisdom of such an arrangement. On page 31 will be found a cut of a valve of the heart, which will give a good idea of the general conformation of those of the veins. In those of the extremities, particularly the deeper ones, they are most numerous. In the portal and- cerebral, and very small veins, and those of the viscera, they are generally absent, and alto- gether so in the large trunks. The Glands. — A gland is an organ of the body, in which secretion is carried on, and which consists of a congerie of blood-vessels, nerves, and absorbents. There are two primary divisions under v.-hich the glands are commonly placed. These are — First, those employed in secreting some particular fluid for the use of the body, such as the Liver, Avhich secretes bile, and purifies the blood; the Kidneys, which secrete urine; and the Saliva7'y Glands, ^yhich secrete the saliva. Second, the Absorbent Glands, and vessels whose office is to carry oft' the waste materials of the machine. The Pancreas and the Spleen should also be placed in the first of these divisions, although their peculiar offices in the animal economy is somewhat obscure. THE BLOOD. 69 The Blood. — The blood is a rod fluid circulating through the heart, arteries, and veins of animal bodies, serving for tiio nourishment of all their parts, and the support of life. This nutritive fluid consists, firstly, of water, holding, in a dissolved condition, fibrine, albumen, potassium, and sodium, together with phosphoric acid and other substances; secondly, A-vf) of corpuscles, or globules, which float 7;^^^ in the liquor sanguinis. When drawn ^/^ from the body, the blood undergoes a ^ remarkable change. By degrees it ^ ^ gelatinizes, and forms spontaneously W ^ coagulum and serum. Coagulum con- corpcscles of the blood. sists of the fibrine and the corpuscles ; 1, 2, 1, Biood corpuscles, as seen Rpnim of wiitor alhum^n mu] thp <*" ^'"^''' ""^ surface anu edce; 2. serum, ui waioi, aiuuiucu, anu iim congprigg of xjioou corpusci.>s in various saline matters. The corpus- columns, in coagulating, uio cor- , ,. . 1 • 1 1 1 1 ■ , puscles apply themselves to each cles are 01 two kinds — red and white, other, so as to rerembie pues ot tlio rod belli*'- the more numerous money. 1 (boiow). bioo.i Globules, LUC ICO uuiii^ LUU muiu immciuus. ^j. ^^,,,3 containing smaller cells. Blood is termed arterial or venous, which are set tree by the aissoiu- ,. . .1 !• 1-1'i tlon of the containing cell. according to the vessel in which it circulates. Arterial blood is a florid red, with a stronger odor and less specific gravity than the venous fluid. Venous blood is of a dark purple. The scarlet, or arterial blood, which is one degree warmer than venous blood, owes its color to its under- going contact with atmospheric air in the lungs. It circulates in the pulmonary veins, the left cavities of the heart, and the arteries, by which it is distributed to the difterent organs throughout the body. The dark purple blood circulates in the veins, in the right cavities of the heart, the pulmonary artery, and the lungs. There is, again, a difference between arterial and venous blood in respect to the gases which they contain. Tlie first holds a supply of oxygen ; the second is rendered im- pure by the carl)onic acid with which it is loaded. Blood is the product of the elaboration of cliyle, and ac- quires its nutritive and life-giving qualities in respiration. By means of the arterial vessels it penetrates to all the organs, dis- tributing nutrition to every organic tissue. It is, moreover, the principal source of animal heat; from it, also, the secretive organs derive their various products, such as saliva, bile, urine, of the skin ; h h, Corlum or true skin; itants of this country do not remember this maxim. It is there fore better to get up from the table with an appetite, than to feel that you cannot take any more. Some systems need more than others, but natural instincts must guide a man on this point. There is also as much disease caused by intemperance in eating as in drinking. Food taken into the stomach and not needed is an incubus, and the system in trying to get rid of it is often deranged. It is an old saying that good eating requires good rest, and it is true ; hence the importance of not taking active exercise of body or mind after the principal meal of the day. Food when taken into the stomach requires an extra amount of blood to digest it, and, if we indulge in reading, the blood is taken away. There should be a good breakfast, a hearty meal eaten in the middle of the day, and a light supper when, the work is done. There is much truth in the saying : — After dinner sit awhile, After supper walk a mile. Long fasting is objectionable. The food should be well masti- cated, and our teeth are for this purpose. Food when imper- fectly masticated takes a long time to digest, and ferments in the stomach, tainting the breath. Hence the importance of hav- ing artificial teeth wlien our natural ones are gone, for there can be no doubt that modern dentistry has lengthened the average duration of life in this country. Then, as to suitable bever- age ; it is evident from the very abundant supply, that God intended our drink should consist mainly of water. Everybody is agreed as to the suitability of water as a drink. In all nations, some kinds of artificial stimulants are used. Some are less injurious than others, but all of them when taken to excess are injurious to both body and mind. In moderatif>n, at least some of them are useful, such as tea after a hard day's work. A cup THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH, ETO. 79 of tea is far more refreshing than a glass of spirits or wine. Perhaps a safe rule is for persons to take those articles which do not intoxicate at their own discretion, such as tea, collee, etc., while those which are intoxicating should not he taken except under judicious advice. It must never be forgotten that good, wholesome food is the corn, while stimulants are only the whip. Another important condition of health is plenty of air. Air is as necessary to existence as food, and its total depriva- tion is still more rapidly fatal ; but the quality of the air is also of nearly equal importance, though this is not so readily proved. Nevertheless, it is an admitted fact th;it pure air, uncontami- nated either by decomposing animal, vegetable, or mineral products, is of the greatest conse(iuence to the human race. Whatever renders the blood impure tends to originate dis- ease. Whatever makes the air impure tends to make the blood impure. It is the air we breathe which purilies the blood. If the water we use to wash our clothing is diity, it is impossible to wash the clothing clean ; so if the air we breathe is impure, it is impossible for it to purify the blood. What, then, are some of the more prominent things which render the air impure? It is the nature of still water to become impure. Running water j)unfies itself. Air in motion purities itself. Thus it is that the air of a close room becomes inevitably impure. Thus it is that close rooms cause headache and other disturbances. Hence all rooms should be constructed with a view to ventilation. A man of ordinary size renders a hogshead of air unfit for breathing, and consumes its blood purifying qualities every hour. Hence, sleeping in a close room, even though alone, or sitting for a very short time in a crowded vehicle or among a large assembly corrupts the blood. Close bedrooms make the graves of multitudes. The simple fact set forth by Dr. Arnott, long ago, that a canary bird susjjcnded near the top of a cur- tained bedstead in which peo])le are sleeping will generally be found dead in the morning, should be sufficient to show the danger of breathing a vitiated atmosphere, and the necessity of providing a constant and ample supply of fresh air in our dwell- ings. Impure air, however, cannot be seen ; its effects are not immediate ; and so it is allowed to work mischief continually. A healthy, full-grown man respires about twenty times in a minute and inhales in that ]ieriod about 700 cubic inches of air. Fresh air contains twenty-three per cent, of oxygen ; by the «0 THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH. process of respiration the oxygen is reduced to eleven per cent., and the carbonic acid is increased to rather more than eight per cent. Tliree and a half per cent, of this gas renders air unfit to support life ; and this will give some idea of the large quantity of air required for the healthful nccnpation of a building by a number of persons, especially in sleeping rooms. It is very important upon taking a house to consider well beforehand all the advantages or disadvantages connected with the proposed residence; for not only may the physical comfort of a family, but also its mental and moral well-being, be materi- ally affected by the selection. The primary advantage every home should possess is healthiness. Do not choose your house in a low, damp situation, however cheap it may a})i)arently be ; houses in such situations cannot be well drained, and the consequence is, that fever or cholera often prevails in such a locality. A house built on dry, gravelly soil, on rising ground, and where the drains are in good order, should be selected as })eing that in which health may be best preserved. The signs of damp are moulding of the walls, paper-hanging mouldy and j)eeling oft', and moist floors. High and dry situations, with a free circulation of air, whether in towns or in the country, are proverbially healthy, while those which are low and damp, or surrounded by confined air, are the opposite. A plentiful supply of pure water is indispensable both for drinking and cleansing ; good health cannot be expected if im- pure water is drunk, and you cannot have comfoit in a dirty house or in dirty linen. Therefore, let "cleanliness be next to godliness." A sign of good water is, that a drop dried on a clean cloth leaves no stain behind ; it has likewise neither taste nor smell. Standing pools and wells are not unfrequently impure. River water varies according to the soil over which it runs, the influence of the weather, etc., and though commonly drunk it is never pure. Next to well and river water, rain water may be considered in the scale of preference. The water most to be preferred is that which descends from mountains or lofty hills, through flints and sands, and rolls gently over a sim- ilar bed of rocks. The selection of a temporary residence for invalids is a mat- ter of great importance ; for one class an elevated situation, and a dry l)racing air, will be most proper ; a sheltered residence, with a milder air, will be suitable for another, while the seaside may perhaps be preferable for a third. THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH, ETC. 81 Very precious time is often lost, and real injury inflicted, from want of care upon this point, and from persons acting upon their own ideas, or upon insuilicient advice. The subject is too extensive to admit of profitable consideration in this work, and tlie decision resjtecting climate is so much a matter of judgment, and of such great importance, that medical opinion ought always to be taken when change of climate is determined upon. A change of residence and scene often has a beneficial influence on the health. Those persons accustomed tosedentaiy ])ursuits in town frecjuently derive beneficial residts by resort to the country or seaside. The nervous system is braced by the change, and all the functions are bnuight into more vigor- ous play. Ventilation is a ]n-imary consideration. It is not possible to have too much fresh air in the house, provided only an uncomfort- able and cliilly draught is not allowed to blow upon the body. Mischief from draught may be jjrevented l>y means of folding screens to turn aside. A house without sutlicient windows, or without chimneys in the sleeping rooms, is by no means healthy : a free current of air must be allowed to pass through all the apartments every day. Tiie warmer and stiller the air is, the more difficult it becomes to secure the free ventilation of rooms. In the calm, hot nights of summer, the windows of sleejang rooms should, on this account, be left partly open. It is better to breathe air moistened with dew than it is to breathe air impregnated with poisonous vapors. The u[tper part of an unventilated room is always filled with foul air. The openings for the escai)e of foul air should be made as near the ceiling as possible. Fresh air finds its way into a room at the lower i)art, and, if oi)enings for ventilation are made in the upper part, a current of air fit for breathing is always jjassing through the room, the foul air esca[)ing as it becomes vitiated. A dwelling, to be healthy, must by all means be well lighted; a dark house is not only gloomy and dispiriting, but always unhealthy. Light is as needful to health as fresh air. A plant will not flourish until it has light. Put a geranium in a cellar and its leaves will fade, its blossoms turn white, and its general look betoken sickliness. So it is with humaii beings. Chlorine and hydrogen gases if mixed togetlier and kept in the dark will never\inite ; the light of day causes them to min- gle slowly, but in direct sunshine they combine instantaneously, and explode with a loud report. Colors fade in a strong light, 82 THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH. and, as most readers know, portraits are taken by action of light. People who work in dark rooms, or in mines, are sallow in complexion and sickly, and sometimes deformed. One great cause of despondency and illness among emigrants while on board ship is want of sufficient light between decks ; and it is Avell known that some animals are tamed by being deprived ot light. Bearing these facts in mind, we shall better comprehend the reason why dwelling houses ought to be built so as to admit plenty of light, with no dark corners to invite untidiness or sickness. A certain degree of warmth is necessary for the healthy play of the vital functions. The temperature of this climate is such as to require the aid of artificial heat. This is supplied partly by fuel and partly by clothing. Exercise warms, invigorates, and purifies the body; clothing preserves tlie warmth which the body generates ; fire imparts warmth externally ; therefore, to obtain and preserve warmth, exercise is preferable to fire. Within doors, where less exercise can be taken, we are depend- ent greatly for health as well as comfort on the mode of heating rooms and houses. In small rooms, the snug and cheerful fire- side is preferable to all kinds of stoves. Nature teaches us to use the materials and the amount of clothing which the climate makes necessary. In this country it is best to have some material next the skin which combines warmth with lightness, jirotecting from the variations of tem- perature, and absorbing the insensible perspiration. Spun silk, flannels, and lamb's wool, of various thicknesses for different seasons, are the best materials for this purpose. By habit, many can dispense with underclothing, but it is always a great protec- tion, and not to use it is unwise. In hot climates, a stranger is apt, for momentary comfort, to throw off abruptly the under- clothing, and many a life has been lost by diseases produced from the check to perspiration, which the continued use of the article would have prevented. If thick underclothing is worn during the day, that of much thinner texture should be used at night. Children are, in man}' cases, most insuificiently protected from the weather ; numbers go without a single article of under- clothing, either in consequence of carelessness or poverty, or from the erroneous idea of rendering them hardy. The surface of a child, from the neck downwards, ought to be kept warm by THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH, ETC. 83 clothing ; exposed chests, bare legs, and thin coverings invite croup, inflammation of the lungs, and scrofula. The clothing of the feet is a matter of the greatest impor- tance to all Avho value health. They should be kei^t dry and warm. On the other hand, the head, especially of children, should be kept cool. Infants and small children ought to be shielded from the rays of the hot sun. Exercise conies next to air and food in its bearing upon the healthy development of the human frame, but its effects are dejtendent on different laws. Resi)iration, circulation, digestion, secretion, and all the bodily functions are assisted by it. The evil results of deficient exercise are seen in persons of indolent life and sedentary habits. Indigestion, costiveness, and a mul- titude of chronic maladies are induced, besides the general derangement and discomfort of the whole system from which nervous and hypochondriacal patients suffer. Without exercise the muscles become enfeebled, the inter- nal functions of the body deranged, and the brain is incapable of a great mental effort. With it the machinery of life goes on with vigor and regularity, and the mind is stimulated to healthy action. The benefits of exercise, therefore, to those whose occu- pation does not require physical exertion, cannot be too highly estimated. The body must undergo a certain amount of fatigue to preserve its natural strength, and maintain all the muscles and oigans in proper vigor. This activity equalizes the circula- tion and distributes the blood more effectually through every part. Cold extremities indicate that the circulation is languid. The muscles during exercise stimulate the veins and urge on the blood currents by quickening every vessel into activity. When exercise is neglected, the blood gathers about the central organs, and the oppression about the heart, difliculty of breathing, lowness of spirits, anxiety, and heaviness are evidence of this stagnation. The precise amount of exercise required depends in a great measure upon a person's strength, but under ordinary circum- stances every person should pass at least two hours daily in the open air. The delicate may take exercise within doors, select- ing the largest room with the window open. Daily exercise is necessary to preserve the liealthy functions of the bodv ; it is a merciful provision by which the decree that man should earn liis bread by the sweat of his brow be- comes a blessing ; it gives the laborer sound sleep and a good appetite. 84 THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH. Cleanliness has a powerful influence on the health and pres- ervation of the body. Cleanliness in our garments and person prevents the pernicious effects of dampness, bad odors, and con- tagious diseases. Cleanliness keeps up a free perspiration, renews the air, refreshes the blood, and animates and enlivens the mind. Frequent ablutions of the body in water is not only neces- sary to cleanliness and comfort, but it is also necessary to the preservation of the health. The explanation of this is, that the pores of the skin remove from the body the useless and suj)er- lluous matter which is constantly being generated. If this refuse is suffered to accumulate upon the surface, it forms a thick, hard crust which obstructs the pores and impedes their functions. The whole body should be daily washed Avith water, or rubbed over with a coarse, damp towel. When it is considered that our well-being depends in a measure upon the healthy condition of the skin, the importance of bathing must be obvious ; and, for this purpose, either the cold or tepid bath may be employed. In addition to cleanliness, the cold bath, when used by persons in health, increases the tone of the stomach, strengthens the digestive organs, diminishes the sensibility of the whole system, particularly of the skin, and ren- ders the body less susceptible to atmospheric impressions, cold, wet, and sudden changes of temperature. The interval for a person to remain in a cold bath should not at any time, and in the most robust health, exceed ten minutes or a quarter of an hour ; and in the winter not more than five minutes. In the morning, before breakfast, is the best time for those in health to indulge in the bath, but those less vigorous should bathe about two hours after breakfast. The use of the tepid bath is important for the purposes of cleanliness, and the general preservation of health; as a remedy for disease, it is occasionally valuable. The proper range of temi)erature is from 85 to 92 degrees. The temperature may be lowered gradually in some cases, until it reaches that of the cold bath. For the purpose of ablution, the tepid water is the best, choosing the degree of warmth that is most agreeable. It is very refreshing after the fatigue of traveling, and is service- able to persons of sedentary habits. Summary and Practical Rules. — When you find a want of vigor and activity of body and mind, or when you experience de])ression of spirits, morbid and gloomy imaginations or perverted feelings, try to discover the cause, and whether it is Tin: CONDITIONS OF HEALTH, ETC. 85 dependent on your own acts. If yon are sure that you liave no organic disease, su.sj)ect bad condition of the blood, — to rem- edy which look iirst to your diet., its quali/t/ and quantity ; re- member that generally during the period of growth, ihfimenci/ is to 1)6 feared; and, in adult life, excess is the thing to be guarded against. Jf your appetite is defective, inquire nV/^y ,• if 3'our vocations are sedentary, see that you get exercise daily, and in the open air. Cultivate quietness of mind, and freedom from care and passion, — both of which destroy the appetite. As to the qxufJity of your food, remember its twofold object is to produce heat and to repair waste, but also remember that (or you what you can well digest is the onl}'' proper food. If you lose weight in consequence of muscular or mental exertion, you must regain it by using a due proportion of nitrogenous or flesh pro- ducing foods; for those who work chiefly with the brain, peas and beans are less suited than for those whose labor is chielly vniscnlar. ]f you are disposed to emaciation, use abundance of farina- ceous food, and that containing starch and sugar, — especially sound bread, and take the utmost care that it be sound. If you are disposed to superfluous fat (obesity), take the diet just described, but very s[)aringly, and use more meat. Consider your habit of l)ody, and also to Avhat disorders yoii have a tendency, either hereditary or acquired. All scrofulous or consumptive patients require pure, dry air, but not necessarily a hot climate. It is ([uite a mistake to suj)- pose that hot climates are favorable to consumptive invalids in all stages of the disorder; to some they prove positively iiurtfuL Do not neglect the caie of the skin. Use fre(iuent warm baths, soap, and friction with coarse towels. Cold baths should be used only by the robust. Exercise as much as possible, in the open air when prac- ticable ; and use sufficient exercise, at least once a day, to pro- duce sensible perspiration of the skin. When out-of-door exer- cise is impracticable, do not omit it; not only gymnastics, but reading aloud, singing, and music can be used to indoor advantage. Those who are in moderate health ought to accus- tom themselves to the open air in all weatheis. Use warm clothing, but avoid as much as possible that which is impervious to perspiration. As to teinperature, — let j^our rooms be kept at a tempera- ture not exceeding sevent3'-two degrees, nor falling below sixty degrees. \^ hen you pass from a warm room to the open air in 86 THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH. very cold weather, get well warmed before you expose yourself. lu passing from very cold air to tlie house, go first into the cool- est part of the house, so as to avoid tlie sudden transition from cold to hot air, wiiich is very hurtful. There is no danger, but much benefit, from the application of cold water to the skin when the latter is extremely hot, since this is just the condition in which ct)ld affusion is useful, as in fevers. To promote proper excretion, and to avoid constipation, observe the following : Let not your diet be too concentrated, bulk as well as nutrient elements being necessary. Remember that constipation often depends upon imperfect digestion ; there- fore eat only what you can thoroughly digest. Do not use aper- ient medicines if you can possibly regulate tl:e bowels without them. If they become needful, a few grains of rhubarb, or a teaspoonful of castor oil, are to be preferred, especially for the aged, who should avoid saline medicines, or use them very spar- ingl}^, as they reduce heat. As to the excretion of the urine, — if you find yourself growing fat and weak, and dropsical, with a dry skin and a scanty amount of urine, also great thirst and a pain in the back, suspect disease of the kidneys and seek advice. Never defer attention to the natural call to evacuate the urine, as trouble sometimes ensues from this cause. Take care that your clothing admits of free action of the muscles of the trunk, by which respiration is carried on. Be careful, also, to avoid all pressure which can obstruct the circu- lation of the blood, especially in the neck and in the lower limbs. Learn a lesson from the trainer, — hy what means does he bring his pupil into a fit condition for a contest or a trial of his strength ? The rules are these : — 1st. Abstinence from strong diink, and from all sensual in- dulgences. 2d. Continued removal of the waste particles of the body, by means of strong exercise ; this waste being supplied by nutritious diet. 3d. Plain diet of brown meats, especially beef and mut- ton, good bread, and solid wholesome food, a very sjpare use only of any beverage being allowed. 4th. Active frictions of the skin. 6th. Abundant and pure air, with early hours for retiring. We see, therefore, that i)hysical training is nothing more than the application of the laws €>f health to their fullest extent. HOW TO DETECT Approach I NO Disbask >»^^-^< Disease always sends a warning cry ahead, which, if hecded in season, will avert illness and often prevent death. The aches, pains, and jihysical suffering of tlie human family are largely due to ignorance of a few simple facts easily comprehended even by a child. A disordered system and approaching sickness may be clearly detected by the Countenance^ the Eye, the Tongue, the Pulse, the Gums and Lips, the Stomach, Bowels, etc. The Countenance is the great dial plate of the internal organs. When the countenance is livid and tinged with blood, there may be impeded respiration and circulation, and probably con- gestion of the brain ; this is the case in apoplexy, disease of the heart, effusion of the lungs, etc. A pale countenance may be a sign of fainting, of anaemia, and hemorrhage, external or inter- nal. When the expression is violent and excited, there is probably the delirium of fever, inflammation of the brain, mania, or delirium tremens. In paralysis, convulsions, epilepsy, hysteria, and chorea, we have a distorted countenance ; and a flushed one is symptomatic of fever in general, and of the early stage of delirium tremens. Sometimes, in ihe last stage of an incural)le disease, the face becomes what nurses call " struck with death," and to this corpse-like expression has been applied the term Faries Hippo- cratica, because it has been vividly pictured by Hippocrates himself. Here is his picture: "The forehead wrinkled and dry, the eye sunken, the nose pointed and bordered with a dark or violet circle ; the temples sunken, hollow, and retired ; the ears sticking up, the lips hanging down, the cheeks sunken, the chin wrinkled and hard, the color of the skin leaden or violet; the hair of the nose and eyelashes sprinkled with a yellowish white dust." The Eye. — The expression of the eye, and of the whole countenance, affords an excellent ind";x to the state of health or 87 88 INDICATIONS OF DISEASE. disease. When the eye is bright, but not too much so, good health is generally present ; if languid, there is a want of tone ; and, on the other hand, if excited and wandering, some affec- tion of the brain may be predicted. The Tongue is a certain indicator of the state of the sys- tem, and is always consulted by the physician as reliable author- ity. Florid redness is a sign of dyspepsia ; a livid or purple tongue shows that there is obstruction in the circulation, or lungs ; a pale or white tongue denotes a weak and impoverished state of the blood ; a furred tongue is common to some people even when in health, but, when there are bright red points per- ceptible beneath the fur, scarlet fever mar be present ; a tongue with red edges and furred in the middle is a sign of intemper- ance, or brain disorder. In feverish conditions of the system the tongue becomes very dry and hot, or parched ; when the tongue is clammy and viscid, there is usually derangement of the digestive functions ; a yellow tinge on the coating of the tongue indicates a biliary disorder; a thin, creamy white, inflammator}- disease in the abdomen. In sore throat, we often find the tongue of a dingy, whitish color ; in scarlatina, we have elongated papilhe, appear- ing as bright red spots; and in some forms of intestinal irrita- tion and hemorrhage, and after acute disease, it is morbidly clean and red. In anaemic patients we find this organ partaking of the general condition of the sj'stem, being pale and flaccid ; in paralysis it is draAvn on one side ; in delirium tremens, and nerv- ous affections, it is tremulous ; and in typhoid stages of fever it becomes almost black, and cannot be protruded. The Pulse is one of the chief indications of disease. Walsh, in his Domestic Economy, gives the following on the pulse, gums, lips, and stomach : — When the pulse is frequent, large, and soft, it indicates the early stage of fever or of acute inflammation, as in scarlatina, erysipelas, inflammation of the lungs, etc. When very frequent, large, and hard, it accompanies the full onset of fever, of an inflammatory kind, such as rheumatic fever, small-pox, etc. A moderately frequent, large, and hard pulse may be that of mere fullness of blood. When frequent, hard, large, and thrilling, there is generally some disease of the artery, or in its close neighborhood, such as aneurism or tumor. A frequent and small pulse is often met with in consumption, INDICATIONS OF DISEASE. ^^ in whicli the quantity of blood is diiuiiiished, and is equally impaired. A slow, laboring, large, and hard pulse is often attendant upon apoplexy, or other forms of pressure on the brain. The Gums and Lips are also useful as indicative of certain conditions of the system : — When the gums are sivollen,-A\\i\ bh^ed at the slightest touch, there is reason to believe that the system is generally out of order, in a state commonly called scorbutic. A pale bluish-red guin, with a marked line of blue at tlie edge, is a sign that lead has been taken into the system in some way. When the lips are parched, and cracked, with fetid breath, there is reason to suppose that fever is present in a typhoid type, though this is by no means a certain sign by itself. The Stomach. — The symptoms affecting the stomach are vomiting or nausea, flatulence, pain after eating, and in some cases eructations of a watery fluid in large quantities. FlatidencT/ is a system of disordered stomach of a chronic character, as dyspepsia. Paiii after eating is also a sign of indigestion or disordered stomach, but there is generally inflammation accompanying it. The Bowels present the following symptoms when dis- ordered : — ConUipation may arise from torpor of the bowels, owing to long continued neglect, or the absence of suitable articles of diet, or from a deficient secretion of the natural stimulus, the bile. Diarrhoea consists in an increased discharge of liquid faeces, and may be caused by the irritation of food or medicine, or the presence of hardened fteces ; or sometimes from a poison dis- ease, such as cholera. The Faeces. — The f.-eces are the rejected residue of tlie food after it has served the purposes of nutrition. According to Herzelius, the normal constituents of the human fieces are as follows : — Water 73.3 Vegetable and Animal lU-inains 7.0 Bile 0.9 Albumen 0.*) Peculiar Extractive Matter - . 7 Salts l.ii Slimy Matter, consisting of picromel, peculiar animal malttr, and iusulublc residue 14.0 100.0 90 INDICATIONS OF DISEASE. This is the composition of the fa3ces when the health is per- fect, and there is nothing very peculiar in the diet to render it otherwise. In diseases great changes take place, not only in tiie proportions, but even in the ingredients of which the fieces are composed. By the peculiarity of smell and color, the medical man is enabled to judge of the nature and progress of certain diseases ; therefore it is of importance that the}'' should be pre- served for his inspection. The following are a few of their most obvious indications : — Natural f;eces are of a gingerbread color, slightly varying in tint and hue, and of tolerable consistency, although perfectly impressible. The smell is offensive, but has not that peculiar fetidity observed in some diseased conditions of the system. The evacuations should be daily, and at or near a certain hour ; but a deviation from this rule is no proof of ill health. We have known persons, in a perfectly healthy state, who went to stool only once in two, three, or four days, or even a week. It depends greatly upon habit, but such a habit is not good. Children should be taught to go at a certain hour every day, and the habit of a daily evacuation of the bowels once fixed, will prob- ably remain through life, except when it is interfered with by sickness, or the failing powers which are often a consequent upon old age. Mucous evacuations have a semi-transparent, jelly-like appearance. They may be tinged with brown, green, or yellow, all indicating the presence of bile ; or red with blood, when there is inflammation or congestion of the mucous membrane, as in mucous diarrhoea and dysentery. Evacuations may have a rough, shreddy, or spotty appearance. There may be little irregular round specks, like dirty white of egg, scattered througk the fteces, or long pieces like shreds of lymph or dingy-colored parchment. In such cases there may be acute inflammation of the mucous membrane of the intestines, situated in any part of the bowels or rectum. Pus in the faeces indicates either ulceration of the bowels, or the breaking of an abscess into the alimentary canal. If there is much of it, the latter is most likely the case. This is a symptom of danger. Bile in the fieces indicates excessive action of the liver, the cause of which may be irritation or active congestion, — in which case the color is generally of a yellowish brown, but sometimes, es- pecially in children, it is of a decided green color. This, too, is often the case with grown persons, when the liver is just recover- INDICATIONS OF DISKASK. 91 ing from a torjjid state and bernnning to act violently. This is commonly the case, too, in hycirocephalus, when the color is a peculiarly deep green. Bilious motions may or may not lie loose, although they are generally so, from the bile acting as an irritant to the lining of the bowels. Absence of bile in the faeces is shown by absence of color. The motions are clayey, sometimes as pale as pipe clay, and ranging from that shade up to the natural hue, occasionally assuming a grayish tint. They vary in substance, and when li(}^uid are usually frothy, and float upon water on account of the quantity of gas which they contain. Loose bowels result from so many causes that we cannot take them as clear indications of any particular diseases. An irritated or inflamed state of the mucous membrane causes diarrhuL'a, in some stages of which the stools are fluid. If, in this state, they are rice water stools, it indicates Asiatic cholera, or the too poweiful action of saline or drastic purgatives. Hard, solid fivces at unequal intervals indicate C(»nsti[)ation. Offensive stools occur in some forms of dyspepsia. The f(Btor is excessive in low fevers, when the poison introduced into the system seems to render the whole of the solids and fluids thereof peculiarly lialjle to decomposition. Expectoration. — This is, first, the act of discharging mucus or otlier matter from the throat, lungs, or trachea ; and, second, the substances so discharged. The term in its first mean- ing is synonymous with coughing, and need not further occupy our attention ; but, in its second, we find so many important con- siderations connected with the diagnosis of disease, that we must pause awhile to consider it. It is by the nature of the expec- toration that the j^hysician is enabled to judge of the character and progress of the malady with which he has to contend. If this ha froth f/, it indicates active bronchitis, catarrh, or influenza ; if stringy, and of a whitish or yellowish color, the bronchitis has become chronic, or spasmodic, or there may be whooping-cough present or impending ; if purulent^ it may indicate the latter stages of catarrh or influenza, especially if the sputum, or matter expectorated, is mixed Ujore or less with a tenacious mucus ; gen- uine pus, capable of being poured from one vessel to another, indi- cates the bursting of an abscess in the lungs, or of pus from the enqnema having found its way into the bronchial jjassages ; the yellow matter often expectorated in humid asthma is not truly purulent, but to a large extent mucous. If lumpy, there can be no mistake as to the nature of the disease ; pulmonary 92 INDICATIONS OF DISEASE. consumption has fairly set in, and made considerable advances ; there is sure to be a softening and breaking up of tubercles, where there are small yellowish or whitish lumps expectorated along with the clearer fluid on which they float, perfectly dis- tinct. If membranons. the sputum indicates inflammatory action of a chronic, most likely of a croupy, character. If stringy and rusty-colored^ there is certainly pneumonia ; if bloody, there is hemoptysis, — either a blood-vessel of the lungs has broken, or blood has oozed through the bronchial membrane, both of which are symptoms indicative of great danger to the patient. If offensive and putrid, there may be gangrene of the lungs, but tills is only a single sign and not to be relied on alone. These are the distinctive characters which expectoration assumes, and its increase or decrease in bulk or densit}-, its varieties of tint, and other particular changes, tell to the experi- enced eye of the doctor how the case is progressing and whether it is likely to terminate in convalescence or death. The Temperaments. — In physiology temperament has been defined as a peculiar organization of the system common to several individuals, which to a certain extent influences the thoughts and actions. There is, besides, in each individual a further peculiarity of organization which serves to distinguish his temperament from that of another person, to w hom, however, he may in other respects bear a great resemblance. This indi- vidual temperament is called Idiosyncrasy. Four temperaments were distinguished by the old physicians, founded on the notion of four qualities which entered into the constitution of man, and were supposed to temper each other, and influence the character, according as one or other prevailed over the rest. These qualities were, in the abstract — hot, cold, dry, moist ; in the concrete — fire, air, earth, and water ; and their highest point of development was as follows : — 1. The Sanguine Temperament, supposed to be character- ized by a full hal)it, soft skin, ruddy complexion, blue eyes, red or auburn hair, fre([uent pulse, large veins, and vivid sensations. 2. The Melancholic Temperament, described as existing in a thinner but firmer frame than the preceding, with a dark com- plexion, black hair, and a slower circulation, a nervous system less easily moved, and a character grave and meditative. 3. The Bilious Teynperament, intermediate between the two preceding, marked by black, curling hair, dark eyes, a swarthy and, at the same time, ruddy complexion ; a thick, rough, hairy skin : and a strong, full pulse. INDICATIONS OF DISEASE. 03 4. The Phlegmatic Temperament. This differs from all the rest in the laxity of the skin, the li(:,fliter color of the hair, and the greater sluggishness of the faculties. Without keeping to the old theor3% modern physiologists to a certain extent adopt these terms, to which they have added — 5. The Nervous Temperament, marked by a combination of some of the above characteristics, with a (juick and brilliant intellect, and great susceptibility. Not often do these temperaments occur in a pure form. We meet witii the indications of two, or even three, of them mingled in one person, — whom, therefore, we must call nervous- sanguine, or nervous-bilious-sanguine, as the case may be. Viewing temperament as a predisposing cause of disease, Ave may say that sanguine persons are more liable to acute in- tiammation than others ; nervous, to mental disorders and affec- tions of the nerves ; j^hlegmatic, to scrofula ; phlegniatico-san- guine, to gout ; and bilious, to hypochondria, and disorders of the digestive organs. IdiosyDCrasy. — In most individuals tliere are certain mental or bodily peculiarities which we term Jdiosi/ncrasies ; and these, to a certain extent, shape and fashion the life and mode of thouglit, and greatly intluence the state of health. In reference to the latter subject, when we say that a man has a predisposition to gout or gravel, we allude to one of his idiosyn- crasies, and we speak of the gouty or other state of that man as his Diathesis. What are commonly called antipathies are the j)eculiar result of states and conditions of the system, to which the above terms may be properly applied ; and it is impossible to affix any assignable cause for these, nor can the medical man be aware of them until he has noticed them in their effects, or been fidly informed of them by the patient or his friends. To some persons a particular odor is perfectly unbearable ; others cannot abide a certain sound; the sight of an insect, or other animal, not obnoxious to most people, will make this or that person ready to faint away, and lill the mind with a name- less dread. LXTERNAL LOCATION OF THE ORGANS. m. External Jug- ular Vein. b. Deltoid Mus- cle. c. Pectoral Mus- cle — Suratus Magnus. (t*. Latissunus M u s c 1 e , or Diaphragm. «■. Transversalis Muscle. f. Crest of Ilium g. Sartorius Mus- cle. h. ThyroidGland i. Trachea, o r Wind-pipe. k. Right Ventri- cle of Heart. /. Right Auricle of Heart. >«. Left Auricle. «. Outline of Per- icardium, or Sac of Heart. e. Left Luncr. /. Right Lung. r. Cardiac Orifice of Stomach. s. Kidneys. t. Uretus. K. Bladder. «'. y. First Ribs. t. SubclavianAr- tery, (right And left J I. Apex of Heart. 3. Lumbar Glands 3. Left Ventricle of Heart. 4. Coronary Ar- teries. 5. Superior Vena Cava. (Vein.) 6. Arch of Aorta 7. Left Pulmona- ry Artery. Right — Vena Cava, or In- nomenata. Left — Vena Cava, or In- nomenata. 10. Subclavian Vein. II. Interna! jug- ular Vein. 12. Left Common Cartoid.Anery. 13. Brachial Ar- tery. 14. Pulmonary Veins. 15. Descending Aorta. 16. Infer or Vena Cava. 17. Renal Vein. 18. Right— Com- mon IliacVein. 19. Left, Common Iliac Artery. 20. Femoral Ar- tery and Vein. 21. HepaticVeinn DISEASES. REMEDIES AND TREATMENT. ABSCESS. An abscess is a collection of pus or matter, resulting from inflammation. Causes, — It is caused by intlammation of tlie inner surface of the skin and its surrounding parts. The pus or matter does not pass off by gradual cessation, but collects in a cavity which is formed, and is termed an abscess. Sffmptotns, — Tlie inflammation of the j)art quickly sub- sides ; the top of the tumor becomes soft and white, while all around it is redder. Treatment. — Take a slightly cooling and gentle aperient. Foment the part with hot flannel, and apply a poultice of lin- seed meal. In parts where the poultice is difiicult to retain, it must be put in a hng made of nuislin with a tape attached to each corner of the bag to fasten it on and retain it in its ]»lace. The poultice sliould be renewed every six or eight hours. When the abscess looks white in the center, it is ripe and should be opened. After discharging pretty freely, a slip of lint should be inserted by a probe, and renewed once or twice a day, accord- ing to the nature of the discharge. After this the part should be supported by a bandage, or slips of adliesive soap or plaster, to facilitate contraction ; and the aperture should be left open to facilitate the discharge. When healed, tonic medicine and change of air should be resorted to. During the continuance of the abscess, the patient should live on food which is plain ami nutritious, without being stimulating, avoiding at the same time, except under extraordinary circumstances, wine, spirits, and beer. ABSCESS IN THE EAR. Apply warm fomentations ; syringe the ear with warm water. When the abscess has broken and discharged freelv, the 95 ^♦) DISEASES AN1> THEIR REMEDIES. ear must be kept clean, and a syiingeful of slightly astringent lotion, such as ten grains of sulphate of zinc to a quarter of a pint of rose water, should be injected lukewarm twice a day. Or this will be found beneficial : When there is much discharge, injections of warm soap and water should be used to cleanse the ear, and a little fine boric acid blown into it with a (luill or ]K)wder blower. This treatment should be followed twice a day until the discharge ceases. ANEURISM. Aneurism has been defined as a pulsating tumor, containing blood, and communicating with an artery. Aneurisms may be internal or external, — in the former case, being so situated in the cavities of the body, like those of the abdomen, chest, or cranium, as to render the nature of the disease often very obscure ; in the latter, they are so placed in the limbs that access may be easily had to them. Causes. — The whole arterial system is liable to aneurisms; but they occur much more frequently internally than externally; and oftener in those main trunks near the heart than elsewhere. They usually occur in persons of advanced age, such being most liable to calcareous degeneration of the coats of the arteries, which is one of their predisposing causes. The exciting causes are violent contusions, abuse of spirituous licjuors, fits of angei', straining, and violent exertion of any kind. Gunshot, and other wounds, often cause aneurisms. Symptoms. — In the early stage there is a small tumor, pulsating very strongly, more or less evident to the sight and touch, according to the dejith at which it is seated. Sometimes its presence is only known by the rapid pulsation, and pain, and tenderness of the part. Sometimes it interferes with the func- tions of some important organ, producing inq^eded respiration, cough, and other distressing symptoms, and ending in death; for which, without a post mortem examination, tlie physician can assign no adequate cause. For the internal form of the disease no remedial measures are advised. They depend so much upon situation, and other varying circumstances, that only the medical practitioner can judge oi the means to be employed. Treatment of external aneurisms. — This must depend very much on circumstances; constant pressure over the tumor has cured some cases. A surgical operation offers the best chance of cure in the majority of cases ; this consists in tying the artery on which the aneurismal tumor is situated, both above DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 97 and below the tumor. It sliould be attempted by no unprofes- sional person. No external irritant or friction must be a{)plied in aneurism ; neither fomentations nor other hot ajjplicatioiis. Active exer- tion must be avoided, both mental and physical. APOPLEXY. This is deprivation of motion by a sudden stroke ; it is one of the most common modes of sudden death ; in an instant a liealthful and vigorous man is smitten down, one who has exhib- ited no signs of disease, who has perhaps received no premoni- tory warning, lies before us motionless. Apoplexy may be either cerebral — proceeding from conges- tion or rupture of the brain — or pulmonary — proceeding from hemorrhage of the parenchyma of tlie lungs. The first is its more common form, and this may be spoken of under two heads : first, when it is sudden and violent; second, when it is compara- tively slight at the commencement, and increases in severity. Causes. — The causes of apoplexy are either predisposing or exciting ; among the former may be named, first : Sex — men are more liable to it than women, because they are more subject to its exciting causes, of which we shall presently s})eak ; sec- ond : Age — it is very rare in childhood, rare also in youth, most common between the ages of forty and seventy — rare much beyond the latter age ; third : IJodily conformation — the man of sanguine and plethoric temperament, with large head, short neck, and full chest, is most liable to its attack, although one of the opposite condition is sometimes smitten down with it ; fourth: oNIode of life — persons of sedentary habits, who live luxuriously, are its frequent victims; fifth: INIental anxiety — such as a long continuance of harassing fears, business perplexi- ties, grief, or any violent emotions or passions. All these are predisposing causes of apoplexy. The history of lawyers, judges, and philosophers, ancient and modern, proves that the studious are not more liable than others. Persons of advanced age, who take rich and stimulating food in excessive quantity, and whose intellectual faculties are exercised but little, are those most fre- quently carried off b}'- this disease formerly designated as the "skeleton at a feast." The exciting causes of apoplexy are intemperance, whether in eating or drinking, violent exertions of the mind and body — in short, whatever tends to determine the blood with an undue impetus to the brain, or impedes its return, is an invitation to this dreadful destroyer to step in and 98 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. arrest the vital current in its flow, as the breath of frost stays the water of the river. Synn)to)ns. — Apoplexy may be known by the patient falling chnvn in a state of insensibilit}'- or stupor, out of which it is impossible to arouse him by any of the ordinary means ; the face is generally flushed, the breathing dillicult and stertorous ; the upper lip-margin is projected at each expiration ; the veins of the head and temples protrude as though overfilled, the skin is covered with perspiration, and the eyes are fixed and bloodshot; sometimes, however, the face is pale, with a look of miseiy and dejection ; and the pulse, instead of being full and hard, is weak and intermitting. We have said that apoplexy comes without warning, but this is not strictly true. However sudden the attack itself may be, there are certain premonitory symptoms which no prudent man will disregard. Among these may be named a sense of fullness in the veins of the head, and a feeling of pressure in the head itself, with occasional darting pains, giddiness, vertigo, partial loss of memory, and the powers of vision and speech ; numbness of the extremities, drowsiness, and a dread of falling down ; irregularity in the action of the bowels, and involuntary passage of urine. These all indicate that some internal changes are going on, and if their warning is attended to the threatened attack may, perhaps, be avoided. Persons whose full habit of body and modes of life predispose them to this disease, should, when such warnings reach them, live sparingly, avoid stimulants, especially fermented and spirituous liquors, take regular and moderate exercise, sleep on a firm pillow and harsh mattress with the head elevated, and nothing round the neck to impede the act of breathing; the mind should be in a cheerful condition, and free from excitement; sexual indulgence and late sup})ers should be avoided. Keep the bowels regulated by an occasional dose of saline purgatives. Those of a spare habit should take a light, although nourishing diet. Spirituous liquors and hot spices should be avoided, also excessive bodily fatigue and nervous excitement. Treattnent. — This, of course, must vary considerable in accordance with the pathological condition of the brain of the person attacked, and with other circumstances which only those accustomed to the treatment of disease can judge of. The im- mediate measures to be adopted when a fit of apoplexy comes on are the following: Place the patient in a reclining position, with the head elevated ; remove everything about the neck, and DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 99 let the air be freely admitted ; apply cold wet cloths to tlie head, and mustard plasters to the soles of the feet; if the patient be old and the pulse weak and feeble, the skin bloodless, and the countenance pinched, warm flannels and hot bricks should be used, strong spirits of ammonia applied to the nostrils, the feet put into a warm bath with a little mustard, and every means taken to improve the patient's condition. As soon as this is so far effected that the patient can swallow, give i dram of aro- matic spirits of ammonia in IJ ounces of camphor mixture, as a stimulant draught; but it is only Avhen the })ulse is feeble and lluttering that the stimulants should be administered. If unable to swallow, one or two dro])s of croton oil may l)e rubljcd on the back of the tongue, and an injection composedof a tablespoonful of common salt, with a pint of warm water. Other means of relief may be taken should these fail ; should the head be very hot let it be shaved, and a cold lotion of .water and vinegar applied to it. Should the attack be soon after a full meal, administer an emetic. In all cases, after the crisis of tlie disease is over, and when the patient has become convalescent, it behooves him to be very careful, as a slight indiscretion may bring on a fresh attack. Eclectic Treatment for Aitoplejcy. The great object is to draw tlie blood from the head and equalize the circulation. To do tliis apjjly cold water to the head, face, and neck, and place the feet in warm water to which has been added some powdered mustard or cayenne. An injec- tion must be used if the patient shows no symptoms of lapid recovery, the same as in the regular treatment, and also the croton oil. It is desirable to promote perspiration, which may be done by using composition powder, pennyroyal or catnip tea. After recovery, observe the rules regarding diet, etc., as before directed, and take abundance of exercise in the open air. ASTHMA. This is a disease of the lungs, whose main characteristic is laborious breathing, which comes in paroxysms, and is accom- panied by a wheezing noise. Humid asthma is that in which the attack terminates in expectoration; when it does not, this is called dry asthma. Persons so alliicted have generally disease of the heart or lungs. When they have not, it is called spas- 100 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. modic asthma, and to this persons are sometimes subject, who, when the attack is passed, may appear quite vigorous and healthy. Causes. — Hereditary predisposition ; dwelling in a cold or moist atmosphere, or being subject to sudden changes of tem- perature ; gout, intense study, great mental anxiety ; suppression of perspiration ; irritation of the air-cells and lungs by atmos- pheric impurities ; irritation of the stomach, uterus, or other viscera. Synipto^ns, — The attack commonly occurs in the night, the patient having gone to bed in a listless, drowsy state, with a troublesome cough, oppression at the chest, and symptoms of flatulence ; towards midnight probably the breathing becomes more labored, the wheezing sounds louder, and the patient is obliged to assume an erect posture to prevent suffocation. Sometimes he starts out of bed, and rushes to the window for air, or he sits with his body bent forward, his arms resting on his knees, with a flushed or livid face, or deadly pale, gasping and struggling for breath, in a condition painful to be- hold ; the pulse is weak and intermittent, with palpitation of the heart ; sometimes there is vomiting, with involuntary emission of the urine, which is of a pale color, and relaxed bowels. The attack will probably last for a couple of hours or more, when the severe symptoms will gradually remit, with an expectoration of frothy mucus, and a tranquil sleep follows. For some days there will be felt a tightness of the chest, and tl>e slightest exertion brings on a difficulty of breathing ; there will be slighter paroxysms, and after a longer or shorter period another severe one. Treatment. — The objects to be attained in this are, first, to moderate the violence of the paroxysm ; second, to prevent its recurrence. Gentle aperients should be administered, and anti-spasmodic mixtures ; a mustard plaster on the chest will often afford much relief. Castor oil, given in peppermint, or weak brandy and water, is a suitable aperient. Where there is reason to suppose the stomach is overloaded, an emetic should be given. Tincture of lobelia inflata is good in obstinate cases, dose one dram. Inhaling the fumes of stramonium is some- times of service, and the good effect will be assisted by a cup of hot coffee, putting the feet in warm water, or using the warm bath. To prevent the return of a paroxysm of asthma, avoid the exciting causes, keep the bowels open with some mild aperient, DISEASES AND TllEIK KEMEDIES. 101 and strengthen the system by bitter infusions, sucli as camomile or gentian. If there is tightness of the chest, put on a poultiee, and take an expectorant now and then to clear out the phlegm from the bronchial passages. Take a light nourishing diet, avoiding everything diflicult of digestion ; wear warm clothing, as llannel next to the skin ; take regular and moderate exercise; change of climate if possible, should the situation occu])ied be damp, or bleak and exposed. Do not indulge in sensual or intemperate habits. Eclectic Treatment for Asthma. When the symptoms appear, at once place the feet in warm water, and take a decoction of catnip or pennyroyal, to produce a gentle perspiration. If the attack still continues, take a tablespoonful of the tincture of lobelia in a cup of warm tea, every half hour. The following remedy has })roduced marked results in severe cases: Take a half ounce of well-bruised seneca snake- root; immerse in one pint of water, and boil over a slow fire till reduced to a half pint. Dose, a tablespoonful every ten or fifteen minutes. A teaspoonful of mustard-seed, taken in tea or soup, morning and evening, has cured many severe eases. Damp houses and damp air must be carefully avoided. Let the food be light and nutritious; sleep on a hard mattress; and frequently take the country air. PAINS IN THE BACK. Pains in the back are of many kinds, and may result from a variety of causes. Treatment, — If weakness be the cause, cold bathing, the shower bath, and squeezing a sponge repeatedly down the back, together with vigorous rubbing with a rough towel, will be found eflicacious. Rest, in a recumbent or semi-recumbent position, will also alleviate the pain and contribute to its removal. BALDNESS. This is caused by disorganization of the root or bulb of the hair, and may proceed from age, general derangen)ent of tiie functions, or local disease. When baldness proceeds from age, the hair can never be restored. Treatment. — Mix well togethei- liquor of ammonia, one ounce ; camphorated alcohol, one and a half drams ; bay salt, 102 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. half ounce ; water, one pint. With this mixture bathe the head three times a day. Afterwards, rub well into the scalp a poma- tum made of fresh lard, four parts, and camphor, one part. The action of the sedative water restores the capillary circu- lation which forms the bulb of the hair, and imparts new life to the organ. The pomatum assists and favors the growth. Or, use either of the following : Castor oil, one and a half ounces ; tincture of cantharides, half an ounce. Mix well together, and rub the bald part with it night and morning. Or, use lard, made to a thin consistence with rum, rubbed in night and morning. One of the most successful remedies ever used is prepared as follows ; Glycerine, 4 ounces ; tannin, 1 dram ; tincture of cantharides, 2 drams ; oil of capsicum, 10 drops. Apply to the bald spots morning and evening. BARBER'S ITCH. It is communicated by an unclean razor or brush in shaving, or may be sometimes caused by a dull razor. Sf/}ti2)tO)ns. — It appears on the hairy part of the face — the chin, upper lip, the region of the whiskers, the eyebrows, and nape of the neck. It consists in little conical elevations, which maturate at the top, and have the shaft of a hair passing through them. These pimples are of a pale yellowish color. In a few days they burst, and the matter, running out, forms into hard, brownish crusts. These crusts fall off in one or two weeks, leaving purplish, sluggish pimples behind, which disappear very slowly. Treatinent. — The most important part of the treatment is the removal of the cause. The beard must not be pulled with a dull razor, and the shaving had better be discontinued alto- gether, the beard being simply cropped off close with the scissors. All intemperance in eating or drinking must be avoided, as well as exposing the face to heat. A light, cool diet will do much toward a cure. Nitrate of mercury ointment and a solution of oxalic acid are the best applications. BED SORES. The constant pressure of certain portions of the body upon the bed or mattress frequently produces in invalids, excoriations which are known by the above name. Treatment, — When the skin becomes red and inflamed, DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 103 ftnd painful to the touch, immediate steps sliould be taken to prevent if possible an abrasion of the skin. Mix two teaspoon- fuls of brandy in a wineglassful of lK)t water, with tliirty drops of tincture of arnica. Pjathe the part with this, and dry with violet powder. Or, either before or after the skin breaks, dip a camel's-hair brush into collodion, and brush the inflamed surface over, repeating the operation from time to time until the part is healed. BLEAR EYE. A term given to an inflammatory appearance of the eyelids and corners of the eye itself. Causes. — Advancing age, cold, or temporary weakness. It is also caused by hereditary taint, and resolves itself into a constitutional defect. Treattnent. — Where it is not constitutional, use the following lotion : Mix five grains of sulphate of zinc in two tablespoonfuls of water. Moisten the eye fre(iuently with a linen cloth. Another good remedy is to take an active aperient of calo- mel and rhubarb, and bathe the eye with poppy-water. If the eve should feel weak after the inflammation has subsided, bathe it frequently during the day with a lotion composed of one grain of sugar of lead to a large tablespoonful of water. BLEEDING FROM THE BLADDER. (^Bloody Urine.^ Causes. — Falls, blows, bruises, or some violent exertion, such as jumping or the like ; sometimes from small stones in the kidneys, ureter, or bladder, which wound those parts. Sf/ttij)to)HS. — The blood is somewliat coagulated, and deposits a dark brown sediment resendjling coflee grounds. When the ])loo(l is from the kidneys or ureter, it is commonly attended by acute pain, and sense of weight in the back, and some difliculty in voiding the urine. When the blood is from the bladder immediately, it is usually accompanied by a sense of heat, and pain at the lower part of the body, and the blood is not so much coagulated. Treatment. — Empty the bowels with cooling purges, and take the following astringent tonic mixture : Tincture of iron, three drams ; infusion of roses, six ounces ; mix, take two 104 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. tablespoonfuls every three hours ; and physicians generally recommend that the drink should be thick barley water, solution of gum arable, or a decoction of mallows sweetened with honey. The following is a mild aperient draught : Bitartrate of potash, one dram ; tincture of senna, one dram ; manna, half an ounce ; warm water, one and a half ounces ; mix, and take at once. BLEEDING AT THE NOSE. Persons of a sanguine temperament and full habit of body are often subject to this disease. It ought to be regarded as beneficial, unless excessive. Those who are troubled with ver- tigo and headache, arising from a fullness of the veins and a tendency of blood to the head, are often relieved by bleeding from the nose ; and there can be no doubt that many a fit of apoplexy has been averted by it, and many an attack of inflam- matory fever, or congestion of the brain, thus relieved. Causes, — Violent exercise, great heat, blows on the nose, the long continuance of a stooping posture, and disease of the vessels which convey the blood to the brain, rendering them liable to rupture. It may come on without any previous warn- ing, or be preceded by headache and a sense of heaviness, sing- ing noises in the ears, heat and itching of the nostrils, throbbing of the temporal artery, and accelerated pulse. Treatment. — When it comes on frequently and continues long, so as to cause faintness, and especially if the person sub- ject to it be weak or advanced in years, it should l)e stopped as soon as possible. This may sometimes be effected by immersing the head in cold water, free exposure to cool air, and drinking cool acidulous liquids. The body of the patient should maintain an erect position, with the head thrown somewhat back, a cold piece of metal or ice applied to the neck over the spinal cord, vinegar snuffed up the nostrils, or an astringent wash injected into them with a syringe. It may be composed as follows: Alum and acetic acid, of each two drams ; water, six ounces. Or, three drams of the muriate tincture of iron in the same quantity of water. Or, if these fail, the nostrils may be plugged with lint dipped in a strong solution of the sulphate of copper. When the bleeding has stopped there should be no haste to remove the clotted blood from the nostrils. Do not blow the nose violently, nor take stimulants, unless there be excessive faintness, in which case a little cold brandy and water may be taken. Where there is a full habit of body, cooling medicines and light diet may be safely advised. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. lOo BLEEDING FROM THE LUNGS. (^Hemoptysis.) This denotes in general the spitting of blood, and is generally used by pathologists to signify the expectoration of blood from the lungs and air tubes. It is inijiortant to ascertain the source of the blood which escapes from the mouth, and, if deteimined to be from the lungs, to ascertain whether it is symptomatic of disease of these organs, or merely vicarious in its character. It is not so much dangerous in itself as an indica- tion of some other dangerous disease, being most frequently connected with tubercular consumption. Causes. — Bleeding from the lungs may occur without oiganic disease, in plethoric and robust individuals living a life of excitement and excess, and in nervous, irritable individuals, w'eakened by mental or bodily fatigue, and leading sedentary lives. It is often hereditar}', and may be brought on by violent muscular effort, paroxysms of cough, blows or jjiessure on the chest, inspiration of irritating vapors, or of rarefied air on high mountains. The blood may be exuded from the tiacheal or bronchial membranes, or it may proceed from ca[)illaries com- municating with the air passages in any part of their extent. The amount varies from a dram to a pint at a time, and is generall}^ florid, and more or less mixed with air, differing from the dark, coagulated blood which comes from the stomach. Sffinptotiis. — An attack is frequently announced by a feeling of heat and oppression in the chest behind the sternum, followed by a cough which brings up the blood. When the quantity is very great it pours forth without a cough, and almost by an act of vomiting, with considerable spasmodic effort. Tredtnieut. — Elevating the breast and shoulders, admit- ting {)lenty of fresh air, with spare diet and perfect quiet, are among the most useful measures to be ado[)ted. The chest should be sponged with vinegar and cold water, and a dessertspoonful of the former in half a wineglassful of the latter will be a useful accompaniment to any other medicines which may be thought necessary. The oil of turpentine, ten to thirty drops in a glass of water; or gallic acid, in doses often to lifteen giains, every three or four hours, have been found of great value. Cold litjuids, and the sucking of pieces of ice, will be of service. Nauseating medicines, as tartar emetic and ipecacuanha, are also frequently employed. A teaspoonful of common salt, taken frequently, is an excellent popular remedy. In all cases, calm- 106 DISEASES AND THEIU REMEDIES. ness of mind, rest, silence, erect position, cool air, and freeness of the bowels should be enjoined. When the attack i)roceeds from congestion, blood-letting- is recommended in certain cases. If cough be present, it should be allayed by narcotics. After the attack, astringent tonics, as iron and quinine, may be given ; and the return of the bleeding is to be guarded against by avoiding the exciting causes, and attending to the general health. BLINDNESS. Deprivation of sight may proceed from various causes, such as one of the diseases which affect the eyeball, or deficiency of power in the optic nerve, local or general paralysis, or any disease whose seat is in the brain or the nervous system ; the formation of a speck on the cornea, or of a film over the lens. Sometimes the affection of the brain or nerves, from which loss of sight proceeds, is sj-mpathetic, arising from a disordered stomach. In this case, as in many others, it is but transient ; and matters may be set right by a blue pill and senna draught, wath low diet, and avoidance of the exciting causes of the disorder. If these do not have the desired effect, a surgeon should be consulted, as there is reason to suspect some organic mischief. Proceeding, as blindness does, from such a variety of causes, few general directions can be given for its treatment. When it is owing to a change in the structure of the eye itself, its a|> proaches will be very gradual, unless this change is the result of active infiammation. Temporary loss of sight is a frequent symptom of apoplexy. It also results from diseases of exhaus- tion, and sometimes occurs after copious bleeding; its total loss may be effected by a blow on or about the region of the eye. For the blind from birth there is no hope of recovery. ACUTE INFLAMMATION OF THE BOWELS. This is an inflammation of the mucous membrane lining them, which extends till all the tissue is involved. Symptoms. — The disease may begin with a chill, and with uneasiness and slight griping pains, which increase in severity. Pressure aggravates the pain, which is greatest about the navel, but extends over the whole bowel. There is sickness at the stomach, and sometimes vomiting; loss of strength, costive- ness, great anxiety, thirst, heat, and fever ; dry, furred, and red tongue, and but little urine, with pain in passing it. The stools DISEASES AND THEIR KEMEUIE8. 107 are dark and fetid, and the whole abdomen is sore to the touch. The pulse is quick, hard, and snuiU. If the stomach sympa- thizes but little with the disease, it indicates the seat of it to. be in the lower portion of the bowels. The length of time, also, before drink and medicine are vomited up after being swallowed is a pretty sure indication of the distance of the (liscase from the stomach. To discriminate this disease from colic, it is necessary to know that pressure prcnluces pain, which it does not in colic ; the pain never wholly ceases, as it does in colic ; the knees are drawn up and the breathing short, or altered. Treatment. — Hot fomentiitions, turpentine stupes, mus- tard poultices, soothing and (piieting injections, cooling drinks, such as slippery elm or flaxseed tea, are beneficial. Tincture of veratrum viride in doses of three drops every hour, to keep up a free perspiration, may be tried. If relief is not soon obtained, employ a competent physician without delay. If the disease has been occasioned by the strangulation of a gut, or by hernia, it is very unmanageable. The gut may be disentangled by applying a large dry cup, or, what is better, a number of small ones, but the tenderness of the abdomen makes this difficult. CHRONIC INFLAMMATION OF THE BOWELS. The signs of this disease are a dull pain in the abdomen, the tongue bordered with red, abdomen either swelled or flat, skin dry and husky, cold extremities, small, frequent pulse, thirst, los.>+ of flesh, low spirits, scanty urine, and slimy discharges from the bowels from one to four times a day. Treatment. — The treatment commences with mustard poultices and hot fomentations. The body should be well covered with flannel, if the bowels are very feverish, and the warm bath may be used, taking care not to take cold. The diet must be very simple and unstimulating, — beginning witii gum water, rice or barley water, sago or arrowroot gruel, and grad- ually raising it to chicken broth, beef tea, or tender beefsteak. Cientle carriage exercise, as soon as the patient is able, will prove beneficial. A very mild laxative should be given when tiie inflammation subsides. BRONCHITIS. Bronchitis may be described as inflammation of the lining membrane of the throat. It will be evident that an inflamed 108 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. state of these passages must interfere with the vital functions. Bronchitis is either acute or chronic. Causes, — The exciting causes are exposure to cold and moist air, against which people cannot too carefully guard. In- haling irritating substances or vapors will also cause it. SytHptoms. — The acute stage may commence immedi- ately after exposure to cold. Most usually the lining membrane of the eyelids, nostrils, and throat are first affected, and then the inflammation extends downwards into the chest. The earlier symptoms are running at the nose, watering of the e3''es, frequent sneezing, and all the distressing symptoms of what is generally known as influenza. The fever generally runs high ; there is extreme lassitude, with headache, and probably a troublesome cough, with expectoration of mucus. With adults the most active stage of the disease frequently assumes a dangerous character, and prompt measures are required to arrest its prog- ress. If the febrile symptoms continue to increase in intensity, and the Ijreathing becomes difficult from the clogging of the tubes with mucus, there is great reason for apprehension. TreaUnent. — The patient should be confined to the bed, and the treatment consist of warm diluent drinks, such as flax- seed tea, or barley water, with a slice or two of lemon in it ; gentle aperients, if required ; foot-baths, and hot poultices to the chest. One teaspoonful of the syrup of ipecac every hour, until vomiting is produced, may be necessary to aid in removing the accumulations of thick mucus. Sometimes it is necessary to give stimulants ; carbonate of ammonia in five-grain doses, or sal volatile, half a teaspoonful about every hour. These are pref- erable to alcoholic stimulants ; but should they not succeed, brand}' may be tiied, with strong beef tea. When the urgency of the symptoms yields, a milder treatment may be followed out. The following is a good mixture : Wine of ipecac, one dram ; aromatic spirits of ammonia, two drams; water, four ounces; one teaspoonful to be given every four hours. If the cough is troublesome, add a grain of acetate of morphine to the mixture. The diet should be light and nourishing, and all exposure to cold must be carefully avoided. In children, acute bronchitis does not commonly produce such marked effects as in adults, although sometimes it is extremely rapid and fatal, allowing little time for the action of remedies, wiiich should be nuich the same as those above recommended, with proper regard, of course, to difference of age. Great attention must be paid to the bowels, and also to the temperature of the air breathed by the little suf- DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 100 ferer. A blister on the chest, about as Ijig as a (•o])i)er cent, may be sometimes ai)i)lied to advantage if the hot poultice does not give the desired relief. Winter coughs, catarrh, and asthma are very common forms of chronic bronchitis. For the cough, give as follows : Paregoric, half an ounce; s^-rup of ipecac, one ounce ; syrup of tolu, two ounces ; anise water, one ounce; mix, and give one teaspoonful every two or four houis. If there are febrile symptoms, give iif- teen minims of sweet spirits of niter every two or four hours. It is especially during the spring months, and when there is a prevalence of east wind, that bronchitis attacks young and old, with frequency. With aged people, in such cases, there is commonly a great accumulation of mucus in the bronchial tubes, which causes continued and violent coughing in the efforts to expel it. The respiration is impeded ; the blood, from want of proper oxj^genation, becomes unfit for the purposes of vitality, and death is often sudden in consequence. Such patients must be carefully treated, no debilitating measures will do, also a warm and generous diet sliould be used to maintain the strength ; warm flannel next to the skin, a genial atmosphere, inhala- tion of steam — if medicated with turpentine or balsam of Peru, so much the better. CANCER. A cancer is a tumor of the worst kind. When fully devel- oped it spreads in a very rapid manner, discharges a thin, acri- monious matter, and has a very fetid smell. It is found that persons of scrofulous constitutions aie more liable to this complaint ; it arises frequently from some external injury, but now and then from previous inflamma- tion. In most cases it is ditficult to determine the cause. Women about the change of life are more liable to it than men. Symptoins. — A cancer develops usually in the glands or glandular structure, as the breasts, or in the stomach, the liver, and womb. It is also fiequent about the nose and lips. It fust ap[)ears as a hard tumor, about the size of a hazelnut, which remains stationary for a while ; then it begins to enlarge, the color of the skin begins to change, flrst red, afterwards purple, then livid, and at last black ; the place enlarges until at last it bursts, then a little ease is felt : but if the disease is not arrested the i)lace extends until it bursts some blood-vessels, or reaches some vital j)art and destroys life. TJierefore immediate means should be taken to cure, wherever the cancer is found to exist, 110 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. even in the most incipient form. The disease is usually attended by severe shooting j^ains. Treattnent. — The diet should be light but nourishing, avoiding salted or highly seasoned food or strong liquors. No treatment could be suggested that would be satisfactory or safe for domestic use. The following has been well spoken of: Hydriodate of potash, one dram ; fresh lard, three ounces. Mix well ; rub on the size of a hazelnut twice a day for a fortnight; then cease for a week, and apply a poultice of figs boiled in milk, for three or four days ; then apply the ointment again, and con- tinue doing so. This has disposed of many conspicuous tumors. CANCRUM ORIS OR GANGRENOUS STOMATITIS. This is a gangrenous inflammation which chiefly affects the cheeks and gums of children of a weakly, scrofulous habit, with debilitated constitution. Unwholesome food, impure air, and all the bad influences of poverty and wretchedness, which sur- round so many of the poorer classes, are favorable to the development of this disease. Causes. — It is very often attributed to the action of medi- cine which has nothing to do with its development. Its most frequent causes are weakness and debility, combined with a scrofulous constitution. Sometimes, but rarely, the disease show itself after measles, scarlet fever, or other acute inflam- matory affections. Symptoyns. — Its first symptom is usually a hard, red spot on the cheek, Avliich spreads and opens into a shallow ulcer on the inside, discharging matter of a peculiarly offensive character. As the disease progresses, the cheek swells, the breath becomes fetid, there is a great flow of saliva, which is often tinged with blood ; there is mortification of the surrounding parts, including the gums ; the teeth drop out, typhoid symptoms show them- selves, and, finally, the patient sinks exhausted, death coming like a happy release from its sufferings. This is the usual course, if early efforts are not made to arrest the progress of the disease. The disease must not be mistaken for canker sore mouth, whicii is an affliction of mild character and yields to simple astringent washes, and remedies to aid digestion. Treatinent. — As soon as the red spot in the cheek gives warning of its commencement, the constitution should be strengthened with good nourishing diet, such as beef tea, milk, and eggs ; wine, if there is extreme debility, and no great amount of fever ; quinine, in half-grain doses three times a day, DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. Ill in infusion of gentian or decoction of baik may be given, or some preparation of iron with a warm stomachic, as the following : Wine of iron, two drams ; compound tincture of valerian, two drams; made up to eight ounces with cinnamon or mint water; one or two tablespoonfuls twice or thrice a day. Change of air, sea bathing, and anything which is likely to invigorate the consti- tution should also be tried. Chlorate of potasli, one dram, with twenty drops of muriatic acid, in six ounces of water, sweetened with a little syrup of orange-peel, is a pleasant and serviceable mixture. It may be given to a child six years of age, a table- spoonful every four hours. For local treatment, lunar caustic, or sulphate of copper, rubbed along the edges of the wound, are recommended. The mouth should be frequently washed with a lotion made of chloride of soda and water, in the propor- tion of two drams of the former to half a pint of the latter ; or it may be, one dram of chloric ether to the same quantity. By this means the unpleasant foetor is diminished so as to be endur- able. When extensive ulceration and sloughing takes place outwardly, poultices must be applied. CATALEPSY OR TRANCE. A spasmodic seizure, which causes a rigidity of the limbs, retaining them in a certain position, however inconvenient or painful. Causes. — The causes of this disease are seldom local, but such as affect the whole system ; catamenia, worms, and painful emotions of the mind, or impaired digestion, may be mentioned as among the most fiequent; women are more subject to these attacks than men ; and sometimes they result in apoplexy, epi- lepsy, or melancholia. Sffinptonis. — The symptoms are a sudden deprivation of all power of motion and sensation ; the patient remaining in pre- cisely the same position as he was when seized ; the attack comes on suddenly, without any warning, except, it may be, a slight languor of body and mind, and lasts for several minutes, or perhaps hours, although the longer period is rare ; if during the lit the position of the limbs is altered, they will remain as placed, and, when the paroxysm is over, there will generally be no consciousness of what has transpired while it lasted ; in this respect it resembles the mesmeric sleep, or the state of insensi- bility produced by the inlialation of ether or chloroform. Treatment. — The treatment must dei)end upon the prob- able cause ; if the patient is of a plethoric habit, give cathartics ; 112 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. if debilitated, tonics and anti-spasmodics must be given. During the attack a[)ply mustard plasters to the palms of the hands and soles of the feet, pit of the stomach and spine ; if the fit continue long, ammonia may be carefully applied to the nostrils ; a mix- ture of ether, fetid spirits of ammonia, and tincture of musk, two drams of each to eight ounces of peppermint water, should be ad- ministered in ounce doses every quarter of an hour or so. On recovery, the system should be strengthened as much as possible with good diet, gentle exercise, sea bathing, or the cold shower bath ; chalybeate waters may also be drunk with advantage, or preparations of iron, bitter infusion, or cascarilla with aromatic spirits of ammonia. CATARACT. A disease of the eyes, causing opacity of the cr5'stalline lens, which prevents the passage of the rays of light, and so produces I)lindness. Sijinptonis. — A dimness of vision, which may generally be noticed before any opacity can be perceived on the lens itself. Then there are optical illusions, like specks or motes floating before the eye. Sometimes the progress of the disease is slow and gradual, but frequently it is rapid, especially in the latter stages. Persons who have passed the middle age are most likely to be affected by it, and sometimes it 1ms made consider- able progress in one eye before the patient, by some accidental circumstance, has discovered its approach. Treatment. — There is no remedy that is known to have much effect upon this disease ; nor is it at all likely, from the structure of the parts, that any such remedy exists. All pal- liative measures, therefore, are confined to attention to the general health of the patient, and the removal of any inflamma- tory symptoms that may exist along with it. The only mode of cure is actual removal by an operation ; but so long as one eye remains unaffected, the operation may be delayed. CATARRH. Catarrh, or cold in the head, is the most common of all the disorders to which the human body is subject, more par- ticularly in variable climates, like our own. There are two kinds of this disease, — the one, a common cold; the other, influ- enza or epidemic cold. A common catarrh is an inflammatory state of the mucous membranes of the head, or chest; in the DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 118 former case, it is called cold in the head, or cory/ii ; in the latter, cold on the chest, or bronchitis. Qanses. — The coinmon canse of this disease is exposure to cold or damp atmosphere, or to draui^dits, esj)ecially when the surface of the body is warm or perspiring. It is fre(iuently occasioned by passing from a warm into a cold atmosphere, and, we believe, even more fretjuently by passing immediately from a cold into a warm atmosphere. Indeed, any sudden atmos- pheric change is apt, in delicate pi-rsons, to produce cohl ;but in passing from a warm room to the cold air, j)eople generally take some care, while they are not generally aware that like danger attends passing from the cold air into a heated room, and hence do not provide against it. Symptoms. — The symptoms of a cold in the head are a sense of uneasiness, heat, and stul'liness in the nostrils, diminution or loss of smell, dull, heavy pain in the forehead, intlamed eyes, sneezing, and a slight impediment in breathing. Generally, it extends to the throat and chest, and occasions hoarseness, cough, and diflicultv of breathing. Frequently there is also a general derangement of the system, loss of appetite, lassitude, chilliness, succeeded by fever, and stiffness of the joints. The nostrils discharge a fluid, at first thin and acrid, afterwards thicker, and often ])urulent. Treafment. — The treatment of a common cold is usually a simple mattei'. Continement to the house for a diiy or two, a warm footl)ath, diluent drinks, abstinence from animal food and fermented liquors, and a dose or two of some gentle laxa- tive, are usually sufficient to remove the disease. There is also what is called the drr/ method of cure, wdiich has the advantage of not requiring confinement to the house, though otherwise some might be inclined to regard the cure as worse than the disease. It consists simply in abstinence from every kind of drink, until the disease is gone. Dr. Williams, its inventor, states that the necessary privation is not liard to bear, and that a cure is effected, on an average, in forty-eight hours. He allows a tablespoonful of tea or milk for the morning and evening meals, and a wineglassful of water at bedtime. The princi[(le acted upon is that of cutting olf the supply of watery materials to the blood, and thus leaving nothing to feed the secretion from the inflamed mucous membrane. The best })reventive against cold is the daily use of the cold bath, and this is the best means that can be adopted by those who liave an habitual tendency to this disease. It should, however, be begun in summer, and the 114 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. water ought to be at first tepid ; but, after being begun, the practice may be continued throughout the winter. CHRONIC CATARRH. (^Ulceration of the Nose.') This is usually the result of neglected common catarrh, and is exceedingly troublesome, lasting sometimes for years. SyniptoiHS, — When the inihimmation has continued, and ulceration taken place, matter is secreted, which falls down into the throat. This is one of the worst features of this disease, as the matter often finds its way into the stomach, causing a general derangement of the system. In the morning, on rising, great dithculty is experienced in clearing the head and throat. Tlie smell is impaired, and sometimes destroyed. Loss of ap- petite and general emaciation frecjuently occur. Treatment* — The treatment consists chiefly of local washes or injections. If no syringe or douche is at hand, they may be snuffed up the nose. A solution of chloride of potassa, or lime, is highly recommended, where the discharge is offen- sive. An injection composed of acetate of lead, sulphate of zinc, sulphate of copper, or nitrate of silver, has been found very beneticial, as has also the inhalation of the vapor of creosote, tar, and vinegar. Common salt is also a good remedy. Alum has been known to arrest the most violent attack in a few minutes. Place about half a dram in the mouth and let it dis- solve gradually ; swallowing a little occasionally. Eclectic or Herbal Treatment for Catarrh, Promote a free perspiration, by taking every night warm hoarhound or boneset tea, which may be drunk cold during the day; if the cough is troublesome, take a tea made of slippery- elm bark, or flaxseed. Add a little lemon juice, .and sweeten. The following is also an excellent remedy for a cough : Take the yolk of two fresh eggs; beat them up well in a basin; then add quarter pound of moist sugar, and beat them together. Take another vessel ; mix a wineglassful of white-wine vinegar and the juice of two large lemons. Stir all these ingredients up ; mix them and put the whole into a bottle and cork it close. It is fit for use at once. Take a tablespoonful when the cough is troublesome. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 115 CHAPPED OR CRACKED LIPS. The lips are often chapped and cracked by ex{)osure to cold, and it is sometimes a diOicult matter to heal them. The followinc^ is a good form for lip-salve to be used in such a case : White wax, two and one-half ounces ; spermaceti, one-half ounce ; almond oil, three ounces. Melt together, stir well, and put by to cool ; apply to the lij)S on going to bed at night. It may be made of a pretty pink color lirst by tint- ing the oil witii a small piece of alkanet root, which should be taken out before the other ingredients are introduced. When the lips heat and burn much, a little cold cream will be found a pleasant and serviceable application. CHILBLAINS. Chilblains are an inflammatory affection of the skin, gener- ally contined to the extremities, and especially to the fingers and toes. Exposure to sudden alternations of heat and cold usually gives rise to these troublesome visitations, which are rather characterized by itching and irritation than pain. Per- sons of scrofulous habit and languid circulation are most subject to them, as children and aged persons. It is a popular fallacy, that to keep the surface of the skin in a state of unnatural warmth, by hot bottles and woolen socks by night, and fur lin- ings and feet-warmers by day, is the best way to prevent chil- blains ; but this only serves to keep up a constant perspiration, and so weakens the tone of the system, and increases the liabilitv to them. A nightly footbath of cold, or — for aged persons — of tepid salt and wai,er, with plenty of friction with a rough towel, and exercise during the day, will be most likely to keep chil- blains from the feet ; and for the hands, a careful rubbing so as to get them carefully dry after every washing or dipping in water, and an avoidance of all unnecessary exposure to severe cold, are the best preventive measures. It is a good plan to have a pin of oatmeal always at hand, and to rub them well over with tiiat after they have been wetted, and wiped as dry as possible. This will absorb any moisture left by the towel, and have a softennig and cooling effect. Bathing the feet and hands every night in warm water in which a small quantity of salt is dissolvefl is one of the best preventives against chilblains. Treatment. — Should chilblains come, as sometimes they will, in spite of all j)recautions, let them be gently rubbed every night and morning with some stimulating application ; alco- 116 DISEASES AND THELR REMEDIES. hol, spirits of turpentine, or camphorated spirits of wine are all good for this purpose ; but the application which we have found most efficacious is a lotion made of alum and sulphate of zinc — two drams of each to half a pint of water, rubbed in warm ; it may be made more stimulating by the addition of one ounce of camphorated spirits. When the chilblains are broken there must be a different course of treatment ; the ulcers formed are often dilFicult to heal, especially in weakly and ill-conditioned persons ; there is generally a great deal of inflammation, which must be subdued by means of bread and water poultices applied cold, and afterwards by cooling ointments, such as the cerate of acetate of lead, or spermaceti ointment, with forty drops of Goulard's extract adcled to the ounce ; should there be a dispo- sition to form proud flesh, the ointment of red precipitate should be used. CHICKEN POX. ( Varicella.') Chicken-pox is a ver}'^ mild form of eruptive disease, which affects a person but once in a lifetime, and can generally be traced to specific contagion or infection ; it is a children's dis- ease. Syinptoms. — It is preceded usually by slight fever, which lasts for one or two days before the eruption ai)pears, which is in the form of conical pimples with a white head, mostly on the shoulders, breast, and neck, and more sparingly over the face and body generally. Then vesicles appear on the second day, like little globular blisters, but with little or no surrounding inflammation ; they now become filled with a watery fluid, which is not converted into pus, as in small-pox (to which this disease bears some resemblance), and, about the fifth day, the vesicles shrivel up and dry away, leaving only crusts or scales. The main distinctions between chicken-pox and small-pox are the absence or extreme mildness of the premonitory fever in the former dis- ease, and the form and contents of the vesicles ; those of the latter eruption being filled with dark matter, and having, in- variably, a depression in the center. Treatment. — On the first appearance of the eruption, the patient should be put upon spare diet, and given a dose or two of some cooling aperient, as rhubarb or magnesia. Should the febrile symptoms run high, give a saline draught, as the follow- ing : Carbonate of potash, one scruple ; citric or tartaric acid, DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 117 fifteen grains ; essence of cinnamon, one-half a (Irani ; svrup of orange i)eel, one dram ; water, ten onnces. Sliake, and drink while sparkling a wineglassful as a refrigerant. To make it effervescing, add the acid after the dranghl is poured out. Give j)lenty of cooling drink, and, if the bowels are at all ol)stinate, emollient injections. Care must be taken that the skin is not irritated by scratching — as painful and troublesome sores may be produced — and also that the patient does not take a chill. If these precautions are observed, little or no danger is to be appre- hended from chicken-pox. ASIATIC CHOLERA. The Asiatic, malignant, or pestilential cholera is a very vio- lent form of disease. It commonly comes on without any warn- ing, and the patient is frequently a corpse in a few hours. Causes. — It depends upon a peculiar contagion in the atmosphere. Crowded towns and cities are the most liable to its ravages, also low and damp situations. Its ravages are fa- vored by eating imj)roper food, intoxication, sensual habits, or anything that undermines the general health. Fear of this dis- ease often depresses the vitality and was once thought to be sufficient to cause it. Si/ni2)fo»is. — The attack usually begins with sickness and purging ; the discharge in this case not being bilious, l)ut a thin, colorless fluid, like rice water, accompanied with great j)ros- tration of strength and cold, clammy sweats. In a short time dreadful cramj)s assail the extremities, and afterwards the ab- domen and other parts of the body. The body becomes bent, the limbs twisted, the countenance cadaverous, the pulse almost imperceptible, the eyes sunken and surrounded by a dark cir- cle ; the patient sinks into a state of apathy, and, unless a fa- vorable change speedily takes place, he soon expires. When reaction does take i)lace, the i)ulse gradually returns, the natu- ral warmth of the body is restored, and the spasms and difficulty of breathing give way. Frequently, however, the reaction is ac- companied by fever, closely resembling typhus, and which often terminates fatally, in from four to eight days. Treatitient. — In regard to the treatment of cholera the views of medical men have of late somewhat changed. Watson, who has recently modified the views expressed in the last edition of his lectures, says, that "one important and guiding rule of treatment is not to attempt by opiates or by other di- rectly repressive means to arrest a diarrha-a while there is 118 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. reason to believe that the bowel contains a considerable amount of morbid and offensive materials. The purging is the natural way of getting rid of the irritant cause. We may favor the re- covery by directing the patient to drink co})iously any simple diluent liquid, as toast water, barley water, or weak tea; and we may often accelerate the recovery by sweeping out the alimentai-y canal by some safe puigative, and then, if necessary, soothing it by an opiate." A tablespoonful of castor oil may be given for this purpose, and after the oil has acted freely, "a tablespoonful of brandy may be taken in sonie thin arrowroot or gruel, and if there be much feeling of irritation, with a sense of sinking, from five to ten drops of laudanum may be given in cold water. The brandy and laudanum ma\ be repeated as the necessity of the case requires. These means will suftice for the speedy arrest of most cases of choleraic diarrhoea. If the diarrhtea has continued for some hours, the stools having been copious and liquid ; if there be no griping pain in the bowels, no feeling or appearance of distension of the intestines, the ab- domen being flaccid and empty, and the tongue clean, we may conclude that the morbid agent has already purged itself away," and there will be no need for any purgative, but the brandy and laudanum may be given immediately as above. "The rule in all cases is not to give the opiate until the morbid poison and its products have for the most part escaped, not to close the door until the 'enemy' has been expelled. In some cases of severe and prolonged diarrhoea it may be necessary to rejieat the oil and the lauilanum alternately for more than once at intervals of three or four hours." If the diarrhoea be associated with vomit- ing, this should be encouraged, and assisted by copious draughts of tepid water. If there be nausea without vomiting an emetic may be given. The following preparation has been found very useful : Chalk mixture, one ounce ; aromatic confection, ten to fifteen grains ; tincture of opium, ten to fifteen drops. To be taken every three or four hours until looseness ceases. Eclectic Treatment for Cholera* Dr. Annesley, who had much experience in India with this epidemic, states that, if taken at its commencement or within an hour after its attack, it is as manageable as any other acute disease ; but the alarming rapidity with which it runs its course demands the most active treatment. The loss of an hour may prove fatal to life. Put the patient quietly into a warm bed. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 119 IMustard plasters should be applied to the feet, and l)randy or other spirits sliould be administered to stimulate the system. The body should be frequently rubbed with a warm flannel sprinkled with a little starch or camphorated oil. If the stomach is too weak to bear spirits, give a strong decoction of cloves or cinnamon, or of ginger, or cayenne pepper, a teaspoonful every half ho^ur. The following has been very effectual in curing severe cases of virulent cholera : Tincture of opium, tincture of camphor, and spirits of turpentine, of each three drams; oil of pepjx'rmint, thirty drops; mix. Dose, one teaspoonful in brandy and water, for the mild form of cholera ; and one tablespoonful for the more virulent. As a preventive the following may be taken in cholera times: Bicarbonate of soda, one scrn[)le; ginger, eight grains. Take in a glass of water, after breakfast and supper. CHOLERA MORBUS. This is a disease prevalent in hot, damp weather. From th£ great amount of bile secreted, it is also called Bilious Cholera. Causes, — Excessive heat, sudden atmospheric changes, wet feet, indigestible food, and unripe fruits. Syniptoins. — This disease begins with sickness and dis- tress at the stomach, succeeded by violent gripings with vomit- ing of thin, dirty yellowish, whitish, or greenish fluid. The contents of the upper bowels may be vomited. The nausea and distress continue between the vomiting and purging, and the pain at times is intense. The pulse is rapid, soon becoming small and feeble, the tongue dry, the urine high colored, and there is much thirst, though no drink can be retained on the stomach. Tt'eattnent. — Apph' a large mustard poultice over the stomach and liver, (iive large draughts of warm teas, by which means the stomach will be cleansed of all its solid contents. Warm injections must be given frequently, and hot bricks applied to the feet, while the whole body should be swathed in warm flannels. To get up a warmth of the body and the stomach is, in fact, the most important thing in this disease. Hot brandy, in which is a dose of cayenne, is excellent to quiet the vomiting and griping. A few drops of laudauum in th'3 injections may be given, if the pain is excessive. Jf these remedies do not bring immediate relief, call a physician without 120 DISEASES AND THEIK KEIMEDIES. delay, as a continuation of the pain soon produces cramps and fatal results. Eclectic Treatment for Cholera Morbus, No time must be lost in treating the severe stages of this disease. Give the patient copious drinks of whey, warm barley water, thin water gruel, or weak chicken broth. Bathe the feet and legs in warm saleratus water, and apply warm fomentations of hops and vinegar to the bowels. In addition to these, apply E^vwarm poultice of well stewed garden mint, or a poultice of mustard and stix)ng vinegar will be found of much service. The vomiting and purging may be stopped by the following: Ground black pepper, one tablespoonful ; table salt, one table- spoonful ; warm water, one-half tumblerful ; cider vinegar, one- half tumblerful. Dose, a tablespoonful every few minutes. Stir and mix each time until the whole is taken. Nourishing diet should be taken by the patient. A wine- glassful of . cold camomile tea, once or twice a day, would be very beneficial, as would ten drops of elixir of vitriol, three or four times a day, or a tea made of black or Virginia snake-root. Flannel should be worn next the skin, and the warm bath should be frequently resorted to. INFLAMMATION OF THE PHARYNX. Clergyman^ s Sore Throat, (^Pharyngitis.^ This is an inflammation of the back part of the throat, as seen when the mouth is stretched open. There is also an inflamed condition of the vocal cords, and other portions of the larynx. Causes, — Overexertion of the voice, imhaling impure air, exposure to cold winds when heated will also produce it. Symptoms, — Spitting, hoarseness, coughing, sometimes loss of voice, difficulty of swallowing, etc. Treatment, — Avoid the night air, and loud talking or singing in the open air when walking. Let the diet be nourish- ing, but abstain from all spicy and acid foods that irritate the mucous membrane. Spirituous liquors, strong beer, and other heating liquids must be entirely avoided. The local treatment consists of a{)plying solutions of nitrate of silver, alum, or car- bolic acid, to the diseased parts, by means of a sponge or brush. UISliASES AND THEIli KEM£DI£S. 121 COLIC. Colic is a name given to several varieties of disease charac- terized by severe pain of the bowels, with distention or flatulence, hut without looseness or diarrhcra. Physicians distinguish sev- eral varieties of this complaint: Spasmodic, in which the princi- pal symptoms are sharp and spasmodic pains about the navel ; that occasioned by indigestible food, gas, or acrid matter in the intestines; bilious, when accompanied by vomiting of bile, or by obstinate costiveness ; lead or Devonshire colic, which is due to the poison of lead. Causes. — Among the most frequent causes may be named worms, poisonous or unwholesome substances, indigestible food, gout, rheumatism, intense cold, acid fruits, and unripe vege- tables. Synijytoms. — The symptoms of colic, in general, are a pain- ful distention of the lower region of the belly, with a twisting pain, and very commonly vomiting, costiveness, and spasms. PAINTERS' COLIC. Lead or painters' colic is characterized by obstinate costive- ness, and vonnting of bile. The pain comes on in paroxysms. The spasms gradually become more violent, and, if not alleviated, become unbearable. Treatment. — Give immediately from thirty to forty drops of laudanum and apply heat over the abdomen. Hot drinks containing pep[)ermint, spearmint, and composition tea generally afTord relief. For the treatment of paralysis, or palsy arising from the al)- sorption of lead, which is generally confined to the wrists, use galvanism, friction, and shampooing, with chalybeate waters. Those engaged in the manufacture of lead, or in occupations in which one or other of its prejiarations are frequently handled, may generall}' escape its baneful effects b}' stwct attention to cleanliness. They should never take their meals where they work, or with unwashed hands. Let them eat fat meat, and butter, and take acidulous diinks, especially those rendered so by sulphuric acid. The men employed at the Birmingham white lead works have been almost free from tliis disease, to which they were much subject before, since they have mixed a little of the above acid with their molasses beer. From tlie first attack of lead Colic patients generally recover; but unless they change their occupations, or observe the above precautions \-2'2 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. with scrupulous care, the attacks are repeated, each time with greater violence, and they will become, eventually, miserable cripples. WIND COLIC. Wind colic is a severe and distressing pain in the bowels: sometimes a stoppage, and swelling about the pit of the stomach and the navel. The complaint may be caused by weakness in the digestive organs, by indigestible food, unripe fruit, or cos- tiveness. Tveatment. — If the pain is caused by having eaten any- thing indigestible, an emetic should be immediately taken. If this does not bring relief, a dose of salts, or sweet tincture of rhubarb, may. If there is no sickness at the stomach, a little essence of })eppermint in water, or brandy, or gin in hot water, may be sufficient to expel the wind and give relief. If there be costive- ness, and continued pain, a stimulating injection should be given. BILIOUS COLIC. Bilious colic is a painful disease. There is griping, twist- ing, tearing pain about the navel, or sometimes over the whole abdomen. Causes, — It is caused by irritating articles taken into the stomach, the presence of bile in the stomach, long exposure to cold, torpid liver and skin, great unnatural heat, etc. Syniittoms. — It comes and goes by paroxysms. Some- times the abdomen is contracted, at other times enlarged, and stretched like a drumhead. At first the pain is relieved by pressure, but after a time the abdomen grows tender to the touch. There is thirst and heat, and vomiting of bilious matter from the stomach. In the worst cases, the pulse is small, the face pale, the features are shrunk, and the whole body is covered with a cold sweat. Treattiient. — Administer an active cathartic immedi- ately. Give a mixture of pulverized camphor, four grains ; cayenne, one grain ; white sugar, one scruple. This, divided into eight powders, and given once in fifteen minutes, will relieve the pain, at the same time a mustard poultice should be laid upon the abdomen. If the pain does not yield, give a teaspoonful of paregoric. The sickness of stomach may be al- layed by hot draughts over the stomach in which are a few drops of laudanum ; one drop of croton oil in a crumb of bread will often purge successfully ; or castor oil and spirits of turpentine, equal DISEASES AND THEIK REMEDIES. 123 parts, in two tablesi)Oonful doses, may be used before trying the other. A warm bath is good, and bottles Hlled with hot water, placed at the feet and sides, to promote perspiration, Eclectic Treatment for Colic. A decoction of equal parts of skullcap and high cranberry bark, to which is added a tablespoonful of the compound tinc- ture of Virginia snakeroot, has been found very useful. Apjjly over the stomach and bowels hot fomentations of wormwood and boneset, or hops, stramonium leaves, or hops and lobelia. In llatulent colic the legs should be bathed in warm water, and poultices of mustard or hot salt placed over the bowels and stonuich. The bowels may be opened with a dose of castor oil, and ginger or peppermint tea may be drunk freely. To ease the pain, from thirty to sixty drops of paregoric may be given. In very severe cases, a mixture compounded of equal parts of laudanum, tincture of camphor, and essence of peppermint, in teas[)Oonful doses, may be given. In some cases a teaspoonful of spirits of turpentine, taken with a teaspoonful of castor oil, has been found to give immediate lelief. For painters' or lead colic, the following is highly recommended: Sidphate of magnesia, one-half pound ; powdered alum, one ounce ; sulphuric acid, one and one-half drams; boiling water, one and one-half pints. Mix. Dose, a tablespoonful in a wineglassful of water; repeat every hour until it operates upon the bowels. To prevent the acid from injuring the teeth, the solution may be sucked through a quill or a glass tube. After the bowels have been freely opened, the medicine should be continued for weeks or months, in doses sufficient to jiroduce one or two passages every twenty-four hours. The sulphuric acid, by uniting with the oxide of lead in the system, forms the sulphate of lead, which is a harmless salt. The following is recommended to be taken by ]»ersons who are exposed to the bad influence of le;\d : Elixir vitriol, one-lialf o\ince; tincture of prickly ash berries, one ounce. Dose, a tea- spoonful in a gill of water, and repeat three or four times a day. CLOUDED, THICK, OR DARK-COLORED URINE. Take the following antacid diuretic mixture : Liquor potash, two drams ; tincture of cubebs, two ounces; infusion of buchu leaves, thirteen ounces ; mix, take two tablespoonfuls four times a day. The following will usually effect a cure : Dilute nitric acid, 124 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. two drams; syrup of lemon, four drams; water, eight ounces; mix, take one tablespoonful thiee times a day ; or take half a teaspoonful of citric acid in water four times a day. CONCUSSION OR INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN Is nearly always produced by a blow or a fall ; it is one of the most fiequent injuries to which the brain is exposed ; it may be either slight or severe, in proportion to the severity of the exciting cause; in the former case the effect is but momentary — the patient is stunned, but very soon recovers consciousness, and perhaps feels no more of it, except a little tenderness of the part struck ; in the latter case he remains unconscious, without the power to move or speak ; the pulse is slow and feeble, the breathing difficult, frequently there is vomiting, and an unnat- ural contraction or dihition of the pupils of the eyes ; in this case but little can be done bej'ond putting the patient to bed, and keeping the surface of the skin warm by frictions and hot applications; when there is extreme depression, a little biand}^ or sal volatile may be given, but very sparingly, because, if death does not ensue, there will be reaction, with an inflamed state of the organ. If it is simple concussion, a fatal termina- tion is not likely ; but sometimes the shock causes rupture of the substance of the brain itself, or its inclosing membranes, or of one or more of its blood-vessels, causing effusion ; in this case the patient may never rally from his state of stupor, or, if he does, it will be but for a short time ; there will probably be convul- sions, paralysis, and other symptoms resembling apoplexy. All these are characteristic of inflammation. In so sensitive an organ as the brain, it must be evident that an inflamed state of the tissues is by all means to be avoided ; hence, when reaction sets in after the stunning and depressing effects of concussion have passed off, keep the head cool and the patient quiet. If a physician is not within reach, and the alarming symp- toms increase in intensity, the hair of the head sliould be cut or shaved off, and towels wet wath cold water applied ; if iced, so much the better. A thoroug-h cathartic should be cjiven. To reduce the pulse and cause perspiration, give four drops of tinc- ture of veratrum, in a little sweetened water, every liour, till the desired results are produced. Among the symptoms of inflammation of the brain, or its investing tissues, may be mentioned as prominent : Shivering, succeeded by heat in the skin ; great thirst ; tongue furred ; DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 125 pain in tlie liead ; intolerance of light ; bloodshot eyes, with a wild, ■vvandeiiiiL,'- look ; sickness, and delirium. Then; may be violent and obstinate vomiting, as a lirst symptom, followed after a time by others. It should be borne in mind that concussion of the brain is not always tiie result of a blow ; it may be pro- duced by a violent shock to the nervous system, such as tiiat caused by coming down heavily on the feet from a leap. CONGESTION. Congestion is the term applied to undue fullness of the blood-vessels; those of the brain are most usually so affected, owing to the unyielding nature of the bones of the cranium, whidi do not admit of sufficient expansion for a greatly increased cjuan- tity of blood. Most of the other important viscera are contained in cavities with yielding walls, and in them a greater fullness of the veins than usual is not attended with such dangerous effects. Causes. — Congestion may be caused by anything which impedes the circulation so as to increase the action of the heart ; any })ressure on the veins which obstructs the passage of the blood through them ; a dilation of the coats of the veins from debility ; cold applied to the surface of the body, or a dry state of the skin ; a blocking up of the small secreting tubules of the kidneys with epithelium causing local congestion, which, if not relieved, may lead to congestion of the whole system. It is caused by an excessive accumulation of blood in the vessels due to various causes. Persons of a plethoric habit are most sub- ject to it. Treatment. — Quiet both of mind and body, with cooling aperient medicines, abstinence from all rich and stimulating food and drink, is the proper treatment; in those of spare habit, it is sometimes owing to want of vital energy, and in this case the diet should be rich and stimulating ; and the ajjcrient^, if re- quired, must be of a tonic nature; l)utall this should be left to the medical [)ractitioner ; the disease too nearly affects the issues of life and death to be tampered with. CONVULSIONS OR FITS. Involuntary contractions of the muscles of a part or the whole of the body, generally with corresponding relaxations. When the contractions and rehixations alternate, they are called clonic spasms, as in hysteria. When the contractions are con- stant, they are called tonic sjjasms, as in lockjaw; when the convulsions are slight and rapid, they are called tremors. They 126 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. are universal when they affect all the limbs and muscles, as in epilepsy, and partial when they affect only some of the muscles irregularly, as in chorea or St. Vitus dance. Causes. — Convulsions in children are generally caused by some disturbance of the stomach, intestines, or brain, as teething, worms, water on the brain, the striking in of a rash, or the ac- cession of some disease, such as small-pox, scarlatina, etc. A very trifling, functional derangement will often be sufficient to produce them, and the younger and more irritable the child, the more liable will it be to attacks. Symptoms, — Convulsions are violent, spasmodic affec- tions, with or without intermission. Previous to their coming on there is generally giddiness, coldness of the extremities, dimness of vision, tremblings, and a creeping chill up the spine. There are also, particularly in adults, anxiety of mind and dejection of spirits, nausea, and a sense of faintness, yawning, stretching, dizziness, and palpitation of the heart. When the fit is on, the teeth chatter, the tongue is protruded and often bitten, there is foaming at the mouth, the eyes roll wildly, there is a struggle for breath, and a clutching of the hands, which are often clenched so that the nails enter into the flesh ; sometimes the lips and cheeks and the whole surface of the face and arms be- come purple, and the veins stand out as though they would burst ; and so great is the muscular force exerted that several attendants are required to keep the patient from bodily injury. A violent paroxysm may last but a few minutes only, or for several hours, and may have longer or shorter intermissions. It is followed by extreme languor, frequently by headache and gid- diness, but these often pass off very quickly, and leave no symj> toms of constitutional derangement whatever. Treatment. — Treatment will depend greatly on the cause. If it be worms, give vermifuges and anthelmintics; if teething, scarification of the gums ; if improper food and indi- gestion, a gentle emetic and afterward an aperient ; if acrid matter in the bowels, a laxative clyster and aperient ; if flatu- lency, carminatives ; if eruptions that fail to appear, the warm bath ; if effusion on the brain, cold lotions to the head, and small doses of calomel, frequently repeated, with purgatives, if the bowels are sluggish; hot applications to the extremities. In all cases of infantile convulsions, and in some of adults, the warm bath is advisable ; the temperature should be about ninety- eight degrees, and in most cases opening medicines, with at least one dose of calomel put on the tongue. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 127 In adults, convulsions may be apoplectic, epilejjtic, hyster- ical, or puerperal, as the case may be. Some narcotic poisons pro- duce them, such as opium, prussic acid, some kinds of fungi, ardent spirits, and indigestible substances. In all these cases, emetics should be the first remedies, or the stomach pump ; then volatiles and stimulants, as ammonia, valerian, and a stream of cold water poured upon the head from a considerable height. Convulsions may be caused by excessive mental emotion, and sometimes by long continued diseases, such as dropsy, jaundice, and fever. When a person is taken with a fit, loosen any part of the clothing which may apj)ear tight, especially about the neck and chest; sprinkle cold water on the face and apply volatile stimu- lants to the nostrils ; rub the temples with eau de cologne, ether, or strong spirits of some kind, and blow upon them ; and as soon as the patient can swallow, give thirty drops of sal volatile in water, or the same of ether, or, if neither are at hand, a little cold brandy and water. When the fit is over, a gentle aperient should be taken, to be followed by cold bathing, exercise, and, if possible, by a change of air. CONSUMPTION. Phthisis, or consumption, is a disease which, unfortunately, is but too prevalent and fatal in this country, as in most others. Jt spares neither age nor sex, and its attacks, at first so insidious as almost to escape notice, too frequently lead to a fatal issue. It is the result of the formation and development of tubercles in the lungs. These first appear in the form of small, gray, semi- transparent granulations, which gradually enlarge and become opacjue, and after a time empty themselves into the bronchial tubes, and thus the substance of the lung is gradually destroyed. Causes, — Recent discoveries prove that very little was known of the real cause of consumption, even a decade ago. Great progress has been made recently in the study of tins disease by means of the microscope. Consumption was formerly regarded by all medical writers as more distinctly hereditary in origin than any other disease except syi)hilis. It is now believed that consumption is not hereditary, that what is inherited is simi)ly a constitution feeble in iis ability to resist disease, and a vitality more or less impaired. It may be regarded as well proved that the real cause of 128 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. consumption is a specific disease germ known as the tubercle bacillus, the micro-organism discovered by Koch of Berlin. In all cases of tubercular lungs, this bacillus is found in the expectoration, and a suspected case in which it is not found is not true consumption. Si/m2)toi}is, — The earliest symptom of consumption that usually manifests itself is a short, dry cough, exciting no partic- ular attention, being attributed to a slight cold. It, however, continues, and after a time increases in frequency. The breath- ing is more easily hurried by bodily motion, and the pulse be- comes more frequent, particularly after meals and towards even- ing. Towards evening there is also frequently experienced a slight degree of chilliness, followed ])y heat and nocturnal per- spirations. This is commonly called night sweats. The patient becomes languid and indolent, and gradually loses strength. After a time the cough becomes more frequent, and is particu- larly troublesome during the night, accompanied by an expec- toration of a clear, frothy substance, which afterwards becomes more copious, viscid, and opaque, dud is most abundant in the morning ; the sputum is often tinged with blood ; or hemoptysis occurs in a more marked form, and to a greater extent. As the disease advances, the breathing and pulse become more hurried ; the fever is greater, and the perspirations more regular and profuse. The emaciation and weakness go on increasing ; pain is felt in some part of the thorax, which is increased b}' coughing, and sometimes becomes so acute as to prevent the patient from lying on the affected side. All the symptoms increase toward evening : the face is flushed ; the palms of the hands and soles of the feet are affected with a burning heat ; the feet and ankles begin to swell, and, in the last stage of consumption, there is nearly always profuse diarrhoea. The emaciation is extreme ; the countenance assumes a cadaverous appearance, the cheeks are prominent, the eyes hollow and languid. Usually the appe- tite remains good to the end, and the patient flatters himself with the hope of a speedy recovery, often vainly forming distant projects of interest or amusement, when death puts a period to his existence. Tubercular deposits are also usually found in other organs of the body : the liver is enlarged and changes in appearance, and ulcerations occur in the intestines, the larynx, and trachea. These are so frequent and uniform as to lead to the belief that they form part of the disease. Treatment. — It is of the utmost importance to be able to meet and counteract the earliest approach of this disease. The DISEASES AND THKIR RKMEDIES. 129 constitutions that are most liable to its attack are generally characterized either by a fair, delicate, rosy complexion, fair hair, clear skin, and great sensibility, or by dark complexion, large features, thick and sallow skin, and heavy general expres- sion. The development of the disease is pieceded b}- a peculiar form of indigestion, known as "strumous dyspepsia." It is specially characterized by a dislike of fatty food, sometimes also of sugar and alcohol, and is accompanied with heartburn and acid eructations after taking food. Unlike inllammation, tubercles almost invariably commence at the apex of the lungs, and it is here that they are usually most advanced. It is here, then, that the skillful physician, by means of auscultation and j)ercussion, is able to detect the first direct symptoms of the incij)ient disease. The treatment of this disease is of two kinds, the one directed to strengthening the system for its prevention in those predisposed to it, or overcoming it in its incipient stages ; the other to arresting its progress after the tubercles have mani- fested themselves. The treatment comprises a proper attention to the digestive organs, with wholesome diet, exercise in the open air, regular habits, attention to the skin, and, if necessary, change of air. The diet should ])e nutritious, but not stimulant, and the exercise not violent nor too prolonged. Sea voyages, and residence at the seaside, are generally found to be very beneficial ; and, as a general rule, those places that are least subject to variations of temperature are reconmiended. The practice, however, of sending patients in the last stage of consumption away from home — to Minnesota, Florida, or else- where — cannot be too strongly reprobated. Of the more directly curative remedies unquestionably the most valuable is cod-liver oil with creosote. It should be taken in small quantities at first, probably a teaspoonfnl of the oil with one drop of creosote thoroughly mixed three times a day, during or immediately after meals, and the effect is greatly to improve the appearance of the patient, and to counteract the progress of the disease. If taken early the tuberculous dei)Osit may be arrested, and the patient restored to a state of health ; and, even where this is not the case, the progress of the disease will at least be retarded. Tonic medicines, such as bark, sarsaparilla, iron, and iodine, are also very beneficial in the treatment of phthisis : at least in those cases where inflammation or much febrile excitement does not exist. Where inflammation already exists, it may be subdued by counter-irritants to the upperi)arts of the chest. 130 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. These are the general remedies to be employed ; the more prominent special features of the disease require particular medi- cines. One of the most distressing and harassing of these is the cough, which may be alleviated by the application of sinapisms or stimulating plasters to the chest, or by the internal use of mucilaginous mixtures, squills, couium, opium, ether, etc. The night perspirations, when very copious, are best checked by the use of mineral acids, as sulphuric acid given with quinine, or nitric acid in a decoction of sarsaparilla. Diarrlupa commonly subsides by a strict regulation of the diet, and the avoidance of all stimulating food and medicine ; otherwise, small doses of chalk and opium, or rhubarb and opium, may be administered. When the pulse is very frequent and the palpitation distressing, digitalis may be used. The duration of this disease depends upon a great variety of circumstances, and varies from a few months up to four, five, or more years ; the average, however, may be taken at about two years ; but many of the cases terminate fatally between the fourth and ninth month. The question as to whether consumption be contagious has often been discussed, and medical men are by no means unanimous on the subject. The majority are probably in favor of its being non-contagious ; though there are not wanting weight and numbers on the other side. At all events, no one should be allowed to sleep with a consumptive patient after the disease has fully manifested itself. The contagious principle is found not in the breath, but in the sputum which is raised from the lungs ; this should be destroyed. Eclectic Treatment for Consumption, Abundance of fresh air, light, nutritious food, and correct personal habits are the best remedies to rely on. All others will be useless if these matters are neglected. There can be no substitute for air and exercise. Let the exercise be gentle, so as not to cause fatigue, and take special care after exercising not to get cool too quickly by standing still or sitting in a draught of cold air, by an open window, or in a cold room. The cold or tepid bath should be used frequently. Inhaling the fumes of tar made warm in a teapot is very useful. It will ease the violence of the cough, and produce a free discharge of the mucous matter. For night sweats, take sulphuric acid and nitric acid, of each one dram ; mix in a cup of water ; dose, a teaspoonful in a pint of sage tea. During the day, a strong DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 181 camomile tea is very useful ; as is a decoction of common mullein leaves and liverwort, drunk freely durinj^^ the da}'. A tahles})0()nful each of tar and honey beat up with the yolk of an egg and mixed with milk, and taken oncu or twice a day, is very good. For females, especially when the menses are stopped, a wineglassful of decoction of elecampane, once a day, has boen found very useful. The diarrlujca may be checked by infusion of blackberry root. CONSTIPATION. When there is an undue retention of the contents of the bowels, their contents become hard and are expelled with diffi- culty and sometimes with pain. Causes. — Neglect of the usual time of going to stool, extraordinary heat of the body, copious sweats, taking food that is dry, heating, and difficult of digestion ; sedentary life, or a diseased state of the liver or spleen, sometimes from stricture in the rectum. Treatment. — The first thing to be done is to establish the habit of trying to evacuate the bowols every day at a certain hour; the best time for most people is just after breakfast. It matters not if tlie bowels do not act ; the practice of attempting should be persisted in, and in time it will break up the confined state of the bowels. Adopt a diet free from all astringents, taking care especially that there is no alum in the bread, and using a coarser kind. Let the food consist of a due admixture of meat and vegetables for dinner; the beverage, water. For breakfast stale bread or dry toast, with a moderate (luantity of butter, honey, fish, or bacon ; cocoa is, perhaps, preferable to tea or coffee ; and porridge made of Scotcli oatmeal, probably better still. Regular exercise, either by walking or on horseback, should be taken. Roasted or boiled apples, pears, stewed prunes, raisins, gruel with currants, broths with sjnnach, leeks, anil other soft pot-herbs are excellent laxatives. If the above mode of living fail to relax the bowels, inject warm water by means of an enema. If there be an objection to the use of the foregoing, take of castor oil four parts, and of tincture of jalap, aloes, or rhubarb, one part; mix, and diligently rub over the region of the stomach every morning before rising ; it should be done under the bedclothes, lest the un[)leasant odor should sicken the stomach. Or take either of the following: Take, from half a dram to a dram of dilute nitric acid in a cupful of 132 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. weak gincjer or dandelion tea, twice or thrice a day. Epsom salts, half an ounce; powdered niter, one scruple; infusion of senna, four ounces ; peppermint water, four ounces. Dose, two tablespoonfuls every morning. Where the bowels are weak, uneasy, torpid, and where there is a general sense of coldness, and some aperient is ab- solutely rec^uired, have recourse to the following : Tincture of rhubarb, two drams ; tincture of senna, two drams ; potash water, or sal volatile, one-half dram. Mix in a wineglassful of camomile tea, and take it every day at noon, or an hour before dinner, gradually reducing the dose, or leaving it off by degrees. The habitual use of purgative medicines is very injurious, and increases the evil it is intended to cure. CORNS. In the treatment of corns, the first object should be to re- move the exciting cause ; comfortable, well-fitting boots or shoes should be substituted for those of an opposite character, and the corn, after the foot has been soaked in warm water to soften it, should be pared carefully away, particular care being taken not to wound the more sensitive part. When the outer surface is re- moved, there will be perceived in the center a small white spot, which should be carefully dug out with a pointed knife or other sharp instrument. When this too is removed, cover the seat of the corn with a small circular piece of thick, soft leather spread with soap or diachylon plaster, and leaving a small hole in the center, corresponding with that from whence the root of the corn has been taken. Should any of this latter remain, so as to cause irritation, apply to it, every second or third day, a piece of lunar caustic, scraped to a point, and slightly moistened. Some persons apply strong acetic or other acid ; ]>ut this is not so effectual, and more likely to cause inflammation, which will be best allayed by a warm poultice of bread crumbs, moistened with Goulard's extract, the foot being held up as much as possi- ble, and the system kept in a cool state with saline aper- ients, etc. Soft corns, which form chiefly between the toes, are often very painful and troublesome ; let them be cut away as close as possible with a pair of scissors, and then dressed with rags wet with Goulard's extract, or a solution of sugar of lead ; ivy leaves form, for such, a cool, pleasant protection from friction ; they should be put on fresh every day. Beneath the corner of the nail of the great toe a peculiar DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 133 kind of corn sometimes occurs : it should be cut or scraped out with the linger-nail, and caustic applied as above directed. Mere callosities of the skin on the hands and fingers are not corns, although often called so ; they have no routs and are not painful, therefore it is best not to interfere with them ; for if removed, others would come in their places, while the friction is kept iij) in which they originate. ULCERATION OF THE CORNEA. To relieve pain, bathe with a solution of the pith of sassa- fras. Dissolve two grains of sulphate of zinc in an ounce of rose water and use for an eyewash two or three times a day. Give attention to the bowels until aid can be obtained. CORPULENCE. This, when it reaches a certain degree, becomes a real dis- ease. The accumulation of fat abou* the kidneys and mesentery swells the abdomen, and prevents the free motion of the dia- phragm, which causes a difticulty of breathing. Causes, — A free indulgence in good living, with an. easy mind, indolent or sedentary life, are the causes of corpulence in anyone whose constitution predisposes them to over feed. Syrnptonis. — The muscles of the body gradually enlarge, and the person is not so active as heretofore ; is exhausted or out of breath on less exertion than previously; and the circula- tion is impeded through the accumulations of fatty matter. Treatment. — Gradually reduce the (juantity of aliment ; take less nutritious substances for food ; drink sparingly, espe- cially of malt liquors; use regular and daily active exercise, — bicycle riding is an excellent exercise for reducing weight, — abstain from suppers, take short rest, sleep but few hours, and rise early every morning. By a rigid pursuance of these means, for a due length of time, the most corpulent and unwieldy man or woman will be reduced within moderate bounds, with an ac- quisition of health, strength, and vigor. In addition to active exercise, the body should be rubbed with a pomatum made of lard, three and a quarter ounces, and camphor, one ounce. This is to be heated and mixed over the fiie, and afterwards suffereil to cool. Afterwards take five gfrains of aloes every four davs, and employ the following clyster every morning : Linseed, one ounce ; rose leaves, one and one-half drams ; bay salt, three drams. Boil the ingredients for twenty minutes in a quart of 134 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. water. Just before taking the decoction off the fire, add to it camphorated oil, one and one-half drams. COUGHS. A cough may be the result of various conditions, but one of the most common causes is a severe cold upon the lungs. The air passages are lined by a thin, delicate mucous membrane which contains secreting glands, that in health secrete a small amount of fluid mucus to assist the air in passing in and out of the alveoli of the lungs without annoyance or friction. If for any reason, as taking a sudden cold, this secretion is checked, the air passages become dry and inflamed, and produce a disa- greeable sensation which patients sometimes call a smarting of the lungs. This state of dryness lasts usually but a short time, and is followed by a secretion many times more abundant than natural. This increased secretion, owing to inflammation of the mucous glands, is catarrhal in character, and acts as a constant irritation. It is often thick, yellowish in color, and raised with diiflculty. A persistent cough is nature's desperate remedy to expel the hardened, thick, offending mucus, just as if a bread crumb or some other foreign substance was in the windpipe. By fits of coughing nature endeavors to obtain relief. This offend- ing substance must be removed, and nature has only two meth- ods, one to throw it up by coughing, the other to absorb it into the circulation ; the former method is much more desirable than the latter. When a catarrhal cold is yielding to treatment, the mucus becomes loose, is easily detached and readily expelled, all the symptoms become more favoring, and the cough less racking and severe. As the secretion is gradually reduced to the nor- mal, the inflammation and irritation subside, the cough more and more disappears. When the mucous secietions are tough and raised with great difficulty, the cough is distressing, and loosening remedies or expectorants should be administered. The following are serviceable : Syrup of ipecac, one teaspoonful as needed, for adults, or syrup of senega, one teaspoonful, or the compound syrup of squill, dose one-fourth to one teaspoonful. Of the latter, eight drops are sufficient to give an infant ; should these remedies produce vomifeing, diminish the dose. Great harm may be done by suppressing a cough when nature is striv- ing to free the air passages from an overload of mucous secretions. Giving opium or morphine, cough drops, troches, or any anodyne remedies to a young child whose air passages are loaded with catarrhal debris is bad practice, and has cost many a little suf- DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 136 ferer his life. In no instance must the cough be quieted in an infant suffering from catarrhal diseases, no matter how much the mother and others are annoyed by tiie persistent coughing. In capillary bronchitis the cough is the child's safety, and must not be suppressed, else the lungs will fill up and the child will die. Coughs due to irritation and a dry inflammation of the bronchi may be safely quieted, and this can be done with positive benefit to the patient. An excellent remedy for a dry, hard cougli without expectoration is muriate of ammonia, one dram : spirits of chloroform, two drams ; syrup of ipecac, one ounce ; syrup of senega, one ounce ; syrup of tolu, one ounce ; water sufficient to make four ounces. Mix and give one teaspoonful every four hours for an adult, less for children. When a remedy is ind*- cated to relieve a dry, irritating cough of a child, with no load of mucus ii|jon the chest, chloral is the best remedy in small doses. It favors secretion and expectoration, and (|uiets a cough when it is spasmodic or debilitating. It may be given in the follow- ing prescription to a child two or three years old : Chloral hy- drate, thirty grains; syrup of ipecac, half an ounce; syrup of squill compound, two drams; syrup of tolu, two ounces ; anise water sufficient to make four ounces. Dose, one teaspoonful every four hours. For some cases of debility and protracted cough in children, cod liver oil is a reliable and efficient remedy. Any druggist can provide the pure oil, or make a palatable emulsion. It softens the cough, aids nutritio4i, and counteracts debility. Coughs should not be neglected, they are frequently symp- tomatic of organic disease. If they do not yield to simple remedies, seek medical advice without delay, whether the patient be old or young. CRAMP. Cramp is an affection usually caused by exposure to cold or damp. Trratitient. — Foment the part affected with warm water, with a little mustard mixed in it. Drink nothing cold, and take a little brandy and water ; put the feet in warm water, and en- deavor to produce a perspiration ; take, two or three times a day, a dose of Peruvian baik in a little wine, or a little ginger and water; or the following: Water of ammonia, or spirits of hartshorn, one ounce; olive oi4, two ounces. Siiake them to- gether till they unite, and rub it on the affected part with the hand. In severe cases use the following : Strong liniment of 136 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. ammonia, one and one-half ounces ; oil of turpentine, one ounce ; spirits of camphor, one ounce ; hard soap, four drams. Mix the whole well together, and apply it to the part on flannels heated and moistened. When the cause of cramp is constitutional, the best preventives are warm tonics, such as the essence of ginger and camomile, Jamaica ginger in powder, etc., avoiding fermented li(i[Uor and green vegetables, particularly for supper, and wearing flannel next the skin. CRAMP OR SPASM IN THE STOMACH. A violent pain, but generally of short duration. Treatment. — Give a strong purgative injection. The sweet tincture of rhubarb and soda, four ounces of the first to two drams of the last, with a few drops of cayenne tincture mixed with it, will often give relief. Dose, from a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful. A mustard poultice on the stomach is very good. Drink copious draughts of hot water, brandy and water, ether, or laudanum ; a})ply hot flannels moistened with compound cam- phor liniment and turpentine ; bathe the feet in warm water, or apply mustard poultices to them. DEAFNESS. QSurditas.') Deafness maj'- proceed from any injury inflicted on the delicate organs of the ear, as loud noises, violent colds, inflam- mation or ulceration of the membrane or drum, or of the audi- tory passages; hard wax, or other substances interrupting the transmission of sounds ; either over dryness, or excessive mois- ture in the parts, want of tone in the general system from debility. Among one of its frequent causes is some defect in the structure of the organ itself, which no medical treatment can obviate ; in this case the patient is generally dumb. Treatiiient. — In all cases of deafness consult a competent physician. The treatment depends to a considerable extent on the cause. If there is an accumulation of hardened wax, or any defective or diseased action in the secreting glands of that substance, a few drops of a saturated solution of common salt, or of ox-gall and balsam of tolu, one part of the former to three of the latter, may be dropped into the ear, while the head is held on one side, night and morning ; or applied on a piece of wadding inserted by means of a probe. Before each application, the ear should be syringed out with warm milk and water, or DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 137 soap and water. If tliere is a thin acrid di.scliarge accompany- ing the deafness, syringe the ear with warm decoction of poppies. When deafness proceeds from cold in tlie head, diaphoretics, the warm foot])ath, and flannel wrappers must be tlie lemedies ; if from debility and consequent loss of tone, drop stimulants into the ear, electrify or galvanize, and give tonics ; this will be the treatment, also, if it proceeds from defective energy of the optic nerve. DEBILITY. General debility is manifested by a failure of the individual to perform those exertions in which he has been habitually engaged. Treatment. — Nourishing food, change of air, careful regu- lation of diet, cold shower bath, and the following forms of medi- cine : Sulphate of magnesia, four ounces ; sulphate of iron, eight grains ; sulphate of quinine, ten grains ; diluted sulphuric acid, one dram ; infusion of gentian root, eight ounces. Dose, two tablespoonfuls twice or thrice a day ; or the following : Com- pound tincture of bark, one ounce ; carbonate of ammonia, two scruples ; water, eight ounces. Dose, two tablespoonfuls three times a day. DEFECTIVE APPETITE. The loss of appetite ma}- arise from a variety of causes, as the excessive use of wines and spirits, the partaking immoder- ately of waim lluids, sedentary occupation, overanxiety, excess of mental labor, impure air, etc. Treatment. — Regulation of diet and change of air will be frequently found more benelieial than medicine. But to restore the tone of the stomach, which is the chief aim, the following decoction may be taken : Peruvian bark, six drams : cascarilla bark, two drams. Bruise them in a moriar, and boil them in a pint and a half of water for a few minutes ; strain otT the li(|Uor while hot, then add tincture of bark, two ounces; diluted nitric acid, one and a half drams. Dose, four tablespoonfuls to be taken thrice daily. Bitter tonics are also advantageous. Rhu- barb chewed an hour before dinner time is also advantageous. One or two four grain compound aloe pills nuiy be taken at noon with beneficial effect. DELIRIUM TREMENS. Delirium tremens, or mania a ])Otu, is a disease of the brain, usually caused by an abuse of spirituous liquors, but sometimes 138 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. also by great mental anxiety and loss of sleep. Delirium some- times makes its appearance in consequence of a single debauch ; but more frequently it is the result of protracted or long-con- tinued intemperance. It usually supervenes on a fit of intoxica- tion ; but it not unfrequently occurs, also, when the habitual drunkard omits his accustomed draught. S}jitix>totn8. — The approach of an attack is almost invari- ably preceded by the patient being remarkably irritable, with fretfulness of mind and mobility of body. He becomes very nervous and uneasy ; is startled by any sudden noise, the open- ing of a door or the entrance of a visitor ; is restless ; the hands and tongue are tremulous ; he complains of inability to sleep, and, if he dozes for a moment, he is awakened by frightful dreams. Soon deliriimi manifests itself; if questioned, the pa- tient often answers rightly enough ; but if left to himself he begins to talk or mutter ; he is surrounded by frightful or loath- some animals ; is pursued by some one who has a design upon his life ; has terrible and ghastly visions. Though most com- monly of a frightful or terrifying character, the delirium is not always so ; occasionally the appearances are droll and ludicrous, and the patient seems amused by them; at other times it turns on some matter of business, as settling of accounts or telling of money, and the patient is in a perpetual bustle, and his hands are constantly full of' business. The predominant emotion Avith a delirious patient is fear, and in his efforts to escape from an imaginary enemy he may be guilty of a murderous assault, or, as is more frequently the case, may take his own life ; and hence he requires to be very carefully watched. The delirium continues until the patient sinks into a sleep, from which he awakes com- paratively rational, or dies from exhaustion. In such cases death is often sudden. The patient rises for some trivial purpose, and falls in a faint, from which he never recovers ; or at length, after passing many nights without sleep, he sinks into a state of coma, which terminates in death. This disease, however, is rarely fatal, unless where the strength of the patient has been seriously impaired by long-continued excesses. Treatinent. — The great remedy is sleep, and the best means of inducing this is by chloral, which is to be given in large doses, and frequently rej^eated, until -the desired effect follows. Sometimes it is necessarjs in order to procure sleep, if the patient is in a very exhausted state, or if the disease has been brought on by the cessation of an accustomed stimulus, to allow the patient a certain quantity of his ordinary beverage ; DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 139 but this should not be continued longer tlian he can do without it. Chloioforiu Juis also been recommended as a means of pro- curing sleep when opium fails ; or better probably than either will be found to be the hydrate of chloral, in doses of from live to fifteen grains. Some medical men recommend large doses of digitalis, but the ?iature of this remedy renders it unadvisable in the hands of any but a medical man. If these efforts are successful and the nervous excitement is subdued, there will be great prostration of strength. The great object will then be to restore the tone of the stomach, and to enable the patient to overcome that craving for alcoholic stimu- lants which is sure to send him back into the paths of intem- perance if it is indulged. Strychnia in doses of one-sixtieth of a grain three times a day combined with elixir of calisaya nuikes an excellent tonic for these cases. A cold shower bath affords great relief. This disease is to be carefully distinguished from inflam- mation of the brain, with which it has many symptoms in com- mon ; for l)leeding, which is resorted to in the latter disease, would be of the utmost danger in this. DIABETES. An immoderate flow of urine, distinguished as first insipidus (tasteless), wheu the urine retains its usual taste; and, second, meliius (honeyed), when it is characterized by a saccharine taste. Generally speaking, these may be considered as two stages of the disease, the urine being at lirst clear and in large amount, and afterward becoming less abundant but containing a large amount of sugar. Causes* — The chief causes of diabetes are intemperate liv- ing, excess of venery, copious evacuations of the bowels, frecjuent use of diuretics and acrid drinks, or it may be haid labor and I)oor living, or whatever tends to impoverish the blood. The best i)hysicians consider it ''an impaired action, or morbid change, in the natural powers of assimilation and digestion, which forms tlie proximate cause of the disease." Synijitonis. — Frec^uent and copious discharge of urine, containing eventuall}', if not at first, a large proportion of sac- charine and other matter. There is gradual emaciation, vora- cious appetite, great thirst, weakness, and disinclination to motion ; the alimentary process is improperly performed, an<* thus the food taken does not yield its proper amount of noiif- ishment, and constitutional derangement is the consequence. 140 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. Treatment. — The diet should be carefully regulated — all vegetable substances are to be avoided — the bowels to be kept quietly open with pills of aloes and soap, emetics and diapho- retics occasionally administered, perhaps the compound ipecacu- anha powder, ten grains at bedtime, is the best; alkaline drinks, such as soda water, may be given with advantage, covering the skin w^ith flannel, anointing it with camphorated oil ; using the warm bath and the flesh brush are also good, as are chalybeate and sulphurated waters. Tonics, astringents, and stimulants will be of service, especially preparations of iron with tincture of cantharides ; if in the summer, sea-bathing, and anything which may serve to invigorate the system. Such is an outline of general treatment ; of course, constitutional peculiarities re- quire special and appropriate remedial measures, and of these only the professional adviser can judge. DIARRHCEA. Causes. — The causes which produce diarrhoea are indi- gestible food, or food taken in too great quantities ; acid fruits, irritating substances taken into the stomach ; the abuse of active purgative medicines, the application of cold to the body, the suppression of perspiration, and long-continued heat of the atmosphere. SyniX)toins. — This disease consists in a copious and fre- quent discharge of feculent matter from the bowels, accompa- nied by griping. There is a sense of weight and fullness in the lower part of the stomach, attended with a murmuring noise, arising from the presence of a great collection of wind. This feeling is relieved after every evacuation which takes place, and is again renewed before a second ensues. In addition to these symjjtoms, the patient is troubled with nausea, sickness, vomit- ing, and, if the purging be not quickly arrested, by great ex- haustion and depression of the vital powers, accompanied by spasm and cramp. It is distinguished from dysentery by the absence of fever, inflammation, contagion, and straining at stool, and also by the absence of blood in the motions. The appear- ance of the stools in the commencement of the disease is some- times thinner than natural, in consequence of a large quantity of fluid being poured out by the intestines. They are sometimes slimy and of a green color ; sometimes they are yellow, and sometimes of a dark brown, accompanied by a very fetid smell. A.S the disease advances tliey become very watery, and similar DISEASES AND THEIR EEMEDIES. 141 to coffee grounds ; the stiength rapidly fails, the countenance turns pale, the skin is dry and stiff, great emaciation takes place, ftnd dropsy frequently ensues. Treatment. — In the treatment of this disease, attention must be paid to the cause which produces it, and the remedies administered accordingly. If it is caused by indigestible food, a gentle emetic of ipecac may be given. Should the stools be scanty and frequent, and accompanied by some degree of bearing down, four or six drams of castor oil, with five diops of tincture of opium, will afford great relief. If it is caused by the abuse of purgative medicines, they must be discontinued, and the following mixture administered : Tinetuie of ihubarb, one ounce; tincture of opium, thirty drops; s])irit of lavender, four drams ; cinnamon water, live ounces. Make a mixture, and take two tablespoonfuls every four or six hours. If it has proceeded from the application of cold to the sur- face of the body, or the suppression of perspiration, every effort must be made to restore the secretion by the administration of ten grains of Dover's powder, which will be sufficient for a dose, taken in a little gruel or water. The patient should immerse his feet in Avarm water at night ; and should the looseness con- tinue, he may take the following powder three times a day : Dover's powder, three grains ; mercury with chalk, or gray powder, two grains. When it arises from acidity in the stomach, which is known by frequent eructations of air, disagreeable sen- sation in the mouth, and griping pains, accompanied by stools of a clay color, opium may be employed. The following is a good mixture : Prepared chalk, three drams; spirit of lavender, two drams; compound tincture of cardamoms, two drams; tincture of oj)ium, one-half dram ; cinnamon water, six ounces. Make a mixture, and take two tablespoonfuls every three or four hours until the diarrho'a ceases. Should it be caused from gout or rheumatism, fomentations of hot water and mustard plasters should be apjilied over the bowels ; the patient's feet should be immeised in hot water, and ten grains of Dover's powder administered to produce perspira- tion. At the same time he should drink plentifully of weak brandy and water, or wine whey. Should it arise fiom the presence of worms, the remedies recommended among the prescriptions for their expulsion should be given. See treatment for Worms. When it arises from ulceration of the intestines, as often happens in consumption and other protracted diseases, the most 142 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. effectual astringents, in addition to what has been already rec- ommended, should be employed, such as catechu, kino, alum, logwood, and tannin. The following is a good mixture in these cases : Chalk mixture, five ounces ; tincture of catechu, four drams ; tincture of kino, three drams ; syrup of poppies, two drams ; tincture of opium, thirty drops. Make a mixture, and take two tablespoonfuls three or four times a day. The diet in these cases should consist of sago, arrowroot, and rice puddings, made with or without milk. It will be nec- essary for those persons who are subject to frequent attacks of this complaint, either from a peculiar weakness or irritability of the bowels, to live temperately and abstain from unwholesome food. Mclectic Treatment for Diay'rhcea, If caused by cold or obstructed perspiration, keep the patient warm ; drink freely of astringent herb teas ; use the tepid bath, and wear flannel next the skin. A little snakeroot tea will also be found useful. If there is much griping, a hot fomentation of garden mint should be applied to the stomach. Speed}^ relief has been effected by taking twelve drops of lau- danum in half a gill of the best brandy. Repeat, if necessary, in about an hour. In obstinate cases, the jelly of slippery elm and blackberry, in equal parts, mixed with a little powdered ginger or cinnamon may be used. For chronic looseness, the following decoction is very good : Bistort root, bruised, three ounces ; water, one quart. Boil twenty minutes ; then add cloves, bruised, one ounce ; cranesbill and wild mint, of each, half an ounce ; catechu, two drams. Boil ten minutes longer, strain, add loaf sugar, one pound. Dose, three tablespoonfuls three or four times a day. The following has also been used with excellent results : Take equal parts of tincture of rhubarb, spirits of camphor, essence of peppermint, and laudanum. Dose, for an adult, one teaspoonful every hour if necessary ; less according to age of the patient and severity of the disease. DILATION OF THE HEART. Dilation of the heart is sometimes caused by excessive exer- tion and strong excitement. The whole substance of the organ, or one ormoreofthecavities, or smaller orifices, may be dilated, the walls being merely extended, without any increase of substance. In this case the muscular parietes being thinned and feeble, there DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 143 will be want of vigor in the circulation, the muscular compression and extension will be weak and irref^ular, and the valvular action incomplete, so that the blood will frequently escajte out of its proper channels, and these hemorrhages, although trilling in themselves, will so reduce the patient that he will probably be carried off by one of them. Abstinence from the exciting causes of the disease, rest, and nourishing diet, with strict at- tention to the general state of the health, are the means to be taken in this case. DIPHTHERIA. Diphtheria is a very malignant and often fatal disease of the throat, which was first specially observed and described by M. Bretonneau, of Tours, in France, where it prevailed as an epi- demic in 1818, though it doubtless has existed in the world from the earliest times. Symptoms. — It is characterized by a peculiar inflamma- tion of the mucous membrane of the throat, or pharynx, accom- panied by the production of a false membrane. At first this membrane appears in the form of a white spot on the phaiynx or tonsils, from which it gradually extends forward to the soft palate and into the nostrils, and backward into the aso})hagus, sometimes into the larynx, but seldom into the trachea, produc- ing at length suffocation. It is usually accompanied by a fetid discharge from the nose and mouth, and hemorrhage frequenth' occurs. There is usually, also, a low and dangerous form of fever with great depression of spirits, and rapid decrease of the patient's strength, which is still further accelerated by his inabil- ity to take food. There is no form of the disease, however mild to aj)pearance, that is not attended with danger, and it is some- times fatal in thirty-six hours, but more frequently in from three to twelve days. The disease is very dangerous, and should be taken in hand promptly before it gets thoroughly seated. It works rapidly and thousands of lives have been lost by not tak- ing the disease in hand soon enough. Treatment. — Diphtheria is a very depressing disease, and severe cases should not be treated by inexperienied persons. Mild cases may be successfully treated as here recommended, but it is always safest to have a good physician, as the disease woiks very rapidly and sometimes before we are aware of it the patient is beyond medical aid. Warm fomentations may be applied ex- ternally to the swollen glands in the neck. Camplior liniment is also a good external application. The fumes of burning su>* 144 DISEASES AND THEIR REISIEDIES. phiir not too strong to distress the patient are serviceable. The powder of sulphur blown upon the throat is an old and well- known remed}'. Others speak well of a powder of equal parts of sulphur and quinine. The juice from a pineapple has been very helpful in many cases. The following has been a success- ful prescription : Muriate tincture of iron, one dram ; chlorate of potash, one-half dram ; simple syrup, one ounce ; pure water, one ounce. Another modern method of treatment is the follow- ing: Biniodide of mercury, one-sixteenth grain; pe})sin, six grains ; or sugar of milk, six grains. Make one powder and give dry on tlie tongvie every two hours for an adult, less for children. Do not give water for a few minutes after taking the powder. Nourishing food, tonics, and opiates are essential. Pieces of ice dissolved in the mouth are comforting. DISCOLORED SKIN. INIoles, freckles, and sunburn are some of these affections. Freckles are brown spots on the face and hands caused by exposure to the sun. Persons affected with these unsightly dis- colorations may remove them, without using cosmetics, by merely stimulating the absorbent vessels of the skin to take them up and carry them away. Any smart stimulant will act in this way ; but it has been found that the safest are taken from the vegetable kingdom. One of the best and easiest is Withering's cosmetic lotion, which is made of a teacupful of soured milk, and a small quantity of scraped horse-radish ; let this stand from six to twelve hours, then use it to wash the parts affected twice or thrice a day. Moles in the skin, or, as they are commonly called, mother- marks, are beyond the reach of medical treatment ; if they are ever removed, it is at the risk of causing a greater distigure- ment ; therefore they had better be left alone, the more especially as they not unfrequently answer a useful end — that of positive indentification. Large moles which tend to enlarge should be removed by the surgeon as they sometimes develop into cancer- ous growths. DIZZINESS. Many persons are subject to a fullness and rush of blood to the head, either with or without any excitement. It is a symptom of a deranged system, and it may be a symptom of a tendency to apoplexy. Causes. — This condition may be caused by heart disease, DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 145 by debility arising from hemorrhages, indigestion, constipation, or excessive mental labor. Treatment. — What has been said on congestion of the brain ai)[jlies to this affection; a dose of some gentle purgative, as castor oil, salts, or salts] and senna, should lie taken at night, and the following in the morning: Rochelle salts, two drams ; bicarbonate of soda, two scruples; water, one-half pint. Mix. To this mixture add thirty-live grains of tartaric acid. Take the whole while foaming. DISORDERS OF THE SWEAT GLANDS. The proper action of the skin is of the greatest importance CO tlie health. Too much or too little perspiration may produce serious consequences ; but can generally be corrected by cold or \varra baths, tonics, friction, and proper clothing. DISORDERS OF THE OIL GLANDS. When the skin is not well taken care of, or when a person has very sedentary habits, the action of the oil glands becomes sluggish ; the matter in the tubes becomes hard and dry and distends them, sometimes raising them above the surface, and the ends ])ecome black. Again, the oily matter is poured out too profusely, so that the skin shines with it ; or, at times, there may be so little that the skin is harsh and dry. Tveattneiit. — For roughness and harshness of the skin, wash with soap and water every night, and rub well into the skin an ointment made of olive oil, four ounces ; carbolic acid, one dram. Take a dose of sulphur and cream tartar twice a week. Wheie the oil tubes have hardened, and formed a horny growth, the body should be washed with a quart of water, in which a teaspoon ful of saleratus is dissolved ; and twice a day use the following ointment : Elder-flower ointment, one ounce ; blue vitriol, one scruple. For grubs in the skin, wash in strong soapsuds twice a day, and rub briskly with a coarse towel, and use the following lotion: Corrosive sublimate, five grains; cologne, two ounces; soft water, six ounces. Mix and apply each night and morning. A spare diet will do much in some cases toward improving the skin. DROPSY OF THE HEART. (^Hydrothorax.') This is a collection of lluid in the cavity of the chest, or 146 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. the pericardium. It is never an idiopathic disease, but is con- sequent on some previous disorder of the viscera of the chest, it may be of the heart or lungs, or their investing membrane, the pericardium or pleura. Symptoms. — Great difficulty of breathing, especially after exertion, and when the body is in a horizontal position, with great weight and oppression at the chest ; pallid, purplish counte- nance, with an anxious expression, and the usual symptoms of dropsy. It requires the same treatment as dropsy. DISEASE OF THE VALVES OF THE HEART. Disease of the valves so commonly follows endocarditis, if of long continuance, that it may almost be considered as a chronic form of that disease. It is a thickening of the internal lining of the heart, especiall}^ at the valves. It becomes not merely thickened uniformly, but is the seat of Avarty excres- cences, and even cartilaginous and osseous formations of consider- able size, extending into the cavities of the heart. In old persons, and especially those addicted to a generous mode of living, we most frecjuently meet with ossification, the effects of which are congestion, difficulty of breathing, apoplectic seizures, and other symptoms of embarrassed circulation. DROPSY. Dropsy consists of an unnatural accumulation of serous or watery fluid, in various parts of the body. Persons of all ages are liable to it. It is divided into five kinds, according to the part affected : first, dropsy of the skin, generally called anasarca; second, dropsy of the abdomen, coWed ascites ; third, dropsy of the chest, called hydrotJiorax ; fourtli, droj)sy of the head, or water on the brain, called hydrocephalus ; fifth, water in the scrotum, called hijdrocele. Causes. — Excessive and long-continued exhaustion of the system, the use of fermented or spirituous liquors ; confirmed and incurable indigestion ; diseases of the liver, spleen, pancreas, mesentery, or other viscera ; or after asthma, scarlet fever, etc. ; anything debilitating the digestive organs, and sometimes from family predisposition. Symptoms. — This disease generally commences with swelling of the feet and ankles toward night, which for a time disappears in the morning. The swelling, when pressed, will pit ; it gradually ascends till the whole body is involved ; the DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 147 urine is scanty, thick, and liigh colored ; thirst is great, breathing difficult, and cough troublesome. The flesh wastes, and the patient Aveakcns. Treatment. — Avoid drinks as much as possible ; quench the thirst with acid li(|uors, mustard whey, and the like ; and take the following: Cream of tartar, one dram ; dissolve in hot water, add the juice of a lemon, and sweeten with sugar. In dropsy of the chest or head, blisters are sometimes applied to great advantage. After the water is lemoved, live well and temperately. Take tonics and strengthening food. Mclectic Treatment for Dropsy, Many cures have been effected by using a decoction of burdock. Boil two ounces of the fresh root in three ])ints of •^vater till reduced to two. Drink the whole in the course of two days. Five grains of saltpetre taken every morning is said to have cured many. From one to four teaspoonfuls of the expressed juice of the inner bark of the elder, taken every four hours, till it operates freely, is of great service. To ])romote pers[»iration an adult may take every night at bedtime four or five grains of camphor, one grain of opium, and as much syrup of orange peel as is sufficient to make into a bolus. DYSENTERY. A disease accompanied by frequent and scanty discharges from the bowels, and tenesmus or great bearing down of the rectum. The stools are mucous, bloody, or slimy, and contain little or no fecal matter. Cdtises. — The causes which produce this disease are a cold and moist state of the atmosphere, quickly succeeded by heat ; the sui^pression of the persi)iration, whereby the blood is thrown from the external upon the internal vessels; immoderate use of s[)irituous li(iu()rs, unwholesome food, exposure to noxious exhalations, or to the erikivia arising from the bodies of persons laboring under the disease. It is supposed that dysentery, when it proves infectious, is owing to the impure and vitiated condition of the atmosphere ; hence it frecpiently appears in hospitals which are not properly ventilated, and other i>laces wheie a number of sick persons are crowded together ; while in situations where great attention is 148 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. paid to ventilation and cleanliness, it seldom extends beyond the individual in -whom it originates. It prevails epidemically, affecting numbers in a community, without being contagious. Synijttoms, — This disease is ushered in by all the con- comitants of inflammatory fever — such as cold shivering suc- ceeded by heat of skin, frequency of pulse, loss of appetite, sick- ness, and costiveness. This stage is quickly followed by severe griping pains, and pain on pressing the abdomen, frequent desire to go to stool, accompa.nied by great straining and painful bear- ing down of the rectum — the evacuations consist of a peculiarly fetid matter, without containing healthy fecal matter. The stools frequently vary in appearance, being sometimes pure mucus, or mucus streaked with blood ; sometimes pure blood is passed, at other times pure matter, and it not unfrequently happens that pieces of membrane, arising from ulceration of the lining of the intestines, are seen floating in the dejections. It is seldom that any natural faeces appear in the course of this disease, but, when they do, they are passed in hard balls, accompanied by great relief of the griping and bearing down. Favorable Symptoms. — A gentle perspiration over the surface of the body, the stools improving in color, and becom- ing less frequent, and the strength improving. JJtifavorable Syi7iptoms» — The tenesmus, or bearing down pain, becomes very intense, the inclination to go to stool becomes more frequent, the discharge from the bowels being very scanty and of an unnatural color ; much depression of the powers of life exist, tension of the abdomen, cold, clammy perspirations, ulceration of the mouth and throat, a feeble pulse, and coldness of the surface of the body. TreaUnent. — If the fever be of an inflammatory charac- ter, accompanied with rigors and succeeded by heats and flushes, give a dose of castor oil, or some saline aperient, which should be repeated every second or third morning, so that evacuations of a natural character may be procured. The following is a good mixture for this purj)ose : Epsom salts, one ounce ; best manna, one-half ounce ; peppermint water, five ounces ; tincture of rhu- barb, two drams. Mix. Four tablespoonfuls to be taken every second or third morning. Should there be much pain on pressing the abdomen, use hot fomentations of poppy heads and camomile flowers. Small doses of Dover's powder and calomel should be given every four or six hours. With the object of relieving pain and producing perspiration, five grains of Dover's powder and one of calomel DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 149 will form a sufficient dose, wliich should be continued until the pain and irritation be tranquilized, or the mouth becomes ten- der. These remedies should be followed by mustard plasters, to the stomach and abdomen, which have the power of relieving pain and stoj)ping the violent sickness -which fre([uently t;ikes place in this disease. Relief will also be found from the appli- cation of soothing liniments over the abdomen, as the following: Camphorated oil, one ounce; tincture of opium, one-half ounce. Camphorated oil is made by dissolving half an ounce of camphor in two ounces of sweet oil. In order to relieve the tenesmus or bearing down pain, in- jections consisting of starch, and tincture of opium, half a dram, should be thrown into the rectum ; or, should these not be re- tained, or fail to afford relief, two grains of o])ium, made soft with a little oil or conserve of roses, introduced into tlie rectum will be found very serviceable. In employing the injection, a small quantity of fluid should be used, say not more than two ounces, as more in quantity will not be retained; and, in intro- ducing the opium, care should be taken to put it beyond the sphincter muscle, at least two inches from the verge of the anus. Tiie bowels should be kept open with castor oil combined with small doses of laudanum, say half an ounce of the former, and ten drops of the latter. In the advanced stage of this disease great benefit will be derived from the following mixture : Di- luted nitric acid, two drams ; laudanum, one and one-half drams; distilled water, fourteen drams. Mix. A teaspoonful to be taken four times a day in a cup of barley water. When there is acidity of the stomach, chalk mixture maybe combined with opium. The patient should at the same time drink port wine and water with his meals; as a common drink, actual parts of limewater and milk have been highly reconnnended. In cases where the stools are passed frecpiently, from a weakened state of the bowels, the greatest benefit will be de- rived from the sulphate of zinc, alum, and camplior, in combina- tion with opium. In a moie advanced state of the disease, vegetable tonics should be administered for the j)urpose of giving tone to the muscular coat of the intestines, and of improving the health generally. The following is an excellent mixture for this purpose : Infusion of cascarilla, live ounces; tincture of Colombo, one ounce; tincture of cateclui, two drams; diluted nitric acid, one dram. Mix. Three tablespoonfuls three times a day. In those cases where there is a tenderness over the region 150 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. of the liver, and a dusky, sallow appearance of the countenance, and the stools are of a clay color, a grain of calomel, with one quarter of a grain of opium, may be given twice or three times a day, with great advantage, which should be continued until all bad symptoms give way. The patient should use a diet of starchy foods, as rice, sago, flour, tapioca, and arrowroot boiled in milk. The juice of meat is preferable to broths or soups, which often sour on the stomach ; this may be obtained by chewing the meat and swallowing only the juice. Avoid all spirituous and fermented liquors, and food of all descriptions which has a tendency to putrefaction. Dur- ing convalescence or recovery, meat of the lighter kinds, such as mutton, chicken, or beef, may be used, and the patient should drink port wine and water, or brandy and water may be necessary. As dysentery is considered by most physicians to be con- tagious, the greatest care should be taken to secure good ven- tilation, particularly where persons are crowded together, as on shipboard or in hospitals. The sick should be removed from the healthy and placed in separate rooms, if possible ; the body linen and sheets frequently changed, and the rooms fumigated with the solution of chloride of lime. The following is a cheap and easy method of fumigating, for the purpose of destroying contagion arising from dysentery, small-pox, typhus fever, or any other infectious disease : Peroxide of manganese, two parts ; common salt, four parts ; oil of vitriol, three parts ; water, one part. This mixture should be placed in an earthenware vessel, and allowed to remain in the room until all vapors cease to rise. A greater quantity of this vapor, which is a chlorine gas, may be obtained by putting the same mixture in an oil-flask and ap- plying heat. Of course this method of fumigating cannot be resorted to until the patients are removed from the rooms or places about to be fumigated, as the vapor cannot be breathed without producing great irritation of the lungs ; and when ex- isting in any great quantity in the atmosphere is fatal to life. Eclectic Treatment for Dysentery. An emetic composed of half a dram of ipecac in powder may be given ; work off with weak camomile tea ; after which take one ounce of Epsom salts, half an ounce of manna, and two and a half ounces of warm water, and the same of pep- permint water. Dose, four tablespoonfuls three or four times a DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 151 day. The following has been found very beneficial : Take one tablespoonful of common salt and mix it with two tablcspoon- fuls of vinegar, and pour upon it a half pint of water, either hot or cold, only let it be taken cold. A wineglassful of this mix- ture in the above i)roportioiis, taken every half hour, will be found quite eilicacious in curing dysentery. If the stomach be nauseated, a wineglassful taken every hour will sullice. For a child, the quantity should be a teaspoonful of salt and one of vinegar in a teacu[)fu] of water. Tea made of the roots and leaves of blackberries is very beneficial ; and a syrup made of the berries is still better. The following is also very useful: Bistort root, tormentil root, ginger root, each (sliced and bruised) one ounce ; green peppermint and wood sage, of each one ounce ; Turkey rhubarb and gum myrih, of each half an ounce ; cinnamon, two drams; water, two quarts. Boil down to tln-ee pints ; strain. Pour the boiling liquor on to loaf sugar, half a pound ; bicarbonate of potash, half an ounce. Then add tincture of myrrh, one ounce ; spirit of camphor, two drams ; oil of peppermint, twenty drops (i)ut those together be- fore adding to the li(iuor). Dose, a wineglassful every fifteen minutes until relieved. DYSPEPSIA. (^Indigestion.^ This is one of the most common ailments to which man- kind is subject. Causes. — Accidental fits of indigestion are of frequent occurrence, and are caused by overloading the stomach with food, and indulging freely in wines, spirits, or other intoxicating liquors. Confirmed or chronic indigestion may depend on de- bility or want of tone of the stomach, or it may be caused by the lining or mucous membrane of this organ being in a state of irritation, or chronic inflannnation. One of the most freciuent causes of indigestion is improper mastication of the food; such food is bolted, instead of being reduced to a natural pulp, there])y presenting to the digestive organs a hardened mass, which it has the greatest difficulty to operate ujion. Another cause is habitual inattention to diet, both as regards the quality and quantity of food, irregularity in the times of eating, drink- ing large quantities of warm, relaxing fluids, and using malt liquors too freely. A third cause is insufficient exercise; a fourth cause, impure air ; and, beside these, there are number- 162 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. lees other causes, which in a greater or less degree exercise their baneful influence upon the stomach. Symptoms. — One of the most frequent signs of indiges- tion is a loss of appetite, no desire for food, perhaps even an absolute repugnance and disgust at the very thought of eating. Sometimes the appetite is capricious and uncertain, or it may be ravenous. Sometimes nausea comes on immediately after the food is swallowed ; and sometimes without any nausea, the food is ejected by vomiting. There is usually an obscure feel- ing of uneasiness, fullness, distention, and weight in the region of the stomach, occasionally amtoins. — A difficulty of breathing, and a burning sensation in the throat, are the chief characteristics of this affec- tion. Treatnient. — Removal to a proper locality is most effec- tual. The following is a valual)le remedy: Citrate of iron, one dram ; sul[)hate of quinine, one scruple ; extract of nux vomica, eight grains. Mix, and make into thirty-two pills. Dose, one pill three times a day. HEADACHE. There is no more common complaint than this, which is s3''mptomatic of so many diseases that it is impossible to lay down any general system of treatment. We will, therefore, DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 183 proceed to emimerale some of the chief kinds of headache, with their symptoms and remedies. BILIOUS OR SICK HEADACHE. This is perhaps the most common. Jt generally comes on the first thing in the morning, and may often be relieved by a cnp of strong hot tea or coffee; probably because this stimulates the digestive organs, from a defective action of which the pain proceeds. This ])aiu commences usually at one side of the head, most likely on the brow, just over the right or left eye, but when it continues it is diffused over the whole liead, and is accompanied by an intolerable feeling of sickness, often by vomiting, and extreme languor and dei)ression of spirits ; there is generally, also, singing in the ears, dimness of sight, and con- fusion of mind, with great restlessness. Sometimes, without any medicine being taken, the b;)wels, previously constipated, will be freely evacuated, and the most urgent symptoms are quickly re- lieved ; but it is generally desirable to take some active aperient, preceding or accompanying it with the following : Pulverized rhubarb, twelve grains ; carl)onate of magnesia, ten grains ; ar- omatic spirits of ammonia, one-half dram; syrup of ginger, one dram ; spearmint water, ten drams. Tliis will generally prove effectual, especially if the diet is spare and simple. Take no solid food for twenty-four hours, only a cup or two of tea, or a little thin gruel, and the chances are that there will be no headache next day ; although it will probably return as severe as ever in a few weeks, its recurrence in some cases being at almost regular periods. It can generally ])e traced to some error in diet, such as taking food that is indi- gestible, or in too large (quantities; or stimulating driidvs, with insullicient exercise. Very often it arises from some derange- ment of the biliary secretions, either as to quantity or ([uality, or defective assimilation ; sometimes from the habitual abuse of puigatives, which enfeebles the tone of the alimentar}' canal. Very commonly a simple dose of rhubaib and magnesia, with about thirty droj)s of sal volatile, will remove a common sick headache ; when there is nausea, and vomiting or purging do not remove it, the former should be excited by an emetic ; after this has acted, give blue-pill, one scruple ; compound rhubarb pills, two scruples. Mix; divide into twelve pills; take one or two at a dose. Persons subject to this kind of headache should carefully abstain from fat meats, pastry, butter, and rich food generally. 184 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. Sometimes an excess of alkali, at others of acid in the ali- mentary canal, will produce sick headache ; in the former case, a vegetable acid, such as vinegar, will afford relief ; in the latter case, in which there is likely to be heartburn and acid eructa- tions, a dose of sal volatile, or of bicarbonate of soda, will be the best remedy. In all these cases it seems likely that the blood cir- culating in the brain is chemically affected by the defective action of the digestive organs. We sometimes find that the postpone- ment of the customary evacuation of the bowels, for ever so short a time, will cause a sympathetic headache, and that this will be relieved when the evacuation has taken place, — a clear proof of the intimate relation between the head and stomach. CONGESTIVE HEADACHE Proceeds from a congested state of the vessels of the brain, an overfullness of blood or aw^eaknessof the nerve forces, or from an excessive nervous irritability, which freciuentl}'' aifects the circu- lation. Whichever of these may be the cause, there is nearly always a dull ])ain over the whole of the head. When it arises from an overloaded condition of the vessels, there is usually a flushed counteiumce with bloodshot eyes and a flushed expression ; we find, on inquiry, also a sluggish liver, congested brain, and a tendency to apoplexy or paralysis. A ver}' effectual remedy for removing pain is : Five grains of acetanilid or a tablet containing acetanilid, camphor, and caffein. A weak brain is generally a consequence of some long- standing discharge which has debilitated the whole system ; and in this condition of things, if from any cause there is more than common flow of blood to the brain, there will be headache, with a pale, sallow countenance, and a languid pulse; frequently swelled feet, excessive fatigue on the slightest exertion, with palpitation of the heart, and increase of pain in the head. Here measures of depletion would be improjier ; we must soothe and sustain by means of sedatives and tonics, such as hemlock and quinine, either in the form of pills or mixture, as follows : Ex- tract of hemlock, twelve grains ; sulphate of quinine, twelve grains. Make into twelve pills, and give one tliree times a day ; or, sulphate of quinine, twelve grains ; sulphuric acid, diluted, twelve minims ; tincture of hemlock, two drams ; infusion of gentian, six ounces. Take a tablespoonful three times a day. Good nourishing food will be required in this case ; and stimulants, such as ale and wine, in moderation. Where the headache proceeds from DISEASES AND THEIR RKMEDIES. 185 nervous irritability, tlie nu»de of treatment must also be soothing and strengthening ; but in this case we must avoid stimulants as much as possible ; tonics are best with plenty of fresh air and exercise, and all that tends to invigorate the system. A course of hydropathic treatment will generally be found eftectual. RHEUMATIC HEADACHE. This is commonly causi pearance. In this case, they should be gently rubbed over with a smooth piece of dry sulphate of copper. The lid should be kept open after the application until the eyeball is syringed with warm water, to remove from it any of the solution caused by tlie How of tears acting on the sulphate. There will proba- bly be great smarting of the eye, and increased redness of the white portion, which must be suffered to subside before the ap- plication is repeated. Sometimes the hairs on the lids grow inwards and cause great irritation of the balls. Collodion brushed over the lids will, as it dries, cause contraction of the skin, and so draw the hairs outward, but this is only a temporary relief, and the application must be frequently repeated. Sur- gical aid must be sought. INFLAMMATION OF THE EAR. ( Otitu.^ This is characterized by an acute and increasing pain, with tenderness on pressure or moving the jaw, accompanied with fever. Sometimes the external ear is the seat of the disease, sometimes the internal, or both may be involved. There is fre- quently impaired or confused hearing, and often the pain is so acute as to produce delirium. On examination, the meatus is observed to be more or less red, swollen, tender, and dry. After a time, if the disease progresses, suppuration takes place, and pus is discharged. If this happens in the inner ear, frequently the tympanum ulcerates and bursts, unless such injury is pre- vented by timely aid of a surgeon. If this disease is neglected it may result in loss of hearing. An obstinate discharge may remain after the other symptoms have disajtpeared. Causes. — It is usually caused by cold, or exposure to cur- rents of cold air, injudicious bathing, violent syringing or prob- ing, scrofula, and acute diseases like scarlet fever. Tredttnent, — It is to be treated with fomentations, and the repeated application of leeches. At the same time active purgatives are to be administered. The ear should also be fre- quently syringed with warm water, and dusted with pulverized boric acid. 200 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. INFLAMMATION OF THE IRIS. (^Iritis.') This is characterized by intolerance of light, but not the spasmodic closing of the eyelids before mentioned. The whole colored part of the eye loses its clearness, and sometimes has on it white or yellow spots ; a pink zone invests the cornea, and seems to give a tinge to the whole front of the ball. This is a very rapid and violent form of eye disease. Treatment. — Keep the bowels open with some gentle aperient. Place in the eye one drop of solution of atropia, one grain to an ounce of water, three times a day. Wash the eyes with an infusion of slippery elm bark, or marshmallow. The treatment of iritis requires much skill, otherwise the sight might be permanently injured. Consult competent medical authority. INFLAMMATION OF THE TONGUE. ( Glossitis.^ Causes. — Mechanical injury, exposure to cold, the use of mercury, etc. Symjytonis. — The tongue becomes greatly swollen, and is painful to the touch ; respiration and deglutition are much in- terfered with ; and one of the chief dangers of the attack is suffocation. Treatment. — In mild cases, ice and the use of purgatives will afford relief; but, in the more severe forms, leeches will have to be applied to the part, or the knife may have to be used, and pretty deep incisions made into the inflamed part, which will afford almost instantaneous relief. INFLAMED AND ULCERATED NOSE. When the lining membrane of the nose is inflamed and ulcer- ated, a solution of carbonate of soda in warm water thrown up by a syringe will be of service. If the purulent discharge be offensive, a few drops of the solution of chloride of soda or lime should be added to this. INFLAMMATORY BLUSH. (^Erythema.') A morbid redness of the skin, and considered as a milder form of erysipelas — from which, however, it differs in not being DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 201 contagious, and yielding more readily to medical treatment. Medical men enumerate seven diH'ereiit species of this disease, all differing in some peculiarity of form or color in the eruption. Thus sometimes the surfaces are smooth and shining, or they are like small pimples or tumors, appearing generally on the face, .breast, or arms ; again they appear as red shining patches on the front of the legs, and sometimes on the aims, assuming a pur- plish tint after some days, like a bruise. This foim appears to be almost peculiar to young women. Then there is the red gum or tooth rash of children, and the redness occasioned by irritat- ing discharges, such as of the fseces in diarrhcjua or of tears when of an acrid character, or the chafing between the folds of the skin of children, which results from want of proper care in fre- quent washing and drying the parts. Sometimes after dancing or any violent exercise, drinking cold water when in a heated state, or eating too largely of fruit or other substances, red spots and patches will appear on the back, shoulders, and face, more particularly of young persons ; and all these are different varie- ties of erythema, one of whose peculiar characteristics is that the redness disappears on pressure of the inflamed part, but shows itself again in a second or two after the finger is removed. Treftttnent. — The proper treatment for children is bath- ing the part affected freely with hot water, and then drying thoroughly, and applying powdered starch or violet powder; keep the bowels open with a senna draught, or a dose of castor oil in the morning, following it up with small doses of quinine, according to the age of the child. Should the inflammation not yield to this treatment, use the sugar of lead lotions recom- mended for ejysipelas, and still proceed with the (luinine, to which rapidly spreading erysipelas scarcely ever fails to yield. This course of treatment must be ap[)lied in most of the com- mon forms of the disease to patients of all ages ; but there are one or two exceptional forms to which it is not applicable, such as the kind already alluded to as chiefly attacking young women, and of these such as are of a delicate constitution. It is espe- cially likely to come on after scarlet fever or measles. As this is attendant on a debilitated state of the sj-stem, it recpiires nourishing food and strengthening lyedicine. For its removal some preparation of iron, with infusion of quassia, and an aro- matic tincture, or cinnamon water, will make a good mixture ; or take the following: Sulphate of quinine, twelve grains: diluted sulphuric acid, one dram ; compound tincture of cardamoms, one-half ounce ; infusion of roses, twelve ounces. Dose, two 202 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. tablespoonfuls two or three times a day ; change of air is also desirable. Another not uncommon form of the disease generally shows itself on the face, especially of sedentary females. It is often erroneously called erysipelas, but it is usually unattended with febrile symptoms, or constitutional derangement of any kind, and exhibits no tendency to spread rapidly. Local remedies are of little service in this case — indeed, they are more likely to do mischief, by inducing congestion. When the character of the disease is acute, a brisk mercurial aperient, followed by cooling saline medicines, may be of service ; when it becomes chronic, use the following : Fowler's solution, three drops in water after each meal. Plenty of walking exercise, with due care as to diet and strict attention to the laws of health, are the grand specifics after all. ITCH. (^Scabies.) This is a troublesome, contagious, eruptive disease, confined largely to persons of uncleanly habits. Cause, — It is caused by a minute parasite lodging under the skin, and is readily communicated by contact. The only proof of the existence of itch is the presence of the parasite, and this is readily detected by means of the microscope. Treatment. — The itch is never got rid of without medical treatment ; but to that it will always yield, provided proper cleanliness be observed. Sulphur is the grand specific for it ; it may be applied in the form of ointment, prepared as follows : Flowers of sulphur, two ounces ; carbonate of potash, two drams ; lard, four ounces. To be rubbed well in wherever the eruption appears, every night and morning — washing it off with soap and flannel before each fresh application. The most effectual plan is to anoint the whole body, from the nape of the neck to the soles of the feet, and out to the ends of the fingers ; put on socks, drawers, flannel wrapper, and gloves, and so remain in bed for thirty-six hours, repeating the anointing operation twice during that time ; then take a warm bath, and wash the whole person with soap and flannel. In mild cases, a sulphurous vapor bath taken twice in twenty-four hours, with warm soap and water washing, will generally be sufficient. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 20o IRRITATION, ITCHING. (^Prurigo.^ A papulous affection of the skin, attended with troublesome itching. Sometimes it is attended with a sensation as of ants or other insects creeping over and stinging the skin, or of hot needles piercing it. This disease, although not dangerous, is a cause of great discomfort, and sometimes even misery ; it attacks persons of all ages, and is not easily got rid of, sometimes lasting for months, and even years. Treatment. — Wash well, every evening before going to bed, with Castile soap, and allow it to dry in. Brandy or alco- hol may be used in the same manner. An ounce of lemon juice in a pint of water, or vinegar used in the same proportion, will be found useful ; also, water and spirits of camphor. The diet should be carefully regulated, and all stimulants avoided. INFLUENZA. The true disease seldom occurs, except as an epidemic, at- tacking many persons at once. It comes on quite suddenly. (See La Grippe.) Syfiipto^ufi, — Its symptoms are those of a general fever. There is great prostration of strength, generally showing loss of appetite, heat and thirst, cough and difficulty of breathing, owing to the air and bronchial passages being clogged with mucus ; there is also running at the nose and eyes, weight across the brow with throbbing pain, and great depression of spirits. The febrile symptoms do not commonly last more than four or five days, sometimes but one or two, but the cough generally remains for a considerable time, varying according to circum- stances, such as exposure to cold or wet, predisposition to cough, etc. Treatment. — Witli the strong and healthy this is not a dangerous disease, but aged or weakly persons are frequently carried off by it. In the former case but little medical treat- ment is required. Keep the patient in bed, and let the temper- ature of the room be warm and equable ; open the bowels with a gentle aperient, such as rhubarb and magnesia, or senna mix- ture, and follow this up with weak wine whey, or some warm diluent drink, in a pint of which a teaspoonful of cream of tartar, the juice of a lemon, and a dram of nitrate of potash has been dis- solved ; give a wineglassful of this about every four hours. It is not generally safe to practice much depletion. Stimulating 204 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. liniments and mustard poultices may be applied to the chest. Hot fomentations may also be useful, and medicated inhalations, such as a scruple of powdered hemlock or henbane, sprinkled in the boiling water, from which the steam ascends into the throat. The fresh leaves of the above plants may be used, or a dram of the tincture, if these cannot be procured. When the fever is subdued, if there is still a cough and restlessness, a five- grain Dover's powder may be given at bedtime, or one-eighth of a grain of acetate of morphine, with a five-grain squill pill, for the cough if required. If there is great feebleness, tonics must be administered ; infusion of Colombo, cascarilla, or gentian, with carbonate of ammonia ; one ounce of the former with five grains of the latter, three times a day, with a mildly nutritious diet, — broths, arrowroot, sago, and a small quantity of wine. Such is an outline of the course to be pursued in most cases of influenza, also include warmth, rest, and good nursing. Should the cough be very obstinate, and resist all efforts to remove it, change of air vill generally prove effectual, and this is beneficial in most cases. INSANITY. This is one of the most terrible disorders to which the hu- man race is subject. Causes. — The causes which may lead to insanity, partic- ularly in those whose mental constitution is weak, are very numerous. In many cases, the tendenc}^ to insanity is heredi- ^ tary, and transmitted from parents to children. One of the ■ most fertile causes of insanity is drunkenness. Excessive study, strong mental excitement, grief, jealousy, disappointment, frequently also lead to it. Religious excitement is also not an unfrequent cause. It is usual to distinguish insanity into different kinds, as, — 1. Moral Insanity, in which there is a morbid perversion of the feelings, affections, and active powers, without any illusion or erroneous conviction impressed upon the understanding. 2. /n- tellectual Insanity, affecting the reasoning powers, and which may be either general or partial, the latter as in monomania. 3. Mania^ or raving madness, in which the mental faculties are notoriously impaired, the patient gives way to all sorts of extravagances, and, if not prevented, will do mischief to himself or others. 4. Dementia, imbecility, fatuity, when the mental powers become gradually impaired, the sensibilities diminished, and the person at length becomes careless or dead to all that is going on around him. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 205 Usually, however, two or more of these kinds occur together. Moral insanity frequcTitly manifests itself in a desire to steal, or aj)propriate the proi)erty of otliers. In monomania the patient reasons correctly upon all matters except one, which forms the subject of his insanity. Imbecility usually commences with loss of memory and the power of concentrating the atten- tion, for any time, upon one subject ; then all control is lost over the thouglits, and the mind wanders meaninglessly from one sub- ject to another ; at length there is a carelessness to all that is going on around, and life may become a mere existence, the mental faculties being entirely lost. Idiocy differs from im- becility in being congenital, while the latter is acquired, or produced by disease. Idiocy may be produced by various causes connected with the parents ; as intermarriages of near relatives, intemperance, scrofulous habits, some powerful influence acting on the motlier during pregnancy. Idiots present every degree of mental imbecility, down to the lowest shade, without sense sufficient to satisfy the mere wants of nature. The head of the idiot is usually very small, particularly in the regions of the forehead ; in some cases, however, it may be quite natural, and in others large and misshapen. The beneficial effects of atten- tion to the pliysical health, and of education, are manifested even in the case of idiots. Domestic treatment is not suited for insanit}'. Treatment. — The chances of recovery depend greatly on the complication, or otherwise, of insanity with other diseases, particularly epilepsy or paralysis, with either of which it is nearly ho|)eless. It is also influenced by the form of the disease, the period of its duration, the age, sex, and constitution of the ])atient. The mean duration of cases terminating favorably is from five to ten months ; after the latter period recovery is very doubtful. In advanced life, insanity is generally permanent, and imbecility is very rarely curable. While insanity may arise from some affection of the brain which speedily terminates in death, yet, in general, it is not necessarily a fatal disorder, for lunatics have been known to live thirty, forty, or fifty years, after being seized with this disease. When the malady pro- ceeds from, or is accompanied by, physical derangement, as it usually is, it is necessary to ascertain the nature of this, and to take means for its removal. If there be excitement and inflam- matory action, mild antiphlogistic measures will be necessary, together with aperients and a spare diet. If, on the contrary, there is debility and prostration of strength, a nourishing diet 206 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. will be required. When, as is often the case, want of sleep is an attendant symptom, opiates are to be given. In all cases, exercise, fresh air, and cleanliness are required. The moral treatment of the insane consists in diverting their thoughts by occupations and amusements, and in gaining their confidence by kind and conciliatory measures. INTOXICATION. Intoxication is the state produced by the excessive use of alcoholic liq-uors. Treatment. — Administer a teaspoonful of spirits of harts- horn in a wineglassful of water, or give a wineglassful of cam- phor mixture. When a person is found insensible from the effects of intoxication, he should be conveyed into a cool room and placed between blankets, with his head considerably raised, but the legs should hang down, and the feet be bathed in warm water. The clothes should be loosened, and barley water or rice water be given freely, though in small portions. Next, a gentle emetic is to be introduced, and the throat stimulated with a feather dipped in oil. After this the patient will probably fall into a sound sleep, and awaken some hours afterwards, partially if not wholly recovered. When the pulse and the breathing continue, and the body is hot, cloths dipped in cold water and applied to the head, neck, stomach, and breast will frequently be of great service in restoring intoxicated persons to life and sensibility. IRRITATION OF THE SPINE. This is especially common in females, and often lies at the root of palpitations and the hysterical affections to which they are subject. In this case a tender spot, or more than one, may gener- ally be found on examination somewhere in the course of the spinal cord. Simple pressure on one of these spots will some- times suffice to bring on an attack of hysteria and fainting. Debility of constitution is likely to be the cause of this ; there- fore tonics and invigorating measures are called for. Iron and quinine should be taken, and general and local bathing re- sorted to, with friction down the spine with a coarse towel or flesh brush ; in some cases a small blister over the tender part is advisable. IRRITATION OF THE BLADDER. In ordinary cases this may be relieved b}' warm fomenta- tions applied to the affected part, or by warm bathing. It is DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 207 also vreW to avoid undue exertion, to rest iti a recumbent posi- tion as much as possible, to keep the l>owels well open, and to abstain from eating and drinking such things as are of a heating and stimulating nature. When the complaint assumes a more severe form, medical advice should be sought without delay. JAUNDICE. A disease arising from obstruction to the passage of the bile into the intestines, from disorders of the liver. Treatment. — The diet should be cool, light, and diluting — consisting chiefly of ripe fruit and mild vegetables ; the drink, flaxseed tea, sweetened with licorice ; tlie bowels must he kept open. When the disease has abated, doses of Peruvian bark may be given, with good port wine ; plenty of exercise taken, and a mustard poultice occasionally placed over the liver. The following has been of great benefit: Remain in a warm bath, of one hundred degrees, for twenty minutes. Take, every other night, five grains of blue pill, and five grains of compound aloe pill on those nights when the blue pill is not ordered. In addition, take twenty drops of elixir of vitriol, in a wineglassful of infusion of gentian, twice a day. Or take either of these : Castile soap, one ounce ; oil of juniper, thirty drops. Mix well together, and divide the mass into ninety-six pills, two to be taken twice a day. Hard soap, four drams ; compound powder of cinnamon, one dram ; rhubarb, two drams ; oil of juniper, sixteen drops ; syrup of ginger, sufficient. Form the whole into one hundred pills, of which three are to be taken morning and evening. Eclectic Treatment for Jaundice. As the stomach is usually disordered, it is well to give an emetic, and after it has acted freely administer a gentle purge. Should there be coldness about the feet or body, use the hot bath, or bathe the whole body with hot vinegar and water. A decoction made of dandelion and barberry root may be drunk freely. If these do not give immediate relief, take the follow- ing: Golden seal and capsicum, of each one dram; bitter root and white poplar bark, of each two drams ; cover with boiling water. When cool, add half a pint of Holland gin. Dose, a wine- glassful three times a day. A strong tea of peach tree leaves, 208 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. about half a pint taken daily ; or from ten to forty drops of the tincture of bloodroot, taken three times a day, either in water or herb tea, have been highly recommended. LA GRIPPE. (^Catarrhal Fever, Influenza.^ This is an acute disease prevailing over -udde sections of country, and attacking a large per cent, of the inhabitants at about the same time. Its chief characteristic is its dejjressinj^ effects upon the vitality. Histort/. — Within the space of a few weeks in 1890 this disease prostrated hundreds of thousands in Europe and America, enormously increasing the death rate, and leaving many of its surviving victims in a condition of pronounced debility for many months. For a time it closed factories and workshops, it checked business, and obstructed the prosecution of many enterprises. The serious character of this disease was but little regarded, until its widespread results began to be estimated, and its fear- ful death rate computed. The return of this disease in full force in the winter of 1891 and 1892 added further to the deep interest it awakened, and all classes of people were asking questions concerning its origin, history, and treatment. It is not a new disease, for it has swept around the world many times, and left behind the records of its occurrence in the medical literature of the past centuries. The French gave to this epidemic disease the name of "La Grippe," in the 3^ear 1773, and the Italians two centuries earlier called it the " Influenza." There are means of knowing that it was prevalent in Europe as far back as the fifth century, and its course around the world has always been from east to west. It travels with great swiftness, as upon the wings of the wind ; it was only six weeks in reaching New York after its appear- ance in Russia. There is a striking analogy between this disease and the noted epizootic which prevailed among the horses in 1872. So widespread Avas the disease among the equine famil}^ that men instead of horses appeared upon the streets drawing wagons loaded with merchandise for shipping. Causes. — The Italians supposed the disease was caused by an influence from the stars, and hence they called it influenza. Whether we have any better reason to assign, each individual DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 209 reader is allowed to determine. It is believed by many earnest workers that the disease is of bacterial origin, and that the cause is due to micro-organisms which are carried in the atmos- phere and enter the system in the act of respiration. Having effected a lodgment in the system, like o^ber specific germs they act as a poison upon the nerve centers, and thus depress the vitality. The claim has recently been made that these microbes have been discovered, and that they are the smallest disease germs that have so far been recognizx'd. The truth of this claim awaits further proof. Symptoms. — "While this disease powerfully affects the nervous system in every case, the symptoms are so numerous and varied that the followiiig classification has been made : Neurotic.^ catarrhal, gastric, depending upon the type of the disease, and that portion of the body upon which the disease appears to concentrate its force. I. The Neurotic Type. — The patient is seized with a chill or chilly sensations, alternating with hot flashes, and a tendency to congestion of the internal organs. A fever condition rapidly follows with temperature varying from 101 to 101 degrees. With the fever neuralgic pains of severe character appear in different regions. There is usuall}' headache, or pain in the back of the neck, loins, lower limbs, or throughout the body. IHie patient is restless and complains of aching in every bone, the eyeballs and scalp feel sore, and the patient declares that he feels as though he had been bruised, or pounded all over. There may be disturbances of the special senses, as hearing and smelling. A well marked rash may a])pear, though rarely, over the surface of the body. In this nervous type there may be delirium, and the unpleasant complications of meningitis and insanity. II. The Catarrhal Type. — In addition to the chill and pain in the limbs, in the catarrhal type of the disease sneezing and coughing are marked symptoms. The inflammation of the mucous membrane of the nose, pharynx, larynx, and bronchi is well marked. In this form pneumonia is especially likely to intervene. This catarrhal inflammation may extend up the Eustachian tube from the throat to the ear. A well-known specialist says that he has had many cases of otitis media to treat as the result of the grip. The patient, allliough with a high temperature, feels chilly except in a warm room. 210 DISEASES AND THEIH REMEDIES. III. The Gastric Type. — The additional symptoms in this form are loss of appetite, nausea, vomiting, a coated tongue, spmetimes resembling that of typhoid fever, also severe pain in the region of the stomach, bowels, and liver. In every type of the disease there is usually inaction of the liver, constipation of the bowels, and the urine is scanty and high colored. There is always marked loss of strength and rapid lowering of the vitality, the legs feel as though they had not power to sustain the weight of the body. Some cases manifest nearly every symptom of the three types, and every case conforms more or less to the nervous type. In some cases the recovery is slow and tedious. Elderly people and those suffering from nervous debility are profoundly affected by an attack of the grip, and should exercise the utmost caution. Children are less liable to contract this dis- ease than adults. Treatment. — This disease if properly treated at the outset can usually be rendered mild in character, and often well-nigh aborted, otherwise grave complications are liable to occur, and mild cases may become severe and even fatal. For the severe neuralgic pains there is no better remedy than from one-eighth to one-fourth grain of morphia hypodermically. It acts as a powerful stimulant to the cerebro-spinal system in this depress- ing disease. If there is simply headache the bromide of sodium in ten-grain doses, dissolved in water, will be sufficient, and should be repeated every two hours if needed, till relieved. Quinine is as much a specific against the grip germ as against the malaria microbe, and a full dose taken early will often modify and practically abort the attack. The fever and pain can be speedily reduced b}^ acetanilid or phenacetin, but, as they are somewhat depressing in their action, much mischief is being done by their promiscuous use. They should be used only by the skillful in the febrile stage, and in robust persons when signs of depression are not marked. The prostration requires stimulants. Camphor is highly recommended. Rest should be enjoined. A relapse must be carefully avoided. COLDS. {Their Cause. How Avoided. Speedy Cure.^ The symptoms of a cold are so well known as to require no special reference. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 211 Causes. — Colds are usually contracted by exposure to draughts of air, when the body is heated, and the sudoriferous or sweat glands are actively secreting moisture, which reaches the surface through the spiral pores which open upon the surface of the body. This moisture or perspiration is constantly secreted by tlie glands, and brought to the outside through the pores, and causes evaporation, which regulates the animal heat of the body. When the temperature is raised by active exercise or artificial heat, these pores or tubes become dilated to allow a freer removal of the increased secretion and more extensive evaporation upon the surface ; this dilation always takes place gradually. In a hot day, or after violent exercise, or when men are handling red hot iron in rolling mills, this moisture stands upon the face in large drops which unite and course down the body, sometimes making the clothing as wet as if dipped in water. These sweat glands and pores are not able to adapt themselves immediately to a changed condition ; as they are opened gradually by the effect of heat, so they are closed gradu- all}' by exposure to a lower temperature. If the changes of temperature are more rapid than the ability of nature to ec^ualize the temperature of the body, the system experiences a sort of shock, which is succeeded by the symptoms of a cold. The tubes bringing this moisture to the exterior of the skin are very numerous. There are twenty-eight hundred of these tubal 0])enings on a single square inch of the body, and between two and three millions in all. It is in consequence of this eva{)orat- ing surface that the bodily temperature remains in health at ninety-eight and three-fifths the whole year around. When the quantity of moisture is not sufficient to notice, the process is known as imperceptible perspiration. It is this constant eva|)oration of bodily moisture which makes the demand for water so urgent, especially in lu)t weather, and it is this dried moisture which soon soils the surface of the body, and the clothing in contact Avith the skin, and renders baths and washing daily necessities. If care is not taken in changing the undergarments, and washing the skin, these delicate little tul)es become obstructed, and the clothing and its wearer become oifensive to the delicate sense of smell ; still more serious are the consequences which result: the health is imi)aircd, catarrhal diseases ensue, and con- gestion of some interiuil organ is liable to supervene. When the perspiration is unable to escape freely through tlie skin, it is obliged to seek some internal outlet, and extra labor falls 212 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. usually upon the kidneys, and sometimes with unfortunate results. The first stage of Bright's disease (acute nephritis) is usually induced by contracting a sudden cold, as by going from a heated atmosphere, to work in a cellar, ice house, wheel pit, or similar place. The one who is overheated must allow him- self to cool off slowly, and, if obliged to enter some cold apart- ment for labor, should put on extra clothing, and stir about very briskl}', and thus avoid feeling chilly, and contracting a cold. Persons who live in overheated rooms, and who spend a large share of time indoors, and who wear chest protectors, and sleep under heavy blankets, are much more liable to catch cold than those who brave the storms and rigors of winter, and by their activity maintain a vigorous and healthy circulation. Results of Taking Cold. — A cold may be so slight as to occasion but little notice, and so slight as not to prevent attend- ing to the accustomed duties ; it may be so severe and serious as to awaken diseases which will terminate life. The more common diseases which result from catching a severe cold are catarrhal affections of the throat, lungs, and nasal passages, acute nephritis, or inflammation of the kidneys, pleu- risy, croup, bronchitis, catarrhal pneumonia, capillary bronchitis, peritonitis, amenorrhoea, and similar affections. A bad cold is usually followed by slight malaise, chilly sensations, stuffiness of the nose, rendering the act of breathing difficult except through the mouth, tightness across the upper part of the chest, pain in the back and limbs, and occasionally a slight fever. The results of a cold are often very serious when a person is in a debilitated condition, as for instance when recovering from some depressing sickness, or from childbirth. In these weakened conditions a cold may be more readil}'' contracted, by going about too soon, or out of doors in unsuitable weather, and the results are usually serious. Many a person has sacrificed life by a rash act of exposure, when recovering from sickness. Prevention. — If in a debilitated condition, use great caution, and more especially if recovering from some acute dis- ease or from the depressing effects of childbirth. Such persons can hardly be too cautious until strength and vigor are regained. Avoid wetting, damping, or chilling the feet, keep indoors dur- ing unsuitable, rainy, or windy weather. If heated from work or active exercise, avoid sudden changes of clothing, and a too rapid cooling of the body, which is fol- lowed, as we have already seen, by a shock to the cutaneous jierves, and a cold. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 213 Learn how to clothe yourself properly, and the secret of taking good care of your health, by every means here recom- mended ; in a long life you will be amply repaid. A towel bath each morning Vjefore dressing and brisk fric- tion of the skin with the hand ov a suitable ilesh brush is exhila- rating, and the skin soon acquires a vigorous tone which assists in avoiding colds. Treatinent. — As soon as possible after becoming aware of catching a bad cold, soak the feet in hot mustard water, go to bed, drink hot composition tea, hot lemonade, and otlier hot drinks till the sweat glands become active. If the limbs ache, and the patient is restless and disquieted, give pulverized ipecacuanha com|)Ound in a five or ten grain dose. Should there be indication of high temperature, a red and burning cheek, put ten drops of tincture of aconite in half a tumbler of water, and of this give one teaspoon ful every half hbur till perspiration is freely induced. If the patient complains of tightness about the chest, a poultice containing mustard placed thereon is excellent. If the stomach is suffering from hunger and a feeling of faint- ness, or an all-gone feeling is complained of, a cup of hot gruel or beef tea can do no harm. If the nose and eyes run like water, give one one-hundredth grain of atropia every six hours ; this will bring relief. If tliese means do not cause the breaking up of a cold, it is likely to become the foreruinier of some acute disease. LEPROSY. Leprosy is an eruption on various parts of the body of raised circular patches covered with white scales of the outer skin. These patches are surrounded by a reddish ring. The patches themselves are generally of a ring-like form, tlie center being apparently healthy skin. The patches begin in the form of small smooth spots, and often enlarge considerably. When the scales are rolled ofT, they leave a dull red surface, on which the scales are speedily reproduced. Leprosy commoidy com- mences at the knee, thigh, elbow, or forearm, and will, if not checked, often extend over the whole body. Trentinetit. — Take of Ft)wler's solution three drops, in a wineglassful of water three times a day, the dose to be gradu- ally increased to eight or ten drops. Rub into the spots every night an ointment formed of native orpiment, three grains ; vase- line, one dram. Or, take of compound tincture of bark, one-half an ounce; solution of potash, one dram; peppermint water, six 214 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. ounces ; take two tablespoonfuls three times a day. Also, apply externally, every morning and night, the following lotion: Borax, two drams ; honey, two ounces ; water, six ounces. Mix. LICE. These disgusting vermin most commonly appear when cleanliness is neglected, and especially in cases where the body clothing and bed clothing are used continuously without change. But there appear to be certain habits of body and certain seasons of the year which are favorable to the generation of this kind of vermin, — as, for instance, spring and autumn, and also during the prevalence of east winds. Treatment, — Wash the body well with vinegar and water, and afterwards rub in a lotion made as follows : Camphor, grated, one-half ounce ; best white wine vinegar, one pint; water, one pint. Mix, and apply night and morning. Or take equal parts of garlic and mustard, moisten with vinegar, and rub into the skin twice a day. For lice on the sc^lp, pound pars- ley seed to a fine powder, and rub it well into the roots of the hair. LUMBAGO. Lumbago is a neuralgic affection of the muscles of the loins. When the pain attacks the hip joint it is termed sciatica. It is indicated by stiffness and pain, which is aggravated by stooping, sitting, or rising to the upright posture. It is most generally caused by exposure to wet or cold. Treattnent. — Nothing affords greater relief than hot moist applications to the back, continued from twelve to twenty-four hours at a time, and followed by the rubbing well into the back and loins of soap liniment, combined with one-sixth part of tur- pentine. Take also at bedtime ten grains of Dover's powder, with two grains of calomel ; and, on the following morning, half an ounce of castor oil. Take also twice a day ten grains of car- bonate of potassa, with one teaspoonful of sweet sjDirits of niter in a wineglassful of water. Should the pain be urgent, one of the best and most efficacious remedies for its relief is Dover's powder and camphor, three or four grains of each made into two pills, and taken occasionally. This will not interfere with the effects of an}'- other medicine. In very severe and obstinate cases of lumbago a cure can only be effected by persistent means. Stimulating liniments may DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 215 be applied. The oil of mustard may be used, or a belladonna plaster may afford relief. A strong mustard poultice of generous size applied over the painful region until the skin is nearly blistered often gives greater relief than any other remedy. LOW SPIRITS. This is a state of mind generally associated with dyspepsia, in which all kinds of imaginary evils are conjured up, and the slightest pain or unusual feeling is looked upon as the precursor of some dreadful malady. Persons so affected always fancy themselves on the verge of danger, and are fearful and irresolute in everything. Causes. — The causes are various. It may arise from in- tense study, some great stroke of atlliction, indolence and inac- tivity, or excessive indulgence in venereal or other excesses, or deranged digestion. Treatment. — Change of scene, cheerful society, engaging the mind in some pursuit which, although not too laborious, requires the use of the mental powers ; exercise, tepid and shower baths, are among the remedial measures in this case. The bodily health must be carefully Avatched, preserved and improved. LOCKJAW. This is a spasmodic seizure of a dreadful and generally fatal character. By this disease, not only are the muscles of the jaws, but those also of the whole body, thrown more or less into spasm, often so violent as to l)reak the teeth or bones. Causes. — The cause of tetanus is frequent exposure to cold and damp, or it may be some local injury, such as a cut, puncture, or laceration. It more commonly results from either of these in warm climates, although intense cold alone has not unfrequcntly produced it. It often affects a large number of the wounded on a field of battle, who are ex^iosed to the vicissi- tudes of the weather. Lockjaw, which is produced by a wound, will sometimes show itself in four days ; sometimes not for two or three weeks after the Avound has been received. Treatment. — The common treatment for it is the warm bath, or envelo[)ing the whole body in a blanket wrung out of hot water ; the administration of enemas, consisting of thin 216 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. grviel, with an ounce each of castor oil and turpentine. If the patient can swallow, chloral hydrate in twenty grain doses may be used, also dram doses of lobelia or large doses of opium in the liquid form, say from thirty to sixty drops of laudanum every half hour, until it manifestl}^ affects the system. Cold water, poured on the head from a considerable height, may also be of service ; and friction with a stimulating liniment, such as turpen- tine and opodeldoc, down the course of the spine. Inhaling ether or chloroform is also very beneficial. Only a competent physician of experience should attempt to treat a disease so for- midable as lockjaw. LOOSE TEETH. The teeth may become loosened by external violence, or by the improper use of instruments when extracting diseased teeth in the neighborhood of sound ones. Treatment. — Press them as firmly as possible into their sockets, and keep them firmly in place with ligatures of catgut, or waxed silk, the patient for the time being living on fluid food. When teeth become loose from an accumulation of tartar, no good can be effected until this is removed, and it ought to be done early, otherwise it will have no effect. Looseness of the teeth is frequently occasioned by asponginess of the gums. To remedy this, scarify the gums, and allow them to bleed freely, repeating the operation till the teeth become partially fastened. Afterwards wash the mouth frequently with water strongly impregnated with tincture of myrrh, and employ the teeth sparingly until the loosened teeth become perfectly firm again. Or the following mixture : Borax, alum, bay salt, of each one dram ; spirit of camphor, tincture of myrrh, of each one ounce ; spirit of horse-radish, four ounces ; tincture of rhatany, two ounces. Mix, and shake occasionally for a day or two, then fil- ter. Rinse the mouth occasionally with a teaspoonful in a wine- glassful of water. MASTURBATION. (^jSelf -Pollution, Onanism.") This vice is indulged in to a frightful extent by the youth of both sexes. Often the habit is indulged in without its victim having the slightest knowledge of its destructiveness, until nature is sadly outraged. A grave responsibility rests upon parents in DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 217 these matters. Every child, male or female, should be carefully watclied, and a deep impression made upon the mind to prevent the formation of this hurtful habit. The habit of self-pollution in lioys leads to that of involun- tary seminal emissions, nervous exhaustion, and final impotence. In girls the same habit may cause a whole train of nervous and hysteiical affections, sulhcient to render life a burden. Tlie real source of mischief is in the nervous shock. When the sexual organs are prematurely excited, it gives a shock to the whole system ; and, when often repeated, the nervous power is exhausted. The vitality of the body goes to supi)ly the pre- mature demand, the cerebrum is robbed, memory is imj)aired, the digestive system is weakened, and we have dyspepsia, witii a territic train of nervous and organic diseases. Tt'edtment. — The habit must be abandoned; unless this be done no treatment will avail. The moral character must be strengthened. The motives of hope, manhood, virtue, and religion must be placed before the patient. All things of a harmful character must be avoided, the company of the good and virtuous cultivated, and the mind kept engaged in some elevating study or useful emplo3'ment. Avoid all stimulants — wine, coffee, liquors, novels, love pictures, balls, and theaters. Use a hard bed, and do not sleep on the back. Take a bath morning and evening, and exercise until quite fatigued. Avoid all aromatic articles, fish, eggs, game, salad, mushrooms, can- tharides, aloes, and all stimulants except camphor. Take acidu- lous drinks, fruits, and a vegetable diet. MILK SICKNESS. A disease chiefly confined to the West, where tlie cattle roam at large in the woods or over prairies, and eat food which poisons the milk. Sfjtnptonis. — Sickness at the stomach, weakness and trem- bling of the legs. There is vomiting and a peeuliarl}' offensive breath. These sym[)toms continue for weeks, and are often all that are shown in this complaint; but in some severer cases there are chills and flashes of heat, great oppression about the heart, anxiety, deep breathing, heat in the stomach, violent retching and vomiting, alarming beatings of the heart, and throbbing of the large vessels, and cold extremities. In most cases, the vomiting returns every hour or two, attended by a great burning at the pit of the stomach, the substance thrown up having a peculiar bluish-green color and a sour smell. As soon as this 218 DISEASES AND THEER REMEDIES. discharge takes place, the patient falls back upon the pillow, and lies easy till another turn comes round. The tongue is coverec'. with a whitish coat, and the bowels are obstinately costive. The pulse is quick and weak. Treatment. — The treatment cannot vary much from that pursued for inflammation of the stomach. Some cathartic to move the bowels should be given. MUMPS. (^Parotitis.') This disease is contagious. It consists of inflammation of the salivary or parotid glands, which are situated on each side of the lower jaw, just under the ear. JSytnjJtoms, — It commences with slight febrile symptoms of a general character. Very soon there is redness and swelling at the angle of the jaw, which gradually extends to the face and neck near to tlie glands. Treatment. — But little medical treatment is required for this disease. The patient, from sheer iimbility to move the jaw, must live chiefly on liquid food ; and it is well for him to live sparingly, unless very delicate, in which case a little good broth or beef tea should be given. If there is much pain the throat should have hot fomentations applied. Mumps is not a danger- ous disease, unless the inflammation should be increased by taking cold, when it will probably affect the brain or testicles ; or, in the female, the breasts. Should the swelling suddenly disappear, and thereby aggravate the symptoms of fever, the fol- lowing liniment may be applied : Camphorated spirits, one ounce; solution of sub-carbonate of ammonia, two drams; tinc- ture of cantharides, one half dram. Mix, and rub in until the swelling reappears. NAUSEA. A sensation of sickness, with an inclination to vomit. Although the feeling of nausea itself is referred to the stomach, and may be due to causes connected with that organ simply, it also frequently originates in disorder in other and distant parts of the body. Treatment. — Clear the stomach by an emetic of ipecac, and afterward the bowels by two or three grains of calomel at night, followed by a black draught in the morning. So long as the stomach is in a state of irritation, only small quantities of DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 219 food should be intioduced into it at one time, as a spoonful of milk or ])eef tea every hour. A teaspoonful of magnesia in a glass of sherry, or lemon juice in small quantities, taken from time to time have proved beneficial. NEURALGIA. A painful affection of the nerves. When it occurs in those of the face, it is termed face ague or tic douloureux ; when it affects the great nerve of the leg, it is called sciatica. Other parts, such as the fingers, the chest, the abdomen, etc., are also liable to this agonizing pain, — one of the most severe and wear- ing to which the human frame is liable. Causes. — Neuralgia is usually a result of impoverished nerves, and requires the use of nerve tonics. It can frequently be traced to diseased growth of the bone about those parts through which the nerves pass ; and, in some severe cases, it has been found to depend upon tlie irritation caused by foreign bodies acting upon those highly sensitive organs. Among its exciting causes we may mention exposure to damp and cold, especially if combined with malaria ; and to these influences a person with a debilitated constitution will be more subject than another. Anxiety of mind will sometimes bring it on, and so will a disordered state of the stomach ; more particularly, a state in which there is too much acid. Tea, coffee, tobacco, and opium are prolific causes of neuralgia, as well as other diseased conditions of the nerves. They should be dis- continued, and immediate benefit will ensue. Syiiiptoiiis. — A violent, darting, and plunging pain, which comes on in paroxA^sms. Except in very severe and protracted cases, there is no outward redness nor swelling to mark the seat of the pain, neither is there usually constitutional derangement, other than that wdiich may be caused by want of rest, and the extreme agony of the suffering while it lasts, which may be from one to two or tliree hours, or even more, but it is not com- monly so long. Tenderness and swelling of the part sometimes occurs where there has been a frequent recurrence and long continuance of the pain, which leaves the patient, in most cases, as suddenly as it comes on. Its jteriodic returns and remis- sions, and absence of inflammatory sj'mptoms, are distinctive marks of the disease. Treatment. — This must depend upon the cause. If it is a decayed tooth, which, by exposure of the nerve, sets up th« 220 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. pain, it should be at once removed, as there will be little peace for the patient until it is. If co-existent with neuralgia there is a disordered stomach, efforts should be made to correct the dis- order. If the patient is living in a moist situation, he should at once remove to a higher level, and a dry, gravelly soil. Tonics, such as quinine and iron, should be given, and a tolerably geh- erous diet, but without excess of any kind. In facial neuralgia, blisters behind the ears have been found serviceable; and, if the course of the nerve which appears to be the seat of mischief, can be traced, a belladonna phister, or a piece of cotton soaked in laudanum and laid along it, will sometimes give relief; so will hot fomentations of poppies, or bran poultices sprinkled with turpentine. In very severe cases, one quarter of a grain of mor- phine may be given to deaden the nervous sensibility, and in- duce sleep, which the patient is often deprived of at night, the pain coming on as soon as he gets warm in bed. An application of chloroform on lint has sometimes proved very effectual in relieving severe neuralgic pains, and so has an ointment composed of lard and veratrum, in the jDroportion of six grains of veratrum to one of lard. A mixture of chloroform and aconite has been recommended for facial neuralgia, the form of preparation being two parts of spirits of wine, or eau de cologne, one of chloroform, and one of tincture of aconite, to be applied to the gums of the side affected, by means of a finger covered with a piece of lint, or soft linen, and rubbed along them, — the danger of dropping any into the mouth being thus avoided. When the pain is connected with some organic disease, as a decayed tooth, or chronic inflamma- tion of the gums or of the sockets, or superficial necrosis of the bone, substitute tincture of iodine for the spirit in the above formula. We would caution our readers strongly against the careless inhalation of chloroform, as a remedy for neuralgia, which ap- pears to be growing into a general practice. Several deaths have resulted from it, the practice being to pour a little on a pocket handkerchief, without much regard to quantity, and hold it to the mouth until the required insensibility is produced. This remedy should never be administered except under the supervision of the medical adviser. The shower bath, plenty of exercise in the open air, and attention to whatever will build up the general health must be carefully attended to. Persons at all liable to this painful affection should be ex- DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 221 tremely careful not to expose themselves to wet or cold ; above all, not to sit in draughts. A very slight cause will often bring it on, where there is the least tendency to it. One severe and troublesome form of neuralgia is earache. It often occurs in children at the time of dentition. It may be distinguished from pain of an inflammatory character. NEURALGIA OF THE HEART. (^Angina Pectoris.^ A disease whioh is commonly connected with ossification, or some other affections of the heart. Synii>tottis. — It is characterized by a sudden and most violent pain across the chest, which extends down the arms, and seems to threaten immediate dissolution. It sometimes comes on during rest, but most usually after violent exertion. The paroxysm does not commonly last long, but it has been known to continue for an hour or more. Treatment. — An anodyne combined with ammonia has sometimes been found ver}- effectual in relieving the spasm. The following is a good formula: Fetid spirits of ammonia, one- half ounce ; solution of morphine, three drams ; camphor mix- ture, six ounces. Take a tablespoonful every half hour until relieved. If the paroxysm is very violent, a little hot brandy and water may also be taken ; or a teaspoonful of sal volatile or ether in water, and repeated at intervals. If the pain continue, frictions and mustard ])lasters may be applied to the chest, soles of the feet, and calves of the legs. Where there is extreme faintness, the horizontal posture should be adopted. Persons subject to these attacks would do well to provide themselves with the fol- lowing, as a medicine in case of need: Half an ounce each of sulphuric ether, spirits of ammonia, and sal volatile ; two drams of tincture of oj)ium. Mix, and take a teaspoonful in water; and repeat at the end of an hour if relief be not afforded. NIGHTMARE. (^Incubus.') This is a distressing sensation experienced during sleep, and usually accompanied by frightful dreams. Causes. — A heavy supper just before going to bed ; dys- pepsia, mental irritation, great fatigue, lying in an uneasy posi- 222 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. tion, may occasion it, as also the use of narcotic and intoxicat- ing substances. Treatment. — Carefully shun all kinds of food likely to cause flatulence or indigestion. Hot and heavy suppers are par- ticularly injurious, as also are acids. Excess of sedentary em- ployment should also be avoided. Take the following: Carbon- ate of soda, ten grains ; compound tincture of cardamoms, three drams ; simple syrup, one dram ; peppermint water, one ounce. Mix, for a draught, to be taken at bedtime. Or take, on going to bed, a teaspoonful of sal volatile in a wineglassful of cold NOCTURNAL EMISSIONS. These often cause more alarm than there is really any occa- sion for ; they are involuntary discharges of the seminal fluid, and are likely to occur when the organs are excited by dreams, or imaginations of a certain character. Unless they become fre- quent and profuse, there is no reason for regarding them with anxiety ; still such discharges should be checked as much as possible. They generally indicate a debilitated condition of the system, and are, in most cases, the result of self-indulgence or venereal excesses. A course of tonic medicines should be taken, as the muriate tincture of iron with quinine, about one grain of the latter with ten drops of the former, in a little water three times a day. Sea bathing or the shower bath, regular exercise, a sufficiently nourishing but not a stimulating diet, with gentle aperient medicines, are the proper remedial measures. Persons affected in this way often get into a painfully ner- vous state, and, conscious that they are but reaping the reward of bad practices, are ashamed to state their cases to a respectable medical man, and therefore fly to advertising quacks, who promise secrec}^ and a rapid cure. But this is a great mistake; there can be no rapid cure for involuntary seminal discharges, except by such powerful medicines as will do great mischief to the patient, and probably render his organic weakness perma- nent. In nine cases out of ten a temporary stoppage of the dis- charge, even, is not accomplished by the much vaunted Balm of Syriacum, and other nostrums, so quickly as it would be by the means above recommended, or others which the legitimate prac- titioner might deem suitable for particular cases. NOISES IN THE EAR. Noises in the ear, like the distant sound of bells, roaring ai the sea, hissing, singing, etc., are often indicative of a determi- DISEASES AND THEIK REMEDIES. 223 nation of blood to the head. With some, mere derangement of the digestive organs will cause these noises. Wiien accompa- nied by a certain degree of deafness, they are generally occasioned by an accumulation of wax in the external passage, or a partial stoppage of the Eustachian tul)e by cold. When the noises become chronic, or long continued, bathing the head regularly every morning with cold water will sometimes remove them. If cold be the cause, or disordered stomach, they will pass away with the temporary ailments which occasioned them. OFFENSIVE BREATH. Fetid breath may proceed from decayed teeth, or disease of the lungs. In children it generally indicates a disordered state of the stomach, \vhich may be corrected by means of purgative medicines. Where it cannot be so remedied, it will be well for the i)atient to chew a little cinnamon occasionally, or take half a tumbler of camomile tea on rising in the morning. If the cause is local, the mouth should be washed with a weak solution of chloride of lime or soda. PAINS IN THE SIDE. Pains in the side may arise from a rheumatic affection, or from derangement of the stomach. If the pains be situated high up in the region of the chest, they may be occasioned by inflam- matory affection of the lungs, but in this case will be accom- panied with more or less fever, and other symptoms indicative of the disorder. Pain on the right side, lower down, may be owing to an affection of the liver. It however often occurs as a sympathetic affection, sometimes of the heart or lungs in either sex. It is common in females at times of functional disorder. TreatiHent. — Regulate the state of the bowels by mild aperients, and, if the system seems impoverished, and there has been much debility of the digestive organs, take iron, quinine, and nux vomica in some form. Employ the warm bath fre- quently, and ap[)ly to the part affected a muslin bag filled with hops and well soaked in liot water ; also rub in every fourth hour the following : Tincture of aconite, half an ounce ; soap liniment, one and a half ounces. Mix. Obstinate and increasing pain of the side, which will not go away with the treatment above indicated, must on no account be neglected. There is evidently something radically wrong in the system, and the advice of a medical man should be taken. 224 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. PALPITATION OF THE HEART. Palpitation of the heart is an increase in the force or fre- quency of the heart's action. It is frequently produced by increased physical action or mental emotion, and is sometimes the result of disease. Sometimes the palpitations are loud and clear and regular ; at others they aro faint and intermittent ; now a distinct throb, or several, and then a tremulous flutter, or a quick beat, like the wings of a confined bird flapping against the bars of its prison. When there is violent throbbing of the heart, which may be felt by a hand pressed upon the chest, while the patient is himself unconsciou: of it, there is reason to appre- hend organic disease ; but when there is such acute conscious- ness as we have described, there is generally only functional or nervous derangement, withou') any structural change. Causes, — A dis^^rdered stomach may be the cause, although there may be no other symptoms of this. We have known cases in which a very slight irregularity in the mode of living has produced palpitation of tho heart, and that, too, in an otherwise healthy person. In some, almost any strong, nervous stimulant will produce it, and we recollect one instance in which it always came on after a cup of tea, and was never troublesome when this beverage was not taken. We mention this to show that palpitation is not always, nor indeed commonly, symptomatic of heart disease ; and need there- fore cause no unnecessary alarm, although its frequent recurrence should set the patient inquiiing as to what is the real cause. Treatment. — The only treatment likely to be of service must be directed towards removing the predisposing and exciting causes, and establishing a more healthy nervous condition : gentle exercise, tonics, change of air and scene, an endeavor to occupy the mind in some useful and moral pursuit ; a well regulated and generally frugal, although sufficiently nourishing diet ; and a strict avoidance of all that can excite or stimulate either mind or body. By this means palpitations not connected with organic disease may generally be got rid of. If the patient is of a full habit, and has a tolerably strong pulse, a course of gentle purga- tives may be necessar3% They should not be salines, but of a cordial nature, like this : Pill of aloes and myrrh, one-half dram ; compound galbanum pill, one-half dram. Divide into twelve pills, and take one at bedtime. Or the following : Compound infusion of senna, three ounces ; decoction of aloes, three ounces ; spirits of sal volatile, one dram ; compound tincture of carda- DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 1!25 moms, two drams ; tartrate of potasli, one-half ounce. Mix, and take two tablespoonfuls occasionally. PALSY. (^Paralysis.') The total loss or diminution of motion, Dr, sensation, or both, in any part. Tliere are several kinds of palsy or paralysis, such z.si\\Q paralysis agitans ; the shaking, or, as it is sometimes called, from the peculiarity of the ])atient's gait, the dancing palsy; hemiplegia, when one side of the body only is smitten ; and para- plegia^ when it is the lower half which is more or less de- prived of its nervous power ; but in all cases it is the brain which is the seat of disorder; and if this is confined to one of its hemi- spheres, the attack, if it does not include both sides, is most likely to fall on the opposite side of the body. Causes. — The rupture of a vessel of the brain is one of tlie most common causes of paralysis, and this may occur without there being any decided apoplectic symptoms. A slight tran- sient faintness, and confusion of ideas, nuay precede the attack, or it may come on during sleep, so that the patient may only be made aware that he is paralyzed by his inability to speak plainly, or to move a limb, or one side of his body. Sometimes the attack is gradual, and occupies a considerable time, — days, weeks, and even months elapse before the loss of nervous energy becomes comi)lete ; and this helplessness may be produced by a succession of slight shocks, as it were, or by the gradual steal- ing on of an apparently torpid condition. This latter is more commonly the case when the disease arises from a decided state of general debility, which in time involves the brain, until the structure gives way and softening is the conseciuence. Hard drinkers, and others whose lives or habits necessitate a fre- quent state of cerebral excitement, are liable to this disease. With such the progress of the disease is generall}' rapid. One of the chief causes is pressure upon or disease of the brain or spinal cord. When confined to the lower part of the body, there may be reason to believe that the defect of power is in some cases but functional. In this case tlie cause may belong exposure of the lower limbs to wet and cold, self-abuse, excess- ive indulgence in venery, inflammation of tlie bowels or kid- neys, effusion in the spinal cord from a blow, a burn, or other injury; disease of the womb, or of the urethra, may also give rise to it. Palsy of either of the limbs may be caused by pres- 226 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. sure, and general palsy by the action of lead or mercury upon the system ; therefore those who work in these metals are pecu- liarly liable to be so affected, such as button gilders, glass sil- verers, plumbers, etc. The most dangerous form of this kind is when it affects the muscles of respiration, in which case it rapidly proves fatal. Symptoms. — Among the premonitory symptoms of pa- ralysis may be named headache, confusion of ideas, loss of mem- ory, impaired vision, drowsiness, and partial stupor, with, fre- quently, numbness, and pricking or tingling sensation in the limb or part al)Out to be attacked. With persons of a full habit, there will be heat and flushings in the face, and most of the signs of an approaching fit of apoplexy ; then follows indistinct articulation, loss of powder, and the other marked and unmis- takable indications of an actual attack. Treatment' — A proper treatment, in the case of a patient of a full habit, is strong purgatives — about five grains of calomel, followed by senna mixture, or croton oil pills, every four hours, until they operate freely. When there is faintness and confu- sion of intellect, give a teaspoonful of sal volatile in a glass of water, and repeat it in an hour, if required ; no alcoholic stimu- lant should be administered ; put the feet and legs in a hot mus- tard bath, and place the patient in a warm bed, with head and shoulders well raised. After they have once acted well, keep the bowels gently open with rhubarb or castor oil ; let the diet be spare, and the quietude of the patient as perfect as possible. After the acute stage of the disease has passed, local stimulants should be used, and the affected parts well rubbed with the hand or a flesh brush. Electricity and galvanism may also be employed where there is no reason to suspect structural disor- ganization. In paraplegia it is often very difficult to get the bladder to act; and when it does, the urine flows from it invol- untarily. Great attention should be paid to this, and stimulant diuretics given ; the tincture of cantharides, in ten drop doses, is, perhaps the best. In some cases, much relief has been afforded by the use of sulphur baths, and chalybeate waters. In palsy of the face, if it is caused by a blow or cold, hot fomentations and stimulating liniments should be applied ; as also in palsy of the hands, fingers, or other extremities, wdth electro-magnetism, persevered in for a considerable time. In all cases of chronic paralysis, it should be borne in mind that the nervous system requires arousing and stimulating to a due per- DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 227 formance of the functions necessary to life. In nearly all there is a sluggish action of the bowels, which are often obstinately constipated, and require the strongest purgatives to keep them at all open. It is sometimes better to employ enemas, than con- tinue giving drastic medicines. The paralytic patient frequently enjoys pretty good general health, and eats heartily ; and this increases the above dilliculty, especially if the patient is a heavy person, with little power of self movement. When confined entirely to bed, sores and sloughing ulcers are not uncommon ; these should be treated as directed under the head Bedsores. An air or water bed greatly obviates the danger of them. Eclectic Treatment for JPalsy. If the patient be young and of full habit, bleed freely, and use a large blister on the back of the neck ; but if the })atient is old, a different treatment must be adopted. Give stimulants freely. Place the patient in a warm bath, and give a table- spoonful of scraped horse-radish, or the same of mustard seed, four or five times a day. Hub the whole body with flannels, impregnated with tincture of cayenne pepper, oil of sassafras, oil of turpentine, or the tincture of cantharides. Spirits of tur- pentine, about twenty drops in a little water, three times a day, has been found very successful. If great sleeplessness or pain exist, give a little opium ; and for a laxative, give a teaspoonful of tincture of golden seal, two or three times a day, till the bowels open. Flannel should always be worn next the skin. PILES. These consiprt of small tumors, situated on the extremity of the rectum. The piles are usually accompanied by a sense of weight in the back, loins, and lower part of the abdomen, to- gether with pain in the head, sickness at the stomach, and llatu- lence in the bowels. If the tumor break, a quantity of blood is voided, and considerable relief from pain is obtained ; but, if they continue unl)ioken, the patient experiences great pain. Treat nient. — The following treatment will generally prove beneficial : Confection of senna, one ounee ; Hour of sul- phur, one ounce ; jalap, in powder, one dram ; balsam of copaiba, one-half ounce; ginger in powder, one-half dram; cream of tartar, one-half ounce; syrup of ginger, a suflicient quantity to form the whole into an electuary. Mix. Take a teaspoonful 228 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. every three hours, until the bowels are freely open. At the same time make use of the following lotion : Goulard's extract, three ounces ; laudanum, one-half ounce. Mix, and apply to the parts repeatedly. When the piles are very painful and swollen, but discharge nothing, the patient should sit over the steam of hot water. He may also apply a linen cloth, dipped in warm spirits of wine, to the ui)per part, or make use of bread and milk poul- tices. Either of the following may be used with advantage : Pow- der of oak galls, one ounce ; elder ointment, one ounce. Mix, and anoint the parts night and morning. Sublimed sulphur, one-half ounce ; cream of tartar, one and one-half drams ; con- fection of senna, one ounce ; syrup sufficient to form an elec- tuary. A teaspoonful to be taken at bedtime. PLEURISY. (^Pleuritis.^ This is inflammation of the pleura, or investing membrane of the lungs. Causes. — Among the causes of pleurisy the more common are exposure to cold, especially after violent exercise, blows on the chest, fracture of the ribs, tubercles in the lungs. It is most prevalent in winter, and next to that in autumn. Old persons and children are most subject to it, but it may occur at any period of life. SyniiHoms. — It is usually distinguished as acute and chronic. The former generally commences with chills, rigors, and the ordinary symptoms of inflammatory fever, accompanied or followed by a sense of weight in the chest, which in a few hours becomes acute pain, usually referred to a point directly below the nipple. There is also generally a short dry cough, and the breathing is frequent, short, and anxious, — the pain be- ing increased by a deep inspiration or the act of coughing. Sometimes the patient can only lie upon the affected side, some- times only upon the opposite one ; but usually he prefers lying upon his back. The pulse is frequent, skin hot, cheeks flushed, urine scanty and high colored, and tongue white. These symp- toms are not always so well marked, and the pain is sometimes more diffuse and less severe. In most cases the acute pain, as well as the fever, subsides on the third or fourth day, and the cough and ditticulty of breathing abate, though the pleura still continues in a state of inflammation. Xreatment. — In the treatment of this disease the object is DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 229 to reduce the local inflammation and prevent effusion. Hot and moist flaxseed poultices or popp3'-head fomentations should be applied to the chest, the diet sliould be light and unstimulating, and purgatives sliould be administered. In chronic pleuritis the symptoms are usually those of the acute form in a mitigated state. It ma^^ succeed tiie acute, or it may come on gradually -without any of the more marked features of that disease. There is usually more or less of fever, an accel- eration of the pulse, emaciation, difhculty or hurry of breathiniy increased by exertion, more or less of pain or soreness, and inal)ility to lie on the liealthy side. The treatment of this form of the disease differs from that of the other, the ol)jeet being to promote the absorption of the effused nuitter, and also to sup- port the ])atient's strength. For ^jromoting the absorption of the effused fluid, as well as for preventing its further secretion, counter-irritants are used, as blisters, eruption liniments, tincture of iodine, — the last painted over the part, or exhibited internally, will be found to act very beneficially in removing the effusion. Iodide of potash in five-grain doses three times a day favors the absorption of the fluid. The general health is to be improved by a nutritious but not heating or stimulating diet, and by the cautious administration of such tonics as the strength of the patient is able to bear. Change of air will be found to act most beneficially in such cases, and is frequently eflicacious when most other remedies have failed. Other means failing, recourse is sometimes had to the operation of tapping the thorax, for setting free the effused matter ; the operation is attended with considerable danger, but is productive of permanent relief. PNEUMONIA. {Lung Fever?) Pneumonia is an acute inflammation of the lung structure involving not only the vascular tissues but also the air cells. Causes, — The specific cause of pneumonia is not fully de- termined. Taking cold is not regarded as sullicient to produce this common and often fatal disease. Whatever debilitates the sj'stem may act as a predisposing cause. Persons suffering from malarial poison, the grip, and acute diseases are liable to attacks of pneumonia. Age, intemperance, climatic changes, impure air, and other sinular factors may be regarded as agents in its pro- duction. The real cause of this disease is thought by many to be due 230 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. to an altered state of the blood, whereby it contains disease-pro- ducing elements which depress the vitality of the system by their unfavorable action upon the nerve centers. Whether this morbid material is due to a specific disease germ has not been fully established. Sympto77is. — The onset of pneumonia is sudden and the first notable symptom is usually a chill perhaps accompanied by headache and pain in the back or limbs. In a short time the chill is followed by fever, pain in the chest, shallow, rapid, and painful breathing and a short, hacking, and suppressed cough. If tlie ear is placed over the chest a crackling sound is heard which can be imitated by rolling a hair between the thumb and fingers. The portion of lung involved is congested with blood in the first stage, which causes a serious obstruction to the cir- culation ; the heart is thus embarrassed in doing its work. The products of inflammation are pressed out into the air cells. In about two days after the onset of the disease, the disabled por- tion of the lung solidifies and percussion gives a dull sound. The temperature is much elevated, the urine is scanty and high colored. The patient wears an expression of anxiety and dis- tress. The cough is more painful and brings up a rust colored sputum known as the prune juice expectoration. The breathing is labored and painful. The respiration, which in health averages about seventeen a minute, runs up to forty, or in extreme cases to sixty, which indicates that the functions of the lung are greatly disturbed. In about five or six days, if the case goes on favorably, the morbid material in the air cells begins to soften and is ab- sorbed into the circulation and removed from the system. The temperature declines, the fever abates, moisture appears upon the surface of the body, the patient feels relieved and shows marked signs of improvement. This is known as the stage of resolution and occupies from two to six days. The disease does not always follow the ordinar}' course. The process of inflammation may advance from one portion of the lung to another, and having traversed one lung may invade the other. Where both lungs are involved the case is one of double pneu- monia, where a single lobe of one lung is invaded it is called lobar pneumonia. If the pulse is weak and rapid, above one hundred and twenty a minute, and the temperature continues above one hun- dred and four degrees, the disease is severe and liable to termi- nate unfavorably. When the case is severe, with a brown, dry tongue, it is sometimes called typhoid pneumonia. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 231 If the patient complains of a sharp stitch in the side, the complication with pleuiis}- must be considered. Abscess of the lung sometimes follows pneumonia and recovery is tedious. Treatitient. — The treatment must be prompt and meet the symptoms as they develop. Careful attention to the sym[>- toms, and prompt medical aid in the early stages, will generally gain the mastery of the disease. In the onset a full dose of quinine will often reduce the temperature, produce perspiration, antagonize tlie poison depress- ing the nerve centers, and afford marked relief or even abort the disease. A mustard poultice over the chest acts as a powerful stimu- lant to the cutaneous nerves, and may help to abort the disease if used early. In robust persons where there is no weakness and depression, one one-hundredth of a grain of tartarized antimony may be given every two hours advantageously, but should only be given in the first stages. In the second stage carbonate of ammonia is a remedy of great use. It stimulates the b • gs, and aids the respiration and circulation. Five or ten grains in syrup every two or four hours is a proper dose. Acetanilid is a valuable remedy to lower the temperature in experienced hands. A tendency to heart failure must be met by giving digitalis and suitable stimulants. These can only be used safely and satisfactorily by skilled persons. Pneumonia in children above two years of age need not often prove fatal. Cam[)hor liniment, flaxseed poultices, and the cotton jacket padded to oiled silk are well known and serviceable remedies. Tincture of aconite in the early febrile stage is serviceable, especially in cases of children ; ten drops in one-half tumbler of water, and of tliis mixture give one teaspoonful every half hour till it moistens the surface of the skin. Demulcent drinks of slippery elm and flaxseed are soothing and serviceable. Lemonade, in which is dissolved one teaspoonful of cream of tartar to a half pint, makes a cooling and refreshing drink ; it also favors the secretion of urine and sliglitly relaxes the bowels. The patient should have pure air, the sick room being reasonably ventilated. 232 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. PURULENT OPHTHALMIA. (^Egyptian Ophthalmia.') In this, all the symptoms of the acute or chronic form are greatly aggravated. The conjunctiva is red and swollen, rising up like a wall round the cornea ; the eyelids are tense, livid, and often enormously swollen ; a copious secretion of muco- purulent matter is poured out, and there is a burning pain in the eye, with inability to bear the light. It requires prompt and decided treatment, as there is always great risk of permanent injury to the eye, from its tendency to produce thickening and granulation of the conjunctiva of the lids, or ulceration and sloughing. The eye should be frequently cleansed with warm water, or a weak, warm solution of alum or bichloride of mercury, and one or two drops of a weak solution of lunar caustic (from two to four grains to an ounce of water) should be let fall into the eyes once or twice a day. PRICKLY HEAT, OR LICHEN. This is a disease caused by intense and long-continued heat ; but it may be excited by the same causes which produce the nettle rash, when the system is prepared for it. It is one of the most annoying plagues of a tropical climate. Symptoms. — The general character of the disease is that of a diffuse eruption, with red pimples, and a troublesome sense of tingling or prickijig. There is more or less general irritation, and sometimes a little fever at the commencement. Treatment. — For the relief of the itching and burning sensations attendant on prickly heat, which in tropical countries are often absolutely unbearable, the best remedy is cold water — using caution when the patient is perspiring. Live sparingly, and take a few doses of a mild purgative, as the following : Powdered aloes, two drams; powdered rhubarb, one dram ; pow- dered jalap, two drams ; powdered cream of tartar, four drams ; magnesia, one dram ; best honey, one ounce. Mix well, and divide into one hundred and twenty pills ; take two, three, or four on going to bed. POLYPUS OF THE EAR. Polypus of the ear is by no means an uncommon form of the fungoid growth, Avhich sometimes occurs in several of the internal tissues. It is of a jelly-like consistence, and a whitish yellow color, and is attached to the membranous lining of the DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES, 233 ear. There are also granulations of fungus which sometimes slioot up from the membrane, and are distinguished by tlieir reddisli hue from polypi. These may generally he removed by being held lirndy with a jiair of forceps, and then gently twisted and pulled at the same time. This should only be done by a properly qualified person, as much mischief may result from the unskillful application of the forceps to so delicate a part. Some- times, when the polypus is in tiie external passage, and not far up, it may be destroyed by application of chromic acid, or burnt alum, applied with a camel's hair brush. POLYPUS OF THE NOSE. Polypus is a name given to a tumor generally occurring in the nose, but sometimes in the womb, or the ear, and so named from an erroneous idea that it had many roots or feet. It is the result of an excessive growth of the mucous membrane, and sometimes assumes a malignant character. It may be either of a soft texture so as easily to tear and bleed, or firm and fibrous, or even almost cartilaginous. The color is commonly a yellow- ish gray, and it has little or no sensibility, althoiigli it causes much pain by its pressure upon the surrounding ])arts, stoppage of secretions, etc. It is attached to the surface from which it springs by a narrow neck like a footstalk. When in the nose it interferes with the breathing, so that the patient sleeps with the mouth open. In this situation it may be destroyed by the use of such applications as chromic acid applied with a camers-hair brush, or a little burnt alum taken like snuff. QUINSY. An inflammation of the throat, principally occupying the glands. This kind of inflammatory sore throat generally com- mences with chills, and other febrile symptoms, also with fullness, heat, and dryness of the throat, a hoarse voice, diffi- culty of swallowing, and shooting pains tow^ard the ear. When examined, the throat is found to be of a florid red color, deeper over the tonsils, which are swollen and covered witli mucus. As the disease progresses, the tonsils become more and more swollen, the swallowing becomes more painful and dithcult, until liquids return through the nose, and the viscid saliva is dis- charged from the mouth. Very commonly the fever increases also, and there is acute pain of the back and limbs. Causes. — Exposure to cold, wearing damp clothes, sitting 234 DISEASES AND THEIE REMEDIES. in wet rooms, getting wet feet, coming suddenly out of a crowded and heated room into the open and cold air. It may also be brought on by violent exertion of the voice and by suppressed evacuations. Treatment. — In the early stages, brush over the throat with a solution of nitrate of silver, and the attack may be aborted. When the case is not severe, it may be treated in the early stages like catarrh ; but when it is, more active measures will be re- quired. Warm bran or flaxseed poultices may be applied to the throat. Acid drinks, or pieces of ice put into the mouth and allowed to dissolve, are harmless. The steam of Jiot water may be inhaled through a teapot or an inverted funnel. These will be the proper measures to adopt. When the abscess has burst, and the inflammatory sj'mptoms have subsided, a generous diet will be necessary, with tonic medicines. If the tonsils continue swollen, they should be rubbed outside twice a day with stimu- lating liniments. Turpentine and opodeldoc, equal quantities, will be as good as any ; and the throat gargled with salt and water, a teaspoonful of the former put into a tumblerful of the latter. When there is chronic soreness of the throat, with hoarse- ness and cough, there is commonly also a relaxed and elongated uvula, which closes the passage when the patient lies down, and causes a sensation of choking. In this case, a gargle made with salt and cayenne pepper (about a tablespoonful of the former and a teaspoonful of the latter, in a pint of boiling water) should be tried ; the throat should be kept uncovered, and sponged with vinegar twice a day. If these means are unsuccessful, it may be necessary to have part of the uvula cut off. This must be done by a surgeon. Also the application of caustic must some- times be made when the throat has a granulated appearance. RASHES. Patches of superficial redness of the skin ; they may occur on any part of the body, and are generally accompanied by increased heat and irritation — sometimes by swelling, inflamma- tion, and considerable pain; they are not contagious. When red blotches occur in the face they are generally con- nected with some constitutional derangement — often with dys- pepsia — to the cure of which the general treatment must be directed ; the face should be washed in warm water, and the blotches dabbed with camphorated spirit. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 285 ROSE RASH. Rose rash is common with children during dentition, and is, therefore, called tooth rash. It arises from intestinal irritation, and most usually shows itself about the face, althongh it may appear on any part of the body. With adults it usually occurs in hot weather; fatigue, drinking largely of cold water, or eat- ing indigestible food, will bring it forth. It sometimes occurs during the eruj)tive form of smallpox, and sometimes after vaccination. Mild aperients, such as rhubarb and magnesia, cooling drinks, tepid baths, witii frugal diet and rest, are the best remedies. There is usually consideraI)le itching with these rashes, which may be allayed by the application of Goulard's extract or some other cooling lotion. NETTLE RASH. This is an eruption of the skin similar to that produced by the sting of nettles. It is not dangerous nor contagious. Causes, — It is generally thrown out by some particular kind of food which disagrees with the system, such as cra])s, or other shell-lish or mackerel ; certain vegetables are likely to produce it, such as mushrooms, cucumbers, bitter almonds, , or strawberries. Copaiba, cubebs, valerian, or the fumes of turpen- tine inhaled during house-painting are also likely to occasion nettle rash. Symptoms. — The eruj)tion consists of little, solid emi- nences of irregular outline, but generally roundish or oblong, and either white or red, or both white and red. It is accom- panied with intense heat, and a burning or tingling in the af- fected spots. No part of the bod}^ is exempt from nettle rash. There are two varieties of this disorder, one of which is regarded as acute, the other as chronic, and either persistent or intermit- tent. The acute form is usually preceded or attended with feverishness, and a feeling of general uneasiness, headache, nausea, and vomiting. In general it appears in the morning, vanishes in the course of a few hours, and perhaps reappears again twice or thrice during the day. It usually disappears en- tirely in six or eight days. The chronic form of this complaint is intractable and difficult to remove, coming and going for a lengthened period, but with little or no feverishness. Treatment, — An emetic should be lirst administered, if the eruption is caused by anything recently taken into the stom- ach ; it should be followed by a saline aperient — senna mixture, 236 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. with salts, is perhaps best, and this repeated until the bowels are freely moved; if the febrile symptoms do not subside, a mixture composed of sweet spirits of niter, two drams ; liquor of acetate of ammonia, one ounce ; and camphor mixture, live ounces, should be given, two tablespoonfuls every four hours. In the chronic form, a simple diet, active exercise, an avoidance of any articles of diet likely to excite the eruption ; keeping the bowels regular by gentle aperients combined with anti-acids ; a five grain rhubarb pill an hour before dinner, or a small piece of the root chewed, are good remedial means ; the tepid bath should be occasionally used, or sponging, to keep the skin in a healthy state ; to allay the irritations, dust starch powder over the erup- tions, or use a lotion made of rose or elder-flower water in half a pint of which has been dissolved one dram of carbonate of am- monia and one-half a dram of suoar of lead. RHEUMATISM. The characteristic signs of this complaint are pains in the large articulations, following the tree or course of the muscles, and which are increased by external heat, together with fever. There are two kinds — acute and chronic. Causes. — Obstructed perspiration, occasioned by wearing wet clothes, sleeping on the ground, or in damp rooms, or by being exposed to cold air when the body is much heated, and the like. Symptoms. — In the acute., or what is called rheumatic fever., it usually comes on with lassitude and the rigors, succeeded by heat, thirst, anxiety, restlessness, and a hard, full, quick pulse, the tongue preserving a steady whiteness. After a short time excruciating pains are felt, more especially in the shoulders, wrists, knees, and hips ; and these pains are shifting from one joint to another, leaving a redness and swelling in every part they have occupied, as also great tenderness to the touch. Towards evening there is usually an increase of fever, and during the night the pains become more severe. Chronic Rheumatism is attended with pains in the head, shoulders, knees, and other large joints, without any fever or inflammation. The complaint is either confined to a particular part or shifts about. It continues some time and then goes off, leaving the part in a debilitated state, which is very liable to fresh attacks on the approach of moist or damp weather. Treatm>ent. — Every symptom of this form of rheumatism DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 237 proves it to be a disease of debility, consequently the mode of treatment must be founded upon this idea. Hence, stimulants of almost all kinds prove serviceable, together with tonics, warm bathing, etc. Let the patient be clothed in flannel next the skin, and take an aperient pill every night and morning. Also take twenty drops of the wine of the seeds of colchicum in camphor julep three times a day. Or take flowers of sulphur and mustard, of each half an ounce ; honey or molasses, a suffi- cient quantity to form a paste. Take a piece of the size of a nutmeg several times a day, drinking after it a quarter pint of the decoction of lovage root. The following also have been very beneficial : Guaiacum in powder, and soap, of each one dram ; essential oil of juniper beiry, four drops ; mix, and divide into twenty-eight pills, two to be taken four times a day. In Acute liheumatism confine the patient in bed and give half-grain doses of calomel and opium every four hours, and half ounce of castor oil every other night. Or keep the bowels open by means of gentle laxatives, administered occasionally through- out the course of the disease. For Chronic Rheumatism. — Take a little powdered Indian turnip once or twice a day, in honey or sugar and water. Mus- tard or horse-radish should be taken with the food, and the body be incased in flannel and the flesh brush freciuently used. Where there is much weakness, from the long continuance of the disease, tonic medicines must be used. Dogwood bark, wild cherry bark, and poplar bark, in ecpial quantities, made into a tea, and a wineglassful taken three times a day, is ver}- good ; as is also eight or ten drops of elixir of vitriol, taken three or four times a day in a wineglassful of water. RINGWORM. Ringworm is an eruptive disease of the skin — more par- ticularly of the head — and of which there are several kinds. Causes. — Ringworm has its seat in the roots of the hair, and is believed to be attended by the growth of parasitic fungi ; its predisposing causes aie any derangement of the general health from ill or under feeding, breathing impure air, drinking bad water, uncleanly habits, scrofula. Its immediate or exciting cause is generally contact with those affected with it, or using combs or hair l)rushes which the}' have used. Wilson remarks that improper food is a frequent predis- posing cause, and that he has observed it in children fed too ex- 238 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. clusively on vegetable diet. It is said to occur spontaneously in children ill-fed and uncleanly, and it is readily propagated by contao-ion. It has recently been discovered that this disease is owing to the presence of a cryptogamic parasite, called the trichophyton. Symptoms. — The most common kind commences with clusters of small light-yellow pustules, which soon break and form into thin scabs, which, if neglected, become thick and hard by accumulation. When removed, they appear again in a few days ; and by these repetitions the incrustations become thicker, ancl the area of the patches extends, so as, if unchecked, to affect the whole head, and extend also to the forehead and neck. The patches are of an irregular, circular form. This disease occurs generally in children of three or four years and upward. Treatuient. — The treatment consists in applying to the parts some preparation which will destroy the fungus. The first thing to be done is to remove the hair. Afterward the parts should be washed with a solution of bichloride of mercury (one part to 250 parts of water), or with a solution of sulphur- ous acid one part to eight of water. The general health should be at the same time attended to, and nutritious diet, tonics, cod- liver oil, and regular exercise used when necessary. The vesicular form of ringworm is the simplest and most amenable to treatment ; sometimes it disappears after careful washing and poulticing, with, perhaps, a few applications of any astringent lotion ; but the pustular form is far more troublesome and intractable, spreading often very rapidly, and running into ulcerous sores and sometimes reappearing when it is thought that a cure has been effected. Nothing but the great- est care and attention will then eradicate it. Any child afiiicted with this disease should be separated from other children, on account of its contagious nature ; wearing each other's caps and bonnets will be likely to spread it through a whole school. The following will speedily cure this affection. Xaphthol, one dram ; citrine ointment, one dram ; thymol, five drops ; vas- eline, one ounce. Mix and make nito an ointment and apply twice a day. SCARLET FEVER OR SCARLATINA. This is a contagious febrile disease, almost always attended during a part of its course by a rash and by sore throat. Some- times only one of these features is well marked, sometimes both. DISEASES AND THEIR EEMEDIES. 239 Thougli i:)ersons of all ages are susceptible of it, it is eminently a disease of cliildren. Like small-pox or measles, it rarely attacks, a peison more tlianonce. Physicians distinguish three different varieties of scarlatina — namely, scarlatina simplex, in which there is a florid rash and little or no affection of the throat ; scarlatina anginosa, in which both the skin and the throat are decidedly implicated ; and scarlatina maligna, in which all the symptoms are of an intense and dangerous character. Symptoms, — So plainly are the symptoms marked that it is scarcely possible to mistake this eruptive fever for an}- other ; almost invariably we have first sore throat, with shivering, headache, and loss of appetite ; probably there may be sickness and vomiting, with heat of skin, quick pulse, and great thirst. In about forty-eight hours from the commencement of the attack, we have an eruption of red spots on the arms and chest ; these gradually become more thickly planted and widely spread, until they pervade the whole of the body, making the skin appear of one uniform scarlet tint, that is over the body generally ; in the extremities it is more in patches, the skin being perceptibly rough to the touch. On the second day, generally, the tongue presents the appearance of being covered with a white film, through which the papilhe project as bright red spots, as we see the seeds on a white strawberry ; then the white, creamy looking film comes away gradually, and leaves the tongue preternaturally clean and red. On the fourth or fifth day the eruption begins to fade, and by the seventh or eighth has entirely disappeared, and with it the febrile symptoms. Then commences the peeling off of the cuticle or scarf skin, which comes away in scales from the face and body, and in large Hakes from the extremities. It is during this process that the greatest danger of contagion is to be apprehended, and, until it is completed, the patient should be kept apart from the rest of the family ; it may be hastened by tepid bathing and rubbing. Sometimes, with scarlet fever, there is little real illness ; the patient feels pretty well, and, in a few days, would Ifke to leave the sick chamber ; but it is always necessary to be cautious in gratifying such a wish, both for the sake of the invalid and of others ; after an attack of this fever, as after measles, the system is peculiarly susceptil)le, and a chill taken at such a time may cause the most alarming results. SCARLATINA ANGINOSA. Sometimes we have a great aggravation of the symptoms above described ; the throat gives the first warning of the at- 240 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. tack ; there is stiff neck, swelling of the glands, and the lining of the mouth and fauces becomes at once of an intense crimson color ; there are ash colored spots about the tonsils ; the general eruption is of a deeper color, and spreads more rapidly, than in the simple kind. SCARLATINA MALIGNA. Then again we have the malignant form, with the rash in irregular patches of a dusky hue, whicli sometimes recedes and appears again. There is intense inflammation of the throat at the very outset, with general enlargement of the salivary glands ; the neck sometimes swells to a great size ; there is a sloughy ulceration of the throat, from which, and the nostrils — through which it is dilhcult to breathe — there comes an acrid discharge, causinor excoriation of the nose and lips, and sometimes extend- incr to the larynx and trachea, as well as to the intestinal canal, causing croup, vomiting, and purging. The poisonous secretion enters into the circulation and vitiates the blood ; sometimes the sense of hearing, as well as of smelling, is entirely destroyed by the acrid matter coming in contact with and inflaming the mucous membrane. With this form of the disease it is extremely dithcult to deal, and the patient often sinks beneath it in spite of the best medical advice and assistance. Scarlet fever may be distinguished from measles b}' the fol- lowing characteristics : In scarlet fever the eruption appears on the second day, accompanied with sore throat, but no running of the nose. In measles the eruption comes out on the third or fourth day, with running from the nose and other catarrhal symp- toms. The eruptions of measles are like flea bites, slightly elevated from the surface, in patches the shape of a half moon ; whereas the rash of scarlet fever is smooth to the touch, spreads over the whole body, and is of a brighter red color than measles. Treatment. — At first mild aperients only should be given, with such drinks as flaxseed tea, hot lemonade, and a spare diet ; the patient should have plenty of fresh air ; the head should be kept cool. The following is a good fever mixture : Carbonate of ammonia, one dram ; solution of acetate of ammonia, two ounces ; water or camphor mixture, six ounces. A tablespoon- ful to be taken every four hours — that is, for an adult ; a dessert- spoonful will be sufficient for a child. The whole body should be sponged with vinegar and water as often as it becomes hot and dry. If the throat swells much externall}', and there are headaches, apply a hot bran poultice, and soak the feet and hands in hot mustard water. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 241 To gargle the throat, dissolve one dram of common salt in one-half pint of water; with cliildren who cannot gargle, this may be injected against the fauces or up the nostrils by means of a syringe ; a very useful gargle may be made of a weak solu- tion of chloride of soda or of nitrate of silver. When the in- flammatory action has ceased and the skin is peeling off, it is necessary to take good stimulant and nutritious food, with tonics such as iron and quinine. When the system seems to be over- whelmed with the strength of the poison, a liberal amount of wine or brandy will be required to sustain the flagging powers until the disease has in some measure passed away. The bowels also require to be carefully watched. It is of the utmost im- portance that the throat should be carefully treated. If neg- lected, the inflammation is liable to enter into the middle ear and cause lifelong deafness, and perhaps ulceration of the ear, with dischaiges. The malignant form is very depressing to the whole sys- tem, and prompt, energetic, and judicious measures will often save life. To assist the action of the skin, use sweet spirits of niter ; give half a teaspoonful every two or three hours. As a preventive of scarlet fever, belladonna is recom- mended. Recently carbonate of ammonia has been much recom- mended in the treatment of this disease. For adults, five-grain doses ; for children, half the quantity three times a day. Very frequdutly, about ten or fourteen days after the subsidence of this fever, alarming dropsical affections result. These may be generally obviated by using daily the warm bath when the skin begins to peel off. When dropsy has set in, give a warm bath three times a week, and the compound tincture of Viiginia snakeroot, in doses of a teaspoonful every two hours, in catnip tea, until free perspiration is induced. When scarlet fever is in the neighborhood, pulverized sul})hur is recommended as a pre- ventive ; dose, half a teaspoonful daily in a little sugar. Eclectic Treatment for Scarlet Fever, In its milder attacks but little treatment is required. Giv3 warm drinks of catnip, sage, saffron, or snakeroot tea. Wheie the stomach is irritable and vomiting frequent, spearmint tea will be very beneficial, or a mustard plaster laid over the stomach will stop the vomiting. When an emetic is needed, give a tea- spoonful of lobelia powder, the same quantity of powder of «kunk cabbage, and a little cayenne pepper, with a teaspoonful 242 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. of sugar, in strong tlioroughwort tea ; give every half hour till free vomiting is produced. If the throat is sore and swollen, bathe it with a liniment made of one part of spirits of turpen- tine, and two parts of sweet oil, applied while warm. A good gargle is to take one-half a pint each of vinegar and water, hot, add one teju^^poouful of bloodroot, and let it stand seven or eight hours before using. It is said that in the West Indies, where this disease fre- quently assumes the malignant form, cures are effected by the following simple preparation: Take two tablespoonfuls of cay- enne pepper and a teaspoonful of salt ; put them into one-half pint of boiling water ; let the mixture stand about fifteen min- utes ; then add one-half pint of vinegar; let it stand a half hour, strain through a fine cloth, and give two tablespoonfuls every half hour. If putrid symptoms appear, give common yeast, a wineglassful every two or three hours. A valuable preparation for inflamed or swollen face is raw cranberries pounded fine and applied. On recovery the following good tonic may be given : Take of gentian root, Colombo root, sweet flag root, golden seal root, cayenne pepper, each, in coarse powder, a heaping teaspoonful, add one pint of sherry wine ; let it stand a few days. Dose, a teaspoonful to a wineglassful three times a day. SCIATICA. This is a painful neuralgic affection, confined to the large nerve (called the sciatic nerve) of the leg. Treat men t. — Apply a small blister on the spine at the bottom of the loins, and when it is removed sprinkle the surface with one-third of a grain of acetate of morphia, mixed in a little starch powder. Or, apply to the part affected a bran poultice, to be followed twice or three times a day by an embrocation composed of one part of turpentine, and two parts of soa[) and opium liniment. A couple of drams of this should be rubbed in for ten minutes at a time. Meanwhile, cleanse the bowels with a catharMo. Nerve tonics are necessary such as strychnia with the ph^^phate of iron or quinine. To relieve the pain, morphia may be required, which is most efiicient when introduced h3'po- dermically. It will also be advisable to employ the hot bath at a temperature of 105 degrees, and to remain in it from fifteen to twenty-five minutes. This should be repeated two or three times a week. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 243 SCROFULA. (^King's Evil.') This disease consists in hard, indolent tumors on some of the glands on the various parts of the body, but particularly on the neck, behind the ears, and under the cliin, which after a time suppurate, and degenerate into ulcers, from which, instead of pus, a white curdled matter is generally discharged. Causes. — It may proceed from a hereditary taint ; children born of parents whose constitutions have been injured by secret diseases are very likely to be afflicted with this complaint. It may likewise proceed from whatever tends to vitiate the liealth, and very slight causes will produce it in those predisposed to it, such as blows, bruises, want of proper exercise, too much heat or cold, impure air, unwholesome food, impure water, neglect of cleanliness and unhealthy surroundings in general. SiptHitonis. — At first small knots appear under the chin or behind the ears, which gradually increase in number and in size, till they form one laige,hard tumor. This often continues a long time without breaking, until at length the skin covering the tumor acquires a purple or livid color, and being much in- flamed suppurates and breaks, from which a watery matter at first discliarges ; but this changes by degrees, until it becomes thicker. Otlier parts of the body are also liable to its attacks, as the arm-pits, groins, feet, hands, eyes, and breast. Nor are the internal parts exempt from it. It often affects the lungs, liver, or spleen, and frequently the glands of the mesentery are greatly enlarged by it. In some cases the joints become affected : they swell, deep-seated, excruciating pains are experienced, which are much increased upon the slightest motion. The swell- ing and pain continue to increase ; the muscles of the limbs be- come at length much wasted i pus is soon afterwards formed, and discharged by openings in the skin. The discharge corrodes the ligaments and cartilages and produces a caries or decay of the bones. By absorption into the system of the matter, liectic fever at last arises, and the sufferer's life gradual!}' wastes aw-ay. Trenttnent. — The functions of the skin should be pro- moted by baths and massage. The diet must be carefully regulated, consisting chiefly of animal food, taken at certain intervals. For chiklren. a very nourishing food may be prepared by boiling a small baL; lilled with suet in cow's milk. It bears a strong resemblance to goat's milk, but has the advantage of be- ing a more stringent. A pure, dry, and temperate atmosphere is 244 DISEASES AKD THEIR REMEDIES. the best to live in ; and, during the summer months and early autumn, much advantage may be derived from sea air, combined with sea bathing. All persons of scrofulous tendency should wear flannel continually next their skin, it being the best pro- tector of the body from the bad influence of our variable climate. A great variety of drugs have been employed m the treatment of scrofula, but they are all of secondary importance in compar- ison witli the means above recommended. We give some of the most approved remedies for this disease : Iodine, one grain ; iodide of potash, two grains ; distilled water, eight ounces. Mix. To a child under seven years of age, a dessert-spoonfui of this mixture is to be given three times a day, in half a tea- cupful of water, sweetened with a little sugar, the dose to be gradually increased to two tablespoonfuls ; and tlie remedy is to be continued, if no unfavorable symptoms occur, for a period of four or five weeks ; its use is then to be suspended, and gentle laxatives are to be administered. After an interval of a fort- night, the mixture is to be again administered, commencing with a dessert-spoonful, and gradually augmenting the dose as before. At the expiration of a month, the remedy is again to be discon- tinued, and again renewed. Take a tablespoonful of cod-liver oil three times a day, and with it, when the glands are swelling, two grains of iodide of potassium, three times a day, in infusion of orange peel. Also, paint the scrofulous swellings lightly with tincture of iodine. Then give twelve drops of solution of potash three times a day; and, after cleansing the sores with poultices, dress them with oxide of zinc ointment. Eclectic Treatment for Scrofula, Generally, we believe, nutritious food, pure air, great per- sonal cleanliness, and gentle exercise will be the best medicines for this distressing complaint. An eminent physician has recommended the use of Peru- vian bark and iron, to be taken alternately every two weeks; also, the muriate of lime in doses of ten and increasing to sixty drops three or four times a day, in tea or water. Much benefit has been derived from taking pills made of tar. Take common tar, boil it down hard enough to make into pills, and take four every day. These also have been found very useful : — Gather the leaves of coltsfoot, wlien at their full growth ; dry them, and infuse them in the same manner as tea ; drink this beverage freely, instead of the beverage ordinarily drunk. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 245 Take every second day a few grains of rhubarb, drink freely of whey, ai-d apply to the scrofulous sore the following ointment lightly spread on lint : White ointment, one ounce ; levigated chalk, ten grains ; red precipitate powder, half a dram. Mix. Salt water bathing is very useful. SCURVY. This complaint shows itself by a bleeding of the gums, and purple or livid spots on various parts of the body and limbs. Causes. — Lack of vegetable diet, with want of cleanliness, impure water, the prevalence of cold and moisture. It is some- times produced by overfatigue, and an exclusive diet of salt meats on sea voyages was formerly the chief cause. Synijitoius, — The scurvy comes on gradually, with weari- ness, depression of the spirits, anxiety, and considerable de- bility. In the progress of the disease the countenance be- comes sallow and bloated, and the respiration hurried ; the teeth become loose, and the gums spongy and swollen, and bleed on the slightest touch ; tlie breath is offensive, and livid spots appear on various parts of the body ; severe wandering pains are felt, especially at night. The urine is scanty, and the pulse frequent ; there is a scaly appearance of the skin , and the joints at last become swollen and stiff. Treatment. — Nutritious and fresh animal food, with potatoes, onions, spinach, lettuce, and celery ; rice, tapioca, and sago, together with acid fruits and drinks ; lemon juice, in tablespoonf ul doses three times a day. Also free use of vinegar. If the gums are very bad, use to wash the mouth out frequently, muriatic acid, one dram, water, one pint. Mix, and wash the mouth four times a day. The following is very good : Take a dose of castor oil, with ten drops of cream of tartar. If there be much pain and un- easiness, take at night twelve grains of Dover's powder ; after- wards the following tonic : Decoction of bark, six ounces ; syrup of orange peel, one ounce ; compound tincture of bark, one ounce ; carbonate of ammonia, one-half dram. Mix, and take a sixth part twice oi three times a day. Avoid salt provisions and stimulants. When the scurvy is renioved, treat as for indiges- tion. Eclectic Treatment for Scurvy. The treatment of scurvy is not difficult. Attention to the stomach and bowels, pure air, cleanliness, suitable diet, and 246 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. gentle exercise are the chief requisites for recovery. The fol- lowing has proved very useful : Put into a stone jar half a pound of the root of the great water-dock, cut into thin slices, and pour upon it one gallon of boiling water. Cover up and let it stand for twenty-four hours ; then put the whole into a saucepan, and boil for ten' minutes. Let it stand till cold, and strain off without squeezing. Dose, a half pint twice a day. The diet should be light and nutritious. Take plenty of acids and vegetables, with as much horse-radish, mustard, cresses, etc., as wanted ; also eat abundance of fruit. SHRINKING OF THE HEART. (^Atrophy. ^ A wasting of the heart's substance, arising from a deficiency in the supply of blood or nutrition. It is usually accompanied by general emaciation, and will be pretty sure to terminate in death. When the heart is examined after death, the tissues are found to have undergone a change. This is called "fatty de- generation." The treatment is to strengthen the system by tonics, especially iron and nux vomica, wholesome and nutritious diet, open air, exercise, sea bathing, etc. SEASICKNESS. This depends upon a peculiar state of the brain, which is manifested by a want of the firmness and steadiness of the equilibrium of the body, nausea and sickness. Treatment, — Take of camphorated spirit, sal volatile, and Hofi'man's ether, a few drops each, upon a lump of sugar. Persons about to proceed to sea should put their stomach and bowels in order by the use of mild aperients, and even an emetic if required ; when it will be generally found that a glass of warm and weak brandy and water, to which one or two drops of creosote have been added, will effectually dispel any dispo- sition to seasickness. As the vessel descends draw in the breath, and as it ascends exhale the breath. This prevents the move- ments of the organs which act immediately upon seasickness. Observe perfect quietude in the recumbent position, until the body is accustomed to the motion of the vessel ; take frequently two or three spoonfuls of strong coffee. Hold fast by the ropes on the side of the ship, so as to move with all its motions, be coming, as it were, a part of the vessel. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 247 SMALL-POX. ( Variola.') This, like scarlet fever and measles, belongs to the class of eruptive fevers ; it attacks persons of all ages, but the young are most liable to it. At no particular season of the year is it more prevalent tlian at any other, nor does climate appear to be influ- ential in averting or modifying its visitations. Symptoms, — When it occurs naturally, the premonitory symptoms are those of other fevers of its class ; these are usually chills, pains in the back and loins, loss of appetite, prostration of strength, nausea and sometimes vomiting ; with young children tliere are sometimes convulsions. About forty- eight hours after these symptoms set in, an eruption of hard red pimples begins to overspread the face and neck, gradually ex- tending downward over the trunk and extremities. Each pim- ple is surrounded by the peculiar dull, red margin termed the aie- ola, and has a central depression on the top containing lyn)ph ; at this period the eruption is decidedly vesicular, but it becomes pus- tular afterward ; this change takes place on about tlie fifth day of its appearance, when the central depression disappears, sup- puration takes place, and the vessels are tilled with matter, which shortly after oozes out and dries into a scab. In about ten days this falls off, and leaves a pale purple stain like a blotch, which gradually fades, unless the disease has pene- trated so deeply as to destroy the true skin, in which case a pit or, as it is usually called, a "pock-mark," remains for life. The primary fever of this disease lessens as soon as the eruption appears ; but after this has left the face, and traveled downward, attacking successively the lower parts of the body, a secondary fever sets in, which is more severe than the lirst, and not unfrequently assumes a typhoid character. Small-pox may be either distinct or confluent. In the former case, the pustules are perfectly distinct from each other ; in the latter they run into each other; this latter is the most dangerous form of the disease, the fever being more intense and rapid, and having no intermission ; it goes on increasing from the first, and frequently by its violence, in nine or ten days, so exhausts the system that coma, delirium, and death ensue, preceded by convulsions, hemorrhages, bloody stools, dysentery, and all the train of symptoms which indicate that a virulent and fatal poison has entered into the circulation. Treatment, — As soon as the premonitory f^ver comes on, 248 DISEASES AND THEIR RE]MEDIBS. an emetic sliould be administered, and followed by a purgative of a tolerably active nature ; then keep the patient on spare diet (certainly no meat), and give plenty of warm diluent drinks ; keep the bowels moderately open by means of saline ai)erients ; let the patient have plenty of fresh air, and sponge the skin with cool or tei)id water, as may be most agreeable, to diminish the heat of the body. Sometimes there is not energy in the system to develop the pustules with sufficient rapidity ; in this case nourishment and stimulants sliould be given in the form of broths, wine whe}', etc. ; warm or mustard footbaths should also be resorted to ; and, to allay irritability, a ten grain Dover's powder may be administered at bedtime, or one-quarter of a grain of morphine, in camphor mixture. A good nourishing diet will be required in the secondary stage of the fever ; and, if it assumes a typhoid character, the treatment should be the same as that of typhus fever. Frequently the face is much swelled, and the eyelids closed ; in this case rub the latter with olive oil, and bathe the whole with poppy fomentation. If the throat is sore, use a gargle of honey and vinegar, one table- spoonful of the former, two of the latter, added to one-half pint of water or sage tea. If much affected, a blister should be applied to the neck. If there is much headache, cut the hair close, apply mustard poultices to the feet, and a spirit lotion to the head ; to reduce itching, apply to the eruptions a liniment composed of limewater and linseed oil, equal quantities, or smear the pustules with cold cream ; to check diarrhiea, give chalk mixture, with live drops of laudanum in each dose ; if perspirations are too copious when the eruptive fever has sub- sided, take acidulated drinks. Smearing the eruption with mercurial ointment, or puncturing each pustule, and absorbing the pus with wool or cotton, has been recommended to prevent the deep pitting which is so great a disiigurement to the face. Painting the face once or twice a day with glycerine is said to effectually prevent pitting. There is no disease more eertainly and decidedly conta- gious than this ; after imbibing the poison, a period of twelve da3's generally elapses before the commencement of the fever, and during this time no inconvenience may be exjierienced. Beside breathing the effluvia arising from a person attacked, small-pox may be communicated by inoculation with matter, the resulting disease being of a milder character. This method was formerly much practiced to guard persons from a spontaneous attack; since, however, the introduction of vaccination by Dr. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 249 Jenner tliis practice has been abandoned. This disease is frequently epidemic, and the statistics of its different visitations show that tiie mortality of those attacked who have not been vaccinated is one in four; while of those who have, it is not one in four hundred and lifty ; that is a strong argument for vaccination. Tiie following instructions for controlling small-pox conta- gion, enforced at Lowell, proved effective in arresting the spread of the disease : — ISOLATION. 1. Persons attacked with small-pox or varioloid, and all infected clothing of the same, must be immediately separated from all other persons liable to contract or communicate the disease. 2. Nurses, and the infected clothing of such persons, must be treated as in quarantine. 3. None but nurses and the attending physicians will be allowed access to persons sick with small-pox or varioloid. 4. Patients must not leave the premises until they, to- gether with the bedding and clothing, have been disinfected, and permission given by some physician of the Board of Health. DISINFECTION. 1. All bedding and personal clothing infected -with the small-i)ox contagion, which can without injury, must be washed in boiling water. 2. Infected feather beds, pillows, and hair mattresses must have contents taken out and thoroughly fumigated, and ticks washed in boiling water. 3. Infected straw and excelsior mattresses must have con- tents removed and buried, and ticks washed in boiling water. 4. Infected blankets, sheets, and pillow cases, and all articles in contact with or used by the patient, must be washed in boiling water. 5. Personal clothing and bedding — particularly comforters — which cannot l)e wet without injury, must be disinfected by baking or fumigation. 6. Instead of using boiling water as the disinfectant, the following chemical process witli cold water may sometimes be conveniently substituted : Dissolve into a wash-tub containing eight gallons of cold water, one pound of the hyposulphite of Boda. Immerse all the articles of clothing aud bedding used by 250 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. or around the patient, and, when thoroughly saturated, add one- half a pint of sulphuric acid, first diluting it with one gallon of water. Stir the whole, and allow the clothes to soak an hour ; then wring them out, rinse three times in cold water, and hang them out to dry. 7. Disinfection of houses, clothing, and bedding by fumiga- tion may be effected by filling the closed room with the fumes of suli)hurous acid or of chlorine gas. The liist can be accom- plished by pouring one-half a pound of sulphur in an iron dish, pouring on a little alcohol, and igniting it, thereby causing the sulphur to burn and give off sulphurous acid fumes. The second can be accomplished by moistening with water four pounds of chloride of lime, contained in an earthen or wooden vessel, and adding thereto a pint of muriatic acid, to liberate the chlorine gas. Clothing and bedding, to be well fumigated, must be sep- arated as much as possible, and hung upon the walls and furniture of the room, so that everything will be thoroughly permeated. The rooms should be kept closed an hour or two after being charged with gas by either method, and then thoroughly ventilated. No attempt should be made to fumigate the sick room in this manner while it is occupied by the patient. 8. On the recovery, removal, or death of every case of small-pox or varioloid, the clothing, bedding, and premises will be disinfected, in accordance with the above rules, under the direction of one or more physicians employed for the purpose by the Board of Health. 9. The physicians employed in disinfecting may cause removal, destruction, or burial of such infected bedding and clothing as may, in their judgment, seem to require it, of which they shall keep a correct record, with date, kind of article, whether new or old, estimated value, name and residence of the owner. No person shall burn any contagioned articles unless authorized by the Board of Health. 10. The sickroom should be kept well ventilated with such piecautions as not to expose the patient to direct currents of air, and should be occasionally fumigated slightly by throwing upon a heated surface a few teaspoonfuls of a solution of carbolic acid, made by dissolving one ounce of crystallized carbonic acid in a quart of rain water. Pieces of cloth may be soaked in this solu- tion and suspended in the room, also in the hall wa3's adjoining. All vessels for receiving discharges of any kinds from patients must be emptied immediately after use and cleansed with boil- ing water. When convalescence has taken place, the patient DISEASES AND THEIE EEMEDIES. 251 must be thoroughly washed in -vvanu water and soap, and fresh, clean clothes put on throughout. 11. Privies, water closets, garbage tubs, water pipes, and all kinds of drains and foul places in houses, stables, and yards may be disinfected with a solution made as follows : Dissolve eight pounds of copperas (sulphate of iron) in five gallons of water; add one quart of the solution of carbolic acid, and mix well. 12. It should be remembered that there are no substitutes for pure air and water. Let fresh air and sunlight purify every place they can reach ; open and dry all cellars ; keep the grounds about dwellings dry and clean, and let personal and domestic cleanliness be everywhere observed. Vaccination and re-vaccination are of paramount imj)or- tance, affording the best attainable protection against small-pox, and mitigating its severity when not preventing an attack. Prevention of Small-Pox, At a time when small-pox is prevailing, it is important to understand the most reliable preventive as well as curative measures in its management. 8nnUl-pox is propagated by spe- cific contagion and by direct inoculation of the virus, or lymph, which accumulates in the pustules. The poison cannot develop itself. Preventive means against this loathsome disease are first vaccination, next remove all filth and moisture from dwellings. The next preventive measure consists in keej)ing the functions of the body active. This can be accom]jlished by avoiding ex- cesses, by baths, a regular diet, and strict attention to cleanliness in every respect. Vaccination is performed by scarifying the arm, or calf of the leg (not sufficiently to draw blood), and ap- plying the lymph, allowing it to remain until it is entirely diy. If the first application does not take effect, it should be repeated till it does. In order to have vaccination certainly protective against small-j)0x, it must produce the following constitutional symptoms: Light pain in the head, aching of the muscles, chilly sensations, and some fever, together with t'^e development of a well-defined pustule, which will appear first as a small blister, then it Avill iill with lymph, then it will dry up and become of a mahogany color, and upon scaling off will leave a pit. Liilam- mation of some type may appear around the pustule. If the vaccination has l)een perfect, the system is as much protected as it can be, and observations prove tiiatit is a preventive of small- pox in ninety-three cases out of one hundred, and in the remain- 252 DISEASES AND TilEIR REMEDIES. der it modifies it. The treatment of small-pox should always be intrusted to a skillful physician, and, under judicious manage- ment, it is by no means a fatal malady. SORE MOUTH. Some persons are much troubled with small ulcerations of the mouth, which give great inconvenience. They are seen on the edges of the tongue, the gums, and the inside of the lips or cheek. Thuy are small, irregular, superficial, often numerous, ver}' painful, sometimes surrounded with many enlarged vessels and a small ring of bright red hue. They often prove obstinate because they are caused by a bad condition of the bowels. Treatment. — Take of honey two tablespoonfuls ; borax, powdered, half dram ; mix well together, and take ateaspoonful twice a day. The mixture should be placed in the mouth, little by little, touching the various ulcers that are visible, or can be got at. SORE TONGUE. The tongue is liable to become sore or ulcerated, most commonly along the edges ; and there are frequently seen small pimples and cracks. Treatment. — Take mild and cooling aperients, particu- larly calcined magnesia, either alone or in a seidlitz powder. Let the drink consist chiefly of soda water, and the diet be light and cooling. Touch the sores with burnt alum and wash the mouth frequently with borax and honey dissolved in water. DISEASES OF THE SPINAL CORD. The spine is liable to many injuries. If it be broken or crushed at any part, all the nerves are immediately powerless below the injury; the sense of feeling and motion are stopped. If the cord is injured at its upper part, death at once ensues. Concussion of the spine is sometimes a consequence of coming too suddenly and heavily on the feet, especially on the heels. It is followed by a want of nervous energy, and a depressed state of the system altogether ; there is a loss of sensation and motion in the lower part of the body, and frequently inability to pass the urine, there being, in fact, partial or entire paralysis. Sometimes there is acute pain in the lower limbs, and symptoms of active inflammation may set in, which will require hot fomentations and other energetic measures. In such a case, pending the arrival of the medical man, little can be done beyond DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 253 placing the patient in as easy a position as possible, and applying moist heat to the lower part of the spine ; an active purgative may be administered. Should the sliock be slight, the effects will probably soon pass off ; but it is necessary to be cautious, and avoid any violent exertion, especially such as jumping, for a time. Often these cases are very tedious ; the lost powers are recovered slowly, if at all. Friction with stimulating liniments, salt water bathing, the douche bath, gentle exercise, and nour- ishing diet are the means to be pursued. When there is dis- placement of the vertebrae, which can only be caused by extreme violence, and in which case there is also generally fracture of the bone, there must be injury of the spinal cord, and, if at all high up, instant or speedy death is the result ; if low down, permanent paralysis of the lower limbs most likely ensues. (For treatment, see Paralysis.) Apoplexy of the spinal cord is not an unfrequent concomitant of epilepsy. With this we have convulsive twitchings, pain, and imperfect performance of the functions of motion and sensation. Soothing, palliative measures are the only ones to be adopted in this case. Hot bran poultices, and opiates, if there is severe pain ; but these should be cautiously given, and not carried to any great extent without professional advice. STIFF NECK. A complaint brought on by sitting or sleeping in a draught, at an open window, etc. Treatment. — Rub the neck well with hartshorn and sweet oil two or three times a day ; and wear around the neck a piece of new flannel moistened with the liniment. SORE THROAT. This is commonly a symptom of inflammatory fever, and is often the result of a simple cold. Some persons are peculiarly liable to it, and experience great difficulty in swallowing. The juice from a pineapple has been used with very beneficial re- sults. Sometimes in sore throat there is simply inflammation of the raucous membrane; and when this is the case it will prob- ably pass away in a day or two, with a little careful nursing and aperient medicines. Shouhl it extend into the air passages, causing cough and catarrhal symptoms, it becomes a more serious matter, and medical advice should at once be sought. Hot bran 254 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. poultices may be placed about the throat, and later it may be rubbed with a liniment of oil and hartshorn, or camphorated oil. There is an erysipelatous form of sore throat which is highly dangerous, and requires very active treatment. A strong gar- gle 01 lunar caustic should he used in this case, or the inflamed part must be penciled with the caustic in the stick. If it ex- tends to the larynx and air passages this frequently proves fatal. This is a distinct disease from diphtheria. STIFFNESS OF JOINTS. (Anchylosis.^ This may be caused by the introduction of the larva of an insect, or from a violent blow or fall, either of which will often bring on an inflammatory action, with an exudation and deposit of gritty matter, which settles between the bones forming the joints, and thus prevents their free movement. Treatment. — Take a vessel sufficiently deep to admit of the immersion of the leg up to above the knee. Nearly fill it with water of the temperature of ninety-eight degrees, and pour in a strong decoction of elder flowers and tar. Take this bath night and morning ; and apply to the affected part, three times a day, compresses saturated with the following lotion : Liquor of ammonia, two and one-half ounces ; camphorated alcohol, three drams ; bay salt, one and one-quarter ounces ; water, one quart. Mix. The compresses should remain on for ten minutes at a time. Afterwards apply a plaster made as follows: Lard, ten ounces ; yellow wax, three ounces. Mix these over the fire, with just sufficient hot water to form a mass ; and add grated camphor, three ounces. Remove from the fire, and let it cool. When sufficiently congealed, spread it with the blade of a knife or the handle of a spoon, upon a piece of linen of the size re- quired ; and cover the whole with oilskin. Or, bathe the part night and morning with warm salt and water ; rub well in, two or three times a day, almond oil ; and, at the same time, endeavor by gentle movement to loosen the joint. STITCH IN THE SIDE. Stitch in the side, or spurious pleurisy, is a spasmodic affec- tion of the muscles of the chest, and is neuralgic in its origin. With this there ai-e not the symptoms of inflammation nor the difficulty of breathing, except that caused by tlie pain or stitch in the side. Exposure to cold or violent exercise will also cause DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 255 this. It generally yields to warm ajjplications, mustaid poul- tices, or stimulating liniments. The best medicines in this case will be pills of colocynth three grains, with extract of colchicum one-quarter of a grain in each, taken every night ; and three times a day a seidlitz draught, with fifteen grains of wine of colchicum and six of laudanum in each. ST. VITUS'S DANCE. ( Chorea.^ This disease is more common in females than in males, and usually occurs in children from eight to fourteen years of age. Causes. — The predisposing cause of this disease is un- doubtedly debility, generally dependent upon too rapid growth. The approach of puberty has been considered a predisposing cause of chorea ; and so far as the changes then affected are causes of general weakness the idea may be correct, but their farther influence may well be doubted. In boys, however, sex- ual excitement, and particularly certain indulgences, not un- common at this age, should be suspected, when symptoms of chorea begin to manifest themselves. The too frequent use of vegetables, and the presence of worms, are also regarded as common causes. Sytuptonis. — The premonitory symptoms are variable appetite, sometimes ravenous and sometimes wanting, a degree of listlessness and inactivity. There is usually constipation, and slight, irregular convulsive motions of the muscles of the face. As the disease advances, the muscles of the extremities, of the lower jaw, the head, and the trunk, are in various degrees affected. In this state the patient is unable to walk steaiHl}-, his only movement being a kind of jumping or springing; or, perhaps, he is compelled to run in order to make an}- progress. To whatever set of muscles it is attempted to connnunicate motion, these immediately become affected with the diseased action, and either refuse to obey the will, or obey it imperfectly, and by jerks in uncertain directions. Even if speech be at- tempted, articulation is found impossible, or the words are uttered with embarrassment and ditliculty. In the progress of the disease, the eye loses its brightness and intelligence, and the countenance becomes i)ale and vacant. In some cases actual loss of mental power seems to follow. The whole muscular system is never simultaneously affected ; and, in some instances, the perfect control which is retained 256 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. over a part, compared with the mutinous state of the remainder, is very remarkable. Sometimes, though tlie gesticulations are most absurd, the speech is easy and fluent; and sometimes, when unable to walk with any approach to regularity, the patient can sing and play with the most perfect correctness. Treatment, — Good strengthening diet, nerve tonics, open air exercise, and Fowler's solution, beginning with doses of three drops and increasing to ten. Sea air and sea bathing are beneficial. A complete cure has been effected by giving two drams of carbonate of iron in molasses every six hours. To allay the nervous irritation, give Indian hemp root tea. An occasional tepid footbath will be found useful. STRUMOUS OR SCROFULOUS OPHTHALMIA. The strumous form of ophthalmia is occasionall}' met with in persons of all ages, but it moie especially attacks weakly and scrofulous children who aie under eight or ten years of age. Syttiptoitis. — A peculiar intolerance of light is one of its most marked symptoms. A spasmodic closure of the lids takes place whenever much light is presented to the e^e. On forcing them open, the conjunctiva will generally be found universally inflamed, but sometimes only partially so ; but that which espe- cially distinguishes this form of ophthalmic disease is the presence of — it may be one, or two, or several — little bright red pustules, each terminating a vein of the same color, and the ]Darts on which thej' exist are the most inflamed. Treatment. — Local applications will do little or nothing for the cure of this disease. The treatment must be general and generous. The cause is usually obstructed or unhealthy secre- tions, and if these are rectified the effect will soon disappear. Attention must be first paid to the state of the liver and kidneys. If these are deficient in action — if there is anything wrong with the bile or the urine — administer the appropriate remedies. After this, administer tonics in combination with sedatives — say quinine and digitalis ; or, if this affects the action of the heart too much, hemlock. They may be given in the form of pills, one grain of the first and one-third of a grain of the second or third, three times a da}-. With some constitutions, the iodide of potassium acts best ; therefore, if the above does not succeed, take the folloAving : Iodide of potassium, two scruples ; com- pound essence of sarsaparilla, four drams ; tincture of digitalis or hemlock, one dram ; cinnamon or mint water, eight ounces. It is sometimes advisable to add to this sweet spirits of niter DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 257 about a dram. In obstinate cases the pustules may be touched with nitrate of silver, but this should be left to a competent surgeon, STYES. Styes are little inflamniiitory tumors which frequently make their appearance on the edges of the eyelids of children. They rarely affect grown persons; and, although troublesome, are not at all dangerous. They run the same course as boils, which in reality they are. Treatment. — Generally they require no medical treat- ment, but, when very large and painful, a hot water fomentation will prove beneficial. When once the matter has escaped, tliey heal very quickl}'. A simple dressing of spermaceti ointment is sometimes required, but not often. SQUINTING. (^Strabismus.') Squinting is a disease of the eyes in which they do not move in harmony with each other. Squinting may be confined to one eye, or it may affect both and it may be in any direction. If the sight of both eyes is equally good, or nearly so, then all objects are seen double ; but if the sight of one is much better than that of the other, the mind only attends to the more vivid impression, and disregards the weaker. Squinting is owing to some affection of the nerves or muscles of the eye. In most cases it admits of cure by the operation of dividing the muscle by which the distortion is produced. SUPPRESSION OF URINE. If there is a frequent desire to pass water, attended with much difiiculty, it is called Strangury. If none is made it is called suppression of urine. Causes. — Inflammation of the urethra ; a lodgment of hard, fajcal matter in the rectum, spasm at the neck of the bladder, exposure to cold, intemperance, stone in the kidneys or bladder, and enlargement of the prostate glands. Syinptonis. — A constant desire, or feeling of necessity to pass water, with pain and difficulty in passing it; and much enlargement of the bladder. If stone in the kidney be the cause, there is often nausea, vomiting, and acute pain in the loins ; if stone in the bladder, the stream of water will be divided into two or suddenly checked. 268 DISEASES AND THEIK RE^NIEDEES. Treatment. — If much inflammation and irritation exist, all straining to expel the urine should be avoided, and a catheter should be introduced every six hours, to draw it. The follow- ing will be found very useful remedies: Anodyne diuretic drauglit : Mucilage of gum acacia, six ounces ; olive oil, one and one-half ounces ; mix well in a marble mortar, then add six drams of sweet spirits of niter; laudanum, one and a half drams ; fennel water, three ounces ; mix, and take three tablespoonfuls every three hours ; or this : Demulcent diuretic draught : Acetate of potash, two drams ; laudanum, one and a half drams ; syrup of marshmallows, one and a half ounces ; fennel water, eight ounces; mix, take three tablespoonfuls every thi-ee hours. The bowels may be kept free b}' using the following emol- lient clyster: Balsam of copaiba, two drams ; the yolk of an Qgg\ rub this and the balsam together ; then add castor oil, half an ounce; laudanum, one dram; compound decoction of marsh- mallows, eleven ounces ; mix, inject up the rectum ; this soothes the parts. SYPHILIS, OR POX. This is usually accompanied by three distinct characters of sores or ulcers: first, the common primary venereal sore ; sec- ondly, the phagedenic or sloughing sore ; and thirdly, the true syphilitic or Hunterian chancre. The common venereal sore usually appears in three or four days after connection ; the patient feels an itching about the tip of the penis, finds either a pustule or an ulcer, situated either upon the prepuce exter- nally or internally, or at the orifice of the urethra at its union with the bridle or fryenum. The form of this ulcer is generally round or circular, and is hollowed out, presenting a dirty brown surface, which secretes a thin matter. When this ulcer is situated on the prepuce, it becomes raised, particularly at its edges ; and is ragged. Its progress is first destructive and then suppurative ; and, if not interfered with, usually runs its course in about twenty days — the destructive or ulcerative stage lasting about ten days, and the granulating or healing stage lasting the remaining ten. This sore is frequently productive of swelling and inflammation in the groin, and is followed by warts and growths of an unhealthy cliaracter. Treatment, — In the first stage — that is, before the crust falls off, or where the ulcer is very small — the sore should be touched with strong nitric acid ; this frequently stops the ulcer- ative stage, and causes it to take on a new action by which it DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 259 heals ; the same application, but weaker, will be necessary if the sore becomes indolent. During the ulcerative stage, or that stage in which the ulcer increases instead of diminishes, great attention must be paid to cleanliness ; the sore should be washed three or four times a day with warm water, a piece of lint or fine linen, covered with spermaceti ointment, or wet with black wasli, should bo applied to it after every washing. The bowels should be kept open, and live grains of blue pill adminis- tered night and morning, taking care not to produce salivation. When the sore assumes an indolent character, great benefit will be derived from the application of the following wash : Lunar caustic, live grains ; distilled water, one and one half ounces. Mix. A piece of lint or linen, wel5 in this lotion, to be applied to the sore three or four times a day. Black wash is the best application for those warts and growths which spring up about the anus and buttocks. The swelling in the groin, arising from the common venereal sore, seldom requires any treatment ; but if it should prove trouble- some and painful, spirits of camphor may be applied, followed by fomentations and poultices. The patient should rest as much as possible, and make use of a plain, unstimulating diet. We advise in all severe cases of this disease consulting an intelligent physician and following his directions. STAMMERING. This defect of speech sometimes proceeds from functional disorder, sometimes from nervousness, sometimes it is the result of irritation. From whatever cause it originates, it is in the ma- jority of cases to be cured by an exertion of the Avill. Treattnent. — Stammerers, although they cannot speak a single sentence without hesitation, can sing a song of many verses as lluently as anv person; and it is almost as true that stammerers can read with equal ease. It is therefore to be recommended that those who stannner sliould begin with a set of exercises of commonplace sentences, chant to the first bars of the simple:^t melod}', such as " My Country," and from that, practice those sentences upon one note ending a note lower or higher, slowly at first, but gradually increased to rapidity. ECZEMA, HERPES, OR TETTER. After a slight feverish attack, lasting two or three days, clusters of »mall, transparent pimples, filled sometimes with a DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. colorless, sometimes with a brownish lymph, appear on the cheeks or forehead, or on the extremities, and at times on the body. The pimples are about the size of a pea, and break after a few days, when a brown or yellow crust is formed over them, which falls off about the tenth day, leaving the skin red and irritable. The eruption is attended with heat, itcliing, tingling, fever, and restlessness, especially at night. Ringworm is a cuiious form of tetter, in which the inflamed patches assume the form of a ring Treatment. — The treatment should consist of light diet and gentle laxatives. If the patient be advanced in life, and feeble, a tonic will be desirable. For a wash, white vitriol, one dram; rosewater, three ounces, mixed; or an ointment made of elder flower ointment, one ounce ; oxide of zinc, one dram. MOIST ECZEMA. This is an eruption of minute, round pimples, about the size of a pin's head, tilled with colorless fluid, and terminating in scurf. It is preceded by languor, faintness, perspiration, and a pricking of the skin. Another species of this disease is called sun-heat, which is an eruption of a white or brownish color, which generally terminates in yellow scabs. It occurs only in summer, and affects those parts which are uncovered. In still another species, the eruption is attended with pain, heat, itching, intense smarting, and a swelling of the affected part. When the blisters break, the water runs out, irritates and inflames the skin. Treatment, — Spare diet, cooling drinks, gentle purga- tives, and warm baths. In old, chronic cases, apply externally either limewater or corrosive sublimate in a wash proportioned of five grains to one pint of soft water. In the last two forms of the affection, apply nitrate of silver in solution to the parts. MILK CRUST ECZEMA. This eruption consists at first of slightly elevated pustules or pimples, closely congregated, with an inflamed border. These break, and the surface becomes red, excoriated, shining, and full of pores, through which a thin, unhealthy fluid is poured out, which graduall}-^ hardens into dark, yellowish-green scabs. When this tetter invades the head or scalp, it causes the hair to fall off and is termed a scall. Treattnent. — Vapor bath and water dressing. The crusts DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 261 should be removed by a weak lye, made from hard wood ashes or potash ; then an ointment should be applied, made of mild nitrate of mercury ointment, three drams; sugar of lead, sixteen grains ; rosewater ointment, one ounce. TOOTHACHE. For this distressing and very common malady almost everj' one has a " sure cure," the peculiarity of which is, that it does little or nothing to mitigate the anguish of the sufferer to whom it is recommended. Among the remedies which we have to sug- gest, as having found them pretty generally successful, are creo- sote, chloroform, and laudanum. Separately or in combination they may be tried all waj^s. The mode of application is to sat- urate a small piece of lint or wadding, and introduce it into the hollow of the tooth, keeping it there as long as may be necessary. Other remedies are, apply a drop or two of the oil of loves or cinnamon on lint; or, introduce into the hollow tooth :: piece of wire previously dipped in strong nitric acid, — this application, if properl}' made, destroys the nerve, but it must be very carefully done, so that the acid does not touch the other teeth or the mouth. An aching tooth may oftentimes be stopped, and remain serviceable for years ; but this must not be done while the nerve is in an inflamed state, as in this case the pressure will but in- crease the anguish. Where a tooth is so far gone as to be very troublesome, it is best to have it out. ULCERATION OF THE BONES. ( Caries.^ This is a disease of the bones analogous to ulceration of the soft parts. It most frequently attacks the bones of the spine ; but it may affect any of the bones, especially such as are of a spongy texture. Causes. — The young, of a scrofulous habit of body, are most subject to this disease. It sometimes appears sponta- neously ; at others, as the result of an injury, as .. blow or fall. Symptoms. — It begins with inflammation, usually at- tended with a dull, heavy pain, and weakness in the i)art affected. In course of time an abscess forms, which, if not arrested, at length bursts and discharges a thin fluid containing particles of the bone. In caries of tlie vertebrae, curvature of the spine takes place. Treatment. — Much may be done in arresting the progress 262 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. of this disease in its earlier stages. The patieut should be strengthened by good air and nourishing diet, tonic and strength- ening remedies, at the same time'that rest is enjoined. The state of the stomach and bowels should also have careful attention. ULCERATED OR PUTRID SORE THROAT. This sort of sore throat shows itself by white specks, covering ulcers, appearing in the throat, together with great debility, and an eruption on the skin. (See Diphtheria.) ULCERS. These generally proceed from some external injury, such as a wound or a bruise ; or they arise in conset^uence of som? other disease. There are several kinds, as healthy, irritable' indolent, inflamed, sloughing, and gangrenous. Causes. — Wounds, injuries, bruises, inflammations, and abscesses. Sf/niptoms. — A running sore, with acrid humors; hard- ness of the edges around the sore, and difliculty of healing. Treatment, — Iodoform, one dram ; vaseline, one ounce ; or oxide of zinc ointment, or aristol. VOMITING. This may arise from various causes, as excess in eating and drinking, aud foulness or weakness of the stomach. Treatment. — When vomiting proceeds from foul stomach or indigestion, it is not to be considered as a disease, bu"" is the cure of a disease. It ought, therefore, to be promoted b}' drink- ing lukewarm water. If this does not put a stop to the vomiting, a dose of ipecacuanha may be taken, and worked off with weak camomile tea. If vomiting proceid from weakness of the stomach, bitters will be of service. Peruvian bark in- fused in wine or brandy, with as much rhubarb as will open the body gently, is an excellent remed}^ in this case. It has been said that habitual vomitings are alleviated by making oysters a principal part of diet. A vomiting which proceeds from acidity of the stomach is relieved by alkaline purges. Tlie best med- icine is magnesia, a teaspoonful of which may be taken in a cupful of tea or a little milk, three or four times a day, or oftener, if necessary, to keep the body open. When vomiting proceeds from violent passions or affections of the mind, all such DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 263 causes must be carefully avoided. The patient in this case ought to be kept perfectlj' easy and quiet, to have tlie mind soothed, and to take some gentle cordial, as a little brandy and water, to which a few drops of laudanum may be occasionally added. AVhen vomiting proceeds from spasmodic affections of the stomach, the application of a warm plaster to tlie pit of the stomach will afford relief. Any aromatic medicines may like- wise be taken internally, as cinnamon or mint tea, wine with spices boiled in it, etc. WARTS. The wart is an excrescence from the cutis or outer skin — a horny tumor formed upon it; it is not generally so painful as it is disagreeable and unsightly, coming nearly always u^on the hands, or some other conspicuous place. The best treatment is to touch it with some caustic. Nitrate of silver is the most effectual, but this turns the skin black, which is in many cases very objectionable. Caustic potash will answer the purpose, so will acetic acid, if of extra strength, nitric acid or chromic acid. The application should be made daily, and the decayed part pared off, or cut with scissors. If it can be conveniently done, a ligature of silk tied tightly round the base of the wart will cause it to decay, and eventually drop off. WASTING. (^Emaciation — Atrophy.') The rapid or gradual reduction of the size of the wliole body, or of parts thereof, frequently comes on without any evident cause. It is seldom accompanied by pain, difficulty of breathing, cough, or fever ; but is usually attended with loss of appetite and impaired digestion, depression of spirits, and general languor. Cause. — Due to some failure of the nerves of nutrition. Treattneiit. — This disease is very difficult of cure, and for its treatment we must endeavor to find out the cause, and, if possible, remove it. If due to excess of any kind, it must be wholly discontinued; if to a scrofulous disposition, tonic medi- cines must be resorted to. The diet should be nutritious, gen- erous, and such as is easy of digestion. Regular walking exercise should be taken in tlie open air. The surface of tlu' liod^-should be well rubbed, and change of scene and sea bathing may be resorted to. Of medicines, cod-liver oil is likely to prove effec- 264 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. tual, also nerve tonics as phosphate of iron and sta-ychnia. Electricity is also recommended for some cases. WATER BRASH. Water brash consists in a discharge from the stomach, gen- erally in tlie morning, of a thin fluid, sometimes insipid. A burning heat t pain of the stomach attends it, and seems to cause the discharge. The amount thrown up varies from a spoonful to a pint. Cause. — The cause is obscure, it may be due to indiges- tion. Treatuient. — Ten or fifteen drops of ammonia water in half a tumblerful of cold water will quiet the distress and stop the discharge. The best remedy for this discharge is the sub- nitrate of bismuth, taken at meal times, three times a day, in thirt3'^-grain doses. The tincture of nux vomica in five-drop doses is good. The blood should be improved by tonics contain- ing iron, and the food should be nourishing and digestible. WATERY EYE. If we look closely at the inner corner of the eyelids, we may perceive a little point at each, which is the opening of a duct that runs into the nose. These openings convey the tears from the eye ; every time the eye is shut in winking, the fluid is forced into those pipes. Now, Avhen either or both become so thickened as to be stopped up, the tears of necessity fall over the cheek ; this is called a watery eye. Cause, — Usually caused by taking cold. Treatment. — As the cause of this disease is most com- monly inflammation, it may be relieved in its early stages by a plan directed towards the lessening of that inflammation, and the best is as follows: Take of pure water, two ounces ; sulphate of zinc, four grains; laudanum, half a dram; mix and apply frequently. Cold must be strictly avoided. If the trouble does not yield to this remedy consult a physician or oculist. WEAKNESS OF THE EYES. "We give below some excellent washes for ordinary weakness of the eyes : Sulphate of copper, fifteen grains ; camphor, four grains ; boiling water, four ounces. Mix ; strain, and when cold, make up to four pints with water. Bathe the eye night and morning with a portion of the mixture. Or the following : DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 265 Spirit of minclererus, one ounce ; rosewater, seven ounces. Mix, and use occasionally ; or this : White vitriol, ten grains ; elder flower water, eight ounces. Mix and apply as occasion may demand. WHITE SWELLING. This is a disease of one of the larger joints. It is mostly of a slow or chronic character, and occui-s chiefly in the knee, although the elbow joint, hip joint, and even ankle joint are not unfrequently the seat of it. Cause, — This complaint may result from blows, falls, bruises, cold, fevers, and constitutional disorders. Treatment. — Early attention to this disease will prevent, in almost every case, its dreadful consequences. When the pain commences in the knee, a blister should be put on, and perfect rest strictly observed. If the pain continue after the blister is healed, the mere application of caustic has been known to cure the disease, but it is indispensable that the patient should not stand a moment on the limb. Or, in the early stage apply leeches and warm fomentations. If not reduced, put on a plaster made as follows : Reduce to a fine powder two ounces of gum-ammoniac, and then add as much vinegar of squills to it as will form it into a paste, and spread it on a piece of leather and apply. WAX IN THE EAR. When this substance becomes too hard or abundant, there will be cracking or hissing noises, and generally deafness to a considerable extent. In this case the ear should be syringed with warm soapsuds. If this does not soften the wax, put two or three drops of glycerine in the ear at night and syringe again in the morning. Repeat until the wax is removed. WORMS. "Worms are parasites which infest the intestinal canal of children principally. Symptoms. — Fetid breath, grinding of the teeth during sleep, picking the nose, paleness of the face, irritableness, and itching of the lower parts of the body. Round or Stomach Worm. — The best remedy is santonin ; the usual method is to give it in a ])owder combined with the same amount of calomel, and a little pulverized sugar added. 266 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. One grain of santonin and ons of calomel would be sufficient for a child three years old. One-sixteenth to one-fourth of a grain of podophyllin may be substituted for the calomel, given in syrup or mohisses, or the santonin given alone can be followed with a dose of oil ; there is no better method of expelling stomach worms. Santonin colors the urine, and may produce nervous symptoms, hence give only Dne powder each night and morning for two days, follow with a mild purge if needed, wait two days, and administer again in the same way. Tape Worm, least common of the usual varieties, is the most troublesome and difficult to remove on account of a strong hold by little hooks upon the mucous coat of the intestines. Before giving medicine to expel a tapev/orm, preparatory treat- ment should be used as follows : The diet should be light for two days, and the bowels cleansed of mucus by physic. Medi- cine to remove the entire worm must be efficient. The follow- ing harmless treatment can be used. After a day or two of fasting, take two ounces of pumpkin seed, remove the outside husks, beat fine, add a little sugar and water, and drink the whole at once. One hour and a half later take an ounce of castor oil. The following, though not as simple, is efficient: Croton oil, one drop ; chloroform, one dram ; glycerine, one ounce ; mix thoroughly, take in the morning, omitting food ; this acts promptly. Thread or Seat Worm. — Proceed precisely as for round worms, which will remove them, but as they multiply from eggs deposited in the folds about the rectal orifice, it is necessary to inject a decoction of quassia, or apply carbolized vaseline, for several nights, to prevent their further multiplication ; the strength of the carbolic salve is, carbolic acid, fifteen grains, vaseline, one ounce ; mix thoroughly and apply faithfully. Womanhood ^ Motherhood. COUNSEL AND TREATMENT. Women, in addition to the diseases incidental to both sexes, are subject to a number of complaints. We shall treat the principal forms of disease and suffering that commonly affect the women of civilized life. MENSTRUATION. Menstruation or the monthly flow takes place, generally, between the fourteenth and sixteenth years of aye, sometimes as early as eleven or twelve. A considerable period may elapse between the first and second appearance ; but, when they are properly established, their recurrence at regular periods may be calculated on with great certainty, unless some functional derangement of the system interferes with them. Ordinarily, a lunar month of twenty-eight days is the intervening period; but with some women the discharge occurs every third week. The discharge resembles blood in color, but it does not coagu- late. The quantity is from three to five ounces, and the process occupies from three to seven days. The cause of this monthly How is the ripening and expul- sion of the egg from the ovaries. '■'■Omne vivum ex ovo'" (every living thing comes from an egg or germ) is the universal law of reproduction. This can be shown as well in the vegetable as in the animal kingdom. The oak from the acorn, the ear of corn from the grain planted by the farmer, the robin and the elephant, all springing from germs, go to prove the truthfulness of this law. Every seed, every egg^ contains a germ, which, when brought under proper influences, will produce its own kind. Thus far all is plain enough, but where do these germs originate ? It has been ascertained th«t each animal, as well as each plant, is provided with an organ for the production of these cells or germs. In the female, this organ is the ovary. The ovaries are two in number — small, oval bodies, about one inch in length, a little more than half an inch in 267 268 DISEASES OF WOMEN. breadth, and a third of an inch in thickness. Each ovary is attached to an angle of the -womb, about one inch from its upper portion, by a ligament. The whole physiological function or duty of the ovar}' is to mature and deposit its ovum or egg every twenty-eighth day, from the age of fifteen to that of forty- five, or for about thirty years. This function is suspended only during pregnancy and nursing, but sometimes not even then. There are cases on record where the woman has had her courses regularly during the time she was pregnant, and there are many with whom lactation does not at all interfere. During the ripening and discharge of the ovum into the canal or tube which conveys it into the womb, the generative organs become very much congested, looking almost as if inflamed. This congestion at last reaches such a height that it overflows, and produces a discharge of blood. As soon as the flow commences, the heat and aching in the region of the ovaries, and the weight and dragging sensation, diminish and graduall}" disappear. Men- struation consists merely in the ripening and discFiarge of an ovum w^hich, when not impregnated, is washed away by the menstrual blood. It will be seen that a woman can become pregnant only at or near the time of her menses. The marvel- ous regularity of menstruation has always excited great wonder. When we look around, we see that both animal and vegetable life have stated and regular times at which germ production takes place. Fruits and vegetables ripen, and animals produce their young, at certain periods. It is a law of nature. Now, since we have shown that menstruation consists in the ripening and regular deposit of an egg — the flow being but the outward visible sign of such an act — it is possible that a woman may menstruate Avithout having any show. To prove this, there are many cases on record where a woman has married and become pregnant without having had the least show, which would be impossible if she did not menstruate. Again, a woman who has always been regular may have several children, without in the mean time having had any sign. This may be explained by her I ecoming pregnant during the time she was nursing her fiist child, carrying it to the full term, again becoming pregiumt, and so on, until, being no longer impregnated, her courses return, and are regular thereafter. Menstruation commences at about the age of fourteen or fifteen in this countr^^ In w^armer climates it appears earlier, and in colder ones later. Menstruation, menses, courses, cata- uieuia, monthly periods, and " being unwell," are some of the DISEASES OF WOMEN. 269 terms by which this function is designated. Those who are brought np and live luxuriously, and whose moral and physical training has been such as to make their nervous systems more susceptible, have their courses at a much earlier period than those who have been accustomed to coarse food and laborious em- I)loyment. The appearance of the menses before the fourteenth year is regarded as unfortunate, indicating a premature develop- ment of the organs ; while their postponement until after the sixteenth year is generally an evidence of weakness, or of .some disorder of the generative aj)paratus. If, however, the person has good health, and all her functions are regular ; if her spirits are not clouded, nor her mind dull and weak, it should not be considered necessary to interfere to bring them on, for irrepar- able injury may be done. The first appearance of the menses is generall}' preceded by the following symptoms : Headache, heaviness, languor, pains in the back, loins, and down the thighs, and an indisposition to exertion. There is a peculiar dark tint of the countenance, particularly under the eyes, and occasionally uneasiness and a sense of constriction in the throat. The perspiration has often a faint or sickly odor, and the smell of the breath is peculiar. The breasts are enlarged and tender. The appetite is fastidious and capricious, and digestion is im- paired. These symptoms continue one, two, or three days, and subside as the menses appear. The menses continue three, five, or seven days, according to the peculiar constitution of the woman. The quantity discharged varies in different individ- uals. Some are obliged to make but one change during the period, but they generally average from ten to fifteen. It is during the menstrual period that the system, especially of young persons, is more susceptible to both mental and phys- ical iniluences. Very much depends upon the regular and healtiiy action of the discharge, for to it woman owes lier beauty and perfection. Great caie should therefore be used to guard against any influences that may tend to derange the menses. A sudden suppression is always dangerous ; and among the causes which may produce it may be mentioned sudden frights, fits of anger, great anxiety, and powerful mental emotions. Excessive exei'tions of every kind, long walks or rides, especiallj' over rough roads, dancing, frequent running up and down stairs, have a tendency not only to increase the discharge, but may produce falling of the womb. The quantit}' and duration of the monthly fiow varies greatly in different women, but the regular recurrence of the 270 DISEASES OF WOMEN. flow is important to health. This should be borne in mind, and due care taken not to suppress the discharge by exposure lo cold or wet, or by violent exertion of any kind about the time when it may be expected. It is desirable that young females should be properly informed by their mothers, or those under whose care they are placed, of what may be expected at a cer- tain age, or they may be alarmed at the iiist appearance of the menses, taking it to be some indication of a dangerous disease or injury, and perhaps, by mental agitation, or a resort to strong medicines, do mischief to themselves. Delayed or Obstructed 3Ienstruation. — If the menses do not a[)pear at the usual age or for some years after, no alarm need be felt, provided there are no constitutional derangements which can be attributed to this cause. If the girl has not developed about the hips and breast, and feels not the changes peculiar to this period, it would be very injurious to attempt to force nature. If, however, she is fully developed, and her general health suffers, a course of treatment will be necessary. Causes. — An undeveloped state of the ovaries ; an im- poverished condition of the blood ; or the womb may be closed. Sfjiiiptoms. — Discharges of blood sometimes occur from the nose, mouth, and gums, or from the stomach and bowels. Unnatural heats and flushings, headache, tendency to faint, and hysterical symptoms are common. Treatment. — The patient must be very iattentive to her diet. Much exercise should be taken in the open air. Avoid late hours, rich food, and exciting pursuits. If the re- tention is caused by some special condition of the system, use the means directed under the several heads. If from a me- chanical cause, a physician must be consulted. Where it re- sults from defective action of the ovaries, give the following: Carbonate of iron, one dram ; extract of gentian, one dram. Mix and make into thirty pills. Dose, one pill two or three times a day. Suppressed Menstruation (^Amenorrhoea). — Suppression is the stoppage of the menses after they have been once established. It may be either acute or chronic. Causes. — Sudden cold, wet feet during the flow, fear, strong emotions, anxiety, or any cause that affects the general health. Chronic suppression may result from the acute, or from defective nutrition of the organs; from the early termination of menstrual functions, or from weakness occasioned by leucor- rhuea. DISEASES OF WOMEN. 27 1 Symptoms. — The symptoms usually present are those men- tioned in delayed menstruation, but in a more a<^gravated form. In chronic su[)pression, failure of the general health, loss of ap- petite, pains in the head, back, and side, and constipation, are the usual symptoms. At the regular periods when the menses ought to appear, there will be g.eat excitability, and an aggra- vation of the above symptoius. With those of full habit, there will be a strong, bounding pulse, with acute pain in the head, back, and limbs; with the feeble, extreme languor, tremljling, _!*lvering, and pale visage. Treatment. — Care must be taken when pregnancy is not the cause of the stoppage, or the health may be seriously injured by treatment. Where the flow has stopped suddenlj'' from exposure, the patient may tjike warm drinks, salient ajjeri- ents, till the bowels are opened; have hot bran poultices applied to the lower part of the abdomen ; immerse the feet and legs in liot mustard Avater. If the pain is extreme, take an opiate draught every four hours. The patient must be kept as (juiet as possible. If the flow fails to appear, wait until the next period and use the hip bath a few days before the period. The bath should be made more stimulant by the addition of a little mustard ; and, on every occasion, active friction with dry coarse towels should be used. Also give the following, which seldom fails if persisted in : Barbadoes aloes, one dram; sulphate of iron, one dram ; powdered cayenne, one-half dram ; extract of gentian, one-half dram ; simple syrup, suflicient quantity. Mix and make into sixty pills. Dose, one pill night and morn- ing. The warm hip bath should be used about the proper period of menstruation ; and it would be Avell to give some uterine stimulant, such as a mixture composed of spirits of turpentine, made into an emulsion with yolk of an egg, sugar, and essence of juniper, about six drams of the first and one of the last, in a six-ounce mixture, one ounce to be taken three times a day. Attempts to promote the discharge in any case must not be prolonged much beyond the menstrual periods, between which all possible means must be taken to strengthen the system, — good diet, plenty of active exercise, the use of the shower bath, or cold or tepid sponging are proper remedies. If the amenorrlut'a pioceeds from a want of energy in the uterine organs as is often the case after frequent miscarriages, childbearing, inflamnuition, leucorrliu*a or "■whites," there will probably be the usual signs of menstruation, followed by a 272 DISEASES OF WOMEN. white discharge only, and accompanied by acute pain at the bottom of the back, vertigo, and hysteria. Weakly young women, before the appearance of the menses, and elderly ones, at the time of cessation or " change of life," as it is commonly called, are often so affected. In such a case we prescribe hot batlis and tepid injections, pills of sulphate of iron and aloes ; or powdered culiebs, from a scruple to half a dram ; good diet and a recumbent position as much as possible during the [)eriods. Painful 3Ienstruatio7i (^DyHinenorrhoea). This is the rule with a few females. It does not seem to be in any way con- nected with the quantity of the discharge, and continues during the whole process. The discharge is often thick and membra- nous, and sometimes has in it clots of blood. Treatment, — Use the warm hip bath and friction ; fomen- tation of the parts with warm water ; diluent drinks, saline apeiients, and a spare diet ; also, injection of warm water high up into the vagina ; and take the following remedy : Sweet spirits of niter, one ounce: morphia, three grains ; simple syrup, four ounces. Mix. Dose, one teaspoonful every half hour till relieved. Profuse Menstruation (^Menorrhagia^) . — This ai^pears either in the too frequent return or too long continuance of the periods. Causes. — This is in consequence of overexertion, lux- urious living, insufficient exercise, or excesses of any kind, weakness, frequent miscarriages, sexual excesses, protracted lactation, or anything which will produce a condition of con- gestion. Symptoms. — It is generally accompanied by pain across the loins, great languor and debility, throbbing of the temples, headache, and vertigo. When there is much hemorrhage, there 16 an aggiavation of these symptoms. Treat metit. — Sponge the loins with vinegar and water, use the hip bath, with a little salt in it, to strengthen the system and avoid all enervating influences. Use cold vaginal injections, between the periods, with alum or opium in them, or the latter with gallic acid, about a dram of each to a quart of water. Keep the feet warm, but let the loins be lightly covered ; take gentle exercise, bitter ale, and tonics, especially iron. To check profuse hemorrhage use the fluid extract of ergot in half dram doses every two or three hours till relieved, and keep quiet. DISEASES OF WOMEN. 273 Cessation of Menstruation, — Cessation gives notice that tlie period of childbearing is past. With females of our age and country, tlie courses commonly continue up to the age of from forty to tifty ; sometimes they cease at about thirty-iive, and in a few instances have been known to continue up to the age of sixty. This cessation marks what is counnonly termed the change of life in women, and with those of average health it occasions little or no disturbance of the general system. There may be flushings of the fac^e, and a sense of fullness in the head, with occasional giddiness ; but with those who are weak and nervous, or suffering from organic disease, we generally see a marked change at this j)eriod. With most persons the stoppage of the menses is a gradual i)rocess, — the (juantity decreases, or the intervals become protracted, and by and by disappear ; with some the cessation is sudden and complete. Women generally consider this an eventful period of their lives, and attribute all sorts of wonderful effects to it ; but we cannot learn that a sickly constitution was ever renovated, or a strong one ever broken down, in consetiuence of the change ; indeed, fewer women than men die at the age when it usually takes place. Diseases of the genital organs, and of the breasts, which are sympathetically associated with them, re(iuire special attention at this time, as they are likely to be stimulated into activity. When there are no com})lications of disease connected with the change, little or no medical treatment is reijuired. It is best to observe an abstemious diet, and to keep the bowels open. Dissolve two ounces of Epsom salts in a pint of warm water, add one dram of essence of peppermint, and take a wine- glassful every morning, or twice a day if required. If there is flatulency or hysteria, add to each dose twenty drops of the fetid spirits of ammonia, or the same of ether. Eclectic Treatment, The general treatment is the same as before mentioned. On the flrst ap[)earances of tiie menses, let the greatest care be exercised over the health ; let nothing check the natural flow. Colds taken at this time are very dangerous, and may result in delicate health, barrenness, and even death. For suppressed menstruation, as soon as possible use the tepid footbath. Then retire to a warm bed, and take every hour or two a teacupful of warm herb tea made from the root of bervine. If this is not successful, give a little pulverized man- 274 DISEASES OF WOMEN. drake root, with a little cream of tartar, on an empty stomach ; after which pennyroj-al or motherwort tea may be drunk freely. For profuse menstruation, the patient should assume the recum- bent position, with the hips elevated as much as possible, on a hard bed, in a cool room. Bathe well the lower part of the abdomen with cold water or vinegar. From thirty to forty drops of elixir of vitriol may be taken, in a glass of water, two oi three times a day. In painful menstruation, great benefit is received from the use of the warm bath ; and apply hot water in bottles to the whole surface of the abdomen, with hot bricks to the feet; or apply a hot poultice or fomentation of hops, and take the follow- Liig: Pulverized camphor, twenty -five grains ; macrotin, twenty- five grains ; ipecac, eight grains ; cayenne, three grains ; opium, twelve grains. Mix, and make into twenty-four pills, and take one pill every two, three, or four hours, according to the urgency of the case. THE WOMB. This important organ is situated in the cavity of the pelvis, — from whence, when distended in pregnancy, it rises into the abdomen. It is of a flattened pear shape, and is held in its place by elastic ligaments. In its natural state it is about three inches in length b}' two in breadth across the broadest part, and one in thickness. At the period of puberty it weighs about one and a half ounces ; after parturition, from two to three ounces ; and in the ninth month of utero-gestation, from two to four pounds. It is supplied with glands, vessels, and nerves, the latter of which constitute an extensive network over its entire surface. The ovaries are two in number — one on each side of the uterus. They are nearly as large as the male testicles, and per- form a corresponding function. When the egg (or ovum) has been perfected in tlie ovary, it is seized by the extremity of one of the Fallopian tubes, and conducted to the uterus. Falling of the Womb (Prolapsus Uteri). — This is the falling of the womb from the weakening of its membranous supports, and the pressure of the viscera above, generally increased by tight lacing and the pressure of the clothing sustained by the abdomen. Constipation, and the daily effort to expel the contents of the rectum and straining, aid in the production of this trouble. These causes, all acting together, press the uterus down until it sometimes comes out externally. Even young girls, from DISEASES OF WOMEN. 276 eighteen to twenty years old, may liave falling of the womb from these causes. Treatment. — Avoid tight corsets and heavy skirts ; sus- pend the undergarments from the shoulders and not from the waist, as is usually done; avoid fatigue; use the cold liip])ath; use plain vegetable diet, and avoid tea and coffee, spirituous drinks, etc. If the womb has descended to the external orifice, it is often necessary to restore it to its natural situation by press- ing it upward and backward. When the womb has passed completely out of the vagina, the parts sometimes become suddenly so swelled that it would be impossible, as ^\■ell as improper, to return them before the inllammation is reduced. Ice water, or warm fomenting poultices of hops and flaxseed, may be applied until the swelling and pain suljside ; tht'i, with the hand well oiled, and the patient's hips well elevated upon a cushion or pillow at the edge of the l^ed, the organ is to be passed carefully within the vagina, and re- stored to its natural sitmition. The l)0wels and bladder must be regularly evacuated ; but the ])atient should not be allowed to rise for several days, and should even then assume the upright position very gradually and cautiously. Injections composed of the following ingredients may be used : — Take one dram of alum, and dissolve it in half a pint of clear water; two ounces may be injected into the vagina by means of a syringe. This opeiation should be repeated daily for a week or more, — the syringe being always well lubricated with lard or sweet oil, and introduced without pain. If there is mucli sensibility use from thirty to forty drops of laudanum in the injection, and repeat the operation daily till it is removed. If there are frequent relapses, a pessary must be worn. The womb is also liable to fall (>ither backwards (Jietrover- siori) or forwards (^Ayiteversion^^ but the treatment of these con- ditions must be confided to an experienced physician. Inflammation of the Ovaries ( Ovaritis). — This disease is characterized by pain, heat, swelling, perhaps redness, in one or both groins. It is to be treated as any other inflammation — sitz-baths, with rest, and a strict diet. The bowels must be occasionally opened l)y a gentle aperient, as castor oil. Injections of tincture of belladonna and hyoscyamus are very useful and soothing. Injiammation of the Womb. — The treatment is the same, with the addition of injections, both to the rectum and vagina, cold if they can be borne, or with the chill off. 276 DISEASES OF WOMEN. The ovaries, uterus, and Fallopian tubes are so closely con^ nected in situation and function that they are generally inflamed together. The cause may be weakness, causing a local determi- nation of some general disturbance, such as cold or irritation of these organs. It usually follows childbirth, abortion, or excess- ive and violent sexual intercourse. Ulceration of the Neck of the Womb. — Ulceration of the neck of the womb is produced by corroding discharges and the irrita- tion of continual sexual intercourse. It is readily cured by ab- stinence, vaginal injections, and direct application to the parts of a strong solution of nitrate of silver once in five or six days ; or by the ulcers being touched with solid nitrate of silver once in five days. Flooding (^Uterine Hemorrhage^. — This commonly occurs after abortion or labor, or it may be occasioned ' y disease of the womb. Immoderate flow of the menses is also called flooding, and to this some women are very subject. It is ex- tremely weakening to the system and therefore should be checked as soon as possible. Treatineut. — The best treatment is perfect quiet, and astringent and tonic medicines like the following : Tincture of the sesquichloride of iron, two drams ; infusion of quassia, six drams. Mix, and take a tablespoonful every four hours. If there is much pain and irritation, add tincture of conium, or hj'oscyamus, two drams. (See treatment of Profuse ^lenstru- ation.) Should this not have the desired effect, consult an experienced physician, as there is reason to fear disease of the womb. Cancer of the Woinh. — Symptoms. — Sudden, shooting pain through the abdomen, which disappears entirely, or leaves after it a dull aching or gnawing sensation, accompanied by discharge of a fluid which is sometimes pale and thin, but soon becomes thicker, yellower, perhaps streaked with blood, and very offen- sive, is suggestive of cancer. This pain is gradually rendered more severe and almost constant, and an exhausting hemorrhage sets in, perhaps continuing until checked by fainting. In other cases, a burning heat, followed by a fetid discharge of matter which is mixed wdth streaks or spots of blood, is experienced. Treatnieiit. — Cleanliness, fresh air, plain, nutritious diet, regulation of the bowels, and tranquillity of mind, are all that can be recommended in a work like this. The woman who has the misfortuiift to he visited with this affection, must resolutely DISEASES OF WOMEN. 277 determine to retire from the active duties of life, and abstain from indulgences which would excite her passions and increase the circuhilion of blood. Bland, soothint^ nourishment, and local ai)j)licati(tns, are all that can be administered until she can have judicious and experienced medical assistance. Her bowels should Ije kept open ; the fetid and erosive dischaiges should be waslied away by antiseptic injections as carbolic acid water or a solution of chloride of lime. Polypus of the Womb. — When a woman has been wasting away for some time with copious hemorrhages, and the remedies recommended under the head of Flooding have been faithfully but unsuecessfully tried, there is great reason to suppose that she has a polypus, and medical advice should be at once procured. Formidable as the last two diseases are, they are not always beyond the reach of surgery. Whites (Leucorrhoea). There is no disease so common among women as this complaint. Few married women, particularly if they are mothers, escape its attacks. Very generally this trouble- some discharge is associated with general debility, especially if profuse for any length of time. Hence it is very desirable that attention should be paid to it at the commencement ; for, if neglected, it may seriously impair the constitution. Causes. — Overexertion and irritation of the uterine organs. It may also be brought on by diarrha-a, piles, worms, irritation of the bladder or of the nervous system, excessive sexual inter- course, miscarriage, abortion, and displacement of the womb. Weakness, too, is a cause as well as a consequence of this affec- tion ; confinement in a warm atmosphere and luxurious living must likewise be numbered among its exciting causes. Symptoms. — In leucorrluea the discharge is commonly white and thick. After a while the color will perhaps change ; sometimes the discharge will become very acrid, causing abrasion and smarting. In this stage it is apt to cause a gleety discharge from the urethra of one having sexual intercourse with the patient. Ere long if the disease is not checked, we get great local irritation and constitutional disturbances: there will be costive bowels, pains in the loins and back, great lassitude, with nervous and hysterical affections. Menstruation, too, will be irregular, atone time being altogether suspended, and at another too abundant. Treatment. — If the patient is of full habit, saline aperi- ents should be taken, and a spare diet observed ; local ablutions should be practiced three or four times a day, using occasionally 278 Diseases o^ women. a decoction of poppies for the purpose ; the hip bath, and an injection of alum and water, with a scruple of powdered opium in each pint, will also be found serviceable. The recumbent position should be preserved as much as possible, and the parts kept cool. Local treatment will be of little avail in cases of long standing unless the general health be attended to. To keep the bowels open, take live grains of compound rhubarb pill as often as re(|uired ; and to strengthen and cool the system the followii>g mixture : Sulphate of iron, twelve grains ; diluted sul- phuric acid, one dram ; sulphate of magnesia, three drams ; cin- namon water, twelve ounces. Mix, and take two tablespoonfuls two or three times a day. In obstinate cases there should be an injection into the vagina, of a solution of alum and sulphate of zinc, three drams of the former to one of the latter to a pint of water ; three or four ounces to be thrown up while the patient lies with the hips rather elevated ; this position to be retained for some time, with the parts covered, b}^ a cloth or sponge, so that the fluid may be kept in. If there is itching and irritation of the parts, it may be allayed by an injection composed of car- bonate of soda, two drams, in a quart of water. If the simple alum and zinc injection proves ineffectual, add a dram of powdered catechu to each pint, or use decoction of oak bark as a vehicle for the above salts. Women who have leucorrhcpa should avoid all predisposing causes, such as wines and other stimulants, luxurious li^'ing, and. sensual indulgences of all kinds, especially, and anything which has a tendency to enervate and enfeeble the frame. Early rising and regular open-air exercise, warm and comfortable clothing, good food and tonic medicine, with the use of the shower bath and bathing — these will prove the best preventives. Eclectic Treatment for Womb Diseases, Use every means to improve the general health. Avoid hot rooms, excessive exertion, and strong tea and coffee. A decoc- tion of the roots of comfrey boiled in milk, is highly recom- mended. Take a teacupful three or four times a day. In- jections of alum water or decoction of oak bark are very good. A preparation of one ounce of tincture of aloes, and two drams of muriated tincture of iron, well mixed, and forty drops taken three times a day in a little water, has been found of great advantage. For falling of the womb, an infusion of white-oak bark, or an infusion of equal parts of peach leaves, Solomon's seal, and DISEASES OF "WOMEN. 279 hops, as an injection, will prcluee excellent resnlts. Where heat and (lifficulty i!i passing water exists, give a drink of infu- sion of marshmallow and spearmint. PREGNANCY. Utero-gestation, or the period from the time of concep- tion to that of delivery, extends over a space of forty weeks, or two liundred and eighty days. In making the necessary provision for the coming on of labor, it is best to calculate from midway between the last occurrence of menstruation and the one which would have followed if conception had not taken place, and allow nine calendar months from that time. Thus, if menstruation had taken place on the first of January, labor might be expected some time about the middle of October. The Signs of Pregnancy. — The chief signs of pregnancy are as follows : — 1. The Cessation of the Menses. — This is by no means an unfailing sign, for sometimes this discharge will cease from other causes, and sometimes it will continue after conception has taken place. 2. Morning Sickness. — This generally commences about the fourth or fifth week and lasts to about the fourth month. With some this is but slight, and causes little inconvenience ; but with others it is more continuous and serious, sometimes causing the rejection of nearly all food for a very considerable ijeriod. This symptom, again, cannot be taken as a proof of pregnane}' ; it is merely a suspicious circumstance, to be watched in connec- tion with others. 3. JEnlargement of the Breasts. — They generally increase in size about two months after conception. They also become ten- der and sore ; they throb and burn, and, when pressed b}' the hand, have a hard, knotty feeling, in consequence of the swelling of the glands by which the lacteal fluid is secreted. The nipple, also, becomes more prominent, and increases in diameter, while the areola around it assumes a purplish tinge, and has on it sev- eral little raised pimples of a yellowish white color. 4. Enlargement of the Womb and Abdomen. — In the fourth month, this becomes very perceptible, — the womb, which may now be felt in a tirm, rounded body, having ascended above the pubes, and pushed the bowels up into the abdomen. 5. A Tendency to Flatulency. 6. " Quickening.'" — This is the mother's first perception of the second life within her. There is at first, probably, a very 280 DISEASES OF WOMEN. slight tremulous motion, like a mere pulsation. This, day by day, grows stronger, until it becomes quite distinct, often pain- fully so. It is as though the child, to use a scripture phrase, "leaped in the womb." These movements can be distinctly felt by the hand placed upon the abdomen. There are other and less obvious signs which only the pro- fessional man would be likely to detect. All may notice, how- ever, the change which generally takes place in the countenance. The mouth and eyes seem to enlarge, and the nose becomes what is generally termed more or less "pinched up." There is an alter- ation, too, in the color of the eyes, which become somewhat paler, — especially is this perceptible if they are blue eyes. Then the patient is generally fidgety, peevish, and restless, exhibiting a high degree of nervous irritation ; she has odd fancies, and longings after out-of-the-way things and articles of diet, which should be procured for her if possible. At such a time she requires sooth- ing and humoring ; harsh and unkind treatment will be likely to have a most injurious effect, both upon her and her offspring. Conduct during Pregnancy. — A pregnant woman should be aware that the advantages obtained by well-regulated habits are by no means exclusively conferred on her, but that others equally important are likewise conferred on the child, for whom a larger supply of nutrition, and of a better quality, will thus be provided ; and so its career of life will commence strong, vigorous, and less liable to those morbid debilities and derange- ments which affect the children of the indolent, the pampered, or the debauched. From the moment, therefore,' that conception has taken place, anew and most sacred duty devolves upon the female. She is bound by all the ties of maternal sentiment, of humanity, and of moral and religious obligations, to protect the being in her womb against every circumstance, under her control, which might have an unfavorable influence on its delicate organization. Diet during Pregnancy. — The peculiar tendency to irritation in pregnancy renders it especially proper to avoid undue excite- ment. Moderation and simplicity of food is especially proper in this case. As the appetite is frequently very craving during this period, an inordinate indulgence in rich and high-seasoned food is among the most common errors ; and this mistake is the more readily fallen into from the erroneous idea which many entertain, that, as the foetus draws its nourishment from the ma- ternal system, a greater quantity of aliment is required in preg- nancy. The exercise of caution in the selection of proper food DISEASES OF WOMEN. 281 appears to be particularly important towards the termination of gestation. When the stomach is in a weak and irritable state, oatmeal, the lean part of mutton, tender beef, soft-boiled eggs, and stewed apples constitute appropriate articles of nourishment. But it is always to be recollected that the temperate use of food is of more conseciuence than the selection. Coffee and tea may be moderately used ; but alcoholic drinks should be studiously avoided. The temptation to indulge in small potions of cor- dial, or brandy, in the early months of gestation, is often very strong ; but it ought to be firmly checked, or the deplorable habit of solitary diam drinking may be the result of indulgence. Tlie sensibilities of the stomach, in some instances, undergo extraordinary derangement, especially in weak and delicate women. Articles of food which, previous to pregnancy, were very grateful and congenial, become highly disagreeable, and an almost irresistible craving for singular and even disgusting sub- stances is experienced. This remarkable irregularity of the appetite is usually called a longing. If the substances longed for be not evidently of an injurious character, they should not be withheld ; in some instances, these longings may be regarded as instinctive calls of the stomach for articles favorable to the health of the individual. Thus, M'hen a strong desire for eating chalk, charcoal, or clay is manifested, we are admonished that the digestive powers are feeble and that there is a tendency to acidity in the stomach. In such cases the means of relief are alkalines, mild laxatives, and tonic vegetable bitters. Dress and Exercise. — The custom of wearing corsets during gestation cannot be too severely censured. It gives rise to functional disorder of the stomach and liver, as well as to uterine hemorrhage and abortion in the mother; it likewise impedes the regular nourishment of the fcetus in the womb. The clothing should always be sufficient to protect the body against the inju- rious influence of cold ; the abdomen and feet espeeially should be guarded against injury from these causes. In winter, or cold and damp seasons, the use of a flannel bandage or roller around the abdomen will be found very beneficial and comfortable. All kinds of agitating exercise, such as riding in carriages with rapidity over rough roads, dancing, lifting or carrying heavy loads, — in short, all masculine and fatiguing employments what- ever, ought to be avoided by pregnant women ; and the more so as gestation apj)roaches the term of its regular completion. During the eighth and ninth months of pregnancy unusual exer- tion or fatigue is particularly apt to excite premature labor. 282 DISEASES OF WOMEN. Riding in an easy carriage on even roads, or moderate walking, may be enjoyed with great propriety, and usually with obvious advantage during gestation. Moral Infiuences. — Tranquillity and cheerfulness of mind are of prime importance during pregnancy. Convulsions, severe hysteria, spasms, syncope, hemorrhage, and abortion may be produced by violent anger, terror, or jealousy, during pregnancy. Intense grief will occasion debility, indigestion, jaundice, and various other functional disorders. A strong excitement of the imagination is supposed b}' some to be capable of producing im- pressions on the fffitus in the womb. The Breasts. — The breasts and nipples should be particularly attended to during the latter months of gestation, in order to pre- pare them for suckling the infant. For some weeks liefore the expected termination of gestation, the nipples should be daily washed with lukewarm water, then dried by exposing them to the free air, and afterwards gentl}'' rubbed for five or six minutes with a soft piece of flannel, or with the extremities of the fingers. When the skin of the nipples is very delicate and sensitive, they may be washed with brandy and water, or a wash composed of two drams of the tincture of myrrh, one dram of laudanum, and two ounces of water. In using this, the nipples should be first bathed with lukewarm v/ater, and dried and rubbed as before directed, and then washed with the lotion. Compression of the breasts by corsets, or any other other artificial means, is carefully to be avoided. When the nipples are very small, or sunk in the breasts, they should be drawn out by means of a suction pump with a common clay tobacco pipe. This process should be repeated several times daily, until they have acquired a suffi- cient degree of prominency. DISEASES OF PREGNANCY. Morning Sickness. — This complaint is sometimes very troublesome and obstinate. Tt'eattnent. — The patient should have breakfast in bed, and remain in a recumbent position for some time after. Small lumps of ice put into the mouth and allowed to dissolve will sometimes give relief. Give, if the sickness is troublesome, three times a day, a mixture composed of one scruple of bicarbonate of soda, dissolved in a wineglassful of water. Take, while effervescing, with a tablespoonful of lemon juice. Constipation. — During the latter months of pregnancy con- DISEASES OF WOMEN. 283 stipation is nearly always present, the pressure upon the lower bowel being the cause. Neither aloes nor any violent cathartic should be taken. A moderate dose of castor oil may be admin- istered al)0ut ever}" otiier day, or as often as necessary ; but if the stomach nauseates at repeated doses of this, try the follow- ing mixture : Sulphate of magnesia, one ounce ; infusion of roses, six ounces; cinnamon water, two ounces. Dose, a wine- glassful every morning early. If, as is sometimes the case, diar- rhoea supervenes, give the following : Chalk mixture, six ounces ; aromatic confection, two drams; tincture of oj)ium, one-half dram. Dose, a tablespoonful every three or four hours. Heartburn. — This may be removed by moving the bowels with a little magnesia, and taking a wineglassful of limewater in milk two or three times a day; or carbonate of magnesia, ten grains, in cinnamon water, with one dram of tincture of gentian. Incontinence of Urine. — The fre(|uent desire to make water, arising from irritation of the bladder, should be attended to, as long retention of urine may cause retroversion of the womb and abortion. An abdominal belt will be found of great service in the renal affections of pregnancy. Cough. — If there is cough, which frequently attends preg- nancy, give any soothing cough mixtuie. If the cough is attended with pains in the chest, or headache, apply in the former case mustard poultices over the sternum. Varicose Veins. — For cramps and pains in the legs, with swelling and varicose veins, sponge the legs with cold vinegar and water, and put on roller bandages or elastic stockings, and rest in a recumbent position. Itching of the Private Parts. — Itching about the vagina, with gleety discharges, call for the use of the hip bath, and a slightly astringent injection, such as a weak solution of alum, or an infu- sion of green tea. Restlessness at Nights. — For dreams and restless nights, ex- tract of hemlock, or henbane, one grain at bedtime, with strict attention to the condition of the bowels. Melancholy, Despondency, etc. — Despondency frequently seizes upon those who are about to become mothers ; but gener- ally, if the health be pretty good, it is shaken off as the great trial ap[)roaches. There are some women who are never so well and cheerful as during the time of pregnancy, but there are many to whom it is indeed a period of trial and sufTering; and especially is this the case with those who are about to become mothers for the first time. 284 DISEASES OF WOMEN. False Pregnancy. — A condition frequently observed about the turn of life. The catamenia become irregular, previous to their final cessation, or are suppressed for a few periods ; at the same time nausea or vomiting is experienced, the breasts enlarge, become sensitive or even slightly painful, the abdomen grows fuller and more prominent, distention of the intestines by Ihitus communicates a sensation like thatj)roduced b}' the motion of a foetus ; the nervous system is generally much disturbed, and the woman feels convinced that she is pregnant, an idea which, at the time of life alluded to, is cherished by the sex with an extraordinary devotion, and relinc^uished with proportionate re- luctance ; and not unfrequently at the end of the supposed ges- tation, the delusion is rendered complete, and almost assumes the character of a reality, by the occurrence of periodical pains strongly resembling labor. THE BREAST. We use tliis term in its restricted sense, as applied to the glands for the secietion of milk. Their full development de- j)ends greatly upon habit and constitution, being in some much more early prominent than in others. In pregnancy their fullest develoi^nient commences: the breast swells, and the ni[)ple en- larges, and by, or near, the time of delivery, it is filled with lacteal finid. Too frequently the proper enlargement of the breast is retarded by tight lacing. Tiie consequences are an insufficient supply of milk, or a failure of it altogether; or a nipple so flattened and pressed into the breast that it cannot be taken hold of by the mouth of the infant. Injiammation of the Breast. — This is a common affection. Various causes may produce it, such as a blow, exposure to cold or wet, and neglect. It may occur at any period between early and advanced womanhood, but most commonly it occurs witliin a week or two of childbirth, and is the result of some obstruc- tion in the flow of the milk. If the milk is suffered to remain too long in the breast it may cause trouble. A simple and cheap form of breast-pump is made with a stout elastic bag with a glass mouthpiece, a wide-mouthed bottle sufficiently capacious to hold two quarts. This is dipj)ed in hot water, and the mouth immediately applied to the breast ; the heat wdU have rarefied the air within, which, as it cools, contracts and leaves a vacuum, causing suction, which draws the milk into the bottle. Some nurses have the art of drawing the breast DISEASES OF WOMEN. 285 with the mouth ; and it is well to let them do so, as no instru- ment can effect the object so thoroughly. Abscess in the Breast. — When there is an inflamed state of the tissues of the breast, there are shooting pains, and often febrile symptoms. Great care must be exercised to avoid an abscess; they are very painful and the result of carelessness. The part will become hard and knotty, indicating the formation of an abscess. Trenttnent. — When the premonitory symptoms of mam- mary abscess are observed, recourse should at once be had to preventive measures. Let the breast be well yet gently rubbed with a soft hand, into the palm of which is poured fresh olive or almond oil ; the friction should be continued for about ten minutes, and repeated ever}^ four hours or so. Between the intervals of this the breast should be kept covered with a tepid water dressing, — having over it oiled silk to prevent evaporation. Care must be taken during this treatment to keep the bowels open, and to keep under the febrile symptoms. The breast during all this time should be supported by a soft handkerchief tied round the neck. An application of collo- dion all over the part has sometimes been used ; it forms a thin coat which, contracting as it dries, affords the necessary sup- port, if the breast is not very large and heavy. If some amount of pressure is recjuired, strips .of strapj)ing crossing each other will effect this object. After all danger of inflammation is over, a more generous diet may be allowed. Should the bieast remain hard, friction with soap liniment should l)e lesorted to. A dram of compound tincture of iodine to each ounce will render it more effectual. Sore Nipples. — These frecpiently occur after childbirth. Nipple shields may be readily procured, and should be used when the nijiples are too sore and tender to bear the application of the infant's mouth. Glycerine, in which has been dissolved a little tannin, has been found a good application. It should be applied with a camel's-hair brush, fast wiping the part dry with a soft piece of linen. It must be washed off before the child nurses and again washed and the remedy applied again. Collodion is also useful, but it causes considerable smarting. Milk Fever. — An aggravated form of the excitement which takes place at the onset of lactation. Causes, — The cause may be a cold, or any obstruction to the flow of milk from the breast. 286 DISEASES OF "WOMEN. Sfjmptotns. — Its first symptoms are increased heat of the system, preceded by shivering, and sometimes accompanied witli vertigo and slight delirium. These are followed by severe head- ache, thirst, dry tongue, quick pulse, throbbing of the temples, and intoleiance of light. Treatineitt. — Spare diet, perfect tranquillity, cooling drinks, and saline medicines ; the head should be kept somewhat elevated, and bathed with cold water or evaporating lotions. If the symjjtoms should become worse in spite of this, apply' fre- quent cooling lotions to the head, and put the feet in a warm mustard bath. Most lying-in women have more or less of this fever, which is no doubt an effort of nature to rouse the hitherto dormant mammary organs to secrete a proper quantity of milk. CONFINEMENT. (^Parturition.') Few women who are near their confinement are suf^ciently cautious of exposing themselves to unnecessary fatigue and at- mospheric changes. Take only gentle exercise, and avoid get- ting wet, chilled, or heated in crowded assemblies. Miscarriages, difficult labors, and frequently lasting injury to mother and child, if not the death of one or both, are not unfrequently the results of imprudence at this critical period. Therefore we impress upon all our readers who are likely to become mothers, the duty which they owe to themselves, their friends, and their future offspring, and advise them to lestrain from the exciting pleas- ures and laborious occupations of life. Let all the preparations for the little stranger be made in time, and the services of an experienced nurse engaged. Let the mother, or some female, be at hand to aid, counsel, cheer, and en- courage, not onl}- at the actual period of the labor, but for some time previously. And let the mother in expectancy be treated with all possible love and gentleness. She may be fidgety and whimsical, — let her whims be indulged. She is frequently in a state of great nervous excitement, — ^let her be soothed and dealt with tenderly. We will suppose that the inevitable hour has come, and that the laljor-pains are regular, and that delivery proceeds properly,, although perhaps slowly. If she be a strong, healthy woman, and no unusual complications arise to disturb the natural process, but little aid or interference may be required. There will be the usual warning symptoms : intermitting pains in the back, DISEASES OF WOMEN. 287 slight at first, hut increasing in intensity. There will prohahly be a slight discharge of mucus, stained with Ijlood, and perhaps also a considerable discharge of a clear fluid, popularly called " the waters." This is an albuminous liquid filling up the membrane in which the foetus floats, and so preventing pressure. It sometimes does not escape until labor has actually commenced by the falling down of tiie child into the pelvis. When this takes place, the recumbent position should be assumed. I'revi- ous to this, it is best for the patient to sit upright or walk gently about, and so assist the action of the uterus. When the labor pains become very great, the patient should be placed on the bed, previously guarded by some water- jiroof material, on her left side, and not far from the edge, so that needful assistance can be easily rendered. She should have a tightly-rolled pillow placed between her knees. If there is no unnatural obstruction to the delivery, it is best left to nature. Should the patient in the struggle become very faint and weak, a little brandy and water may be adninistered at short intervals, but this must be stopped as soon as the labor is over, or inflam- matory action may ensue. In due time — it may be in two hours, or four, or six, or even, in the case of a first child, twenty-four hours — the infant is born, and treated according to the directions given in the management of infants. As soon as the child is born, and the navel-string has been cut and tied (see management of newborn, p. 296), a broad band- age or towel may be passed around the body of the mother, so as to cover the hips, drawn tightly, and pinned or tied, so as to sus- tain a pressure upon the womb, and stimulate the vessels to return to their normal condition. Befoie tliis is done, however, it will be best to grasp the uterus with the hand and with gen- tle pressure force the removal of the placenta, commonly called the afterbirth. P'or a few hours after labor, the patient should be disturbed as little as may be. If the pulse is thin and feeble, and the cheeks colorless, put a very little brandy and water between her lips now and then ; but stop instantly if it produces flushing or restlessness ; and do not give it at all unless there seems urgent necessity for a stimulant. Soiled bedclothes and body linen nuiy be changed as soon as the condition of the patient will permit; but all this should be done very carefully and gently to })revent fatigue. If the afterpains are severe an anodyne draught may be given. It may be composed of from twenty to thirty drops 288 DISEASES OF WOMEN. of tincture of opium, or one-eighth of a grain of morphine, in an ounce of water. For eight or more days after Labor, the recumbent position should be strictly maintained ; and the same rule holds good after a miscarriage. Some women feci so well and strong in a day or two, that they will sit up, and sometimes even get out of bed, and make themselves useful in the house. We have seen a woman at the washtub three days after she had been conlined ; and we have heard of females undergoing the pains of labor under a hedge by the roadside, and in a few hours proceeding on their journey with their babes at their breasts. But these women were semi or entire barbarians ; they had not been deli- cately nurtured. With the immense advantages, we must also take some of the disadvantages of civilization, and those who give birth to children surrounded by all its comforts and lux- uries, must not attempt to emulate the Indian squaw. If they do, they will inevitably suffer for their temerity. Getting about too earl}' after confinement is, perhaps, the most fi'uitfal of all sources of uterine disease. If there is a necessity for getting about early, of course it n)ust be done, for necessity has no law ; but unless there is, the risk should not be run. Delicate women, especially, do wrong to attemj)t it, and the strong will be likely to render themselves weak by the practice. ABORTION OR MISCARRIAGE. The premature expulsion of the fcetus from the womb, — that is, before the seventh month. After that period, if delivery occurs before the ninth month, it is called premature labor. Causes. — A sudden shock to the system by a fall or a fright ; straining, or overreaching ; the administration of strong purgatives or emetics; sexual indulgence, or aught which may tend to debilitate the system ; malformation of the generative organs ; fevers and severe inflammations ; syphilis or constitu- tional disease of any kind; the growth of polj^pi or tumors in the cavity of the uterus, or adhesion to the surrounding viscera; too great contractibility of the uterine fibers and blood-vessels may cause miscariiage. Frecpiently a diseased condition of the fa^us itself causes miscarriage. Two classes of females, very different in constitution and ap])earance, are liable to abortion, namely, those of a plethoric habit, and those in a weak and irritable condition. Those who continue to suckle after con- ception has again taken place render themselves liable to it, DISEASES OF WOMEN. 289 because a rertain aniomit cf nutriment required by the fnptus goes to the formation of tlie lacteal fluid. Miscarriage is generally attended with much pain. It weakens the system, and often severely tries the constitution of the sufferer, whose liability to the accident increases with each occurrence. The periods at which it is most likely to take place are said to be about a month after conception, again in twelve weeks, and again in the seventh month, — the liability increasing in those stages which correspond with the periods of menstrua- tion. Some women invariably miscarry at a certain stage; and thus, although often in the way to become mothers, are never blessed with offspritig. By this it will be sufficiently plain that pregnant women ought to avoid all violent exercises of the body, strong mental ex- citement, over indulgence of sensual appetites, exposure to wet, or any extremes of weather, or aught which may tend to constitu- tional derangement of whatever kind ; and those who liave once aborted should be doubly careful on account of their greater liability. Synnitotns. — These vary considerably, according to the stage of pregnancy, but usually there are slight pains in the loins and parts about the womb. There is a sense of bearing down, a frequent desire to make water or to evacuate the bowels, and a feverish state of the system generally. A discharge of blood commonly follows, sometimes in clots, at others in gushes ; and this will continue until the fwtus is expelled. As the patient cannot be considered out of danger until relieved of the ovum, the discharge ought to be carefully watched, and preserved for the examination of the medical man, should he not be present during its progress, which is much to be j)referred. Treatment. — The first object when the premonitory symptoms above mentioned set in, is, if possible, to prevent aIiov- tion. To this end the patient must at once assume a recumbent position, and on no account be suffered to move more than may be absolutely necessary. For a few days use only cold drinks, and at bedtime take a pill composed of one grain of opium and two grains of sugar of lead. If there is much heat in the abdomen, cloths wet with vine- gar and water, in equal propoitions, should be applied thereto, and removed as often as they get warm. When the hemorrhage becomes at all profuse, all hopes of prevention are at an end, and the eflbrts should be directed to relieve pain, prevent ex- haustion of strength, and finally to remove, as quickly as may 290 DISEASES OF WOMEN. be, the ovum from the womb. To effect the latter object, me- chanical means are sometimes resorted to, but only one thor- oughly acquainted with the anatomy of the parts should attempt this. As the flooding proceeds, the patient should be kept as cool as possible ; she should be exposed to and suffered to breathe cold air ; acidulated drinks should be administered ; if ice can be obtained, let it be used to lower the temperature. Should fainting ensue from loss of blood, cordials may be given, but not liastilyor frequently ; a teaspoonful of brandy, or fifteen drops of aromatic spirits of ammonia, in half a wineglassful of cold water is the best stimulant for the purpose. When the dis- charge is ver}' profuse, lint, wadding, or a piece of sponge, dipped in a solution of alum, and then in olive oil, may be introduced into the vagina, or an injection of the same gently thrown up by means of a syringe ; or a decoction of oak bark may be used for the same pur])Ose. Should these means fail to check the hemorrhage, give dilute sulphuric acid, fifteen drops in half a wineglassful of water being a sufficient dose. Opiates may be given with advantage when the pain is very severe, especially before the flooding comes on, or after it has continued too long. Suppositories, consisting of about a grain of powdered opium, made up into a softish mass, with a few grains of powdered gum, or extract of henbane, are also useful. These latter may be introduced when miscarriage is likely to ensue. With rest and proper care they will some- times prevent it. The best preventives of miscarriage are the frequent use of the cold hip bath, and sponging the lower part with cold vinegar and water ; strict attention to diet, and avoiding all vio- lent purging medicines ; moderate, gentle exercise, and entire abstinence from sexual intercourse during the first months of pregnancy. About al)ortions voluntarily produced, we can only warn women of the folly and danger of resorting to unprincipled em[)irics, or the use of powerful drugs. Death frequently re- sults from the employment of such means as are necessaiy to produce abortion, and it is far more honorable to bear the shame and disgrace of being the mother of illegitimate offspring than to incur the risk and sin of destroying your own and another life. Women in wedlock have positively no excuse for vio- lating the parental instinct or wishing to commit so base a crime. DISEASES OF WOMEN. 291 AN/EMIA. This is a condition of the constitution in which there is a deficiency of red globules, or coloring matter, in the blood. It is marked by extreme pallor of the face and lips; and it is not un- common in young females of a weak or scrofulous habit. It appears to arise from a deficiency of vital energy in the system, either constitutional or brought on by want of nourishment, breathing impure air, or great loss of blood. In any case a cure may be effected by good, generous diet, pure air, moderate exer- cise, and strengthening medicines. Treatment. — Any of the various preparations of iron may be taken, if the appetite is poor, in conjunction with some bitter tonic, such as infusion of gentian, with a little quinine. Should there be mucli emaciation, cod-liver oil, taken in orange wine, will be of service. The pores of the skin should be kept open by tepid sponging, and the bowels moderately so by a rhubarb or colocynth pill now and then. Strong purgatives should be avoided, and especially salines. In young females the absence of the monthly discharge need cause no uneasiness. Should the pallor, languor, sleeplessness, headache, confined bowels, and swelling of the feet continue, a plivsician ought to be consulted, as it is likely there may be consumption or other organic disease at the root of the mischief. BARRENNESS. Barrenness is the defect of power in the female to produce offspring. Causes. — It is caused sometimes by want of tone or strength in the system ; nervous debility; sometimes the result of malformation of structure in some part of the generative organs ; and som*^*^imes by functional disorders from local or constitutional causes. The following means are benetieial. Treatinent. — Cold bathing, general tonics or strengthen- ers to the system, electricity applied locally. A milk and vege- table diet is recommended, and abstinence from sexual indul- gence for a time. Take plenty of exercise early in tiie morning in the open air, and take one scruple each of compound aloetic pill, compound rhubarb pill, sulphate of iron, extract of henbane. Mix and divide into tliirty-two i)ills. Take one every night and the following in the daytime : Compound tincture of valerian, one-half ounce ; compound tincture of lavender, one ounce ; aro- matic spirits of ammonia, one-half ounce. Mix, and take a tea- 292 DISEASES OF WOMEN. spoonful twice a day in two tablespoonfuls of infusion of casca- rilla. GREEN SICKNESS. This disease has obtained its name from the pale and green- ish cast of the skin of the patient. It is one of the forms of aucemia, and chielly affects young girls, although adult and even married women, and young delicate males, are subject to it. Causes. — The disease appears to arise from a deficiency in the blood of red particles, and other constituents, and this is caused by defective assimilation. Young persons of sedentary habits, or those who work in crowded factories or shops, or who live in underground kitchens and like places, are particularly subject to it. Symi>toms. — In addition to the pallor of the skin, which is common to the forms of anromia, this has some peculiar symp- toms, such as hysterical paroxysms, and extreme nervousness, pain in the side, swelling of the ankles, headache recurring at certain periods ; there is also frequently depraved appetite and a disinclination for wholesome food altogether. Treatment. — Change of air, tonics, and the course of treatment prescribed under the head of An;vmia, is the best in such cases. Exercise, fresh air, and nourishing diet are the great restoratives. Iron is the best tonic, alone or in combination with quinine. It should be given in the least nauseous form, and at least one hour before meals. HYSTERICS. (^Hysteria.^ A nervous affection, chiefly of females, and often connected with uterine ijregularities. The age at which there is the great- est proneness to hysteria is from that of pu' -^^ty to the fiftieth year. Single women, and the married who do not bear chil- dren, are most subject to it, although it sometimes occurs at the early period of pregnancy and immediately after childbirth. Persons of studious and sedentary habits, and of scrofnlous and weakly constitutions, are especially subject to hysteria, as are indolent and plethoric persons, and those debilitated by disease or excesses of any kind. It is a curious circumstance connected with this affection that it simulates almost every disease to which humanity is liable. Sffmptotns. — An attack generally comes on with a sen- sation of choking. It seems as if a ball were rising in the throat, DISEASES OF WOMEN. 293 and threatening to stop the passage of the air; then the patient becomes convulsed, so that a feeble woman will recjuire three or four strong persons to restrain her from injuring herself; then follows the hysterical sobbing and crying, with alternate fits of laugliter. Generally the head is thrown back, the face is Hushed, tlie eyelids closed and tremulous ; the nostrils distended, and the mouth iirmly shut. There is a strong movement in the throat, wiiich is j)rojected forwaid, and a wild throwing about of the arms and hands, with sometimes a tearing of the luiir, rend- ing of the clothes, catching at the throat, and attempts to bite those wiio impose a necessary restraint. A iit of hysteria may last for a few minutes only, or for days. It may generally be distinguished from ejjilepsy by the absence of foaming at the mouth, which is nearly always present in that disease, and also by the peculiar twinkling of the eyelids, which is a distinguishing symptom of great value, and a sign of safety. In epilepsy, too, there is a complete insensil)ility. Not so in hysteria ; the patient retains partial consciousness; hence it behooves those about her to be cautious what they say. If any remedies arc suggested of which she is likely to have a dread, her recovery nniy be greatly retarded thereby. In epi- lepsy there is laborious or suspended respiration, a daik, livid complexion, a protruding and bleeding tongue ; rolling or star- ing and projected eyeballs, and a frightful expression of the countenance. Not so in hysteria; the cheeks are usually red, and the eyes, if not hidden by the closed eyelids, are bright and at rest ; the sobbing, sighing, short cries, and laughter, too, are characteristic of the latter affection. We point out these distinctions that no unnecessaiy alarm may be felt during a lit of hysteria, which is seldom attended with ultimate danger either to mind or body, although the symptoms are suthciently dis- tressing to cause some anxiety. Treatment, — First prevent the patient from injuring her- self. Confine her hands by wrapjnng tightly round her a sheet or blanket. The dress should be loosened, especially round the throat; and the face freely exposed to fresh air. If she can swallow, an ounce of camphor mixture, with a teaspoonful of ether, sal volatile, tincture of assafa'tida, or valerian, may be administered. Ammonia may be applied cautiously to the nos- trils ; and if the fit is of long duration an enema injected, con- sisting of spirits of turpentine, castor oil, and tincture of assa- ftetida, of each half an ounce, in a half pint of gruel. What is required is a strong stimulus to the nervous system ; therefore, 294 DISEASES OF WOMEN. daslnng cold water on the face, and hot applications to the spine, are likely to be of service. Carlisle recommends that a polished piece of steel, held in boiling water for a minute or two, be passed down tlie back over a silk handkerchief. This has been found to prevent the recurrence of the paroxysm, which has before been periodic. The patient's mind, during the intermissions of the attack, should be kept as tranquil as possible, and a tendency to all irregular habits or excesses held in check. If plethoric, there should be spare diet ; if scrofulous and weakljs good nourishing food and tt)nic medicines, particularly some form of iron, the shower bath, regular exercise, and cheerful company. Anti- spasmodics, and remedies which have a gently stimulating ettect, will frequently relieve the sleeplessness complained of by h3'sterical patients better than opiates and other narcotics. In such cases Dr. Graves recommends pills composed of a grain of musk and two or three grains of assafcetida, to be taken two or three times a day. PREMATURE BIRTH. A birth which occurs between the seventh and ninth month of pregnancy is called premature. It is a contingency to be most carefully guarded against, for a child born before its regular time can scarcely be expected to have the strength and vigor of one who attains its full development in the womb. Neverthe- less cases have been known in which the early-born child has grown up hearty and strong, and there are also cases in which, for the mother's sake, a premature labor is desirable, as giving the only possible chance of producing living offspring at all. Of course, none but a physician should be intrusted with the delicate task of bringing about a premature labor, and only the malformation of the pelvis or some deformity should cause him to attempt it. PUERPERAL CONVULSIONS. These sometimes come on during labor, or immediately after its completion, while the patient is in a state of prostration. The hysterical form is the most easily dealt with, — merely dash a little cold water in the face, and give a teaspoonful of sal vola- tile in water as in common hysteria. This complication of labor is extremely dangerous. A phy- sician should be present at such a crisis ; if not, summon him instantly. DISEASES OF WOMZEN. 296 PUERPERAL MANIA OR NERVOUSNESS. This disease frequently attacks women either a little before, during, or shortly after childbirth, and sometimes during nurs- ing. Sfpnptoms, — Great nervous irritation ; the face is com- monly pallid, the eye troubled, the tongue white, and skin hot ; the mind wanders and conduct very irregular. Treatineiit. — Give a purge of senna and salts, and keep the bowels regular by the compound rhubarb pill. Keep the room darkened and let the patient be kept quiet, and free from the interruption of friends. If she is restless at night, give her an anodyne, such as twenty drops of hartshorn, or one grain of op'um in a solid pill. N^(§)X Gibier's Diphtheria Antitoxine. Formula of Dr. Roux ; made in New York at the Pasteur Institute. The following is furnished by Dr. Pali- Gibier, Director of the New York Pasteur Institute : — TJie Sevutn, — It is obtained according to the method of Dr. Koux from tlie blood taken from horses which have been made immune by being injected with the toxine of diphtheria for at least three months. It is transparent, yellow or reddish in color, and is undiluted. It is supplied in bottles containing 25 c.c. each, a quan- tity sufficient for an ordinary case of diphtheria at its incipient stage, and in bottles containing 7 c.c, which is sufficient to protect at least three adults and five children exposed to infection. The immunizing power of the serum exceeds the proportion of 1 to 50,000, the stand- ard thus far achieved by Roux and others ; this signifies that 1 ccm. of antitoxine serum will immunize a body weighing up to 50 kilo, or 110 pounds. Owing to the precautions observed in obtaining the blood, preparing the serum, and introducing it into sterilized vials in which are placed small pieces of camphor to prevent deterioration, the serum can be preserved for several weeks in a cool and dark place, as in the ice chest. The Dose. — In ordinary cases a dose of 15 c.c. is injected when the disease is suspected and before the diagnosis is absolute, and after a ])eriod of twelve hours the remaining 10 c.c. are injected. Adults require larger doses. In serious cases the quantity should be larger : 25 c.c. at first, 35 c.c. more within twenty-four hours, and even 100 c.c. can be injected within a few days, the serum being wholly innocuous. The injections are given subcutaneously, prefer- ably in the lateral part of the abdomen, after the site of injection has been carefully washed with a 4% solution of carbolic acid, or a 1% solution of lysol. The injections are almost painless, and massage is unnecessary, as the swelling caused by the fluid disappears quickly. In a family in which a case of diphtheria occurs, it is recommended to immunify the other members, especially the children, with a small quantitv of serum. The Syvitige, — The instrument made according to our direc- tions has a capacity of 25 c.c. It can be thoroughly disinfected by washing it and the needle carefully in the following manner : before the injection, first with a 4% solution of carbolic acid or a 1% solution of lysol, and then two or three times with cool water previously steril- 295a gibier's diphtheria antitoxine. 295b ized by ebullition. After the injectioji the syringe must be washed at once with sterilized water in order to prevent the coagulation of the serum by contact with the disinfectant which has to be used again. OThe JPatient* — Although the serum is the essential agent in the treatment of diphtheria, the throat and the nares should be fre- quently irrigated with a sterilized solution of boracic acid. Ko local reaction follows the injection of antitoxine ; general reaction frequently appears within twenty-four hours, sometimes accom- panied by erythema. The temperature rises only one or two degrees and the pulse in children may attain 120 and 130. These ])henomena are more apparent in patients who have been treated preventively with the antitoxine. The reaction rarely lasts more than twenty- four hours. A period of twenty-four hours generally elapses before a favorable result follows the injection, but in mild cases the improve- ment may appear within twelve hours, and in serious cases it may be delayed for thirty-six hours. It must be understood that if in the last mentioned class the treatment be postponed too long, instead of improving, the patient may not be benefited. In twenty-four hours after the injection the false membranes lose their gray appearance and become white. This decoloration is a good indication. Shortly after this change the false membranes become detached, a simple irrigation causes them to be expelled, and generally they do not reappear. It is expedient to watch for the modification of the respiration caused by the sudden detachment of the false membranes, as they may cause obstruction of the air passages, and intubation or trache- otomy may be necessary. In those cases of croup in which opera- tive treatment has been resorted to, the gene."al and local improve- ment following the exhibition of the serum is rapid. If engaged, the glands undergo a simultaneous improvement ; instead of forming one solid mass they become distinct, and the oedema which surrounds them disappears. The albuminuria so prevalent in diphtheria is prevented or much less marked when the treatment is adopted promptly. The persistence of this symptom is a manifestation of the general systemic intoxication by the products of the bacillus diphtheri:e, and is an indication for the continuance of the injections with the object of preventing further coini^lications. The latest statistics of the Paris hospitals, collected since the new treatment has been better understood and applied earlier, show that the death rate of diphtheria has been decreased from 50% and 60% to 12%. CHILDREN. Care, Diseases ano TREATrviENT. In most cases, the child begins to breathe and cry as soon as it is uslieied into the world. This, however, is not always the case. Many children manifest no signs of animation when burn, who ma}-, nevertheless, be re-animated by prompt and judicious management. When this state of apparent death depends on lack of oxygen, the infant's countenance exhibits a livid or deep red and bloated appearance; the eyes are promi- nent, and the surface of the body warm and reddish ; sometimes the body is flaccid, and the navel-string has ceased to pulsate. Everything depends on the speedy re-animation of the child. When the cord pulsates vigorously, little effort is generally required for setting the vital functions in operation. An effort may be necessary to excite the respiratory functions by artificial inflrttion of the lungs and compression of the thorax with the hands. In inflating the lungs, a silk handkerchief folded double, or a fine napkin, should be laid over the mouth of the infant; the nurse should then apply her mouth to that of the babe, at the same time closing its nostrils, and endeavor, by a moderate but uniform force of insufflation, to All its lungs with air. The covering of the mouth is recommended as a means of avoiding rupture of the pulmonary air-cells. Some infants remain for a minute or two after birth without any or but a few respiratory efforts, although they will open their eyes and move their extremities with sufficient activity. A few drops of cold water sprinkled on the chest or abdomen will instantly cause them to breathe and cry out lustily. The main point of caution, in cases of this kind, is to avoid tying the cord until its pulsation has ceased, or has become quite feeble. In all instances where respiration does not ensue immediately after bii'th, or is any wise embarrassed, prompt attention should be paid to the removal of the mucus which is usually lodged in the mouth and larynx of newborn infants. A finger surrounded with apiece of soft linen should be carefully introduced into the mouth, and the tenacious slime brought away. 2^6 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 297 Infants are sometimes born in a state of asphyxia. If, in such cases, tlie cord continues to pulsate, it must on no account be divided until pulsation has ceased. The mouth should be immediately cleared in the manner just mentioned, and a little cold spirits, or water, dashed on the pit of the stomach. So long as the cord beats, some stimulant, such as brandy, spirits of camphor, or ether, may be applied to the lips and nostrils. It will also be proper to rub the body and extremities, gently, with diT warm flannels. When the pulsation of the cord has ceased, and Che '"hild still continues in this state, the cord must be divided, and the iii.'^nt wrapped in dry and heated flannel, which is bet- ter than the use of the warm bath. Infants in this condition should not be hastily abandoned. Thirty minutes and even a longer period may elapse before the child begins to respire. In all instances where resuscitation lias been effected from a state of asphyxia, it is of the utmost consequence to suffer the infant to lie perfectly at rest, for several hours, before it is sub- jjcted to the agitation and fatigue of washing and dressing. Infants born between the seventh and eighth months generally remain in a somnolent state for several weeks, and ought to be as little disturbed by washing and dressing, or feeding, as possible. Occasionally feeble infants suddenly sink into a state of syncope, or apparent death, after everything seemed going on well. This deathlike condition usually continues a few minutes, and then gradually passes off, leaving the infant in a languid and fretful state. This affection is probably the result of some intestinal irritation. During the paroxysm, efforts must be made to re-excite the vital power by wrapping the child's body in a piece of thick flannel wrung out of hot whisky. A drop of ether, or spirits of cam})hor, should be applied to the nostrils and lips ; and weak sinapisms laid to the soles of the feet. The general rule as to tying the cord, with the exceptions above noticed, is, that it is the safest to delay the tying of it, until it has entirely ceased to pulsate. THE MECONIUM. The frecal matter formed in the bowels of infants, before birth, is called meconium. Its timely removal is an object of no small importance. Nature has furnished the approjjriate j)urga- tive for this j)urpose, in the first milk, or colostrum, secreted in the maternal breasts. The small [)Ortion of fluid wliich the child usually obtains at the breast, during the liist nine or ten hours, 298 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. possesses a decidedly purgative character, and generally causes the entire evacuation of the bowels. But instead of putting the infant earl}- to the breast, and waiting for the operation of this congenial laxative, the almost universal custom is to introduce some artificial purgative into the stomach, such as castor oil or syrup of rhubarb, or sweet oil, or molasses. Nothing can be more prejudicial to the infant's liealth than tliis. Apply the in- fant to its mother's breast before the proper milk is secreted, and, in nine cases out of ten, adequate purgation will be pro- duced without any irritation of the system. Where there is great torpor of the bowels, an injection of glycerine and warm water, or a glycerine suppository, may be used each morning after the bath. The warm bath will, in general, promote the operation of the purge — especially placing the lower part of the body in warm water, and making cold applications to the head. WASHING AND DRESSING. When the infant is born, and the function of breathing is well established, it must be carefull}'' separated from the after- birth, wrapped in a soft piece of tlannel, its mouth and nose being left uncovered, and handed to the nurse. The washing of the infant should, if possible, be performed in an adjoining room to that in which the delivery has taken place, as nurses in general make much noise and bustle about it. The water used for washing healthy and vigorous infants should be lukewarm ; but for very Aveak ones, water of a higher temperature will be neces- sary. The skin of the infant at birth is covered with a whitish, cheesy kind of substance, which is most abundant in the folds of the joints, the groins, and armi)its. It is particularly important to the health and comfort of the infant that every particle of this substance should be removed ; but as it is wholly insoluble in water, and is but very slightly acted on by soap, we must employ lard or vaseline to render it soluble. Before any water is ajiplied to the infant's body, the skin should be smeared and gently rubbed with one of these substances, after which the whole may be easih" Avashed off with warm water and mild soap. When the infant is delicate or extremel}' feeble, the addition of a teaspoon- ful of wine or brandy to the water in which it is washed may be of great service; but unless such a special reason for stimulating applications be present, plain water is decidedly the most proper. After the child has been thoroughly washed, it should be well dried and immediately dressed. Throughout the whole period CHn.DREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 299 of infancy, the cliild's body sliould be washed daily. On the appearance of any excoriations, a finely powdered starch maybe dusted over the affected parts with benefit. THE DRESS. The first thing to be done in dressing the infant is to fix the remains of the navel string, or umbilical cord, in a proper manner. The nurse takes a soft piece of linen, about two inches square, cuts a small circular hole in its center, through which she brings the remaining part of the navel-cord, and then envelops it. She next turns it toward the chest of the infant, and places a small flannel bandage or roller over it and around the body. This bandage should a simple strip of flannel, about four inches wide, which should be worn sufiiciently loose to admit of the easy in- troduction of a finger under it. Almost every part of the infant's dress should open at the back, and be fastened by tapes or but- tons ; pins ought to be entirely laid aside. The clothing should be warm, light, and loose. The lightest and softest kinds of flannel should be worn in winter ; in warm seasons muslin may be substituted for the flannel ; but common sense dictates the propriety of constantly accommodating the clothing to the vary- ing state of the weather. The infant should never be suffered to sleep in the flannel which has been worn during the day ; and in the morning it ought to be again changed. During the first eight or nine months the child's clothes should extend consider- ably below the feet, in order that the lower parts of the body may be duly protected against the cold. After this age, however, the feet should be entirely unencumbered. During cold weather, fine woolen stockings, sufficiently wide to be easily put on, should be worn ; but in warm weather light soft flannel socks will suflice. The shoes should be made of light, pliable materials, and suffi- ciently large to prevent all constraint of the feet. In very young infants, thin woolen socks will protect the feet sufficiently dur- ing warm weather ; but when they are about learning to walk, it is best to have the feet protected against accidents by soft, light shoes. It is highly important that the child should be kept as dry as possible. Its underclothes should be immediately removed when wet, and replaced by dry and clean ones. THE FOOD OF INFANTS. With healthy infants, several hours at least should be suf- fered to pass, immediately after birth, before any alimentary 300 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. substances are introduced into the stomach. A few teaspoon- fuls of some very bland and weak fluid might not be detrimen- tal, but tlie usual practice of filling the stomach to distention with gruel, or pulverized biscuit dissolved in water, or some such preparation, is exceedingly to be deprecated. In nine cases out of ten, perhaps, the gripings, flatulency, diarrhoea, and colic, which so fre(|uently harass infants during the first six months of their existence after birth, are the results of indigestion, brought on by errors in diet. And then, to relieve these symptoms, nurses employ catmint tea, anise seed tea, paregoric, or some other nos- trum ; and thus an additional source of stomach derangement, or indigestion, is brought into operation on the unfortunate babe. The infant's digestive functions are often injured also by tlie exhibition of active purgatives. There is no substance in nature, nor can there be anything prepared by art, which forms so congenial and wholesome a nourishment to the 3'oung babe as its mother's milk. It is almost superfluous to remark that nature manifestly intended this fluid as its sole nutriment at this early stage of life, and until the primary teeth make their appearance. Should there exist any inability of suckling the child, a mixture of two parts of fresh cow's milk and one part of warm water approaches nearer to the nature of human milk than anything else that can conveniently be procured. After the first teeth have come out, small portions of barley water, thinly prepared arrowroot, or a mixture of equal parts of cow's milk and water may be given two or three times daily in addition to the nourishment drawn from the breasts. The food should be introduced into the stomach as gradually as possible, and, we must again repeat the caution, care should be taken not to over- load the stomach. After the seventh month, small portions of the food just mentioned should be given at regular periods, three or four times daily. The practice of dandling or jolting infants soon after they have taken nourishment is decidedly improper. The child should be left quiet for at least thirty or forty minutes after having received its food. EMPLOYMENT OF NURSES. Mothers are not always in a condition which enables them to suckle their own infants. This is unfortunate, for it cannot be doubted that the mother's milk is, in general, better adapted to the constitutional temperament of her offspring than that fur- nished by others. CHILDHKN AND THEIR DISEASES. 301 No woman who has led a debauclied course of life, even though reformed, can be regarded as a perfecll}- safe nurse. Females of this description are apt to have their system con- taminated with some morbid taint which may give an unwhole- some quality to the milk. The nurse should be of sound and vigorous constitution, and the age of the milk should not vary much from that of the infant itself, up to the fourth month. After that period such a relation between the ages of the milk and child is not of much importance. A nurse wlio has but one good breast should never be selected, for a babe suckled by one breast onl}^ is ai)t to contract tlie habit of squinting. To avoid this, the babe should be nourished alternately from botli breasts. Particular regard should be had to the temper and moral habits of the nurse. It is hardly necessary to observe that an irritable, passionate, and sour tempered female is but ill suited for the important duty of nursing. ARTIFICIAL NURSING. Under judicious management, infants will experience but little inconvenience from a course of artificial nursing; and this mode of nourishing children is preferable to the employment of a wet nurse whose competency and fitness for the duty may be questionable. Very young and peculiarly delicate and feeble infants seldom do well when raised by hand ; and when, upon trial, the slightest kind of any artificial aliment is found to dis- order the alimentary canal, tire life of the infant will very prob- ably depend upon a fresh and wholesome breaj^t being instantly prociired for it. When artificial nourishment must be resorted to, a mixture of two parts of fresh cow's milk, and one part of warm water, with a very small portion of milk sugar, will, in general, answer the purpose. Thin barley water will sometimes be useful as a change of nourishment, where, from acidity in the stomacii, the milk curdles and causes griping. The nursing bottle is decidedly the best mode of feeding the child, but i)ar- ticular care should be taken to keep it always jierfectly clean and sweet. It should be well washed, both inside and outside, with hot water every time used. There are several kinds of artificial foods for infants which many have used with excellent results. EXERCISE. It is of great importance to allow the infant the freest possible use of the limbs. Muscular exertion is indispensa- ble to the preservation of health, and it should be an especial 302 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. object of care to allow entire freedom of motion for several hours daily. With this view, the infant should be taken from its bed, laid upon its back on a soft mattress or any other level and slightly resisting surface, and divested of everj-thing calculated to restrain the motion of its limbs and body. This should be repeated t\A'o or three times daily, and in warm weather the air should be freely admitted. Besides the exercise which infants thus obtain by their own muscular efforts, passive exercise should be regularly afforded them by carrying in the arms or riding in an easy carriage. The use of tliis kind of motion should be commenced as early as the second or third day after birth, provided the infant be not unusually feeble. At first, that is, a few days after birth, the infant should be taken from its cradle two or three times daily, laid on its back upon a pillow, and carried gently about the chamber. After the third or fourth week, the child may be carried, in a reclining posture, on the arms of a careful nurse, in such a way as to afford entire support to the body and head. When the child has acquired a sufficient degree of strength to maintain itself in a sitting posture — which is seldom before the completion of the third month — it may be carried about in this posture for a short time, twice or thrice daily, provided the spine and head be supported by the nurse, an aid which can sel- dom be prudently dispensed with before the child is six or seven months old. All rapid motions are calculated to injure the delicate organization of infants ; therefore running or jumping with an infant in the arms, descending rapidly a llight of stairs, or whirling round, ought to be rigidly forbidden. The prac- tice of sup})orting very young infants in a sitting posture on the knee, and jolting them violentljs cannot be too severely cen- sured. To gentle rocking of infants in the cradle there seems no great objection, but rapid or long continued motion of this kind should be avoided. Riding in a carriage, properlj^ con- structed, is an excellent mode of affording suitable exercise to infants. The body of the carriage should be long enough to permit the infant to lie down at full length, and the sides suf- ficiently iiigh to prevent it falling or rolling out. Very young infants should be laid down in the carriage, on a pillow, or a small and soft mattress, with the head slightly elevated, and so confined at the sides as to prevent the body rolling when the carriage is put in motion. After the child has acquired some degree of strength, it should be placed in a semi-recumbent posture, with its bead and back well supported by pillows. childrf:n and their diseases. 803 AIR AND TEMPERATURE OF NURSERY. Pure air is indispensable, and at no period of life are the effects of impure air more obvious than during the feeble and susceptil)le age of childhood. Infants ought to be accustomed to the fresh air as soon as they are two weeks old, and should enjoy it daily for an hour or two when the weather is clear and mild. When the atmosphere is mild, the external air ought to be freely admitted by keeping a window open during the day, and at night the chamber door should be left 0})en. \Vet and soiled articles of clothing should be instantly removed. The general error is to keep the ajiartments of children much warmer than is consistent either with their comfort or health. Warm rooms I)rincipally contribute to the extraordinary mortality of chil- dren, who are carried off by convulsions in the tirst months of their lives. WEANING. The proper time for weaning is soon after all the incisor teeth have made their appearance. This varies considerably in different cases, but will seldom be delaj^ed beyond the eleventh month, and, in the majority of instances, will occur between the ninth and tenth months. Some infants, indeed, have teeth before the sixth month, and others not sooner than the twelfth or sixteenth ; for the first it would be too soon to advise wean- ing, — for the latter it would be too long to delay it. It would be injudicious to attempt weaning when the child's health is bad, while it is teething, or while laboring undei- disease f>f any kind, as the breast is a source of tianquillity — a kind of sedative in all the diseases and varieties of temper of infants. Weaning ought always to be accomplished, if possible, in a gradual man- ner ; as the period of weaning approaches, small portions of bread, bread and milk, milk thickened with rice or flour, or chicken tea should be allowed the child twice or thrice dailv, while at the same time the intervals of nursing should be more and more prolonged. When the child is gradually accustomed to take other food, and very much amused by its mother, it will easily be got to forget the breast, and seldom require it. The process of weaning will be helped by allowing the infant to drink liberally from a cup of milk, with a sixth part of tei)id water. After the child has been weaned, its principal nourish- ment ought still to consist of liquid or semi-(luid substances — milk, milk boiled with bread or slightly thickened with rice or 304 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. wheat flour, preparations of arrowroot, tapioca, or sago, oatmeal gruel, or hard biscuits finely pulverized and dissolved in warm water, with a little milk and sugar, should constitute the princi- pal nourishment until the eye teeth have made their appearance. WASHING AND BATHING. Cleanliness is a most important requisite to a healthy state of the skin. The general health is liable to be impaired by an unclean state of the surface of the body. We have already said that infants ought to be thoroughly washed over the whole body at least once a day. After weaning it will be sufficient to wash the child once every other day. During the first three or four months of the child's existence, warm water should be used ; after that period it should only be lukewarm, until the first teething is completed, when it ought to be still further reduced until it excites a decided sensation of coolness when applied to the body. The bath should be given with a soft sponge or a piece of soft linen. For the first four or five weeks, the infant should not be kept beyond two or three minutes in the bath ; the duration may be gradually prolonged until it extends to twelve or fifteen minutes. The best time for bathing children is about two hours after breakfast or dinner. The bathing ought to be conducted in a room moderately warm ; and, on removing the child from the bath, it ought to be instantly wiped perfectly dry and invested in warm and dry linen. Infants may then be placed in bed, which, in winter, should be previously warmed. TONGUE-TIE. It frequently happens that the tongue of an infant is so tied down and restrained in its actions, that nursing is rendered diffi- cult, and attended with a peculiar " clucking" noise in the fauces. It may be immediately remedied with a pair of blunt pointed scissors. INFLAMMATION OF THE BREASTS AND NAVEL. Newborn infants are liable to a singular inflammation and enlargement of the breasts. In moderate cases of this kind, nothing more is necessary than to apply a piece of linen moist- ened with a little sweet oil ; a weak solution of the muriate of ammonia in vinegar and water, in the proportion of a dram of the ammonia to four ounces of vinegar. The solution ought to be applied warm by moistening pieces of linen with it, and lay- ing them over the affected parts. CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 805 Inflammation and consequent ulceration about the navel is a frequent occurrence during the first nine or ten days after birth. The most common cause is want of attentiou to cleanli- ness. Whatever applications are made, the parts should be carefully washed with lukewarm carbolized water at least daily. JAUNDICE OF INFANTS. In many instances a yellowness of the skin comes on within three or four days after birth, but soon disappears again, without producing any unpleasant consecjuences. When, however, the white of the eye becomes yellow, the bowels get costive, and the stools are whitish or clay colored, and there is a disposition to vomit, a suitable course of remedial measures should be instantly resorted to. Treattnent. — The fourth of a grain of calomel may be given. If free purging does not ensue its operation must be aided by castor oil. In conjunction with these remedies, the daily use of the warm bath is beneficial ; and gentle friction with the bare hand over the region of the liver and stomach, provided there is no inllammation or abdominal tenderness. RETENTION OF URINE. There may be little or no urine secreted during the first fifteen or twenty hours after birth, and yet the infant manifest no uneasiness ; but when the inactivity is protracted much be- yond this period, the consequences may be serious. A teaspoon- ful of weak paisley tea, with two drops of sweet spirits of niter, given every half hour, and the employment of the hi[) bath, will generally excite the proper action of the kidneys. When there is retention of the urine — it may be ascertained by the increased distress of the child upon pressure with the hand on the hypogastric region — the warm bath is to be employed with purgatives and gentle friction with camphorated oil ; but, if the symptoms still increase, consult a physician without delay. Pain and difficulty in voiding urine is a frequent complaint among infants, particularly during teething. When an infant is observed to have occasional tits of violent crying, this cause may be suspected. To ascertain the cause of the disease, the urine must be examined. 306 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. TEETHING. The process of teetliing is usually accompanied with gen- eral irritability of the system ; one or both cheeks are often flushed, and the infant frequently starts in his sleep. This period is, upon the whole, one of the most perilous of the child's life, — as many complaints which, at other periods, would have terminated favorably, often acquire a fatal violence from the irritable condition of the system. The occurrence of convul- sions from dilhcult dentition is common, and nothing tends more to favor their occurrence than improper diet or overload- ing the stomach. Various eruptions on the skin are frequently associated with teething. Infants are also lial)le at this period to a peculiar croupy affection, attended with extremely difficult respiration. Fever is, u])on the whole, the most common sym- pathetic affection of difficult teething. It seldom, however, assumes a vehement character. During teething the diet should be as mild and simple as possible. If the nurse has plenty of milk nothing but it should be allowed until all the incisors at least are protruded. Should artificial nourishment be necessary, use a simple mixture of milk and water or some one of the artificial foods. Regular exercise in the open air is of great utility during dentition. The head ought to be kept cool, and, during warm weather, no caps should be worn. DIABETES. Diabetic affections are more common among children than is supposed, but seldom occur after the second year. Symptoms. — In the commencement of the disease the child becomes languid and fretful ; in a short time it begins to fall off in flesh, while the skin becomes dry, hard, and flabby ; as the disease advances, the bowels get disordered, and the tongue is covered with a white fur, or thick, transparent mucus ; the abdomen also becomes distended and tense, and, in the more ad- vanced stage of the disease, the brain is generally more or less affected. The most remarkable symptom, however, is the inor- dinate discharge of uiine. Treatment. — In treating this disease the same principles are to be observed as in treating adults. (See page 139.) Where the urine is clearly saccharine, an animal diet should be substi- tuted for the usual farinaceous or milk diet. If febrile symptoms are present, give mild aperients, and the occasional use of the warm bath. Opiates are often decidedly beneficial. To a child CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 307 between one and two years old, a giain of Dover's powder ma}' be given two or three times daily. Jn cases where the urine is not sweet, small doses of the bicarbonate of soda, in union with two or three grains of the bicarl)onate of iron, may be advan- tageously employed. A turpentine plaster laid over the regions of the kidneys has been found of service in infantile diabetes. Where the digestive powers are good, beef tea, or weak chicken broth, mixed with the usual farinaceous substauces, or a portion of milk, may be given for diet. The state of the gums should be particularly attended to while the child is laboring under this affection. ERYSIPELAS. Infants are liable to this inflammation within a few days after birth. Syniptoms. — It generally commeuces on the lower parts of the body, in the form of a small, red blotch, which gradually spreads over the abdomen and the thighs, presentiug a swollen, dark red surface. In most cases, soon after inflammation is es- tablished, vesicles make their appearance, and the disease soon reaches a dangerous condition, the tendency' to suppuration and gangrene being very great. Treatment. — On the first appearance of inflammation, wrap up the affected parts with cloths saturated with a strong solution of the sulphate of soda, and cover with oiled silk. The mucilage of slipj)ery elm bark, or grated potatoes, applied will check the spreading. If gangrene is indicated, apply a poultice of indigo weed, or lotions of the permanganate of potash. In inflammation, give teaspoonful doses of the elixir cinchona and iron, in addition to the external application of the sulphite of soda. THRUSH. This is one of the most common diseases of infancy. It is characterized by a i)eculiar eruption of minute pustules, and a whitish incrustation of the tongue. Sfjtnptotns. — There are generall}' much thirst, restless- ness, languor, acid and flatulent eructations, loose and griping stools, drowsiness, pain, dilliculty of sucking, and a copious flow of saliva from the mouth. The stomach and bowels are almost always prominently disordered, and the infant is apt to vomit after taking anything into its stomach. The abdomen is often sore to the touch, and great difficulty of swallowing is expe 308 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. rienced. Feeble and sieklj^ children scarcely ever escape this disease ; children, also, who are kept in crowded or ill ventilated apartments are especially liable to it. Treatment, — The fiist object is to lestore the healthy condition of the stomach -nd bowels. Where the stomach is sour, and the alvine evacuations of a grass-green color, from three to four grains of magnesia with two grains of rhubarb, and one of powdered valerian, may be given every two or three hours until the bowels are freely evacuated. If theie is much general irritability and restlessness after this, the tepid bath, followed by a drop or two of laudanum, should be employed. The mucous membrane of the intestines is apt to become irritated in severe cases. V/hen these symptoms are present, a large emollient poultice may be aj)plied over the abdomen in conjunc- tion with tlie internal use of minute portions of Dover's j)Owder, with a solution of gum arable as drink. Borax is a familiar remedy with nurses and mothers, as well as with the profession. It may be used either in form of powder, or in solution ; if the solution be used, a dram of the borax should be dissolved in two ounces of water, and applied to the mouth with a piece of soft linen rag tied to the extremity of a pliable piece of whalebone, or with a soft feather. The practice of forcibly' rubbing off the eruption is extremely reprehensible ; for, when rubbed off in this way, the crust is soon renewed in an aggravated form. CANKER. ( Ulceration of the Mouth.') Children are liable to an ulcerative affection of the mouth which is evidently distinct from the ordinary aphthous eruption. It consists in a number of small, ash colored, and excavated ulcerations, with elevated edges situated about the fra^num, and along the inferior margin of the tongue and gums and on the cheek. They usually commence in the form of small, red, slightly elevated points, attended with slight symptoms of febrile irritation. Treatment, — Clean out the bowels with a dose of magnesia and rhubaib. A solution often grains of the sulphate of copper in about three teaspoonfuls of water, to which four teaspoonfuls of borax must be added, may be applied to the ulcers once or twice dally by means of a strong cameFs-hair pencil. Solid food, especially salted meats and fish, must be rigidly avoided during this complaint. CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 309 COLIC. Colic pains occur often and witli great seventy during the first five or six months of infancy. In slight attacks the infant suddenly becomes fretful, draws up its legs towards the abdo- men, whines or cries for a few moments, and then resumes its usual quiet condition. After a very short interval, another attack of the same kind occurs, and again soon subsides ; and this goes on until relief ensues. In many cases, however, the symptoms are much more violent : there is excessive and unap- peasable screaming, violent kicking. Hushing of the face, writh- ing of tlie body, and a distended and tense state of the abdomen. In many instances, colic is caused by overloading the delicate stomach of the infant with artificial food ; sometimes by bad milk ; sometimes from the influence of a cold. Treatment. — When there is reason for believing that the breast-milk is unwholesome, a change of diet is necessary. Using a mixture of cow's milk and water, or a piepared artificial food, may be tried. If the bowels are clogged, magnesia is a good remedy ; it is anti-acid and purgative. Use three grains of mag- nesia with two grains of powdered valerian. Give twice a day until the acidity of the stomach is removed. If this does not keep up a sufiicient action of the bowels, the proportion of mag- nesia should be occasionally increased, or a few grains of rhubarb added to the powders. For lessening the violence and duration of the attacks, the following mixture is reconmiended ; Dissolve one dram of cam- phor in an ounce of sulphuric ether ; take thirty dro[)S of this solution, twenty grains of magnesia, and six drops of laudanum, and mix tliem together with an ounce of fennel seed tea. Of this mixture, a teaspoonful may be given to an infant from two to six weeks old; and, if sufiicient relief be not obtained in half an hour, about half a teaspoonful more should be administered. Gentle friction with dry flannel over the abdomen is useful in aiding the expulsion of the confined wind. We must here caution mothers and nurses against the com- mon but pernicious practice of administering large doses of ano- dynes or carminatives to infants. The habitual use of such substances almost always leads to very unfavorable consequences. Under this treatment the appetite and digestive powers fail ; tlie body becomes emaciated, and the skin sallow and shriveled ; the countenance acquires an expression of languor and suffering ; and a general state of apathy, inactivity, and indolence ensues, vriiich will probably terminate in couvulsious, dropsy of the 310 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. head, glandular swellings, incurable jaundice, or fatal exhaustion of the vital energies. All the usual soothing mixtures contain more or less opium, and innumerable infants have been irretriev- ably injured by their employment. CONSTIPATION. Torpor of the bowels and consequent costiveness is of fre- quent occurrence among infants. In some instances the bowels always require to be excited b}^ artificial means. In constitu- tional costiveness, a period of from two to four days may inter- vene between stools without the child receiving any great injury, but it is prudent to watch such symptoms, especially where there is any tendency to convulsive affections. Treatment, — Manna dissolved in warm water to the con- sistency of a thick syrup is a good laxative, in teaspoonful doses. Cold pressed castor oil is an excellent laxative in ordinary cases of this kind ; if acidity be present magnesia is the appropriate laxative. In moderate cases, the introduction of a soap sup- pository into the anus will be of service. VOMITING. Vomiting occurs more frequently, and, in general, with much less unpleasant consequences, during early infancy than at any other period of life. It often occurs in robust infants who are over-nourished immediately after they have nursed. This is a simple effort of nature to relieve itself of the superabun- dant nourishment with which the digestive organs are over- loaded, yet we should guard against overloading the infant's stomach. Treatinenf. — Vomiting connected with teething may be relieved by lancing the gums, by purgatives, or by small doses of magnesia, as the case requires. In cases of vomiting excited by acidity of the stomach, repeated doses of limewater and milk will be found serviceable. When the vomiting is excited by some improper article of food, a little warm water will favor vomiting and bring relief. If, after the stomach has been freed of its offensive contents, the vomiting does not cease, a few drops of camphorated spirit in a little milk will generally pre- vent its recurrence. DIARRHCEA. Diarrhoea is more common during infancy than any other period of life ; and it is also more apt to assume an unmanage- CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 811 able and dangerous character at this period than at a more ad- vanced staoe ot" cliihlhood or adult atije. Cnttscs. — The exciting causes of this disease are extremely various. Irritating, crude, and inapprojjriate aiticles of food or drink are a frecjuent cause of diarrha'a. Children who are entirely nourished at the breast are much less lialjle to this conii)laint than those nourished by artificial food. Some infants are invarial)]y ])urged when fed with cow's milk, even when considerably diluted with water. Infants who are fed with solid food seldom escape suffering more or less diarrhcjea. The practice of allowing them to eat potatoes, meat, pastry, dried fruit, and other things of this kind is particularly injurious, and often produces chronic diarrluea. A high atmospheric tempera- ture is frequently concerned in the production of this complaint ; the occurrence of bowel complaints among children is compara- tively more frequent during the hot months of summer than in the colder seasons of the year. Treatnient* — Immediate attention must be paid to the diet. Do not give the child any solid food, and especially keep from it pastry, sweetmeats, and confectionery. The most ap propriate food will be boiled milk, crackers and milk, gruel, and tapioca. At the commencement of the attack give a mild purge of castor oil or syrup of rhubarb, and use the warm bath. If the stools are sour, dissolve a teaspoonful of bicarbonate of soda in half a glass of water, and give a teaspoonful every hour. An excellent remedy for looseness of the bowels is tea made of ground bay berry. Sweeten it well, and give a half teaspoonful once in two hours, until the child is better. CHOLERA INFANTUM. (^Summer Complamt.^ This disease is common to children of large cities, and is most frequent among those who reside in small, crowded, and ill-ventilated apartments. It is rarely seen except between the ages of three and twenty-four months, seldom beginning before or after dentition. Sf/iiijffOiHs. — It usuall}' begins with vomiting and iiuiging about the same time. The tongue, in most instances, is slightly furred at the beginning of the disease ; but, after a few days, it becomes dry and brown. The stools are commonly fluid, inter- mixed with little spots of green bile ; or as transparent as water. The patient becomes immediately prostrate, and emaciates very 312 CHILDREN AND THEIE DISEASES. rapidly. The vomiting and purging are not always constant, but sometimes occur in paroxysms, after intervals of a few hours ; and in some fortunate cases, after a duration of five or six hours, the}^ subside entirely. There is evident pain, or great uneasiness in the stomacii and bowels. Tlie hands and feet are (.-old, the skin of the body and head is hot and dry, and becomes shriveled. The eyes lose their luster, the eyelids but half cover them, the nose becomes pointed, the skin contracted upon it, while the lips are thin and shriveled. In this condition the child lies upon the lap, or upon the pillow, apparently exhausted and indisposed to move, except when impelled to vomit, or cry for cold water, — the only thing which it is willing to take, — and this is often either thrown up instantl}'' from the stomach, or suddenly passed off by the bowels. From this state it frequently sinks into stupor and insensibility, and often dies in convulsions. Treatrnetit. — On the first appearance of the disease, if pos- sible, take the child to the open air of a farm or small village. A well-ventilated apartment in the upper story of a house, if not too much heated by the roof, will give children a much better chance of life, than the ground floor. For the prevention of this disease, we would urge mothers to keep their houses clean and well aired ; to wash the whole bodies of their children daily, or more frequently, with clean tepid or cool water, changing their dress sufficiently often to keep them cleanly clad ; to abstarn from the use of unripe or unwholesome fruit themselves, and, by all means, to prevent their children from eating it. When the gums appear swelled, and the child is fretful, let the gums be carefully and freel}" lanced. Let the child wear flaune.. next its skin, and worsted stockings on its feet, even during the summer season ; and when it has passed beyond Its first year, let the diet be regulated strictly on the principles laid down under the head of Weaning. T'lese measures, if promptly adopted, will often cure the disease without medicines. If vomiting is severe, give this mixture: Camphor, one dram • sulphuric ether, one ounce ; mix, and give ten drops every half hour. If this fails, give the following: Sugar of lead, live grains ; vinegar, six drops ; loaf sugar, three drams ; soft water, one ounce. Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful ever}' hour. When the vomiting has stopped, give the compound syrup of rhubarb and potassia, Avhich will usually arrest the dis- charges. If the stools are sour, dark-colored, and disagreeable, give the following : Pulverized charcoal, one and one-half drams ; pulverized rhubarb, two scruples ; pulverized ipecac, six grains ; CHILDiiKX AND THEIR DISEASKS. 313 extract of hyoscyamus, twelve grains. Mix, and divide into twelve portions. Dose, one in every three or four hours. Tiie following has been found very useful : Pulverized rhu- barb, one sciiiple ; leptandrin, ten grains ; calcined magnesia, two sciuples ; pulverized cinnamon, ten grains. Mix. Dose, three or four grains every third hour, to a child of six months. WORMS. Worms often are present in early life without any indica- tion of disease, caused mostly by dietetic errors. Treattnent. — An injection composed of a teaspoonful of spirits of turpentine mixed with a gill of milk is very useful ; or give ten grains of powder of pinkroot night and morning. Flour of sulphur, taken in the morning before breakfast, has been recommended. For further treatment, see article on Worms (p. 205). SORE EYES. (^Purulent Ophthalmia.^ The purulent ophthalmia of infants generally commences between the fourth and eighth day after birth. At first the eyelids appear glued together. As the disease proceeds, the swelling of the eyelids increases, and a thick, purulent matter begins to issue from the eyes ; the child, at the same time, be- comes very fretful and uneasy, and kee|)s it eyes constantl}^ and firmly closed. When the inflammation is confined to the eye- lids, the disease seldom occasions any serious injury to the eye. The cause of this disease is some secretion of the mother which has come in contact with the infant's eyes during labor. The best way to prevent this disease is to wash the eyes in the most care- ful manner after birth. This should be done with tepid water, and exercise care to remove all the irritating matter which may adhere to them. In all instances, too, care should be taken not to expose the infant's eyes too suddenly and immediately to any strong light. Treat meiit. — Immediate attention must be given to this disease. If neglected in its early stages, the eye may be per- manently injured, or perhaps destroyed. Keep the eyes clean, and use the following soluti.^n : Alum, one grain ; water, one ounce ; wash the eyes several times a day. To prevent the eye- lids adhering, rub a little glycerine, or rosewater ointment, along the edge of the lids. 314 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. CROUP. This is an inflammation of the larynx and trachea, charac- terized by difficult breathing, and a rough, hoarse cough, sound- ing as if air was passing through a metallic tube. It usually attacks children of from one to three years of age, and some- times proves fatal. Symptonis. — The symptoms are first those of a common cold, or catanli ; then comes on a dry cough, with hoarseness and wheezing ; at night there is restlessness and rattling in the throat, after which the croupy crow and sound above spoken of give unmistakable warning of the disease. The child, after tossing restlessly about, starts up with a flushed face, and a dis- tressing look of terror and anxiety ; there is a quick pulse, and agitation of the whole frame, which becomes covered with a pro- fuse perspiration. As the struggle for breath proceeds, there is clutching at the throat, as though to force a passage ; the arms are thrown wildly about, the respiration becomes more labored, the rough cough more frequent, and characteristic. There is expectoration of viscid matter, strangulation threatens, and eventually the child falls into the sleep of exhaustion. It will probably wake up refreshed, and during the day may appear pretty well ; but at niglit again there will be a recurrence of the attack with aggravated symptoms, convulsions, and spasms of the glottis. The face is of a pale, leaden hue ; a film comes over the eyes, the pulse becomes feeble, the powers of life at length succumb, and the patient sinks into a drowsy stupor, which ends in death. Such is the frequent course of this pain- ful disease, and the changes from bad to worse are so rapid that there is little time for the operation of remedies. Treatment. — Confinement to the house in case of threat- ened croup is always advisable, unless the weather should be very warm and open, and then exposure after sundown should be avoided. Apply mustard poultices to the throat. Fill the room with the vapor of boiling water, — a large kettle on the stove will effect this. In the paroxysms emetics to cause full vomiting often have a most beneficial effect. Should the child appear likely to sink from exhaustion, after vomiting has been produced, stay the emetics, and give liquor of acetate of ammonia twenty drops, with five or ten drops of sal volatile, or the same of brandy in a little water, or camphor mixture ; a little wine may also be administered. In severe cases the first endeavor should be to obtain medical assistance ; but if this cannot be procured, resort CHILDRKN AND TFTEIR DISEASES. 315 at once to the best remedies obtainal)le, using them according to the best knowledge and discretion available. Croup is most likely to be fatal when inflammation com- mences in the fauces ; and this, if discovered in time, may be stopped by the ap[)lication of a solution of nitrate of silver to the whole surface within sight, and to the larynx. SPASM OF THE GLOTTIS, OR CHILD CROWING. This exhibits much the same symptoms as croup. It is not, however, of an inflammatory character, but is symptomatic of some other disease commonly coming on, as a result of irrita- tion caused by hydrocephalus, teething, worms, etc. The medi- cal man only can judge of the probable cause, and he will use such remedies as are most applicable to the peculiarity of each case. Treatment, — The following mode of treatment is recom- mended: A sponge about the size of a large flst, dipped in hot water, squeezed half dry, and applied instantly under the little sufferer's chin over the larynx and windpipe; a second sponge, heated in the same way, should be used alternately with the flrst. A perseverance in this plan during ten to twenty minutes produces a vivid redness over the whole front of the throat, just as if a strong sinapism had been ap])lied. In the mean time the whole system feels the influence of the treatment ; a warm per- spiration breaks out, which should be well encouraged by warm drinks, and a notable diminution takes place in the frequency and time of the cough, while the hoarseness almost disappears, and the rough, ringing sound of the voice subsides, along with the difficulty of breathing and restlessness ; in short, all danger is over, and the little patient again falls asleep, and awakes in the morning without any appearance of having suffered from so dangerous an attack. This disease has been repeatedly treated on this plan, and with the most uniform success. It is, however, only applicable to the very onset of the disease ; but it has the advantage of being simple, efficient, and easily put in practice, and its effects are not productive of the least injury to the con- stitution. SNUFFLES, OR COLD IN THE HEAD. Children are ver}^ liable to this distressing complaint, caused b}' inflammation of the lining of the nose. Treittttient. — Rubbing the nose with camphorated oil, goose grease, lard, or tallow will generally give relief. Keep 316 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. the bowels open with a little castor oil ; and, if the stoppage in the nose is obstinate, give warm doses of catnip, pennyroyal, or balm tea. WHOOPING COUGH. This well known disease is chiefly confined to infancy and children ; it occurs but once in a lifetime. Its severity varies greatly ; sometimes being so mild as to be scarcely known from a common cough, at others exhibiting the most distressing symp- toms, and frequently causing death by its violent and exhausting paroxysms. Si/mj^toms. — The first symptoms of this cough are those of a common cold ; there is restlessness and slight fever, with irritation in the bronchial passages ; this goes on gradually in- creasing in intensity for a week or ten days, and then it begins to assume the spasmodic character. At first the paroxysms are slight, and of short duration, with a scarcely perceptible " whoop," but soon they become more frequent and severe ; a succession of violent expulsive coughs is followed by a long drawn inspiration, in the course of which the peculiar sound occurs which gives a name to the disease ; again come the coughs, and again the in- spiration, following each other in quick succession, until the sufferer is relieved by an expectoration of phlegm resembling the white of an egg, or by vomiting. When the paroxysm is over, the child generally resumes its play, or other occupation, and frequently complains of being hungry. As the disease proceeds, the expectoration becomes thicker, and is more easily raised, and this is a favorable sign. The spasmodic par- oxysms become less frequent and violent, and gradually cease altogether. The summer is the most favorable time for the disease. With a strong healthy child (when proper care is taken), there is little to apprehend from this disease, provided it be not complicated with others, such as inflammation of the lungs, or any head affection producing convulsions. It then proves a most dangerous disease. With children of full habit, the fits of coughing often cause bleeding at the nose, but this should not be viewed with alarm. Whooping cough is a very serious malady for weakly children. That it is contagious there can be no doubt. We would impress upon all our readers who may have the care of infants that they should exercise care to protect their children from this disease. Treatment* — The severity of the symptoms may be miti- gated by treatment and we may often prevent those complica- CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 3l7 tions which render it dangerous. The first effort should be to check any tendency to inflammation which may sliow itself ; to palliate urgent symptoms, and stop the spasm, which is the most distressing feature of the disease. Care must be taken to keep the bowels open with some gentle aperient, such as rhubarb and magnesia. An emetic should be given about twice a week to get rid of the phlegm. 'J'o relieve the cough, the following raix- lure will be found effective: Tincture hyoscyamus, one dram; tincture belladonna, one-half dram ; syrup of ipecac, one ounce ; anise seed water, three ouncSs. Dose, teaspoonful every four hours. For night restlessness, two or three grains of Dover's pow- ders may be taken at bedtime ; this is a dose for a child of three years old. Mustaid })oultices to the throat, the chest, and be- tween the shoulders are often found beneficial ; so is an opiate liniment composed of compound camphor and soap liniment, of eacli six drams, and four drams of laudanum. Difficulty of bieathing may be sometimes relieved by the vapor of ether or turpentine diffused through the apartment. In the latter stages of the disease, tonics are generally advisable. Cod liver oil is excellent after whooping cough ; but a change of air or a visit to salt water with a return to a generous diet, are the most effec- tual means of restoration to health and strength. CONVULSIONS, FITS, AND SPASMS. These are the result of some form of irritation acting upon the brain and nervous system. Treatinetit. — Domestic treatment should never be trusted in such cases. Not a moment should be lost in sending for a physician. If anytliing can be done in the mean time, it is, to evacuate the bowels by warm water injection, made more active by the addition of castile soaj) and a pinch of salt, and to administer the warm mustard bath. An im[)ortant point, never to be for- gotten in the hurry of these cases, is to })reserve the stools for inspection, otiierwisc the ph.ysician will be deprived of a very important source of judgment. In cases of fits arising plainly from exhaustion, there need be no hesitation in giving five drops of sal volatile in water. It is necessary to maintain self-possession. In all cases, clear the l)owels by means of the slow injection of from a quarter to half a pint of warm soapsuds. 318 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. MEASLES. This is a contagious disease, commonly affecting children and the same individual but once. Syiii2)tOins. — The first symptoms are chills, succeeded by heat, tiiiisl, and languor ; then follows running at the nose, sneezing, and cougliing ; the eyes water and l)ecome intolerant of light, and the pulse is quickened. Sometimes the symptoms are so mild as to be scarcely noticeable ; but in any case, at the end of the third day, or a little later, an eruption of a dusky red color appears on the forehead and face, and then gradually over the whole body. In the early stage of this eruption there is little to characterize it, but after a few hours it assumes the peculiar appearance which once seen can never be mistaken. The little red spots become grouped, as it were, into crescent- shaped patches, which are slightly elevated above the surface, tlie surrounding skin retaining its natural color. On the third day of the eruption it begins to fade and disappear, accompanied by itching. The febrile sj^mptoms abate, leaving a troublesome cough. Between exposure and the breaking out of measles, there is usually an interval of fourteen days, which is called the period of incubation ; so that it is not uncommon, where there are several children in a family, for the cases to succeed each other. This disease is often rendered dangerous by complications with others , so that it frequently leads to fatal results. Where there is a tendency to consumption or scrofula, they are likely to be called into activity during the debility which follows an attack of measles. Treatment. — Generally speaking, for simple measles, little medicine is required. Let the p:iuent have a spare diet, and a moderately warm and well ventilated room, excluding excess of light. Keep the bowels open with a dose of castor oil. For the fever, tincture of aconite in drop doses every hour is recommended. Where there is much -■ it of the skin, sponging with tepid vinegar and water will completely relieve it, and also the itching. When the eruption has subsided, a tei)id bath is proper. On the third or fourth day after the disappearance of the eruption, give a small dose of castor oil. Care should be taken to jDrotect the patient against change of weatlier, and to restore the strength by a nourishing diet. Attention should be paid to the cough. Give drinks of flaxseed tea or slippery elm, made slightly acid with lemon juice. Sometimes the eruption of measles disappears suddenly — CHILDREN AND TUFAR DISEASES. 319 then there is cause for alarm ; the patient shouhl be directly put into a warm mustard bath, and have hot drinks ; if the pulse sinks rapidly and there is great prostration of strength, admin- ister the following: Ten drops of aiomatic spirits of ammonia in one-half an ounce of camphor mixture every hour ; should the prostration be very great, brandy and water may be given. MALIGNANT MEASLES. Malignant measles is a variety which commences with the above symptoms in an aggravated form ; the rash quickly assumes a livid hue, with dark red spots like flea-bites ; in this form of the disease we have extreme debility. No time should be lost in procuring medical aid. Eclectic Treatment for Measles. A strong tea composed of saffron and snakeroot always proves beneficial. A decoction of marshmallow is verv good, as are infusions of flaxseed or of elder flowers. Whey and barley water are excellent drinks in these cases. If the patient is cos- tive, sweeten with a little honey. RICKETS. This affection generally attacks children between the ages of nine months and two years, and is a complaint in which the bones are deficient in earthy matter, and therefore are too soft to support the body and perform the functions assigned to them. Tveatnient. — Cod liver oil, good nourishing diet, change of air and sea-bathing. If the season be cold, the child ought to be kept warm ; if the weather is hot, the infant should be kept cool, as sweating is apt to cause weakness, and too great a degree of cold has the same effect. The limbs should be rubi)ed fre quently with a warm hand. CONTAGIOUS DISEASES OF CHILDREN. SiQNS AND sym:f>tom:s ok DANQER. Every school teacher is urged to give immediate personal attention to any child in the school who may appear ill, or who complains of feeling unwell. In such a case the teacher should especially note if there is present any one or more of the follow- ing symptoms : — 1. Increased temperature of the child's body, discovered by the teacher placing his hand upon the sick child's skin, particu- larly on the chest, armpit, face, or forehead. 2. Quickening of the pulse, measured by the aid of a watch. 3. Shivering. Increased or exaggerated sweating, not being the after result of exercise, etc. 4. Great thirst, with loss of aj)petite. 6. Tongue more or less white, dry, or red. 6. A flushed or pallid face. 7. Increased or diminished brilliancy of the eye. 8. General weariness and indisposition ; sense of fatigue with aching in the loins; headache; drowsiness or excitement; delirium. The majority of the above named symptoms will almost invariably indicate the presence of a febrile state. INFECTIOUS FEBRILE DISEASES. Small-pox is rarely found in those schools where vaccination is enforced, as the majority of vaccinated children have not yet lost the protective influence of primary vaccination. Whenever possible all the children over ten years should be revaccinated, especially in times of epidemic small-pox. The popular asser- tion, that, during epidemics of small-pox, revaccination tends further to develop small-pox, is absolutely false. Small-pox sets in with fever, vomiting, and pains in the loins. After not less than two days, but most frequently on the third day of the illness, there appears — commencing on the face — an eruption of raised spots, more or less numerous, which pass later 320 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 321 into pimples or pustules, having a depressed or navel-like center. These spots terminate in scabs, which should have completely disappeared before the child is allowed to return to school. Before re-admission to the school the child should have had two or three baths. Chicken Pox is a mild disease, occasionally preceded by fever. It is characterized by successive crops of hlehs, preceded by red- colored spots, each new crop being apt to appear towards even- ing, and is generally accompanied with some accession of slight fever. Chicken Pox is characterized by pea-si/.ed blebs^ or blisters, filled with a transparent watery liquid, which soon becomes thick, muddy, or bloody, and terminates with scabs. Where the spots on the body are neither numerous nor well marked, the eruption is invariably observed among the hair of the head. Measles is ushered in with general indisposition, fever, sneezing, weeping, and redeyes, loud, noisy cough; occasionally there may be bleeding from the nose and passing diarrhcea. After three or four days' illness, sometimes sooner, an eruption shows itself, first on the chin and face in small, irregular, rose- red spots, slightly elevated, which soon spread over the surface of the body, leaving more or less pale, irregular patches of skin unattacked. The complaint is highly contagious. Children with measles, when kept at home, and not exposed to the chance of catching cold, generally do well. Scarlet Fever commences with general indisposition, high fever, a dry, burning skin, pains about the throat, and vomiting. Generally toward the end of the first day's illness, sometimes even at the very outset, a child, but a few minutes before in apparent good health, presents itself with a raspberry red blush or rash, which may either cover the body completely or else appear here and there in patches. The face, the interior of the thighs, the groins, and the neighborhood of the joints are fa- vored situations for the rash. Sometimes the disease is singularly mild ; other times ex- ceedingly virulent. Sometimes it is so mild that its presence is not suspected until the skin begins to peel, a process notably observed on the hands and feet. Frequently the joints, par- ticularly the wrists, suffer pains analogous to those of rheuma- tism. Scarlet fever is an extremely contagious disease ; and while after ten days' isolation and the use of a bath at the close, a child convalescent from measles may be allowed to associate with others, not less than six weeks' isolation is required to exhaust the commuuicability of a case of scarlet fever. 322 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. Mumps may come on suddenly, or else be preceded by a few days of preneral indisposition, occasionally high fever. A feeling of stiffness about the jaws is soon followed by swelling at the back of the lower jaw or underneath it. The swelling con- tains no lluid ; dental pain is absent. Generally first one side of the jaw is attacked and then the other ; it is rare for both sides to suffer simultaneously. Ulcerative or Gangrenous Stomatitis is a contagious disease. Its invasion may be preceded by general indisposition, usually unattended with fever. Grayish bleeding ulcers, tending to spread in extent and depth, attack the edge of the gums, the inner side of the cheeks and lips, and tlie roof of the hard and soft palates, accompanied with an extremelv fetid breath. Diphtheritic Sore Throat or Croup is eminently contagious. Its approach is insidious, often commencing with some difticulty in swallowing and slight hoarseness. Possibly the glands at the back of the angle of the jaw swell, wliich in serious cases ex- tends to the neighboring structures of the neck. At other times these symptoms occur subsequent to a swelling about the nostrils, with more or less cojmous discharge, indicating that the nasal membranes have been seized prior to those in the throat. Cough, if any, is faint and muffled ; the voice is hoarse and smothered. With a spoon press down the child's tongue, and note if there be any appearance about the tonsils and the soft palate of a skin or leather-like membrane, which may be grayish or whitish, or even blackened by vitiated blood. Thii false mem- brane, v\^hich characterizes the disease, is prone to spread over the neighboring parts, notably reaching downward into the windpipe. This diphtheritic croup must not be confounded with false or spasmodic croup. False Croup. — The child has generally been perfectly well during the day preceding the night on which it suddenly wakes up all at once ill with alarming signs of threatening suffocation, attended with loud clamorous coughing and a clear voice. Here no false membrane is present in the throat, nor are the glands about the jaw swollen. False croup is generally mild, and is not contagious. Dysentery may be contagious. It is distinguished by a fre- quent, sometimes a continual, desire to seek relief in the closet, where in spite even of severe straining the child succeeds in passing only a little slime or mucus, often coloied by small quantities of blood. General indisposition and colicky pains in CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 323 the abdomen soon compel the child with dysenterv to leave the scliool. To stop infection, no child sufl'eiing with dysentery should be allowed to use the general school water or other closet. Dysentery is not to he confounded with dianha'a, where there are more or less frecjuent li(juid motions. Typliold Fever is infectious, and is apt to set in with ill- defined signs. For some days the child may have lost its aj)pe- tite and its general energy. Then the fever is next usliered in with pain, noises, and confusion in the head ; the hearing becomes obtuse ; giddiness occurs, with great difliculty to keep any up- right position. There is often bleeding from the nose and swell- ing of the abdomen, with some diarrhoea. The skin is dry, parched, and hot ; the tongue foul, with red tip and sides. How^- ever, the child before this has been compelled by its state of indisposition to cease attending the school. Whooping CoiKjh is eminentl}' contagious. The child may l)e noticed to have had during one or more weeks occasional but violent fits of coughing, which are most frequent during the night. If no complication be present, there is practically no cough between these spasmodic attacks. Usuall}- a shoit feeling of general indisposition precedes the attack, during which the child in vain struggles to suppress the cough, a violent series of successive throbs almost threatening suffocation. At this epoch a few deep drawings-in of the breath are followed by a whistling and almost convulsive inspiration, wliich may again be succeeded by boisterous coughing. Then in mostcases, after a brief moment's repose, a second but a less severe and a shorter onslaught than the first is noticed. Lastly, the fit is terminated by the child's partly spitting and partly swallowing some thick mucus, often at the same time vomiting up any matter present in the stomach. The time occupied by these seizures to their termination by expectoration varies from sixteen seconds to a couple of minutes. Owing to the grave and fatal complications often associated even with apparently mild cases of whooping cough, most espe- cially in very young children, innnediate isolation of the sufferer from its schoolfellows is necessary. OPHTHALMIA. Both catarrhal and })urulent ophthalmia are liighly con- tagious at all ages, but especially in very young children, and the last named disease may cause the loss of one or both eyes. 3^4 CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. The eyes and their lids become red, swollen, and bathed with a discharge often more or less offensive. CONTAGIOUS PARASITIC DISEASES. Itch is characterized by the appearance of minute, transpar- ent vesicles, which occasion the most lively itching, particularly at night time. The spaces between the toes and fingers, and the wrists, are most liable to invasion. The child's frequent scratch- ing soon converts the rash into scabs, in which condition the disease will frec^uently first be noticed by the teacher. The itch is caused by an insect (^Acarus scabei or Sarcoptes) which is nocturnal in its habits and movements. Though highly contagious, the itch can be cured in a few hours. Crusted Ringworm, or Tinea Favosa, is caused by a vegetable parasite frequenting the scalp, although it may visit other parts of the body which are covered with hair or down. The hair becomes thin and fragile, with loss of its original color ; then follow irregular, unequal, puckered, crust-like, yellowish scabs, which may be single or may cover the entire scalp. The scabby flakes in drying and dying crumble to minute fragments, and as dust, propagate and disseminate the disease. Itching being fre- quent in scalp ringworm, the child's scratching increases the destruction and pulverization of the scab, and thus increases the chances of contagion to others. The heads of such children as suffer from the disease have a peculiar fetid odor. Till cured, every child suffering from favus should be separated from its schoolmates, and only be readmitted on presenting a proper medical certificate. Common Ringworm {Tinea TonsHra7is') is very contagious, making itself manifest in the hair of the head, which becomes thinner, more fragile, less colored than the surrounding hairs. The affected hairs are apt to turn reddish or ashy-gray ; they seem as if evenly and artificially clipped off at a distance of say 1-14 to i of an inch above the level of the outer layer of the skin. The surface of the patches is rough, irregular, shaggy, covered with a grayish, scurfy powder of a slightly bluish tinge. The diseased places maybe one or more in number; the form is circular, varying in size from that of a silver quarter to a dollar. By the fusing together of several of such parasitically affected localities, the greater portion of the scalp may become affected. Ringworm with Baldness of Scalp {Tinea Decalvans}. — This contagious complaint is known by defined patches naked of all traces of hair, having a glistening ivory whiteness not unlike a CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES. 325 scar withdut depression. Their sizes vary from that of a silver threepenny-piece upward. Previous to the loss of hair there may have been consider- able itcliing. The eyelids and other parts of the body covered uitli hair or down may also suffer from the vegetable parasite causing tiie disease. In children and adults with thick hair this disease may remain long undetected. FELONS. Oil of origanum is an infallible cure for a felon in all of its stages ; cures the worst cases. Apply frequently and freely, soaking the felon in it and wrapping cloths saturated with the remedy around the affected part. This remedy ha.s been in private use many years, and is handed us by Rev. J. W. Cole, of Northampton, Mass., but too late to place it in its alphabetical place. c— -. 7>'-=^ ^mm^^ KEELEY CURE. THE BICHLORIDE OF GOLD TREATMENT. BY CHAUNCEY F. CHAPMAN, M.D., PH.G. CLINICAL INSTRUCTOR IN MEDICINE, COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS OF CHICAGO. MEMBER CHICAGO PATHOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Within a comparatively short period of time a new prophet has appeared among us, differing from the scriptural injunction in that he is without honor except in his country, and the daily press has teemed with fulsome adulation of the philanthropic gentleman who giving homeopathic doses of a hypothetical com- pound of gold to his fatuously deluded patients, extracts from them filthy lucre in allopathic masses. Even from the pulpit has praise been declared, and minis- ters of the gospel have announced this new dispensation, a regeneration neither of the spirit nor of water, but of gold, and yet not of honest gold, but an illegitimate vanity, for I )ieed not tell you that chemically speaking gold has tlie following quantiv- alence, to wit : One and three, and therefore while we can have a gold mono- and tri- chloride, a bichloride is an impossibility. On every hand men have been pointed out to us as having been plucked from the burning, and attention has been called to families whose hearthstones have been saved from ruin, by the anfyel of the auriferous shrine at Dwijiht. On tlie other hand on account of this cure being a secret nostrum the regular med- ical profession has refused to recognize it, and on account of the questionable advertising methods resorted to by its higii priests and followers many of the laitv have condemned it. Thus on 326 THE BICHLORIDE OK GOLD TREATMENT. 32'f tlie one liand it has been declared miraculous and infallible, while on the other hand it has been treated either with silent contempt or with open condemnation. Being determined to find out something definite about the matter, I obtained a position as physician to a gold cure sanitarium at a distance from Chicago, and have carefully studied tlie cure. As I have had personal experience in treating about 300 cases, both in and out of the aforesaid sanitarium, I feel tliat I am prepared to give you the formulary of the gold treatment, which is almost if not quite the same in all of these institutes, as follows : — No. 1. Tonic. Known in the institutes as the "dope." R Aurii et Sodii chlorid gr. xii. StrychniiB nitr gr. i. Atropiai sulp gr. ^ Ammonii muriat gr. vi. Aloin gr. i. Hydrastin gr. ii. Glycerini § i. Ext. fld. Cinchon. comp § iii. Ext. fid. Coca. Erythrox § i. Aqu;^ dest 5 i. M. S. 1 dram at 7, 0, 11, a.m., at 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, p.m. No. 2. The injection known in the institutes as the " shot." R Stryclmia3 nitr gr- 9 1-10 Aquae destill. ad oz. 4 Potass, permangaii. q. s. to color. Misce : Sig. Begin with gtt. 5, wliich equals gr. 1-40, and increase one drop each injection until the physiological effect is produced. Four hypodermic injections to be given daily, beginning at 8 A.M., then at 12 m., 4 p.m. and 8 p.m. No. 3. Used with No. 2. R Aurii et Sodii chlond gr, 2/4 AqufB destill ad oz. 1 Misce : Sig. gtt. 3, every four hours, in combination with the strychnine solution, for the first four days. This last prescription is used only for the moral efTect, which is produced in the following manner: Five drops of the strych- nine solution are drawn into the syringe, and then three drops of the gold solution are drawn in and mixed. This produces a golden yellow color, to which attention is called, and the patient is farther assured as to the reality of the ])resenc>e of the gold by the stain left on the skin after the hypodermic needle has been removed. 328 THE BICHLORIDE OF GOLD TREATMENT. Ill regard to the disease itself, its importance as a factor of death and ruin has been an important element in popularizing the cure. I feel safe in saying there is no enemy more potent for injury to the great superstructure of civilization than drunk- enness. War, famine, pestilence, and even the " social evil " sink into comparative insignificance beside the demoniacal power of rum. Murder, arson, rape, acute and chronic inflammations, scleroses, ruin, and death all follow in its wake, therefore the great mass of the people are ready to hail as a savior any one who would propose a certain cure for this dreaded disease, more potent than Asiatic cholera, more far reaching than yellow fever, and the principal purveyor to the insane asylums. There is no necessity of entering into a discussion as regards the classifica- tion of inebriety. It is a disease, a pathological condition, and in the new psycho-neuro-pathology is placed in the group of dis- turbances of mental equilibrium known as "psychokinesia," or states of defective inhibition, and generically termed " dipso- mania." We recognize drunkenness then as a disease, an extra physiological condition connected with that wondrous web of nerve cell and fiber, wherein take place those activities which underlie the conscious states we term mind. Drunkenness then being a disease, we naturally look for a cure ; being a disease of the nervous system we tend our energies in that direction, using specific therapeutic reagents ; and as the maintenance of the physiological equilibrium of the nervous sys- tem depends on a healthy condition of the gross economy, we give general constitutional treatment, improving the patient's general tone, stimulating and strengthening his nervous mechan- ism, and surrounding him with such moral influences as will tend to reinforce his enfeebled volition. Of the drugs men- tioned in the formula above quoted, I believe stryclmine and atropine are almost specific. Strychnine is recognized as a most valuable neurotonic, and atropine seems to have a special apti- tude in decreasing the appetite for alcohol. I have experimented on my own person with atropine alone, and after getting the system under the effects of this substance, with mouth, throat, and fauces dry, a drink of whisky becomes absolutely unpleasant, nay even painful. The functions of the terminal gustatory bulbs seem to be perverted, but even following this, the second- ary or systemic effects of the liquor are no longer agreeable. In one individual, a mild whisky-drinker, I saw a well-pro- nounced dislike for liquor induced by the use of atropine alone. I have to 8i3<4ak here of the fact that there are two classes of THE IJICIILOUIDE OF GOLD TREATMENT. 329 patients who come for treatment to these institutes. The first chiss comprises patients having a strong desire to bo cured, who will follow implicitly and with the utmost coniidence all diiec- tions given, lirmly believing in the efficacy of the cure ; the sec- ond class comprises a large number of patients who are brought or forced to come for treatment against their own will and in- cliiration. These individuals are ske])tical and unbelievers. They will follow directions given, but ridicule the idea that any treatment can produce in them a dislike for lifpior. After the appetite for liquor in these cases has been practically decreased, the}' will however force themselves to swallow the now " fiery and nauseating" fluid in order to show the fallacy of the cure. In these people a positive disgust is in almost, if not in every, instance produced in the following manner : The patient is given a drink of whisky, then the so-called bichloride of gold solution, really a solution of strychnine, is injected in his arm, but at the same time, and without his knowledge, he receives one-tenth grain of apomorphine. It takes but a comparatively short time for the emetic to produce its effects, more or less violent emesis is produced, and the patient, soon associating the in-taking of whisky with the subsequent disagreeable and sickening vomiting, ac(juires a positive disgust for the liquor and is not able to keep any on his stomach. Now he acknowledges the wonderful power of the hypothetical gold compound, and surrenders unconclition- ally. He is converted, and, from an unbelieving scoffer, he is changed into a disciple and supporter of the Prophet. These are the cases that are the most widely advertised and that have done the most good for the '• Keeley Institute" folks. In this connection I would call your attention to the very large doses of strychnine employed. I have myself unhesitat- ingly exhibited hypodermatically one-eighth grain four times a day, in addition to the one forty-eighth grain given every two hours, by the mouth, until eight doses have been given in the day. This maximum dose is gradually but rapidly reached, beginning with one-fortieth grain hypodermatically, until the effects of the drug become manifest, when the dose is gradually decreased. In a number of cases I have seen the eftects of the strychnine pushed to a remarkable degree, until the entire muscular system of the man would be in a continual state of tremor, until, when on putting the heel rather suddenly and firmly on the ground, more or less opisthotonos would occur, and in certain cases I have seen this condition so well marked that antidotes would have to be exhibited, the drug habitually used being chloral 330 THE BICHLORIDE OF GOLD TREATMENT. hydrate. And here I would notice certain dangers and defects in the Keeley treatment. In these places the attending physi- cians are in ignorance of the composition of the medicinal solutions they are using, and all patients are treated exactly alike without regard to personal or individual idiosyncrasies. This is very wrong, each patient must be carefully studied as an individual, his psychical and physical idiosyncrasies and condition carefully noted, and both by day and by night he must be under the watchful care of the physician. A series of doses that would have but little or no effect on one patient would almost kill another, and then it will not do to depend entirely on the strych- nine and atropine. A generous diet must be given, baths plain, turkish or electric, massage, rubbing with flesh brush or loofa gloves, and the administration of maltine, liquor potass., arsen- itis, combinations of iron, the hypophoshites, etc., should be taken into account. Not secondary in any way is the moral treatment, the arousing in him of a healthy, active interest in himself and his surroundings, the awakening of his latent or dormant manliness, the strengthening of his moral sense, of his powers of volition ; plenty of sleej), rest, and quiet, a sufficient amount of muscular work to produce a healthy and pleasant fatigue at the close of the day, all go together in raising the sick man, and producing out of the wreck, God's noblest work, a healthy human being. I am forced to believe that properly used this mode of treat- ment is valuable ; that improperly conducted it is dangerous, and that it is not generally adapted for private practice. The patient should be in a sanitarium or retreat which ought to be situated in the country with pleasant surroundings ; roomy, airy bedrooms, a good cuisine, and scientific physicians in attendance who will study each patient as an individual and carefully watch him during the whole course of treatment, which is usually about three weeks. There should be no secrecy or charlatanism about the treatment. Each ph3"sician should know exactly what he is administering, and in what amounts, what to expect, what con- tingencies to be prepared for and what to avoid. As regards the prognosis we must be guarded. The medical man who will guarantee the cure of any patho- logical condition, no matter how simple, is a fraud and a quack, A man may suffer from pneumonia and recover, but we cannot say that he may not have a second attack in the near or distant future. The patient should not be released from treatment when he passes from under the daily direct observation and care of his THE BICHLORIDE OF GOLD TREATMENT. 331 physician wlien lie leaves the retreat. Tonics must be contin- ued. I have found the elixir of iron, quinine, and strychnine very useful, as also the syrup of the hypophosphites, and the bitter tonics, lie should receive directions as to his daily life, be warned to avoid all dissipations and excesses, to be regular and temperate in all things, to obtain plenty of rest, and pay strict attention to his excretory appaiatus, living up to the old motto, " Fear the Lord and keej) the bowels open." In all cases the nisus generativus is for the time being below par. 1 believe it is best for these individuals not to use tobacco. There is danger of excess in the use of the weed, its effects are not good, and it often proves to be a material factor in causing a relajise. I would strongly impress upon my colleagues in the medical profession the necessity of taking hold of this special plan of treatment, of studying and investigating it, and, if the report be favorable, of using it as a powerful lever of good, instead of leav- ing it as it is, largely if not entirely in the hands of heedless empirics. If investigation should prove it without value, then it sliould be condemned and specific reasons given for such action. Poorly educated, incomj^etent, unscientitic men occupy this field, and are recklessly and ignorantly using therapeutic • agents of great strength, with disastrous effects in a large per- centage of cases. Let us call your attention for a moment to some details oi this so-called "cure." In these " Keeley Institutes," in the room in which the hypodermic injections are given, three bottles stand on the desk, filled with different colored mixtures ; one red, one white, and one blue. In the "red " bottle is the nitrate of strychnine solution, the " white " bottle contains the atropine solution, and in the " blue " bottle is the apomorphiiie mixture. In every case the "red" and "white" solutions are used, but where a jjatient is contumacious and refuses to surrender, the grand iiKjuisitor applies the "torture," and in addition to the "red" and "white" li<[uids he exhibits the "blue." According to the jargon of the "graduates" and "undergraduates" such a patient is described as having received the "barber-pole." Such a sickening effect is produced by this "barlier-pole," or red, white, and blue treatment, that after he has received it once, a patient will be seized with absolute terror when he sees the operator reaching for the " blue " bottle. In conclusion, I desire *"0 state in a most emphatic manner that the Keeley cure is a shaincless, barefaced, money-making scheme, as practiced, and the men engaged in it are totally de- 332 THE BICHLORIDE OF GOLD TREATMENT. void of ethical honor. Powerful drugs are administered by incompetent men who are absolutely ignorant of what materials are being used or in what amounts these materials are being given. You are familiar with the long list of fatalities that have been reported following the treatment. I desire here to reiterate my positive opinion, however, that properly and scientifically conducted, good results can be obtained. The two following cases are selected for report as being typical : — Case I. Mr. Blank, aged thirty-nine years, occupation clothing clerk, weight 225 pounds, ki splendid physical con- dition. This case is one that might be termed a periodical drunkard. He was brought to me for treatment against his will, by two policemen and three hack drivers. He was very much opposed to the treatment on account of the fact that he had taken a course of treatment at the Keeley Institution at Dwight without any benefit whatever, his appetite for liquor remaining unchanged. He declaimed loudly against all liquor cures, stating that he had paid a very large sum of money to the Dwight Institute without receiving anything in return, and that the whole affair was a fraud on the face of it. I may here say that after a patient has received a course of treatment in a Retreat and has a relapse, subsequent treatment is always more difficult. To return to my patient, he was in a drunken, hilarious condition, but became exceedingly angry when he discovered where he w^as, and it took five men to hold him and prevent him from injuring himself and others. I gave him a dose of forty grains of sulj^honal, and after the lapse of fifteen minutes I exhibited one-half a grain of morphia sulphate hypodermatically. This not producing tlie desired effect, in about thirty minutes later I gave liim forty grains per orem of potassium bromide with thirty grains of chloral hydrate. His excessively excitable condition amounting almost to a maniacal attack, subsided, and he slept soundly through the entire night, watched carefully by an attendant. The course of treatment was as follows : He was allowed to drink all the whisky he desired, and a quart of liquor was sent to his room. Beginning with the tonic at 7 A. M., and the hypodermic injection at 8 A. M., he received one injection every four hours and one dose of the tonic mixture every two hours, until 9 P. M. The physiological effect of the treatment was not reached until the end o^ ^ne fourth day, when he began to show unmistakable signs of strychninism. THE BICHLORIDE OF GOLD TREATMENT. 333 This was one of the cases that fouglit strongly against th'* treatment and forced liiniself to diiukli(|uor, in spite of tlie fact, afterwards confessed by liini, that lie had begun to appreciate a certain amount of distaste for it. I therefore began to giveliim, without his knowledge, one-tenth of a grain of apomorphine with each injection, wliieli had the desiretl effect. I gradually de- creased tiie amount of strychnine given with each injection, but kej)t up the use of the tonic, and after the eighth day he gave in, and said he could not drink whisky no matter liow much he might try. For three weeks I kept him on small doses of the injection and tonic, and dischai-ged him recovered. He is now under my observation and declares he has no desire for liquor whatever, although it is now over four months since he was dis- charged from the institute. I shall continue to keep him in view, and shall watch his course with interest. Tlie fault in connection with the treatment of this gentle- man at D wight was that he was treated the same as every other one; he required a large amount of strychnine to bring him under its effects, small doses not having any influence. This condition I desire to accentuate, as in the next case I here report, if the same doses of strychnine had been given, a serious result would certainly have followed. Case II. Mr. Blank, aged forty-four years, weight 125 pounds, occupation hotel keeper. He is of a very nervous disposition and had been drunk for over twenty years. He was brought for treatment by a friend of his, and was a very willing ])atient, stating that he longed to be cured from his bad habit. I started him on the usual treatment, not giving him as large doses as in Case I. In three days he came fully under the influ- ence of the drugs, and of his own free will stopped drinking. He was discharged at about the same time as Case I., and has not in any way relapsed. He is now and has been since his discharge under my observation, and I will continue to watch him. During the course of his treatment he suffered from visual and auditory hallucinations, but these soon disa})peared, and have not ret-urned, I believe these delusions were due to atropine, as, on retlueing this agent, they began to pass off. Of the three hundred cases that have been under my care to date, I know of but two relapses, and I have followed up nearly every case, both by correspondence and having some report to me at various intervals of time. Of the two relapsing cases one was a barber and a pci-sistent gambler. For quite a 834 THE BICHLORIDE OF GOLD TREATMENT. long time he remained straight, but was rendered very uncom- fortable bj the fact that his friends were continually twitting him on his being a " bichloride of gold " graduate. This annoyed him so that he began drinking. The second relapsing case was the son of a saloon keeper, and, about a month after his leaving the institute, his father put him attending bar in his own saloon, causing the young fellow's fall. I am now treating here in the city by the treatment I have outlined, a number of these cases, and shall be glad at some future time to report to you farther in the matter. Read before the Chicago Pathological Society. X0^^s TEMPERAMENTS AND CONSTITUTION. Professor Agassiz's theory of the essential diversity of the human races is much disputed, and against this doctrine it is ably urged that men who compose the different races present a complete analogy in the accomplishment of the different actions of organic and social life, a singular unaiumity existing respect- ing the })rincipal laws of the animal economy, and the mode of performing the physiological functions. For example, the average duration of life is about the same in all the different races of man. This longevity varies only in consequence of external causes which bring about accidental and premature deaths, or as a result of influences which deteriorate the health and alter the organization, affecting thus more commonly all races in a par- ticular climate. Again, the bodily temperature and the fre([uency of the pulse are about the same in all the various human races, and so are the establishment of puberty, and the advent of the critical period of change of life in females, of all races exposed to the same climatic influences. Some observations of the author of this paper upon repre- sentatives of fourteen different nationalities, gathered in Philadel- phia at the Centennial Exhibition, demonstrated the curious fact that the red blood corpuscles, so abundant in the vital fluid drawn from the veins of men of these different races, were almost exactly alike in size, and contrilnited an additional item of scientilic evidence that " the Lord created of one blood all the nations of the earth." The hygienic advantages enjoyed by any long established race in any particular country are very important contributors to health, and should not be lightly thrown away by removal to distant situations, where corresponding disadvantages will prob- ably have to l)e encountered. The indigenous inhabitants of a country are physically constituted in such a way as to be best adapted to that country, for the simple reason that, in a long course of years, families, the members of which are not so conformed to the requirements of the climate, temperature, soil, and so forth, will die out. Thus, individuals whose ancestors have for many generations resi(k'd in a particular region are 335 336 TEMPERAMENTS AND CONSTITUTION. born and develop with their external conformation, as well as their internal constitution, temperament, idiosyncrasies, and physiological habits, in harmony with the surroundings among which tliey are placed. Furthermore, the diseases from which they suifer, being the results of influences which environ them, and to which they have inherited a certain amount of insensibility from long custom, often differ in their character, their treatment, and their severity, from the maladies brought on by the same causes in persons who are more or less unaccustomed to their effects. Some useful suggestions for individuals belonging to the different varieties of the human family above mentioned, in re- gard to their general tendencies towards disease, may be drawn from the report on relations of race and nationality to mor- tality, furnished by the census bureau of the United States. NATIONAL TENDENCIES TO DISEASE. Among the Irish we meet with a comparative exemption from fevers, and from diseases of the digestive and nervous sys- tems, with a marked liability to constitutional diseases, such as consumption, and an extraordinary mortality from Bright's dis- ease of the kidneys. Among the Germans we observe a reduced mortality from general diseases of a constitutional type, and a decided liability to those of the febrile group, especially small-pox, showing, therefore, an exact reversal of the relations of the Irish, to these two classes of maladies. The English and Welsh enjoy a comparative immunity from affections of both the constitutional and febrile types, and a relative liabilit}^ to maladies of the nervous, circulatory, and digestive systems. The Swedes, Norwegians, and Danes show a marked liabil- ity to death from dysentery and diarrhcea, and an extraordinary mortalitj^ from febrile diseases, notably measles, scarlet fever, diphtheria, and typhoid fever. TEMPERAMENTS, AND HYGIENIC RULES FOR THEM. The temperament of any individual has a good deal to do with the character of his diseases, and exerts a powerful modify- ing influence upon the course, severity, and fatality of his com- plaints. Hence, the question of temperament, in former ages, attracted much notice, and is at the present day wortL^ -^ ^ TEMPERAMENTS AND CONSTITUTION. 337 more attention than is usually accorded to it, from both a medi- cal and a hygienic point of view. The temperaments are defined to be those constant differ- ences between men which are compatible with the retention of average life and health, are due to a variation in the proportion and activity between the different parts of the body, and are im- portant enough to modify the actions of the human system. In tern- ])eranient, therefore, resides the specific difierence which gives to personsorgroupsof persons their individuality, and in some cases it is difficult to distinguish between temperament and predispo- sition. Nevertheless, by careful observation, we can often dis- cover the diseases to which a man is especially liable, with as much certainty as we can indicate the intellectual character of an individual from the shape of his features, the color of his hair and complexion, and the peculiarities of his pulse and respira- tion. It cannot be truthfully asserted that very clearly defined lines distinguish the temperaments from each other, because they shade into each other, as it were, somewhat as do the ani- mal and vegetable kingdoms in nature. In this way certain compound temperaments arise, which exhibit characteristics of the elementary attributes out of which the}' are constituted. One of the best classifications of temperaments is that adopted by Devay, into four, which seem to be founded on well- marked natural differences. These are : first, the Sanguineous, or Sanguine ; second, the Lymphatic, or Phlegmatic ; third, the Bilious, or Choleric, called by some writers the Fibrous ; and fourth, the Nervous temperament. THE SANGUINE TEMPERAMENT. The sanguine temperament is characterized by great activity of the heart and blood-vessel system, and also of the lungs, so that the pulse is quick and strong and the complexion florid. The hair is red or brownish, the skin thin and fair, and the mind vivacious, cheerful, and hopeful. The person of sanguine temperament is bold and enterprising, but both jihysical and mental endurance are often lacking, and sometimes inconstancy is the prevailing trait. Charles II., of Engla'id, is said to have been a good illustration of this type. The diseases to which persons of this temperament are peculiarly disposed are those connected with the organs which carry on the circulatitm of the blood. That is to say, they are liable to both functional and organic diseases of the lieart, aneurism, and to hemorrhages of various kinds. Contrary to the generally received opinion, some 338 TEMPERAMENTS AND CONSTITUTION. recent high authorities do not believe in the existence of any decided tendency of individuals of this temperament to inflam- matory diseases, since activity of the circulation is not always favorable to affections of this character. It is, however, proba- ble that inflammation, when set up by any exciting cause in per- sons of sanguine temperament, is much more apt to be of a violent type. Epidemic and malarious diseases appear to attack people of this temperament with more readiness than others, but this may in part be due to the recklessness of such individuals, which leads them to rush into danger without taking the ordinary pre- cautions to preserve health. For the same reason it is, perhaps, more common to meet with venereal diseases among them, al- though this does not altogether account for such prevalence, as there seems to be an excessive degree of impressibility, which likewise renders the possessors of this temperament extremely liable to other contagious diseases, such as small-pox and scarlet fever. The following hygienic rules for individuals of sanguine temperament are worthy of close attention. 1. Bleeding should never be resorted to except it is absolutely necessar}-, and then to very moderate amounts, for fear of establishing a habit re- quiring it. 2. Food should be partaken of in moderate quan- tity, and it should not be of an exciting quality. Stimulating drinks, such as alcohol, coffee, etc., ought to be avoided. 3. Phy- sicians ought to prescribe frequent exercise, in order to bring into full play the entire muscular system, and expend by this kind of safety-valve the excessive richness of the blood, which is so rapidly renewed in consequence of the superabundant activity of the functions which manufacture it. 4. Hot climates, hot weather, and small, close, ill ventilated apartments, should all be carefully avoided, in order to guard as much as possible against cerebral congestion in particular, and generally to repress the harmful manifestations of the sanguine temperament. THE LYMPHATIC TEMPERAMENT. The lymphatic or phlegmatic temperament is directly oppo- site to the sanguine in almost every respect. The pulse and respiration are apt to be feeble and slow, the face pallid, the eyes wanting in brilliancy, the hair deficient in coloring matter. The whole form is rounded instead of angular, and wanting in that elasticity and energy which characterize the sanguine tem- perament. The same weakness and irresolution are observable in the mental operations, and the memory and power of appli- TKMl'KUAMENTS AND CONSTITUTION. 339 cation are feeble. NotwithstaDdiuir men of tliis temperament have not usually taken a prominent pait in the affairs of the age in which they lived, they have often proved themselves very use- ful and trustworthy members of society. When rapid action is required, says Miillor, the phlegmatic person is less successful, and otlieis leave him behind ; but when no haste is necessary. and, above all, where delay is admissible, he quietly attains hi.-. ol)ject, whilst pe()j)le differently constituted liave committed error upon error, or perhaps been diverted from their course by their passions or appetites. The diseases to which individuals of lymphatic temperament are esi)ecially disposed are such as are due to debility and relaxation of the tissues, together with weak- ness of the circulation. Thus inflammations, particularly those of a low and chronic type, attacking in preference the mucous membranes, such as that covering the inside of the nose, throat, and lungs, are fre(|uenlly encountered in subjects of this tem- perament. Scrofulous affections, such as degeneration of the lymphatic glands, tuberculous inflammations of the joints., tuber- culous de[)Osits in the lungs, and skin diseases are common, as are also dropsical disorders; so that the onset of all these dis- turbances of health ought to be watchfully guarded against. Individuals of lymphatic temperament do not seem to be espe- cially liable to malarious diseases, or to be the subjects of con- tagious affections, with the exception of influenza, to which they are as a rule particularly disposed whenever it is prevalent. The following principles should always be kept in view, not only in treating diseases which may arise in people of lymphatic tem- perament, but also in combating the tendencies of the tempera- ment itself. 1. ParHcular attention should be paid to secur- ing for the person a pure air, renewed frequently enougii to retain its healthfulness. A country life in a dry, elevated region is to be strongly advised. 2. Exercise should be regular, but not too violent, and accurately suited to the strength of the in- dividual. 3. Alimentation must be abundant, and largely com- posed of animal food; not, however, to tiie exclusion of fresh, wholesome vegetables. 4. It is especially important that per- sons of lymphatic temperament should avoid exposure to those great causes of disease in our climate, cold and moisture, and pains must be taken to attack ail diseases when they are con- tracted, at their very outset, although not with debilitating means, such as large bleedings or drastic purgatives. 'J'onics, both general and local, should be resorted to as early as possible. 340 TEMPERAMENTS AKD CONSTITUTION. THE BILIOUS TEMPERAMENT. The physical and mental characteristics of the choleric or bilious temperament are generally well defined and obvious. The complexion is apt to be dark or sallow, the hair black or dark brown, the eyes black or hazel, the skin dry and rather harsh, the pulse strong, hard, and frequent, the respiration deep and full, the whole form tough and wiry ; mentally, the men of choleric temperament are characterized by tirmuess, decision, and determination. Alexander the Great, Julius Caesar, and Crom- well are quoted as examples of this temperament, in which ambition is the governing passion, as love is in individuals of sanguine temperament. The diseases to which persons of this t^^pe are especially liable are those connected with the liver and other organs of digestion. Such people are more than others especially subject to malarious affections, such as the various forms of intermittent and remittent fevers, typhoid fever, and dysentery. Dyspepsia and internal congestions often attack them, and hemorrhoids or piles are not infrequent. THE NERVOUS TEMPERAMENT. In this type of human structure the manifestations of nervous action give an impress to the whole body. The counte- nance is usually pale, and the features thin and sharp ; tlie pulse is quick, small, and frequent, the respiration active, the chest not large, the skin dry and rough, and the digestive functions performed irregularly. As the muscular system is imperfectly developed, fatigue easil}' overtakes persons of this temperament, who generally have quick and brilliant intellects, the operations of which, however, are not persistent, variety being constantly sought for. Women are much more apt to be possessors of this temperament than men, as it is often intensified by habit of thought or mode of life, and is seldom met with among barbarous nations, the whole spirit of civilized institutions predisposing to its formation. Among distinguished Americans, John Randolph, of Roanoke, was a notable example of this type. The diseases which are most apt to occur among individuak of nervous tem- perament are those having an intimate relation with the nervous system, such as chorea, or St. Vitus' dance, hysteria, and insanity. In fact, the nervous temperament may almost be looked upon, in many instances, as a condition of disease, for the sensibility is so acute, and the whole body so readily thrown into disorder in consequence by slight causes, that it must often be considered TEMPERAMENTS AND CONSTITUTION. 841 an actual departure from perfect health. It has been observed that this temperament occurs more frequently j)ure and without mixture than any of the others ; that when met with in comln- nation it is especially apt to absorb the other, or at least to largely predominate ; also, that it frecpiently becomes more and more exaggerated as the individual advances in life. Its influ- ence upon various diseased conditions may be summed up as follows : When an}'^ disease is about to develop in the system of an individual of nervous temperament, it is by no means rare for sejiarate derangement of the nerves or brain, such as unnat- ural mental impressions or delusions, or even an attack of con- vulsions, to manifest themselves, sometimes to such an extent as to completely liide the original complaint, which is the starting I)oint of the wliole trouble. Nervous diseases, of all their varied types, present themselves with less provocation and greater fre- quency among ])ersons of this than of an}^ other temperament. Tiie hygienic rules for people of nervous temperament therefore are : 1. Avoid witli special care all tlie exciting causes capable of bringing into j)lay thissupera])undant excitability of the brain and nerves, and especially those which take their origin in pro- longed or intense action of the intellectual powers. 2. It is quite as important to avoid an insufficient or imperfectly sus- taining diet, as a too stimulating regimen, because the brain and nerves are at least as likely to be deranged if supplied with impoverished blood, as if the circulating fluid were too exciting in its quality. 3. The skin should be kept in th-e best possible condition by the frequent employment of baths. 4. In many instances it is absolutely necessary to spend much time in mod- erately energetic exercise, substituting physical and muscular activity for that of the brain. Persons of this temperament who are threatened with actual derangement of the brain or nervous system should, if possible, lead a somewhat laborious country life, instead of an intellectual one in any great center of civili- zation. COMPOUND TEMPERAMENTS. It very often happens that the temperaments are not so clearly detined that a particular individual can be said to possess the traits of one without also disiDlaying attributes of another. Thus, we frequently meet with persons whose endowments in the way of temperament must be characterized by the terms sanguineo-nervous, sanguineo-choleric, and so forth. Or, if one of the combined temperaments decidedly predominates over 842 TEMPERAMENTS AND CONSTITUTION. the other, we may have to speak of a temperament three parts nervous and one part sanguine. The hygienic precautions against disease, and the curative treatment of such individuals when sick, are to be carefully varied in accordance with the indications already given. Besides these, we have to consider certain conditions which may properly be ranked as exaggera- tions or degenerations of the temperaments; thus we observe, some- times, the plethoric state, which is an amplilication, as it were, of the sanguine temperament ; the obese, which is an overgrowth of the lymphatic ; and the melancholic, which is an excess of the choleric. In the plethoric condition, the face is full or bloated, the eyes somewhat congested, the features generally rather injected with blood than healthily florid, and there is a tendency to corpulence without due muscular robustness or energy. If a man in such a condition is subjected to any violent excitement or stimulation, there is great danger that some of the delicate vessels of the brain may give way, and the person fall insensible under a stroke of apoplexy ; or, if this familiar catas- trophe is averted, some inflammatory action may at an}- time be set up in some of the overburdened digestive organs, which, even if (it does not prove fatal, lays the foundation for a chronic malady which renders the remainder of life scarcely worth liv- ing. The great means of preventing the onset of such a state of affairs in the animal economy may be taught in a very few words — moderation in all things ; or, if the temper leads to ex- cess, let it be only in exercise, especially walking. There is another classification of temperaments, which, with- out being firmly established, has yet gained sufficient popular attention to render it worthy of a brief mention. According to it, the number of temperaments is only three, namely : 1. The Motive, which is characterized by a superior development of the combined bony and muscular systems. 2. The Vital, distin- guished by a predominating vital or nutritive system, consisting of the heart, lungs, and digestive apparatus. 3. The Mental temperament, in which the brain and nervous system are the controlling powers. In this new arrangement the nervous tem- perament is retained almost unchanged, except in name, as the Mental temperament ; the sanguine, bilious, and lymphatic are grouped together as the Vital temperament ; whilst muscular, vigorous individuals of the bilious and sanguine temperaments are selected out to form a new class, entitled the Motive tem- perament. This classification does not appear capable of guid- ing anyone as usefully in the avoidance and treatment of TEMPERAMENTS AND CONSTITQTION. 343 diseases as tlie oliler plan, and is probably, therefore, much less valuable from a hygienic point of view. CONSTITUTION. Certain writers upon hygiene have apparently confounded constitution v/ith temperament ; but there is little doubt that every one is endowed with a definite constitution, which is the essential condition of his individuality, and may be associated with any one of the temperaments. Constitution therefore in- cludes, according to this view, most of the various inlluences which modify the action of the causes of disease. What is called idiosyncrasy, as will be explained presently more in detail, depends upon the degree of development or of activity displayed in some particular organ or apparatus of the body. Tempera- ment depends upon the preponderance of one of the great sys- tems of organs, as the sanguine temperament upon the heart and bluod-vessel system, or the nervous upon the brain, spinal ccnd, and nerves. A man's constitution, however, is the expression of his individuality as a whole, and into this expression of his place among his fellow men as regards his physical nature enter the degree of his muscular strength, the perfection with which his ditl'erent bodily functions are accomplished, the amount of resistance to the causes of disease, the intensity of his endowment of life-force, and, as a consequence, the length of his duration of existence. Idiosyncrasies, then, are founded upon peculiarities of single organs ; temperaments upon peculiarities of general systems of organs ; constitutions upon peculiarities of individuals in their entirety. Hence, the two constitutions to which it is cust(jmary to refer, namely, the vigorous and the feeble, or the strong untl the weak, include a great variety of shades of difference in strength and delicacy. The class of men blessed with vigorous constitutions com})rises all those whose general vitality is much or little above the average vitality of the whole human race, whilst those com- pelled to labor under the disadvantage, in the struggle for exist- ence, of weak constitutions are the ones whose share of vigor is less than the average inheritance of mankind. The life-force, of which constitution is thus a measure, is by no means au abstract entity, but the result of all the actions wliich are carried on in the animal economy of each particular individual. It has been found that, up to a' height of six feet, the stature of a human being has a nearly constant relation to the capacity of his chest, and that, therefore, other things being equal, a man's stature is 344 TEMPERAMENTS AND CONSTITUTION. a useful guide, in a general way, to the vigor of Lis constitution. Human beings only maintain the equilibrium of health by con- stantly reacting against the forces of external nature, and the vigor and endurance of this reaction in opposition to outside injurious influences is according to the constitutional strength. Now, the forces of nature which act upon our bodies are by no means constant, either in their intensity, their duration, or the rapidity with which they succeed one another ; but notwiilv standing their variations, they have a latitude included between two flxed extremes of which we can calculate a mean, and .50 determine the average resistance which men must oppose to their power. For example, the temperature of any particular climate varies between a certain pretty constant highest and lowest point, offering an annual average wdiich is the measure oi the amount of heating-power man must possess, in order to maintain his animal temperature in that particular latitude. As long as the external influences of the weather do not exceed the ordinary limit of their vicissitudes, the resistance which man needs to oppose to them is only measured by the usual develop- ment of his constitution ; but if they surpass the ordinary mar- gin of these variations, the human system must react against them with a proportionately uncommon energy, developing a correspondingly greater force, and, if the struggle is long-con- tinued, can only avoid exhaustion by calling in to its aid rein- forcements from the sciences of hygiene and medical treatment. Individuals of weak constitution succumb much more easily to privations and hardships than those of more vigorous structure ; and yet, so great is the assistance which careful attention to diet, clothing, exercise, and so forth, can give to the natural vital force of the individual, in resisting the innumerable causes ol disease, that some years ago a curious and instructive book was written on the advantages of a feeble constitution. One great reason that feebly-constituted persons are more prone to disease upon slight exposure to disturbing influences is, that the circu- lation of the blood in such people is weak and languid in the extremities, and consequently the temperature is not kept up to the normal standard, unless external circumstances are favorable. Hence, such individuals suffer severely from attacks of disease brought on by exposure to cold and wet, which a person of strong constitution would pass through without injury. It is very much with man as it is with an artificial ma- chine, such as a steam-engine, as I have already suggested, or a locomotive. If the latter is well made and of good material, the TK.MPKRAMENTS AND CONSTlTU'l ION. 345 several parts strongly i)ut together and working in harmony with Biich other, it will resist hard usage far better than one which is made of bad materials, and in which the different parts are not well proportioned, and are constructed without due re- gard to tlie work they have to perform. A bad constitution does not necessarily predispose to any particular disease, but renders its possessor more liable, as a rule, to every disease, and less likely to recover from severe illness when he is attacked. Temperament, on the other hand, may improve a person's chance of recovery, since, for instance, a man of marked sanguine tem- perament might get better from an attack of scurvy which, in a lymphatic person, would prove fatal. IMPROVEMENT AND DETERIORATION OF CONSTITU- TION. To a certain extent, a weak constitution may be strength- ened b}' proper attention to hygiene in eaily life. A child born in poverty and reared under circumstances unfavorable to secur- ing a full development of the organs of the body, such as insuffi- cient clothing, light, food, and fresh air, will in most cases grow up to be a feeble adult, if it attains maturity at all. A brother of that same child, inheriting exactly the same tendencies from its parents, may, however, by having tlie external conditions altered, at a sufficiently earl}^ period of its existence, in a favor- al)le manner, grow up to be a man of strong constitution. And even at a late epoch of life, something can be done by a per- seveiing application of hygienic measures, to invigorate a con- stitution winch, throughout childhood and youth, has been feeble, in consequence of its being subject to unfavorable sur- roundings at first. On the other hand, it should never be forgotten that a constitution which is naturall}'- strong may be terribly enfeebled by excesses, or a persistent violation of tlie rules for preserving health. Long continued exposure to heat, cold, dampness, and malaria; habitual indulgence in alcohol, even when iu:)t carried to excess ; inordinate sensual gratification of any kind, loss of sleep, deprivation of food, and frequent attacks of disease, will sooner or later break down the strongest constitution. Since it is in early childhood that the constitution of an indi- vidual is most easily made or marred, it is the duty of every parent and guardian to watch over the de\ eloping constitutions of those under their care with the most jealous attention. A strong meat diet, or at least an abundance of milk, eggs, and 346 TEMPERAMENTS AND CONSTITUTION. other animal food, the solution of which should be aided by artificial pepsin if necessary, are very important under these circumstances. Many weak and puny children develop into adults of feeble constitutions, because they are nourished imper- fectly upon a vegetable diet, with the diluted milk which, unfor- tunately, forms the only supply attainable for city bred children in many cases. Where, as frequently happens, children of weak constitutions show an invincible distaste for animal food, they should be compelled to take as medicine one or two ounces of beef extract, or beef essence, or double that quantity of strong beef soup, daily, a precaution which has repeatedly been crowned with the most gratifying results. Persons of originally sound and robust organizations may, by judicious and guarded exposure to cold and wet, become strengthened by the development of their powers of resistance to these antagonistic agencies of nature; but those of feeble constitutions are more apt to be overcome than to conquer under such circumstances, during the process of hardening themselves, the ex])eriment too often terminating like that of the miser who undertook to educate his horse to live without eating, by giadually diminishing his amount of food, and was much encouraged at the prospect of success, until, just as he got the animal down to one straw a day, the poor beast unluckily died. IDIOSYNCRASY AND ITS BEARING UPON HYGIENE. When a person is affected by external agents, such, for example, as a particular article of diet, in a way peculiar to him- self, and different from the generality of mankind, that peculiar susceptibility is called an idiosyncrasy. The study of idiosyn- crasies, as regards different external influences causing diseases, is obviously a very important one, from a hygienic point of view ; and, in respect to remedies emplo^-ed in curative medicine, is often of tlie highest value. As illustrations of idiosyncrasies in regard to diet, may be mentioned the fact that some people cannot eat strawberries without suffering from a troublesome species of nettle rash ; others are similarly affected by indulging in shell-fish, which also brings on in certain persons a form of cholera morbus ; and severe nettle rash has been brought on bj'' eating boiled cauliflower, or violent diarrhcea proved the result of eating even a minute particle of egg, no matter how it was pre- pared. These and other like peculiarities, some of which seem very curious, are sometimes inherited and sometimes acquired, and two ti.:mi'kraments and constitution. 847 or iiiuie may exist in the same individual, as, for example, one con- nected with the heart and blood-vessel system, and another wiih the digestive apparatus. Idiosyncrasies, especially those which are acquired, may sometimes be conqueied by persevering efforts to that end. Thus, the case is recorded of a gentleman who, for many years, could not eat soft crabs without suffering from diarrha-a, 5''et, as he was very fond of this dainty but dangerous dish, he per- sisted in eating crabs, until, after a long struggle, during which his digestive organs became, as it were, acclimated to the disturbing action of the shell-iish, he succeeded in overcoming the tendency. It is probable that almost every human being is the svibject of one or more idiosyncrasies in respect to })articular kinds of food or mixed dishes, which can oidy be found out by trying the ex- periment, and then making a careful note of the favorable or injurious elfects. Where the idiosyncrasies are at all strongly marked, their possessors are soon taught by painful experience how severe are the punishments for violating the laws of their being, by trying to do as others do in these particulars. Idiosyncrasies in regard to drugs and medicines are very common, and an exact understanding of their nature and limita- tions forms one of the most important parts of the self-knowl- edge which it is the highest earthly interest of ever}' human be- ing to study to obtain. For example, one hears of a great many fanciful and a few real idiosyncrasies in regard to laudanum, opium, and morphia. In cases where there is a real inability to bear one of these narcotics — and there are, unfortunate!}', people who, not being able to gain the inestinuible relief from pain which opium affords, are truly to be pitied — some other anodyne must be substituted, generally with much less beneficial results. In many instances, however, no hurtful effect is produced, unless the })atient is aware that he is taking opium in some of its vari- ous preparations, and in such instances it is surely right to con- ceal the fact from him, at least until after he has experienced the benefit. Another idiosyncrasy which is occasionally met with is in regard to calomel or mercury, which in any form pro- duces upon some few people salivation, even when extremely minute doses are administered. Such an idiosyncrasy is also an unfortunate one, although far less so than that preventing the use of ojiiates; and as neither of these peculiarities can be fore- seen, and can oidy be learned by experience, the first dose of these powerful remedies which any human being ever takes in his or her life should be a very small one, and its efTects watch- fully observed. 348 TEMPERAMENTS AND CONSTITUTION. Idiosyncrasies may be temporary only when they dej)end upon some condition of the system which, whether natnral or diseased, is only transitory. Illustrations of this variety of idiosyncrasy are met with during the period when children are cutting their first teeth, during pregnancy, and also about the time of the commencement and cessation of the monthly discharge in females. These idiosyncrasies are often very important in their effects upon the health of the individual, and should be respected with the most scrupulous care ; but when the disturbed condition which has given rise to them disappears, the idiosyn- crasy, as a general rule, but with some notable exceptions, also passes away. Some of the conditions often called idiosyncrasies are doubtless due to partial mental derangement, but they should not be thus confounded. All idiosyncrasies ought to be carefully respected, not only in the management of an individual's health, but also in the treat- ment of his diseases. To attempt to combat them during sickness is to run the risk of transforming them into morbid sympathies, or perhaps grave complications of the existing malady. Even during a perfect sanitary condition, our efforts to modify an established idiosyncrasy must be made slowly, gently, and, as it Avere, by a roundabout means, especially b}' instituting new habits of life. In such a manner only can we hope to overcome or diminish, v\-ith advantage, an idiosyncrasy which is disagreeable, inconvenient, or injurious to the well-being of the animal econ- omy in w^hich it is manifested. AGE AS MODIFYING HEALTH AND DISEASE. Perhaps of all the influences whose action upon our bodies we have to carefully consider, both in avoiding and curing dis- ease, there is none more important than age. The period of life brings with it special dangers as well as special immunities from diseaoc, and affects — powerfully affects — the course and termi- nation of nearl}' all maladies to which our flesh is heir. As Emerson says, all men carry seeds of all distempers through life, and we often die without developing them, such is the atlirmative power of the constitution ; but if a man is en- feebled from any cause, some of these sleeping seeds may start and ojien. Meantime, at every stage we lose a foe. It were strange, indeed, if a man should turn his sixtieth year without a feeling of immense relief from the number of dangers he has escaped. When the old wife says, "take care of that tumor in your shoulder, perhaps it is cancerous," he replies with indiffer- TEMPERAMENTS AND CONSTITUTION. 349 ence, " I am yielding to a surer decomposition/' " The liuniorous tliief, who drank a pot of beer at the gallows, blew oft" the froth because he had heard it was unhealthy ; but it will not add a pang to the prisoner marched out to be shot to assure him that the pain in his knee threatens mortification." During our whole lives the fluids and tissues of the body are constantl\' undergoing change, new matter being deposited and (jld removed with ceaseless activity. And yet this move- ment of materials is not perceptible to the eye, even when aided by the best optical instruments which manufacturers of micro- scopes have constructed for assisting the human vision. It only becomes so whenever it experiences au}- disturbance, whether this be an obstruction or an exaggeration of its natural rate of piogiess. With all our advantages, we have never yet been able to demonstrate to the eye the nutritive process of the mus- cular fiber in the tail of a living tadpole, or to detect the quiet coming and going of materials in an adjacent connective-tissue cell. As long as these objects continue to present a certain aspect known and defined to the minutest point and line, we re- ceive this lixed appearance as a proof that the wonderful changes connected with nutrition have in themselves a natural relation to each other. And, yet, throughout, this complex machine, in which the law is fully carried out that force is generated only by decomposition, constantly undergoes a change in all of its constituent parts — from infancy, through youth and maturity, to old age and decay. Every muscular movement of any portion of the body, every j)ulsaiion of the heart, every thought which emanates from the brain, is accompanied by the destruction of a certain amount of tissue. During maturity, as long as food is supplied in abundance and the digestive functions are not dis- ordered, reparation proceeds as ra})idly as decay, and life is the result. But it is far otherwise when the limit of threescore and ten is reached, or, by reason of strength, for a few jears exceeded. The animal body, is, therefore, undergoing a continual change. The hair of yesterday is not precisely the hair of to-day ; tiie muscle which extends the arm is not identically the same muscle after as before the action ; old material has been removed, and new has been deposited to an equal amount ; and though the weight, form, and chemical constitution, as well as the microscopical characters, have been preserved, the identity has been lost. So long as these two compensating actions of dis- integration and repair exactly balance each otlier, life continues. If it were possible to adjust the repair to the waste, so that neither would be in excess — as must have been the case in 350 TEMPERAMKNTS AND CONSTITUTION. Methuselah's body — there is no physiological reason why life, if protected against accidents, should not continue indefinitely. But with our present knowledge this seems to be beyond our power, and consequently there comes a time when, under the most favorable circumstances, decomposition becomes predomi- nant, and death fiom old age results. The life of man has been variously divided by different authors into artificial periods or stages, the limits of which are by no means accurately delined, although the Seven Ages of Man are pictured with such wonderful skill by the great English dramatist that it seems as if those grand portraits must hold a place in the study of humanity at least as long as the Anglo- Saxon race endures. From a hygienic point of view, however, a natural division, based upon the physiological course of the life of man, is more convenient as well as more useful. In accordance with this principle, we divide the life of man into three periods, as follows : 1. The period of Increase, in which the foiination of tissue predominates over decay ; this stage extends from birth to about the twenty-fifth year, varying in accordance witii sexual and individual peculiarities. 2. The period of Maturity, in which the processes of regeneration and waste counterbalance each other; an e(|uilibrium of antagonistic forces generally maintained from about the twenty-fifth to the thirty-fifth year. 3. The period of Decline or Decay, during which the tissues are not repaired as fast as they aie broken down, and we witness a disturbance of the balance between these two operations, which goes on, increasing gradually with more or less rapidity, from the thirty-fifth year to the extreme limit of human life. Each of these three periods is marked by strong peculiarities of both organization and action, and they all exhibit innaunities from some diseases and susceptibilities to others, which are only to be accounted for by a reference to the physiological condition characterizing each stage of progress from infancy to old age, and which is repeated in generation after geneiation of our race with unvarying uniformity. As the lamented President Lincoln's favorite poet tells us :: — " We are the same things that our fathers have been, "VVe see the same sights that our fathers have seen ; We drink the same stream and we feel the same sun, And we run the same course that our fathers have run. "The thoughts we are thinking our fathers would think, From the death we are shrinking from tliey too would shrink; To the life we are clinging tlu-y also would cling, But it speeds from the earth like a bird on the wing." How to Preserve the Teeth. :■" Special Care and Remedies. S. B. BARTHOLOMEW, D. D. S. First Dentition. — During this period the child requires more than ordinary watchfulness on the part of the mother. Difficulties incident to teething, cause a very large per cent, of mortality among children, which proper care would prevent. Systemic disturbance caused by cutting teeth is very marked, and can be easily seen. Symptoms : — Hot and dry mouth, feverishness, redness of one or both cheeks, sometimes changing from one to the other, indicating great nervous disturbance. Eruptions on the head and face, and sometimes on the whole body. Ulcerations may appear on the tongue, gums, lips, and inside of the cheeks. Fretfulness when awake, and moaning in sleep, nausea, vomiting, high fever, diarrhoea, or severe constipation, followed not infrequently by convulsions. Treatment. — If there is a tendency to hot and dry skin, let the treatment be such as will keep the skin moist, look out for diarrhoea or constipation. If the gums are swollen, and indicate a pressure from beneath, they should be freely lanced over the enipting teeth ; nervous irritation will be controlled by adding a little catnip tea to the milk. Watch the food so that digestion may not be impaired. If the mother does not nurse the child, or the milk be deficient in quantity or quality, be careful to have the right milk for a substitute. Never take the milk from a milk cart, for that is a mixed milk of all the herd, and not fit to give a young babe. If possible, have the milk of a cow whose calf would be the age of the babe to be fed, rich in cream, and up to the standard of perfect milk. This milk will be richer in casein, butter and phosphates, than human milk, but poorer in sugar ; therefore, add one-third water, and a little pure white sugar. Aside from the mixed nature of milk sold from the cart, there is a possibility 351 353 CARE AXU PRESERVATION OF THE TEETH. that it may have already been watered, and then doctored with foreign matter to bring up color and taste. Supposing you take the milk from the cart, accepting it for a standard milk, any mother can readily see she is surely increasing the danger of fatal trouble during the period of teething. Care of the Temporary Teeth. — The temporary teeth arc designed by nature to remain until the permanent teeth are ready to take their places. Children should be taught to keep them clean by brushing. If they decay, they should be filled with some temporary filling, for decayed and painful tem{)orary teeth will cause the child to avoid using them as much as possible. Food will be swallowed without sufficient mastication, the stomach become disordered in attempting to do the work designed for the temporary teeth, thus opening the way for sickness and suffering. Care of the Permanent Teeth. — In all cases of trouble in second dentition consult your dentist. A little attention at such times will often prevent a long train of evils. The destruction of the teeth from decay, in a large degree, is in consequence of the action of chemical acids, and low forms of organic life produced through the fermentation and putrifaction of food and other substances. If this fermenting, filthy compost is allowed to remain on and between the teeth, myriads of little creatures grow and thrive in it, boring away at the tooth structure until it is gone. The remedy is cleanliness, antiseptic washes, and the dentist's skill. Teeth should be brushed thoroughly twice a day, morn- ing and night, with a generous brush of medium stiffness, using some antiseptic wash in tepid water. Never mind if the gums bleed, it is an indication of foreign substance about the necks of the teeth, and inflam- mation of the gums. Have the foreign substance removed, and brush without regard to bleeding, they will soon become hard and healthy. Never use dentifrices made of charcoal, or pumice stone, or any other gritty substance — they are too harsh — they injure the delicate tissue that surrounds and gives outer nourishment, through the thin layer of cementum that covers the roots of the teeth. To stop pain in an exposed and inflamed dental pulp, rinse out the cavity with a little tepid water, apply cotton saturated in equal parts of camphor, chloroform and oil of cloves ; shake before using. To stop pain in a dead tooth, apply cotton saturated in equal parts of camphor, hydrate of chloral and carbolic acid. Be careful and not have an excess of the liquid in the cotton, as it will run over the gums and burn the mouth. CARE AND PRESKRVATION OK THE TEETH. A GOOD TOOTH POWDER. Precipitated Carbonate of Lime, 4 ounces. Pulverized Orris Root, 3-4 ounce. Pulverized Peruvian Bark, 1-4 ounce. Pulverized White Sugar, 1-4 ounce. Flavor with that which is most agreeable to the taste. 353 A DELIGHFUL ANTI-SEITIC MOUTH WASH. Carbolic Acid, 5 drachms. Listerine, 6 ounces. Alcohol, 4 ounces. Glycerine, i ounce. Oil of Peppermint, 4 drops. Red Aniline, 3 drops. Table spoonful in wine glass of water, use weaker or in greater strength as may be most agreeable. A good mouth wash in cases of fetid breath or inflamed gums: Tincture of Krameria, 3 fluid ounces. Eau de Cologne, 6 " " Carbolic Acid crystals, 10 drops. Oil of Wintergreen, 8 " Put two teaspoonfuls of the above mixture to a wine glass of water. Use thoroughly three or four times a day. •-^yfa ^j>(ik3"» HOW TO DISGUISE T 1 1 K UNPLEASANT TASTE OF MEDICINE. PROPER DOSES FOR DIFFERENT AGES, ETC. The action of medicine is modified by the condition of the individual, by the climate and season. In summer certain medicines act more vigorously than in winter, and the same person may not bear the same dose in July that he could in December. Persons of a phlegmatic tem- perament bear stimulants and purgatives better than those of a sanguine temperament, therefore the latter require smaller doses. Purgatives never act so well upon persons accustomed to take them as upon those who are not, and in cases where purgatives are necessary to be often used the form and kind should be changed occasionally. Purgatives should never be given when the bowels are in a state of irritation. Stimulants and narcotics never act as quickly upon persons accustomed to the use of stimulants. Medicine for females should not be so strong as for males. Reduce about one-eighth. Persons whose general health is good bear stronger doses than the debilitated and those who have suffered for a long time. Castor-oil may be taken in milk, coffee, or spirit, such as brandy ; but the best method of covering the nauseous flavor is to put a tablespoonful of strained orange juice in a wineglass, pour the castor-oil into the center of the juice, and then squeeze a few drops of lemon juice upon the top of the oil. Cod-liver oil may be taken, like castor-oil, in orange juice. Peppermint-water almost prevents the nauseous taste of Epsom salts. A strong solution of extract of licorice covers the disagree- able taste of aloes ; milk that of cinchona bark ; and cloves that of senna. An excellent way to prevent the taste of medicines is to have the medicine in a glass, as usual, and a tumbler of water by the side of it. Then take the medicine and retain it in the 354 HOW TO GIVE MEDICINES. 355 inouth, which should be kept closed, and if you then commence drinking the water, the taste of the medicine is washed away. It is desirable to render medicines as palatable and pleas- ant as possible and to administer them at such times, and with such precautions, as shall render their retention and action most probable ; for adults, who can swallow pills, this is the easiest tnd best mode of taking such remedies as will go in a small compass. For children generally they are unsuitable, and draughts or powders must be given to them, unless, as is now often the case, medicated cakes or lozenges, containing the reme- iies which their cases re(j[uire, can be procured. The best vehicle for children's powders which contain any heavy substance is sugar moistened just a little, or honey, or molasses, or gum ; it must be some thick substance or the pow- der will fall to the bottom, and so not be taken. Powders with rhubarb, magnesia, or any light substance may be mixed up thin and drank; a piece of sugar with a few drops of essence of peppermint on it, or a strong peppermint lozenge, will get rid of the unjjleasant taste perhaps sooner than anything else ; those who object to this should chew a piece of dried orange peel both before and after swallowing the medicine. Aperients are best taken on an empty stomach, so are vermifuges; tonics should be taken an hour or so before meals, except preparations of iron, which are best an hour after meals ; emetics are commonly directed to be taken in the evening, because after their opera- tion the patient may rest awhile. Stimulants of course may be taken at any time when required ; opiates always at bed- time, that their action may not be interrupted ; unless it be a case of s[xism or violent pain which calls for instant relief. Strong purgatives are best taken in the morning ; at night they would disturb the rest, and cause great inconvenience. All these, of course, are but general rules, to which there are numer- ous exceptions. The discreet mother or nurse will know when they are to be strictly followed, and when departed from. Condition of the Stomach. — The least active remedies operate violently on some persons, owing to a peculiarity of stomach or disjiosition of body unconnected with temperament. In giving medicines, the medical man always so regulates the intervals between doses that the following dose may l)e taken before the effect produced by the former is alt(»gether effaced. By not attending to this rule, the cure is always commencing, but never rapidly proceeding — it may, indeed, have no effect at all. It is to be borne in mind, at the same time, that some 356 HOW TO GIVE MEDICINES. medicines, sucli as mercury, etc., are apt to accumulate in the system, and danger may thence arise if the doses be repeated too frequently. Aloes and castor-oil acquire greater activity by ase, so that the dose requires to be diminished. With due caution, and a proper attention to the doses ordered, no unto- ward circumstance need arise. The condition of the mind has a powerful influence upon the disorders of the body. The effect of the imagination works wonders for or against recovery. Many of the extraoidinary cures credited to traveling "medicine men," "great remedies," etc., are nothing more than the influence of the imagination over a disordered body or mind. Proper Doses for Different Ages. Ages. For an Adult Under 1 year " 2 years " 8 " " 4 " " 7 " " 14 " " 20 " Above 21 " " 65 " " 80 " Pkoportional Doses. Suppose the dose One Will require only l-12tli l-8th l-(ith l-4th l-3d 1-2 2-3ds The full dose One Will require only .3-4ths 2-3ds Dose. 1 dram or 60 grains. 5 grains. 8 " 10 "■<■ 15 " Ijcruple or 20 grains. 1^ dram or 30 " 2 scruples or 40 " 1 dram. 45 grains. 2 scruples or 40 grains. In the same manner for fluids divide the quantity suited for an adult by the above fractional parts. If for a child under one year, the dose will be one-twelfth ; under two years, one- eighth ; under three years, one-sixth, and so on. Approximate Measures. For the convenience of those who have not accurate meas- ures at hand, we give the approximate quantities : — A teacup contains four fluid ounces, or one gill. A wine glass contains two fluid ounces. A tablespoon contains one-half fluid ounce. A teaspoon contains one-eighth fluid ounce, or one dram. Sixteen large tablespoonfuls make half a pint. Eight " " " one gi/1. Four " " " half gill. Sixty to eighty drops are equal to one teaspoon ful. HOW TO GIVE MEDICINES 357 Apothecary's "Weight. 20 grains = 1 scruple = 20 grains. 60 grains = 1 dram = 3 scruples 480 grains = 1 ounce = 8 drams. ,760 grains = 1 pound = 12 ounces. The scruple and dram are discarded in the new weights. Measures of capacity are used for liquids in mixing medicines Formerly wine measure was employed, but now it is the im- perial. The weight of the imperial minim of water is 91 grains, and is multiplied as follows: — 60 minims = 1 fluid dram =: 60 minims. 480 minims = 1 fluid ounce = 8 fluid drams. 0,600 minims = 1 pint =z 20 fluid ounces. 76,800 minims = 1 gallon = 8 pints. The fluid ounce is the measure of one ounce of water ; the pint, li lbs. ; and the gallon, 10 lbs. In prescriptions the weights and measures are generally expressed by signs or symbols, with Latin numerals affixed. These signs, with the Latin and English words which stand for them, are given below : — m Minim, l-60th part of a fluid dram. 9j Scrupulus, a scruple. 3j Drachma, a dram, f 3j Fluid Drachma, a measured dram. 5 j Uncia, an ounce (437.5 grains), f § j Fluid uncia, a measured ounce. Ibj Libra, a pound (7,000 grains). Oj Octarius, a pint, gr Granum, a grain. ss Semis, half, affixed to any of the above signs. The numerals j, ij, iij, iv, v, etc., show the number of grains, ounces, [rounds, etc., to be taken ; thus, mix denotes 60 minims, 3 vii, 7 drams, and | i, 1 ounce. READ CAREKULLY. PREFACE TO THE HOMCEOPATHIC DEPARTMENT OF THE C6TT^6E PPY^ICI^N. In preparing the treatment to a domestic practice, the directions should be simple, yet full enough to be understood. This idea has been fully carried out, and nothing has been introduced but what has been verified by experience, and, therefore, will be fully reUable. Persons who cannot get a physician may depend upon the remedies given herein ; but be sure that they cover a majority of the symptoms, which will be known by comparing the symptoms of the disease with those given un- der the remedy. Homoeopathic remedies are very active, when properly chosen, and will show beneficial results, generally, within a very few hours. In se- vere cases, with violent symptoms, they may be given as often as every five minutes ; but at the least approach of improvement, lengthen the intervals. Ordinarily medicine given every hour is often enough, and many times every two or three hour intervals should be imposed, partic- ularly with young children. Homoeopathic medicines are prepared in the form of liquids and powders. Pellets are used as a convenient vehicle, very useful to carry about in the pocket. Of the attenuations, mentioned in this book, from six to eight drops should be added to one-half a glass of water, and of this tea- spoonful doses may be given as often as seems necessary. The powders may be taken dry on the tongue, or as much as could be placed upon a ten cent coin put into one-half a glass of water, and administered as in case of the liquid. Four to six pellets are a dose. A child under two years of age to receive one-half the amount of an adult. Very truly yours, J. H. CARMICHAEL. S58 r<\)^ EXPLANATION OF THE SIGNS, ATTENUATIONS ETC. USED IN HOMCEPATHIC PRACTICE. The sign with | drawn through it indicates the full strength of the mother tincture. The X indicates the strength or attenuation of the medicine prescribed. The first attenuation is one-tenth the strength of the mother tincture, the second attenuation, one-tenth the strength of the first, and so on, each attenuation being just one-tenth the strength of the one preceding. HOMOEOPATHY The fu^ diagnosis of each disease will be found in the preceding pages, arranged in alphabetical order, the pages being indicated by the small figures within the (J>arentheses). Abscess. (95) — First stage, before pus has formed, give Bel- ladonna, 3 X, and Mercurius Viv., 6 x, in alternation. When pus begins to form, give Hepar Sulphuris, 3 x. Sulphur, cc, is useful to remove a tendency to abscesses. Poultice and open freely as soon as suppuration takes place. After opening, wash out the abscess with Tinct. of Calendula, one part to ten of water. Abscess, of the Ear. (95) — It is so liable to extend to the brain that a surgeon should be called early. The same remedies as above. Apoplexy. (97) — Give Aconite, 3 x, and send for medical as- sistance. Principle remedies are AcoTiite, 3 x. Belladonna, 3 x. Opium, 30, Arjiica, 3 x, and Glonoine, 30. Aco7iite, 3 X, hard wiry pulse ; persons of full habit. Bell., 3 X, congestion of the brain ; red swollen face ; throbbing of blood vessels ; dilated pupils, convulsive movements of the face and limbs, serviceable early in the case. Opium, 30, profound stupor ; dusky countenance ; contraction of pu- pils ; convulsed ; moans and groans ; cannot be aroused. Arnica, 3 x, after active excitement has subsided, to promote re- sorption of effusion. Nux Vomica, 3 x, is a useful remedy to prevent a predisposition to apoplexy. The diet should be plain, avoiding rich food and stimulants. Exclude all excitement, over exertion, sudden changes of temperature, and excesses of all kinds. Asthma. (99) — Arsenicum, 3 x. Euphorbia- Pilulifora, i x. Ipecac, I x, Veratrum Viride, i x. 360 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 301 Arsenicum, 3 x, hay-fever, watery excoriating discharges from the eyes and nose. Euphorbia PH., 1 x, suffocative cough ; considered a specific by many. Ipecac, 1 X, nausea and vomiting, followed by violent fits of cough- ing. Veratrum Vir., i x, hard, difficult breathing ; tight, wheezing cough ; full, hard, bounding pulse. Back. (loi) — Lameness (Lumbago). Rhus Tax., 3 x, for pain- ful condition of the muscles from a sprain or wrench. For crick of the back, Ferrum Phosphoricum, 3 x. Baldness. (loi) — To prevent the hair from falling after fevers, etc., Fluoric Acid, 6 x, and Silicea, 30. Barber's Itch. (102) — Sulphur Iodide, 3 x, every six hours, and apply Blue Ointment. Bed Sores. (102) — Tincture Arnica and Brandy, equal parts, locally, for inflammation. After sloughing out, give Arsenicum, 3 x, internally, and apply powdered Boracic Acid. Bloody Urine. (103) — Variety of causes. Call your physician. As general remedies, Terebinthina, i x, and Erigeron Can., i x, Cam- phor 0, after a blister of Spanish Flies {Cantharides). Bleeding from the Nose. (104) — (Epistaxis.) Aconite, 1 x, for plethoric persons, with hard, quick, wiry pulse. Carbo Veg., 3 x, severe nose-bleed, several times daily, with pale face before and after each attack. Nitric Acid, 3 x, disposition to nose-bleed. Bleeding from the Lungs. (105) — (Hemoptysis.) Harna- melis, (Ji, ten drops, every hour, for dark blood which is profuse or scant. Veratrum Vir., i x, congestion of the lungs, with full, hard, bound- ing pulse. Phosphorus, 30, disposition to frequent hemorrhages with dry, hacking cough. Acute Inflammation of the Bowels. (106) — (Enteritis.) Aconite, 1 i, quick, wiry pulse ; dry, hot skin, and very restless. Arseni- cum, 3 X, burning pain in bowels ; tongue red and dry ; yellow, frequent stools ; vomiting ; very weak and debilitated. Colocynth, 2 x, violent, griping pain in the bowels. 362 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Veratrum Alb., i x, cold sweat ; cramps in legs, with vomiting and diarrhoea. Keep hot packs of alcohol and water over the bowels and call a physician. Avoid all animal food. Chronic Inflammation of the Bowels. (107) — (Chronic Enteritis.) Bryonia, 3 x, constant dryness of the lips, pain in the bow- els ; one day, diarrhoea, next day, constipation. Iris Versicolar, 3 x, grumbhng belly-ache ; stools inclined to be loose ; liver out of order. Kali Bichrornicum, 3 x, chronic inflammation all through the bow- els from the stomach to the anus ; mucous discharges which are stringy. Lycopodiinn, 30, much wind in the bowels ; inclined to constipation. Plumbum Carb., 30, violent long-lasting pain in the bowels ; chron- ic diarrhrea. Sulphur, 200, constipation or diarrhoea — chronic and persistent, even after giving all kinds of remedies. A course of Sulphur, once or twice daily for a week, will bring the case under control. Milk should be the principal article of diet. All animal food dis- carded, excepting, now and then, raw, grated beef. Bronchitis. (107) — Aconite, i x, at commencement, with hot, dry skin and quick pulse. Bryo7iia, 3 x, bronchial tubes feel sore ; dry cough, also, at com- mencement, may be given alternate with Aconite. Sambucus, i x, very useful for young children. Verat. Vir., i x, full, bounding pulse ; difficult breathing, also Anti' monium Tart., 3 x. Kali Bichromicum, 3 x, and Ipecac, i x. Keep the chest \vrapped in cotton batting. Cancer. (109) — It should be removed, early, by an operation. Follow this up by Arsenicum, 3 x, six months, a dose two or three times daily. Condurango, i x, is said to relieve the pain of cancer, anything short of complete removal should not be tolerated. Canker of the Mouth, (no) — Merc. Cor., 3 x, one of the best remedies. Catalepsy or Trance, (m) — (See Hysteria^ Cataract. (112) — Must be removed by surgical means. Cannabis Sativa, 3 x, said to have cured cases of cataract HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMEICT. 363 Catarrh. (112) — Aconite, 3 x, acute catarrh, feverishness ; pain in the head, eyes, nose, etc. Bryonia, 3 x, in addition to the acute catarrh of the nose, it lias a dry cough with stitches in the chest. Ka/i Hydroidicum, 3 x, sneering ; watery discharges from the eyes and nose which excoriates ; pain in the fore part of the head. Chronic Catarrh. {114) — Calc. Carb., 30, Kali Bichrotnicum, 3 X, Sanguinaria, 3 x. Sulphur, cc. Chapped or Cracked Lips. (115) — Bryonia, 3 x, dry, chap- ped lips. Chilblains. (115) — Agaricus Muse, 3 x, will cure chilblains in a few days. Chicken Pox. (116) (Varicella.) — Aconite, 3 x, fever; restless- ness, generally all the remedy needed. Antimony Tart., 3 x, if the eruption suppurates, this remedy will be useful to prevent scars. Hepar Sulphur, 3 x, useful for a week or so after any of the erup- tion diseases. Milk diet the best. Asiatic Cholera. (117) — Camphor (f), great depression; col- lapse ; chilly most of the time ; violent vomiting and purging, give early in the disease. Arsenicum, 3 x, excoriating discharges ; bright red tongue, with burning of stomach and bowels ; patient wild and restless, useful in all stages of the disease. Veratrum Alb., i x, cold sweat ; violent vomiting and purging ; cramps of different muscles of the body. Cuprum Aceticum, 30, also for cramps with empty retching : also \) be used as a prophylactic. The diet should be milk with a little brandy added. Cholera Morbus. (119) — Same remedies as Asiatic cholera, idding Colocynth, 2 x, for violent, griping pain in the bowels. Colic. (Pain in the abdomen.) — Colocynth, 2 x, the first remedy usually thought of, griping, tearing, twisting pain in the bowels ; much gas in bowels. For Painter's Colic. (121) — Opium must be administered in one grain doses, every two hours, until better. Kali Hydroidicum, 1 x, useful to eradicate the lead from the sys- tem. 364 HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Concussion of the Brain. (124) — Keep the patient quiet; apply cold cloths to the head and give Arnica, 3 x, every hour or two, for a few days. Congestion of the Brain. (125) — Belladonna, i x, full, beat- ing blood vessels ; full pulse ; red, flushed face ; mild delirium ; dilated pupils. Bromide of Potash, five grains, every hour, to an adult, until bet- ter. Veratrum Vir., i x, full, bounding pulse ; nausea with terrible pain in the head. Convulsions. (125) (Fits.) — Belladonna, 3 x, flushed face; throbbing of the blood vessels going to the head. Cicuta Virosa, 6 x, twitching and jerking of the muscles all over the body ; movement of the muscles about the mouth causing a chewing motion. Geheminum, i x, violent fever; full compressible pulse. The whole body is convulsed. Hysterical Convulsions. Nux Vomica, 3 x, violent drawing backward of the head, and feet toward each other. Convulsions from passion, Chamomilla, 30 : injur}', Hypericum, i x : worms, Cina, 3 x, Cicuta, 6 x : fright, Ignatia, 30. Consumption. (127) (Phthisis.) — One-fifth of the population die of this disease. The only safeguard against the disease is to keep one's weight up to a normal standard. This is to be accomplished by any and all means. The Cotnpound Syrup of Hypophosphites \% one of the best reme- dies to accomplish this. The remedies are mostly Bryonia, 3 x, Calc. Carb., 30, Phos., 30, Pulsatilla, 3 x. Sulphur, 30. (See Cough, for in- dications.) Costiveness. (131) (Constipation.) — Nux Vomica, 3 x or 30, useful after using much cathartic medicine ; persons of sedentary habits, no desire for stool, and if there is, it cannot be accompUshed. Plumbum, 30, stools of hard, small balls, frequent attacks of colic. Sulphur, cc, remedies do not give desired effect ; piles, with burn- ing pain in the rectum. Drink a glass of oatmeal water, every morning, on rising. Cornea, Ulceration of. (133) — Merc. Cor., 3 x, and Hepat Sulph., 3 X. Employ an oculist. HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 365 Corpulence. (133) — A dose of Nux Vomica, 3 x, at night, is a good remedy. Cough. (134) — Aconite, i x, croupy cough ; spasmodic cough. Bryonia, 3 x, hard, dry cough, with pain in head and chest. Bflladonna, short, dry, hollow, convulsive cough, worse at night ; flushed face and cerebral congestion. Bepar Sulph., 3 x, irritating cough ; hoarseness, excited by expos- ure to cold. Rattling of mucous in the throat ; croup. Kali Bichro., 3 x, cough, with tough, stringy expectoration. Phosphorus, 30, dry cough with tickling in the throat. Worse from talking or reading aloud. Spongia, i x, dry, hoarse, croupy cough, with pain in the larynx. Alternate with Aconite, in croup, every fifteen minutes. Castanea Vesca, 1 x, five drops, ever)' two hours, in whooping-cough. Cuprum Aceticum, 30, also useful in whooping-cough so violent as to often throw the patient into convulsions. (See also Asthma.) Cramp. (135) — Cuprum Aceticum, 30, a very useful remedy. Cramp or Spasm of the Stomach. (136) (Gastralgia.) — Di- oscorea, i x, five drops every fifteen minutes. Nux Vom., 3 X, and even ^, five drops, three times daily, will gen- erally cure the disposition to cramp of the stomach. * Bryonia, 3 x, useful if the cramp comes on immediately after eat- ing. Lactopeptine, ten grains after each meal. Deafness, (136) from catarrh, of the middle ear, most often cured by Pulsatilla, 3 x. If from ear-wax, a {t\i drops of Glycerine dropped in the ear, on going to bed, for a few times. Defective Appetite. (137) — Bryonia, 3 x, if caused by a tor- pid liver, also China, 6 x. Nux Vom., I x, from anxiety; overworked nervous systems and constipation. Apply to a physician to ascertain cause. Delirium Tremens. (137) — Hyoscyamus Nig., 1 x, ten drops every half hour until better. Nux Vom., I X, five drops every three hours for three or four days, following the abnormal illusions. Keep the patient under close observa- tion and send at once for a physician. 3G6 HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Diabetes. (139) — Uva Ursa, i x, ten drops every three hours in Diabetes Insipidus. Diabetes Mellitus. Arsenicum, 3 x, very hungry' and thirsty ; pale skin ; loss of strength ; drj^ness of mouth and throat ; excessive urinatfon ; watery diarrhoea. Phosphoric Acid, i x, loss of ner\^e force, with frequent urination. Diet must be free from starch and sugar. Exclusive milk diet of- ten benefits. Gluten bread must be substituted for that of wheat flour. Avoid vegetables, arrow- root, asparagus, bread, biscuit, beans, beets, crackers, carrots, macaroni, oat-meal, pastry, potatoes, peas, rice, sago, sugar, tapioca, vermicelli ; fruit, apples, grapes, pears, bananas, peaches, plums, pine-apples, raspberries and other sweet fruits ; beverages, wine, beer, brandy, also cider and all alcoholic and sweet drinks. Allowable vegetables, artichokes, cabbage, celer}^, cresses, cucum- bers, olives, greens, lettuce, pickles, mushrooms; fruits, lemons, sour cherries, currants, gooseberries, strawberries and acid fruits, generally ; meats, beef, mutton, poultry, game, fish, oysters, cheese, eggs, etc. Gratify the thirst by an abundance of good water or skim-milk. The diabetic should be warmly clad. DiarrhcEa. (140) — Camphtr ^, sudden diarrhoea with chilliness. Vulcatnara, 3 x, diarrhoea caused from getting wet ; worse at night , bihous stools. China, i x, painless, summer diarrhoea. Chamomilla, 30, diarrhoea in children, accompanying teething. Arsenicum, 3 x, chronic diarrhoea ; red, burning tongue ; vomits — even a small amount of water, in fact, everything taken into the stom- ach. Ipecac, I X, diarrhoea and dysentery accompanied by much nausea. Veratrum Alb., i x, vomiting and diarrhoea attended with cold sweating ; cholera morbus ; cholera infantum. Avoid all animal food during an attack of diarrhoea. A little bran- dy may be added to milk with benefit. Dilation of the Heart. (142) — Digitaline, 3 x, will strengthen a weak heart. Phosphorus, 3 x, valuable as a tonic, giving tone to the system. Diphtheria. (143) — Call your physician. Apis Mel., 3 x, in diphtheria with much swelUng of the throat, internally, and a stinging pain. HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 307 Phytolacca Dec, i x, violent fever, with much stiffness of the neck, early in the disease. Mercurius Cor., 3 x, much swelling of the throat externally ; the membrane is very offensive. Kali Bichromicum, 3 x, croupous diphtheria, with tough, stringy mucus. In connection with the Kali Bich., 3 x, use a spray of a solution oj Chloride 0/ Lime and hot water : one part of the solution to ten parts of hot water. Use a steam atomizer. Diphtheria is easily controlled by proper treatment, but exceedingly fatal when mismanaged. Feed the patient well on ])eef-steak, eggs, milk, etc. Stimulants and beef-tea of very little account. Never swab the throat, but use gargles of alcohol and water. Dizziness. (144) (Vertigo.) — Digitaline, 3 x, for dizziness caused by an enfeebled heart which has produced anema of the brain. China, i x, caused by loss of blood or severe diarrhoea. Many other remedies are indicated from special causes which can only be located by a physician. Dropsy. (146) — Arsenicum, 3 x, a very useful remedy in dropsy with much debility ; red tongue and much thirst for cold water, but a small amount satisfies. Digitaline, 3 x, heart dropsy, more particularly, but useful in any kind, from whatever cause. Helleborus Nig., 3 x, dropsy of the brain ; after scarlatina, etc. Skim-milk diet useful in dropsy from kidney disease. Dysentery. (147) — Aconite, i x, very feverish ; quick, wiry pulse at the commencement of the trouble ; if the discharges arc principally of blood, alternate with Merc, Cor., 3 x, every half hour. Ipecac, I X, nausea and vomiting, with bloody, greenish stools ; it also quiets tenesmus. Arnica, 3 x, dysentery, attended by much urging to go to stool. Injections of very hot water, after each stool, will relieve. Avoid all an- imal food ; cold milk best article of diet. Dyspepsia (151) (Indigestion.) — Arsenicum, 3 x, caused by ice- cream ; burning in stomach ; red tongue ; thirst ; the least swallow of food or drink causes pain. Bryonia, 3 x, sense of pressure as from a hard lump in the stom- ach ; bitter taste with headache. Carbo yeg., 3 x, much gas in stomach. 368 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Hydrastis, i x, for pain coming in Uvo or three hours after meals. Lactopeptine, five to ten grains after each meal, is useful to help the stomach until it regains its functions. Eat slowly, masticating the food thoroughly. Avoid such articles of food as are known to disagree. Ear-ache. (153) (Otalgia.) — Aconite, i x, from cold; patient very restless. Puis., 3 X, steady pain, but does not drive the patient about as Aconite does. Aconite, , ten drops to a teacupful of hot water ; compress to be wet in this solution. Use no eye washes. If not better in a few days, call your physician, for if the deeper tissues are affected, you cannot diagnose it. Inflammation of the Larynx. (197) (Larj-ngitis.) — Aconite, I X, for fever with croupy cough ; restlessness. Kali Bieh., 3 x, if the Aconite does not succeed, this remedy gen- erally will. Its use will be needed if there is an expectoration of stringy mucus. This is the remedy, par excellence, for membranous croup. Spongia, i x, may be given alternately with Aconite at first. Hepar Sulph., 3 x, a powder every four hours, very useful when the violence of the attack has subsided, leaving a rough, hoarse cough. Tracheotomy may be called for where there is fear of suffocation ; but when homoeopathic remedies are given this is rarely essential. The steam atomizer may be called for also. Inflammation of the Tonsils. (198) (Tonsilitis, Quinsy.) Bell., I x, the first remedy thought of in quinsy. It may be followed by Merc, Prot., 3 x, if the inflammation does not subside in forty-eight hours. Should the tonsil suj)i)urate, give Ilepar Sulph., 3 x. Gargle the throat with hot water frecjuently. Inflammation of the Ear. (199) (Otitis.) — Aeon., i x, fever caused by cold. Puis., 3 x, alternately with the Aeon. Ilepar Sulph., 3 x, should an abscess develop. Inflammation of the Tongue. (^00) (Glossitis.) — Bell. 1 x, painful swelling of the tongue. 87G HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. This should be followed in forty-eight hours by Merc. Viv., 3 x, if not better. Inflamed or Ulcerated Nose. (200) — Kali Hyd., 3 x, the only remedy usually called for. Inflammatory Blush. (200) (Erythema.) — Bell., 3 x, all the remedy rec[uired generally. Itch. {202) (Scabies.) — Sulphur Ointment, externally, use a week, every night on going to bed, at the same time take Sulphur, cc, internally. Irritation of the Skin, Itching. (203) (Prurigo.) — It may call for a variety of remedies. J^hus Tax., if it is a burning itching, worse in bed. Urtica Urens, 3 x, stinging, burning itching, which comes and goes frequently ; nettle rash. Arsenicum, 3 x, chronic itching of the skin, which is scabby and dry. See a physician. Influenza. (203) — Aconite, i x, alternating with Eupatorium Perfolatum, 3 x, for lameness and stiffness of all the muscles, joints, etc. Bry., 3 X, will be called for later, where there is pain in the head ; dry cough and pain in the chest. Bell., 3 X, violent headache ; red face ; sore throat ; redness of the eyes, etc. Insanity. (204) — A terrible disease, and you cannot trifle with it. Hyoscyamus, i x, should be given frequently, until a physician is called. About fifty per cent, of cases are cured under homoeopathic treatment. Bell., 3 x, Stramojiium, 3 x. Cannabis Jndica, 3 x, Cimici- fuga, 3 x, and many others may be called for. Irritation of the Spine. (206) — Unless the result of an injur)-^, is generally complicated by some uterine disorder. Gels., I X, very useful where the patient is extremely nervous and sleepless ; full pulse. Nux Vom., 3 X, stiffness and rigidity of the spine ; indigestion ; constipation ; pain in the back of the head and neck. Dry cupping and wet compresses to the spine are often most useful. Go to your physic- ian and find the cause, and treat it from that point. Irritation of the Bladder. (206) — Most frequent in women who have uterine displacements, and congestion of the neck of the womb. This should be corrected before any remedy will help, then give Canth., 3 X, for frequent calls to urinate. HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 37^ Sepia, 30, pain after urinating, with uterine congestion. Hot vagi- nal injections very good. Jaundice. (207) — Aconite, i x, feverish and restless. Bry., 3 X, congestion of the liver ; yellow, thick coated tongue ; thirst and headache. China, 6 x, result of gall stones, or a thickened condition of the bile ; obstruction of the gall duct, very useful in malarious climates. Fhos., 3 X, indigestion ; vomiting of food about ten minutes after it is taken. Merc., 3 X, and Pod., i x, may be called for later, if the trouble does not respond to the other remedies. Jaundice is generally caused by some organic disease of the liver. Lice. (214) — Apply oil of Bergamot to the scalp. Lumbago. (214) — Rhus Tax., 3 x, if from getting wet or a strain. Galvanism is very successful and should be used where the disease persists any length of time, and applied by an educated physician, and not by the usual "electric doctor." Lock-jaw. (215) (Tetanus.) — The result generally of an injury to a nerve. The wound should be opened, and if the nerve can be found it should be divided. Gels., (|) and Veratrum Vir., , sixty drops of each added to two glasses each half full of water, and giving a teaspoonful every quarter hour, has relaxed the muscles and cured many cases. The disease is fatal in a large i)er cent, of cases. Masturbation. (216) (Onanism.) — A moral lecture ofteii the best remedy. Allow some judicious and proper person to sleep with the offender. Brotnitle of Camphor, i x, said to overcome the desire. Phosphoric Acid, i x, used to overcome the ill effects. Mumps. (218) (Parotitis.) — Aeon., i x, Puis., 3 x and Merc, 3 X, are the remedies. Avoid taking cold and other remedies will not be needed. Nausea. (218) — Ipecac, i x, is generally all the remedy needed. Violent nausea and vomiting, when not controllable by ipecac, mav find a remedy in Antimony 'Tart., 3 x. Neuralgia. (219) — Aeon., i x, from cold, with fever, in teeth and fare. 378 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Bell., 3 X, pain in the teeth and face, more particularly on the right side ; red, flushed face. Colocynth, 2 x, severe pain on left side of face. Ars., 3 X, pain as of hot needles piercing through the skin ; cases of a chronic nature. Chtiedoiiium Ma/., 3 x, pain in right shoulder and side. Fhos., 3 X, severe, long-continued neuralgia of any part of the body. The application of heat is very beneficial. Galvanism will often hasten the cure of the remedies. Neuralgia of the Heart. (221). (Angina Pectoris.) — Afnyl Nitrate, by inhalation at time of attack. Ars., 3 X, a very useful remedy to prevent the recurrence of an at- tack. Smoking should be stopped by those who suffer from the disease. Night-Mare. (221)— A dose of Nux Vo?n., 3 x, at bed-time will usually overcome the trouble. Nocturnal Emissions. (222) Gels., i x, will generally over- come the ner\-ous depression accompanying this trouble. Nux Vom., I X, three times daily as a nerve tonic. Camphor Bromide, i x, at bed-time, to prevent the dreams leading to such a result. The organs should be bathed with cold water at bed- time, nightly. Noises in the Ear. (222) (Tinnitus Aurium.) — One of the best remedies is Puis., 3 x, for this trouble. China, i x, for noises in the ear as a result of losing a large amount of blood. Ear wax should be removed by putting a few drops of glycerine in the ear at night, for two or three times. Offensive Breath. (223) — Salycilic Acid, 3 x, after each meal, is the best corrective known. Pains in the Side, (223) relieved \>,y Aeon., i x, zxidi Bryonia, 3 x. Palpitation of the Heart. (224) — Aeon., 3 x, when the result of fright ; severe and prolonged anxiety. Cactus Grand., 3 x, when due from fatty heart. Coffea, 3 X, nervous palpitation. Moschus, 3 X, severe and acute attacks. Palsy. (225) (Paralysis.) — When acute, following an attack of apoplexy. Arnica, 3 x, will hasten the absorption of the blood in the brain. Nux Vom., 3 x, and Gels., i x, will restore the nerve stimulus to the affected muscles in many cases. Faradization is very useful. HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 379 Paralysis, Agitans. (225) (Shaking Palsy.) — Should be treated by a physician, as well as Paraplegia, (paralysis of the lower extrem. ities) , as they are generally caused by some deep seated disease of tht nerve centers. Papulous Scall. (259) (Eczema.) — The remedies most gener- ally used are Croion Tig., 30, for ulcerating skin. Rhus Tox., 3 X, severe itching, with thickened, red skin. Canth., 3 X, vesicular (watery) blisters on the skin. Graph., 30, dry, cracked skin. Ars., 3 X, old, chronic cases ; dry, fish scaly skin. Sulphur, cc, will benefit cases which have become chronic and do not respond to the other remedies. Ointments generally aggravate the trouble. Piles. (227) (Haemorrhoids.) — ^sculus Hip., 3 x, pain in the back ; constipation and piles. Collinsonia, i x, very useful for piles that protnide, with constipa- tion. Ifamamelis, i x, bleeding piles, both internal and external. Nux Vom., 3 X, and Sulphur, 30, have cured many cases, in alter- nation, Sulph. in the m.oming and Nux at night. Suppositories made from the above remedies are also very useful. Pleurisy. (228) (Pleuritis.) — Aconite, i x, and Bry., 3 x, alter- nately. Aeon., I X, during the first two or three days, with fever, fol- lowed by Bry., 3 X, for four or five days, and later. Sulphur, cc, to fin- ish up the case. Hot poultices should be applied to the chest. Purulent Ophthalmia. (232) — Mere. Sol., 3 x, and Sulph., cc, will be all the remedies needed, generally. An eye wash of Nitrate oj Silver, one-half grain to the ounce of water, should be used twice daily, until better. A towel used by a person suffering from this disease should noi be used by others, as the disease is infectious. Quinsy. — (See Tonsilitis.) Prickly Heat. (232) (Nettle Rash.) — (Sec Urticaria.) Polypus of the Ear, (232) Nose, ^Vomb, Etc. — All should be removed by a surgical operation. Teucrium, i x, and Sanguinaria Nit., 3 X, are the homoeopathic remedies. Rheumatism. (236) — Aconite, i x, characteristic fever, caused by cold ; pain and restlessness. Bry.. 3 X, swelling of the joints, which are very painful and worse from moving about. 380 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Merc. Viv., 3 x. obstinate inflammation of single joints, worse at night ; deep pain, as if it were in the bones ; profuse perspiration, but not reheved by it. Puis., 3 X, sub-acute cases with little fever ; pains shift rapidly from one joint to another. Rhus Tax., fever ; parts red and swollen ; pains drawing, tearing, burning, feels worse when at rest and better from continued motion. Worse damp or wet weather. Wrapping the swollen joints with cotton batting relieves the pain very much. A solution of Bicarbonate of Soda and hot water, for bath- ing, is also useful. Ring- Worm. (237) (Herpes Circinatis.) — Sepia, 30, one dose daily, for a week, will cure. Cantharides ^, locally, also will cure. Nettle Rash. (235)— (See Urticaria.) Scarlet Fever or Scarlatina. (238) — Simple scarlet fever should be treated by Aeon., i x, if there be much fever, with wiry pulse ; restlessness, etc. Be//., 3 X, is almost a specific for this form. It has red face ; sore throat ; slight dehrium. Rhus Tox.y 3 X, much itching of the skin in connection with the symptoms under Aeon, and Be//. Scarlatina Anginosa. (239) — Apis. Me/., 3 x, great swelling of the. throat, so much so that the blood cannot flow properly to and from the brain, which causes a comatose condition. Merc. lod.f 3 x, great swelling of the glands about the throat ex- ternally ; ulceration of the throat. Scarlatina Maligna. (240) — Ai/anthus, i x, very malignant cases, violent vomiting ; severe headache ; dark, red face ; rapid, small pulse ; high temperature ; muttering delirium ; dark, livid, miliary rash. Cuprum Acet., 30, sudden retrocession of eruption, followed by vomiting ; convulsions ; rolling of eyes ; distortion of face ; stupor and delirium ; brain severely affected. Muriatic Acid., i x, severe ulceration of the throat. For Nephritis and Dropsy, following scarlet fever, Ars., 3 x, Asc/e- pius Syrica, 3 x. Apis Me/., 3 x, and Terebinth., i x, are the remedies. Give all other children in the house Be//., 3 x, who have been ex- posed to the disease. The diet should be principally milk. All acids should be excluded. Keep a careful watch of the patient for a month or more and the child should not be allowed to return to school for, at least, six weeks. HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 381 Sciatica. (242) — Aeon., i x, fever, with restlessness, caused by a cold. £ry., 3 X, pain is increased or brought on by movement. Cimici/uga, 1 x, drawing, tearing pain over the course of the sciatic nerve. Rhus Tox., 3 X, pain is better from warmth and worse during stormy and wet weather, better from shifting one's position. Bry. and Rhus are the chief remedies. Galvanism should be resorted to if the trouble does not yield read- ily to medicine. Scrofula. (^243) (King's Evil.) — Calc. Carb., 30, Calc. lod., 3 x, Iodine, 3 x, Kali Hydroid., 3 x, Sulphur, cc. Calc. Carb., 30, for fair skinned, plump, waxy children ; teeth de- layed ; swollen glands ; discharges from eyes, ears, nose, etc, Calc. Iodide, 3 x, same as Calc. Carb., when the latter does not succeed. Iodine, 3 x, glandular enlargements, with wasting of the muscular tissue. Child is very thin in flesh. Mesentiric glands enlarged. Kali Hydroid., i x, little nodules under the skin ; lymphatic system involved deeply ; disease of the bones, etc. Cod-liver oil is often useful in those cases that are especially emaci- ated, and who do not seem to assimilate food, yet plenty is taken ; it should not be taken if fever is present. Scurvy. (245) — Citric Acid, i x, or lemon juice, the best rem- edies. Kali Bich., 3 x, salivation with sore gums and hemorrhage under the skin. Acid Sulphuric, dilute, five drops every three hours, for hemor- rhage from mouth, stomach or bowels. The diet should consist of fresh meat, vegetables and milk. Sea-Sickness. (246) — Cocculus, 30, the great remedy for sea- sickness, either from vessel sailing, car or carriage riding. Small Pox. (247) (Variola.) — Bell., 3 x, high fever; severe lo- cal symptoms ; throbbing of the blood-vessels about the neck and face ; red eyes ; sore throat ; severe pain in back ; starting and jumping in sleep ; delirium. Antimonium Tart., one of the most useful remedies, keeping sup- puration from being too severe, corrects disarrangements of the stomach and bronchial and lung symptoms. 382 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Merc. Viv., 3 x, suppurative fever ; moist, swollen tongue ; ulcerated throat ; foetid breath ; profuse flow of saliva. Many other remedies are used, under the guidance of a physician, such as Baptisia, Verat Fir., Bryonia, Phosphorus, Hepar Sulph., Stramonium, Camphora, Sul- phur, etc. Allow a liberal liquid diet, and feed as often as every three hours. Keep the pustules covered with cosmoline. Sore Mouth. (252) (Aphtha.) — Ars., 3 x, and Merc, 3 x, are the remedies, internally. Use a wash of Golden Seal, fluid extract, one part to ten of water. Sore Tongue. (252) — (See Sore Mouth.) Diseases of the Spinal Cord. (252) — Seek professional ad- vice at once. Aeon., I X, for the fever and anxiety. Geis., I X, patient is very nervous with convulsions. Cicuta Virosa, 6 x, violent convulsions from irritability of the spi- nal cord. Stiff Neck. (253) — If caused from sitting in a draft, give Aeon., I X. Rhus Tox., 3 X, from getting wet. Lachnanthus, 3 x, stiff neck, following diphtheria. Faradization will promptly relieve. Sore Throat. (253)— (See Diphtheria.) Tonsilitis. (198) — (See Quinsy.) Ulcerated Sore Throat. (262) — Aeon., i x, or Bell., 3 x, sim- ple sore throat from cold. Mere., 3 x, and, Kali Bieh., 3 x, for inflammation of the follicles of the throat, commonly, but very improperly called "diphtheritic sore throat." Stitch in the Side. (254) — Aeon., i x, effects of a cold; rheumatism of tJie muscles of the chest. Bry., 3 X, dry cough, with stitches in the chest. St. Vitus' Dance. (255) (Chorea.) — ^The leading remedies are Ignatia, 30, Cimici/uga, 3 x, Arsenicum, 3 x, Ferrum, i x, Cuprutn, 30, Zine, 30. If the result of a fright, give Ignatia, 30 : if from debili- ty, Ferrum : if from rheumatism, Cimicif., 3 x : if from brain and spinal lesions, Cuprum, 30, and Ziyic, 30. Galvanistn should be used at the same time. Styes. (Hordeolem.) — Puis., 3 x, will generally stop them. A course of Sulphur, cc, wiH prevent a recurrence. HOMfEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 383 Squinting. (257) — If from l)rain irritation, Cimic, 3 x, and Zinc, 30, will benefit. From contracted muscle, a surgical operation. Suppression of Urine. (257) — Apply hot applications over the region of the kidneys, and give Aeon., i x, and Tercbin., 3 x, alter- nately. The hot pack will be useful also. Syphilis. (258) — Put yourself under an able surgeon's care. The remedies are Nitric Acid, 3 x, Merc, 3 x, Kali lod., i x, Stillingia, I X, Thuja Ck., i x. Medicine should be continued from one to two years. Tetter. (259) — (See Urticaria.) Toothache. (261) — Aeon., i x, when from cold. Bell., I X, with red, flushed face, and pressuKe of blood to the brain. Merc., 3 X, tendency of the tooth root to ulcerate. Ulceration of the Bones. (261) — Silicea, 3 x, suppuration following an injury, also Calc. Phos., 3 x. When the ulceration is the result of syphiUs, give Kali lod., i x, or Nitric Acid. Dead bone should be removed, and the diseased part washed out with a solution of Calendula, one part to eight of hot water. A surgeon should have the care of the case. Ulcers of the L^g. Ars., 3 x, burning pain in the ulcer ; low state Qf' the blood. Silicea, 30, deep, excavating ulceration ; varicose veins. Use a wash of Calendula, one part to ten of water, and bandage with rubber. After they have healed, wear an elastic stocking. Vomiting. (262) — Ipecac, i x, nausea and vomiting; yellow coated tongue. Arsenicum, 30, red tongue ; everything is vomited as soon as taken ; burning pain in stomach ; thirst. Antimony Tart., 6 x, vomiting, caused by irritation at the base of the brain. Vcrat. Alb., vomiting, attending diarrhoea. Small pieces of ice held in the mouth or swallowed, will often arrest vomiting. A mustard paste over the stomach will help. Warts. (263) — Thuja Oc, 3 x, internally, and (/> locally. \Vasting. (263) (ICmaciation, Atrophy.) — Calc. Iod.,T,\, where the trouble is with the lymphatic system ; scrofulous. C-jli. Phos., 3 X, children with large heads, where the bones have not properly closed. 384 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Iodine, 3 x, one of the best remedies in Atrophy. Cod-hver oil, when without fever, the system does not seem to appropriate food taken. Water Brash. (264) — Nux Vom., 3 x, will generally remove the troublesome symptom. Watery Eyes. (264) — After opening the lacr)-mal ducts, give Silicea, 30, twice daily. White S^velling. (265) — Give the remedies recommended un der Scrofula. An elastic knee cap will help to remove the effusion. Running of the Ear. (199) — Apply to a surgeon. Aferc, 3 X, and Hepar Sulph., 3 x, internally. Wax in the Ear. (265) — A few drops of glycerine dropped into the ear for a few nights will soften the wax. Give Stavisagria, 30, once daily. Worms. (265) — Cina, 30, will remove symptoms occasioned by worms. Artemisia Vulgaris, i x, convulsive and nervous irritation caused by worms. The Diseases Peculiar to ^Vomen. (267) — Many of the dis- eases peculiar to the sex, are not known until after they have become moth- ers. From this, then you will infer, arises many of the ills to which par- turient woman is subject. Why should they arise at this time, as child- birth, is "a purely physiological process?" In its normal and natural condition it is, but too often, that the processes of nature are interfered \vith by wearing corsets, lack of exercise, nerve tire, stimulants, etc. These artificial means help to produce a complicated labor, and from that we may have ruptures, that in the future (unless repaired by the surgeon) will be sure to entail a life-long misery. Too often women keep such troubles to themselves, instead of going to a physician and seeking his aid. A physician who has had special training in this de- partment should be sought, for too often the general practitioners cannot make a diagnosis of these cases, and their treatment will be ineffective, while the specialist, from special training, rarely fails to find the cause of trouble and applies the proper remedy. When a woman feels that she is growing more discontented with life, that it is a burden, and she is very ner\'ous and irritable, she should con- sult her physician, and nine times out of ten the whole trouble will be with the womb. It is not necessary that she should have pain in the Womb or the pelvis, for she rarely will at this point. Nervous headaches, sick headaches, neuralgia, etc., as a mle, have their exciting cause in the womb. HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 385 Ruptures of the neck of the womb, during child-birth, and of the perineum, are the most frequent causes of ulceration and displacements of the womb. The specialist, to-day, is able to cure these cases perma- nently, and that without caustics, which too often increase the nervous symptoms without giving relief. Do not hesitate to seek the physician, and insist upon it that he fully understands your case. He can only be versant with it through an examination. What would you think of a physician who would treat your throat without looking at it ; do you think he would be able to diagnose a case of diphtheria from inflamma- tion of the follicles? No, he could not; and while one is a very fatal disease, the other never is. Shun the physician who will go on, week in and week out, without examining your case properly, unless you are sat- isfied his prescriptions are having the desired effect. In unmarried ladies this is not always necessary, or even in the married, but if the case progresses without benefit, a local examination becomes necessary, and when such seems justified, do not hesitate to have it done, for many a malignant disease could be cured in the beginning, that later becomes rooted and cannot be removed. Ladies, believe this, and teach it to your daughters. Menstruation should be free from ])ain, and occur every twenty-eight days ; any deviation from this is abnormal. Delayed Menstruation. (270) — If caused by a cold or wet- ting the feet at a previous period, give Aeon., i x, particularly if the pa- tient is feverish and has congestion of the head, also in young girls who are away from home, at school, etc. Puis., 3 X, will generally restore the menses or bring them on when suppressed. San^tinaria, 3 x, when delayed menses are accompanied by a cough, neuralgia of the head, bleeding from the nose and cramp in the stomach, etc. Setieciti, 3 x, cough with suppression of the menses. Obstructed Menses. (270) — May be malformation and need the care of a surgeon. When caused by congestion, Beli., 3 x, is the proper remedy. Hot vaginal injections, containing a few drops of Fluid Extract of Belladonna, may also be used. Painful Menstruation. (272) (Dysmenorrhoea.) — A very com- mon trouble in flexions of the womb and disease of itself or its appen- dages. If acute and caused by a cold, Aeon., 3 x, will be the remedy. Puis., 30, will be found to be an admirable remedy at the time of the pain, when ovarian. 386 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Thuja Oc, I X, once a day during the intervals ; congestion of the ovaries ; a flexion should be overcome j a narrow canal should be en- larged. Profuse Menstruation. (272)(Menorrhagia.) — Calc.Carb.,Tp, the remedy most useful in the large majority of cases. Never take iron in such cases. If the above does not help, go to a physician for exami- nation. One of the most frequent symptoms oi polypus, fibroid tumors, granular degeneration of the mucous membrane of the womb, and even cancer, is the profuse menses. When the flow continues all the time, and stops for a day or two and again returns, (Metorrgia.) depend upon it, your case needs the attendance of a specially trained physician. Cessation of Menses. (273) — At this time women are subject to "hot flashes." {Lachesis, 30.) profuse menses from granular trouble of the mucous membrane and other troubles. At this time woman needs the care of an able physician, and should consult him frequendy, if everything is not perfectly normal. Falling of the Womb. (274) — A result of either a ruptured perineum or an increased weight from above, (tumors, enlargement, etc.) The treatment is principally mechanical and surgical. IMium Tig., 30, much used in these troubles. Inflammation of the Ovaries. (275) (Ovaritis.) — Aeon., 1 x, and Puis., 3 x, alternately. Hot applicatifxis externally, and very hot vaginal injections. Apis Mel., 3 X, if the pain is stinging, worse on the right side. Cktnatis, 30, a deathlike, sickening pain. Lack., 30, left sided pain. Inflammation of the Womb. (275) — A doubtful process, except in the parturient state ; congestion frequent. Aeon., I X, Gels., i x, and Bell., % x. Use hot vaginal injections freely, medicated with Bell. ^. Ulceration of the Womb. (276) — ^The result, generally, of a rupture and should be repaired. Use hot vaginal injections of Calendu- la, one part to ten of water. Golden Seal in the place of Calendula is often useful. Take same remedies as for congestion. Flooding. (See Profuse Menstruation, Menorrhagia, etc.) Polypus of the Womb. (277) — Prompt removal. Give C^/- na, 3 X, to restore the strength. Cancer of the Womb. (276) — A dangerous and too often fatal disease. This disease gains a firm hold of a patient, often because she will not go to a physician and have an examination. A simple, curable ulceration will often become cancerous if allowed to continue. HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 387 A rupture of the uterine neck, which can be repaired as easily as a tooth can be filled, will be allowed to go on, and at the change of life a cancer may find a resting place in the laceration, which would never have occurred, had proper surgical means been employed. I have written tJius fully, so that you may understand how much easier these troubles may be prevented, than cured when once seated. When it first commences, it can often be removed, and with proper after treatment, under the eye of a surgeon, homoeopathic remedies can offer much as preventions and comforting remedies. Cures made by any medicine are doubtful. Such remedies as Ars., Condurango and Lachesis are useful. Whites. (277) (LeucorrhcEa.) — This is only a symptom of some disease of the womb, and can only be cured by giving such remedies as will cure the primary trouble. Ars., 3 i, will be useful if the discharge causes a burning in the vagina, is profuse and watery. Merc, 3 X, the discharge makes the skin sore, is thick and yellow or greenish. Kreasotum, 4 x, discharge offensive, of any consistency. Nux Votn., 3 X, debility ; menses too soon ; constipation, etc. Calc. Carb., 30, profuse menses ; yellow, profuse leucorrhoea. Sepia, 30. relaxed mucous membrane ; sick and nervous headaches ; delaying menses ; chronic uterine troubles. Sulphur, cc, useful where any of the other remedies seem to be in- dicated but do not help. Calendula solution by injection, also Golden Seal. Diseases Occurring During Pregnancy. (2S2) — Morning Sickness (Nausea.) This is generally relieved by Nux, 3 x, and to be given for faintness and nausea with constipation. Bry., 3 x, is also a valuable remedy, where the nausea begins or is made worse by moving about ; must lie in bed or she will vomit. This is a reflex action of the sympathetic nerves, the real cause being con- gestion and often ulceration of the uterine neck. A small amount of hot water (one pint) may be used by vaginal injection once daily, to which may be added Hamamelis or Borax. Constipation. (282) — Often a troublesome complaint and gen- erally relieved by N^ux Vom., 3 x. Heartburn, Lactic Acid, cc, is an admirable remedy. Irritable Bladder. (283) (Frequent Desire to Make Water.) Cantharis, 3 x, will generally relieve. If the pain is stinging, give Apis Mel., 3 X. 388 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Cramp of the Legs. — Relieved by Cuprum Acei., 6 x. Varicose Veins. — Ifamamelis, i x, internally, a good remedy. The extract may also be used externally. Pruritus. (2S3) (Itching.) — Merc. Cor., ^ ::, internally and ex- ternally. Melancholy, Despondency, etc. (283) — Aeon., 30, will over- come the fear and consequent nervous depression under which many pregnant women labor. Inflammation of the Breast. (284) (Mammitis.) — This should be prevented ; first, by not allowing the patient a liquid diet for the first five days. The breasts should not be squeezed or rubbed, but the milk should be fully removed by the child or a breast pump. At the first indication of inflammation, hot applications should be used and Be//., 3 X, given internally. If this is not done and the breasts become very hard, besides the hot applications give Phytolacca, i x, alternately with Be//. Should abscess result, it should be opened early, and Hepar Sulph., 3 X, given internally. Sore Nipples. (285) — Give Si/icea, 30, internally, and apply Ca/endu/a (I*, one part to ten of flexible Collodion, over the cracks or ulcers. Milk Fever (285) seldom requires much, but if severe give Aeon., I X. Should the brain suffer and the patient talk in her sleep, Be//., 3 X, will be suitable. Confinement. (286) — At such times a well qualified physician should be in attendance. Many, indeed the majority of cases, progress without interference, and the wise physician knows when to let we// enough alone, while the less wise, by unnecessary interference, often makes a serious case out of an otherwise simple one. Much can be doiie to regulate the pains, to have the child present properly, and pass perfectly through the pelvis, but, unless properly applied and at the right moment, it best be left to nature. Homoeopathic remedies are very efficacious, both during and after confinement, and many of the annoyances are passed by their use. Abortion or Miscarriage. (288) — Ca/c. Carb., 30, will pre- vent abortion in many cases, particularly such as have a tendency to abort at the sixth or eighth week. Sabina, i x, third month ; pain with slight hemorrhage. Seca/e Cor., 3 x, sixth month ; violent contractive pain. Those who are subject to abortion or miscarriage, should keep very quiet at HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 389 the monthly nisis, or at such time as the menses would occur had they not been checked by pregnancy. Anemia. (291) — Ars., 3 x, green sickness, when the result of a perverted nervous action. China, 3 x, resulting from excessive loss of blood or any debilitat- ing discharges. Ferrum, i x, deficiency of red blood globules. A change of cli- mate, scene, air, etc., is often very beneficial. Barrenness (291) arises from many different causes and as the cause can only be found by a physician, you should seek his advice. Hysteria. (292) — This is a perverted nervous action, generally arising from uterine or ovarian disease, and the cause must be found and properly treated to lead to a cure. Gels., I X, very nervous, with hysterical convulsions. Moschus, 3 X, useful in many of the symptoms, such as palpitation of the heart, cramp of the stomach, neuralgia, etc., of hysterical sub- jects. Puerperal Fever. (294) — A blood poisoning caused by absorp- tion of offensive or putrid material, either by an abrasion of the vaginal tract, or through the uterine blood vessels. It should be prevented by using a warm vaginal injection, every twelve hours, containing a little Calendula, for two weeks. If at any time the lochial discharge becomes offensive, use Carbolic Acid enough to scent the water, and give Krea- sotum, 4 X, internally. Aeon., i x. Bell., 3 x, Ars., 3 x, Verat. Fir., I X, Baptisia '/>, or i x, l^hus Tox. and Radicans, 3 x, and many other remedies are used, but without the proper cleansing of the vaginal tract, they are of little use. Puerperal Convulsions. (294) — If caused by uremic poison- ing, very dangerous. Bell., 3 x, Hellebortis, 3 x, and Cicute, 6 x, are very useful, together with any means to get the patient perspiring. An experienced physician should be summoned, and the case given to his full charge. An£ESthetics often have to be given and the child delivered with instruments. At other times any simple remedy will answer. Puerperal Mania. (295) — Cimic, 3 x, Hyoscyamus, i x, Zinc, 30, and Kali Bromide, have all cured this distressing complaint. Milk Leg. (Phlegmasia Dolens.) — Aeon., i x, and Puis., 3 x, alternately, will often cut an attack short at the beginning. Extract of Hamamelis is a good application, locally. Itching of the Genital Organs. (283) — (See Pruritus.) Ars., 3 X, Merc, 3 x, Rhus Tax., 3 x, all good. 390 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Diseases of Children. (296) — Jaundice of Infants. (305) — Aeon., 3 x, will be useful if the child is feverish and very restless. China, 6 x, constipation, with much bile in the system. Merc, 6 x, skin very yellow; stools white (clay color). Fhos.y 30, one of the best remedies when the child has a hacking cough. Retention, Suppression and Difficulty of Voiding the Urine. (305) — Apply hot clothes over the kidneys, and give Aeon., 3 X, every hour. Canfh., 3 X, will often succeed when Aeon, fails. The case should be examined for any malformation. Incontinence of Urine. (305) — Wetting the bed is very com- mon during childhood. If caused by worms, or intestinal irritation, Cina, 30, will benefit. Fermm Acet., 3 x, in delicate blonde children. Equiseium Hyemale, 3 x, is also a useful remedy to break up the habit. Teething. (306) — Calc. Carb., 30, will generally advance the teeth when they are delayed. Kreasotum, 4 x, often relieves the sensitiveness of the gums and reflex nervous excitement. Chamomilla, 30, child is very nervous and cries often ; colic and diarrhoea. Diabetes. (306) — Uratiium Nitrate, 3 x, and Phosphoric Acid, I X, are the most useful remedies. (See Diabetes Mellitus.) Erysipelas. (3°7) — Bell., 3 x, on the face, worse on right side ; an inflamed, even surface. Rhus Tox, 3 X, burning pain, with vesicles filled with serum. Arnica, 3 x, erysipelas, very painful and sore to touch. Apis Mel., 3 X, Canth., 3 x. Aeon., i x, and Ars., 3 x, are also used. Thrush. (307) (Aphthae.). — Ars., 30, when it occurs during the course of a debiUtating disease. Merc. Cor., 3 x, occurs suddenly, \vithout previous symptoms. Hydrastis, i x, lingers and does not readily disappear ; stomach out of order. Colic. (309) — Coiocynth, 3 x, is generally the first remedy called for. HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 391 Plumbum Carh., 30, long continued colic with constipation. Chamomilla, 30, colic (luring dentition. Constipation. (310) — Nux Fom., 3 x, where the trouble arises from an inaction of the muscular coats of the intestines. Opium, 30, stool hard, composed of small hard balls. Bry., 3 x, is given for alternate constipation and diarrhoea. If the child is taking cow's milk, salt it. Do not give physic ; and if the above remedies do not cure, go to a physician. Vomiting. (3^0) — Ipecac, i x, nausea and vomiting. Ars., 3 X, red tongue, with vomiting of everything as soon as taken. Where it is the result of irritation of the brain, such remedies as Zinc, 30, Jlcllcbore, 3 x, and Antimony Tart., 3 x, are all useful. Diarrhoea. (310) — China (p, summer, painless diarrhcea, Ars., 3 X, vomiting and diarrhoea; red tongue, with burning pain in the bowels. Coloc, 3 X, diarrhoea with colic. Verat. Alb., i x, vomiting ana diarrhoea \ cold sweats ; cramps, cholera morbus. *^( Bell., 3 X, hot head, burning, red face, with diarrhoea. Helleborus, 3 x, tendency to water on the brain, during a diarrhoea; cholera infantum. Summer Complaint. (311) (Cholera Infantum.) — (See Diar- rhcea.) The diet of the child Is generally at fault and should be changed or corrected. ^Vorms. (313) — Santonine, i x, for stomach worms. Ratanhia, i x, pinworms. Sore Eyes. (313) — (See Ophthalmia.) Croup. (314) — Aeon., i x, and Spongia, 3 x, alternately, for spasmodic croup. Membranous Croup. Kali Bich., 3 x, the best remedy. A Solution of Chloride of Lime, by inhalation. It often becomes neces- sary to perform tracheotomy. Spasm of the Glottis. (315) — Aeon., 1 x, is all the remedy needed generally. Snuffles, or Cold in the Head. {z\s)—Aeon., 3 x, and Bry.^ 3 X, are the remedies most generally useful. Kali Jod., 3 x, also an ad- mirable remedy. Whooping Cough. (316) — Bell., 3 x, flushed face, with vio- lent spasm. Ipecac, i x, vomiting accompanying the cough. 392 ttOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Cuprum Acef., 30, violent whooping which is constant. Corralium Rubutn, 30, will cure many cases as though by magic. Verat. Fir., i x, may be useful if the chest becomes congested. Vio- lent attacks of whooping cough can be controlled by A'a/t Bromide, Bell, and Castanea Vesica, and they should be used under the special direction of the physician. Convulsions, Fits, Spasms. (317) — Send for a physician and give Bell., 3 X, every ten minutes if the face is flushed, if not, Gels.^ I X, will be a more useful remedy. Measles. (318) — Usually a very mild disease; particularly so under homoeopathic treatment. Aeon., 3 X, during the first two or three days. Sneezing ; hacking cough ; fever and restlessness. Bell., 3 X, much pressure of blood to the brain ; mild delirium. Cuprutn Acet., 30, sudden disappearance of tlie eruption when only partially out. Puis., 3 X, much running of a watery fluid from the eyes and nose; cough ; diarrhoea, etc., one of the best remedies in this disease. Sambucus, i x, if there is much bronchitis, give this remedy. Hepar Sulph., 3 x, toward the end of the disease, to prevent sequela. The same remedies are used in malignant or Black Measles, (319) but a physician should be called, for any remedy may become necessary in the Materia Medica. Rickets. (319) — Calc. Curb., 30, and Calc. lod., 3 x, Kali lod., 3 X, Iodine, 3 x, are the principal remedies for this defect of osseus nu« trition. '^-^^¥^^ff^m'^o Ligni). Wood charcoal, finely powdered and taken into the stomach, absorbs the gasses, and is of great value for dyspepsia, characterized by flatulence. Dose, one to two tablespoonfuls. The powder is frequently mixed with flaxseed poultices and applied to gangrenous sores with cleansing results. Foul water may be rendered pure by filtering through charcoal. Chestnut Leaves i^Castanea Vescd). Made into an infusion is much used for whooping cough. Chiccory i^Chicorimn Jntybus). Medicinally used has a similai effect to dandelion. Much cheap ground coffee is adulterated with chiccory. Chloral, Hydrate of. This is a medicine of recent discovery, and is popular as a quieting agent. Like opium it quiets pain and pro- duces sleep, and is not attended with unpleasant after effects. In cases of nervousness, from care, anxiety, or pain of no violent character, a small dose of chloral may be taken with almost absolute certainty of sleep, rest and refreshment. Dose for an adult, ten to thirty grrjns. It has also been used successfuly in cases of delirium tremens. Chlorate of Potash. See Potash. Cinchona Bark {Cinchofia Flava). This bark was formally giv- en in substance, but this practice became obsolete with the discovery of the alkaloids to which it owes its medicinal effects, chief among which is quinine. It is well known that quinine is one of the very best of all the vegetable tonics. No other medicine compares with it for controlling intermittent fevers. It also has a wonderful power of redu- cing the temperature of acute diseases when dangerously high. Some persons are prejudiced against quinine, but their prejudice is without substantial foundation. Yn pnejunonia, pleurisy, all the fevers, diphther- ia, rheumatism, erysipelas, dysentery, etc., etc., quinine is one of the most reliable agents in supporting the patient. When taken as a tonic, one to three grains is a dose. Intermittent fever, or neuralgia of a peri- odical type, take from five to ten grains, three to four times per day, one of the doses being taken an hour before an anticipated chill. Cinnamon {Cinnatnomum Aromaticum). Seldom given alone, but is much used with other remedies, on account of its aromatic and stimulating qualities. Three or four drops of the oil of cinnamon on a lump of sugar will often relieve pains in the stomach and flatulent colic. BAYBERRY. WAX MYRTLE. This shrub is found in woods and fields from Canada to Florida. The bark of the root is the medicinal part. It is astringent and stimulant. Pulverized and combined with powdered blood-root, it forms an ex- cellent application to indolent ulcers. In the form of poultice, combined with pow- dered slippery elm, it is a valuable applica- tion to scrofulous tumors or ulcers. The decoction is a pood wash for sore mouth, and sponpy, bleeding^ pums. It is chiefly used in the form of tincture. Dose. — Tincture half an ounce; fluid ex tract, one to two drams. DOGWOOD. BOXWOOD, FLOWERING CORNEL, GREEN OZIER. This is a small tree prowing in various parts of the United States. The bark is used as a medicine. It is tonic, astringent, antipcriodic, and stimulant. It increases the pulse, and raises the temperature of the body. It lias been substituted for peruvian bark in intermittent fevers. Dose. — Of the powdered bark, from ten to sixty grains. MEADOW CABBAGE. SKUNK CABBAGE, SKUNK WEED, rOLE CAT WEED. A perennial plant, growing in moist places throughout the U. S. The root isstimulant, expectoraut, antispasmodic, and slightly narcotic. It is given for pulmonary and bronchial affections, epilepsy, hysterics, asthma, hooping-cough, and irritable nerves. DosB.— Fluid extract, twenty to eighty rops; tincture, three ounces to a pint of alcohol; half a dram to a dram; infusion, one to two ounces; syrup, two to three drams. GINSENG. A plant growing in the Middleand South- ern States. It is a mild tonic and stimulant, it is useful for poor appetite, nervous debil- ity, weak stomach, etc. Dose. — Of the powdered root, from ten to sixty grains; of the infusion, from two to four fluid ounces. 416 MATERIA MEDICA. Cloves i^Caryophyllus Arotnaticus). Stimulating and often used to relieve colic and expel wind. The oil of cloves is often used xocally to relieve hwthache and earache. Cod-Liver Oil (^Oleum Morrhu(r). Obtained from the livers oi the common cod-fish. There are three varieties according to mode of extraction, knowTi as pale, light brown and dark brown. The first named is the purest and most palatable ; as a remedy for consumption and other constitutional diseases of an exhausting nature, cod-Hver oil takes high rank. It is really more of a food than a remedy, its power of producing fat is well known. In scrofulous diseases generally, hip- joint diseases, white swelling of the knee, caries of the spine, lumbar and psoas abscesses, rickets, etc., cod-liver oil will nearly always do good. It is also useful in skin diseases, some forms of eye troubles and syphilis. Young children who have grown very weak from diarrhoea in summer, and who seem unable to assimilate the food given them, can often be saved by rubbing cod-liver oil into their skin. Common dose of cod-liver oil is from one to two tablespoonfuls, three times daily. Coltsfoot {Tussilago Farfara'). Native of Europe, now natural- ized in the United States. Useful in chronic bronchitis as a demulcent and expectorant. Given in infusion, one ounce of dried leaves to a pint of boiling water. Compound Spirit of Ether (^Hoffmann's Anodyne^. Stimu- lant and anti-spasmodic, very useful in hysterical paroxysms. Copperas. See Iron, Sulphate of. Cranesbill {Geranium Maculatum) Spotted Geranium. See il- lustration. Creasote. Sometimes used internally to check vomiting. Sea- sickness and cholera infantum frequently yield to its influence. Dose, one or two drops. In an overdose it is a violent poison. When ap- plied to the cavities of decayed teeth it will often relieve the pain. Cubebs {Cubeba Officinalis). Chiefly used in inflammation of the urinary passages. It is also used in cases of chronic bronchitis, ca- tarrh, and in certain throat troubles. Dandelion {Taraxacum Dens-leonis). Has long been used for dyspepsia associated with congestion of the liver. Fluid extract is prob- ably the best form of preparation. Dog^vood {Cornus Florida). See illustration. Dover's Powder. This powder is composed of one gram opi- um, one grain ipecac, and eight grains sulphate of potash. PLEURISY ROOT. BUTTERFLY WEED, ^VI^fD ROOT, TUBER ROOT. An indipcnious plant. The root is the medicinal part. It is of great value in uter- ine difficulties. It's chief value is in bron- chial and pulmonary complaints. Dose. — Of the Powder twenty to sixty prains, three or four times a day. Of Tinct- ure one or two wineglasses full four or five times a day until perspiration is produced. HENBANE. This plant is narcotic, gently accelera- ting the circulation, increasing the general warmth, causing a sense of heat in the throat, and after a time inducing sleep. It is often used in the place of opium; it does not produce constipation. It is used in rheumatism, pout, bronchitis, asthma, con- sumption, hooping-cough, hysterics, and spasmodic allections. DEADLY NIGHTSHADE. BELLADONNA, A perennial plant, growing In Europe and this country, it has a faint odor, and a sweet, nauseous taste. It is narcotic, diaphoretic, and diuretic, and is a valuable remedy in convulsions, neuralgia, rheumatism, pout, paralysis, and many diseases having their seal in the nervous system. It is used as a preventive of scarlet fever and as a cure for Dooping-cough. BUGLE WEED. WATER HOREHOUND, The whole herb is used. It is a mild nar- cotic, sedative, sub-astringent, and styptic. It is a valusble remedy in bleeding from the lungs, incipient consumption, and pneu- monia. It quiets irritation, and allays cough, and nervous excitement. DosF.,— Fluid extract, one to two drams; infusion, two to four ounces. 418 MATERIA MEDICA. This celebrated powder was introduced by Dr. Dover, during the reign of Geo. II. While under the influence of this powder, the pa- tient should remain in bed, and as soon as perspiration begins drink freely of barley water, toast water flavored with lemon peel or any other mild drink ; this is to keep up the discharge from the skin. Elderberries and Bark {Sam/>ucus Canadensis^. The medici- nal virtue is found in the flowers, berries and inner or second bark of the branches and roots. An ointment made by stirring the fresh flowers or inner bark into clean melted lard, then strained, has a high reputa- tion for slight bums, scalds, wounds and in dressing old sores. The ber- ries are rather laxative and also act upon the skin. They are often used in treating rheumatism, gout, scrofula and habitual constipation. Elecampane {Inula Heleniuni) . Useful in many chronic diseases, bronchitis, dyspepsia, etc., and in some forms of skin diseases. Epsom Salts. See Magnesia, Sulphate of. Fennel Seed (^Fcetiiculum Vulgare). A pleasant aromatic, fre- quently used to reduce the harsh and griping operations of other medi- cines. Feverfe\v {Pyrethium Parthentum'). A bitter tonic, very similar to chamomile in its action, and often used for the same purpose. Fever- Root {Troisteum Perfoliatum) Tinker- Weed, Wild Ipe- cac. A good cathartic, acts much like jaiap. Large doses emetic. The dried root impaired by age. Fig {Ficus Passa). Slighdy laxative. Flaxseed (Linum Usitatissimum). Often used in the form of poultices. Infusion used as a demulcent. Fleabane (Frigeron Canadense') Horseweed, Stoneroot. See illustration. Foxglo/e {Digitalis Purpuera) Digitalis. See illustration. Garlic {Allium Sati^'um). The Gallic leek and onion all possess similar qualities. Stimulating when applied to the skin. Their odor is both stimulant and anti-spasmodic. Useful in hysterical paroxisms and catarrhal troubles of children. Germander {Teucrium Canadense^ Woodsage. Tonic, stimu- lant, diaphoretic, diuretic. The infusion is used in bronchitis, leucor- rhoea and amenorrhoea. Ginger {Zingiber Officinale'). An excellent stimulant and carmin- ative. Much used in dyspepsia, flatulen':e, and to correct other medi- cines. WITCH HAZEL, WINTERBLOOM, SNAPPING HAZEL NUT, SPOTTED ALDER. This shrub prows in damp woods in most parts of the U. S. The bark and leaves are tonic, astringent, and sedative. A decoc- tion of the bark is very useful in bleeding from the lungs and stomach, and in diarr- hoea, dysentery, and excessive niui ous dis- charges. It is also used in incipi< nt con- sumption, and for sore mouth, etc. Dose. — Ot the decoction, a wineglassful to a teacupful three or four times a day. LOBELIA. INDIAN TOBACCO, WILD TOBACCO. This plant grows in nearly all parts of the U. S.; DOlh its seeds and leaves are used in medicine. It is emetic, expectorant, seda- tive, and antispasmodic. As an emetic it is generally used in combination wiihother articles. It is of great advantage in spas- modic asthma, as well as in bronchitis, croup, hooping-cough, and other throat and chest affections. A poultice of lobelia, elm bark, with weak lye, relieves sprains, bruises, rheumatic pains, erysipelatous in- flammations, and poison from ivy or dog- wood. BLACK COHOSH. RATTLEROOT, SQUAW ROOT. BLACK SNAKE ROOT. A native of the U. S. The root is the medicinal part. It is narcotic, sedative, an- tispasmodic. It IS useful in cholera, fits, epilepsy, nervousness and nMiny spasmod- ic affections. It is also valuable in men- strual and uterine affections. UosR. — Fluid extract one half a dram to two drams; solid extract, four to cielit grains; of the tincture, from one to three teaspoonsfuL WORMWOOD. A perennial plant growing nearly over the whole world. The tups and Icavcsare ton- ic and anthelmintic; used in intermittent fever, jaundice, and worms. It restores the appetite and is also useful in amenorrhoea. It is excellent applied as a tincture, or as a fomentation, to bruises, sprains, and local inflammations. DosB.— Of the powder, ten to twenty grains; infusion, one or two ounces. 420 MATERIA MEDICA. Ginseng {Aralia Quinquefolid) . See illustration. Glycerine. Often used in mixing medicines where it is not de- sirable to employ syrups or sugar. Externally applied in skin diseases, alone or with carbolic acid, tannin, gallic acid, starch, etc. Many other uses readily suggest themselves. Golden-Rod {Solidago Odora). The golden-rod family is a nu- merous one, and nearly all of the species have a disagreeable odor. The above mentioned is the only one entitled to the name "sweet scent- ed." It is a pleasant aromatic and carminative. Golden Seal {Hydrastis Canadensis) Orange Root, Yellow Root, Yellow Puccoon. See illustration. Grindelia {Grindelia Robusta). A splendid remedy for whoop- ing cough, bronchitis and asthma. The fluid extract is perhaps the best form to use it. Dose from ten to thirty drops every two or three hours. Ground Ivy {Nepeta Glechoina). Used in chronic bronchitis^ catarrh of the bladder, 3.n6. in. sovat c2iSQS oi dyspepsia. Infusion may be given in doses of a wineglassful. Ground Laurel. See May Flower. Guarana {Faullinia Gorbilis). Very useful in cases of nervous headache. Dose of the powder, fifteen to fifty grains. Gum Arabic {Acacia Vera). Dissolved in water it makes a common demulcent drink ; it is also used in the composition of various mixtures and lozenges used to allay coughing. Hardback Root {Spircea Tomentosa) Meadow Sweet. The root, leaves and bark are all tonic and astringent. Used in diarrhoea, cholera infantum, dyspepsia, etc. A decoction is made by boiling an ounce of the root, leaves or bark in a pint of water. Dose two ounces, three times daily. See illustration. Hellebore, Black, {Helleborus Niger) Christmas Rose. A powerful cathartic. Used in dropsy, also in promoting the monthly dis- charge of females for which it is highly esteemed. It is sometimes used in brain and skin diseases. Dose five to fifteen grains of the powder, decoction, one ounce every two or three hours, until it operates. Hemlock, Poison, {Conium Maculatum). See illustration. Henbane {Hyoscyafnus Niger). See illustration. Hops {Humulus Lupulus). The fruit of the hop vine is sprinkled over with a yellow powder, which is called lupulin, to which belong all the medicinal qualities of the hops. Lupulin is tonic and narcotic. It LADIES' SLIPPER. AMERICAN VAI.KKIAN, UMHEL NERVE ROOT, YELLOW MOCCASIN FLOW- ER, noah's ark. The fibrous roots are the parts used in medicine. It is tonic, nervine, and anti- spasmodic and is employed in nervous headache, and other nervous affections, as excitability, hysterics, neuralgia, etc. Dose.— Fluid extract, half a dram to a dram; solid extract, five to fifteen grains; tincture, two ounces to a pint of diluted al- cohol, half an ounce to an ounce. Take this preparation for producing sleep in wakeful and nervouscomlitions: fluid extract ladies slipper, one ounce; fluid extract pleurisy root, one ounce; fluid extract skunk cab- bage, one ounce; fluid extract scullcap, one ounce; mix;take lialf a dram toadram, three times a day. For sick and nervous head- ache, caused by acid stomach, use the fol- lowing; fluid extract ladies, slipper, half an ounce; fluid extract catnip, half an ounce; fluid extract scullcap, half an ounce, water, one pint; mix; dose, one and a halt to three drams. BEAK-BERRY. THE UPLAND CRANBERRY. The leaves are the medicinal parts. It is astringent and tonic, and acts particularly upon the urinary organs, for complaints of which it is particulary used. It is special- ly valued as an antilithic in gravel, and as a remedy for chronic inflammation of the kidneys, and ulceration of the bladder, etc. Dose.— Fluid extract, one third of a dram to a dram; solid extract, five to fifteen grains; tincture, one to two ounces. PRICKLEY ASH. YELLOW WOOD, TOOTHACHE BUSH, ETC. The bark and berries are used. The bark is stimulant, tonic, alterative, and siala- gogue. It is used to excite and stimulate the system, when in a languid state, and for derangements of the liver, rheumatism, and chronic syphilis. It strengthens mu- cous membranes, and is a useful tonic in low typhoid fever. Applied externally, it improves indolent and malignant ulcers. Dose. — Of the powdered bark, from ten to thirty grains, three times a day. The berries are carminative, antispas- modic, and stimulant. The tincture is val- uable in nervous diseases, spasms of the bowels, flatulency, and diarrhoea; and com- bined with the tincture of poke berries, is very useful in chronic rheumatism and sy- philis. It has been used with great success in Asiatic cholera. Dose.— Of the tincture, from ten drops to a fluid dram, in sweetened water; of the oil of prickly ash berries, from two to ten drops, on sugar. MARSHMALLOW. A European perennial plant. The root is used. Adecocticn is found useful in inflam- mation of the bladder, lungs, bowcU and stomach, also in kidney diseases. 422 IkV^ERIA MEDICA. Is often usea to control the nocturnal pains of gonorrluva, and for checking nocturnal seminal emissions and incontinence of urine. Dose five to ten grains or more. A tincture is also employed. Hop fermen- tations, hop pillow?, etc., are too common to require further mention. Hor«hound {Marru/>ium Vulgare). A stimulant, expectorant and carminative. Much used in cases of dyspepsia, chronic bronchitis and many other diseases. Given generally in infusion. Horse-Balm {Collinwnia Canadensis) Stone-Root. See illus- tration. Hyssop {Hyssopus Officinalis). Tonic and carminative. Used in dyspepsia, chronic bronchitis, scanty menstruation and is also applied externally to bruises and riuscular rheumatism. Infusion made with a dram of the leaf to a pint of water. Dose, wineglassful. Ipecac i^Cephcelis Ipecacuanha). The root is the part used ; di- aphoretic, expectorant ?nd emetic. It is a standard medicine in the treatment of croup, bc'vh membranous and spasmodic. Taken in doses (one drop) it has received much praise as a remedy in vomiting of pregnancy. As an tmetic, ipecac is one of the very best for common use. Iron. T'^ii'C. Of all the metals iron is the most useful in medi- cine. It is f^ne of the natural constituents of the blood. To give a de- tailed description of all conditions in which iron is servicable would re- quire many pages of this book. There are more than twenty prepara- tions of iron, the use of which the reader is referred to some more ex- haustive treatise on Materia Medica. Jamestown Weed. See illustration. Juniper Berries {Juniperus Communis). Annual plant and grows in many parts of the United States. It acts decidedly upon the kidneys and skin and is valuable in cases of suppressed urine and in gravel. Prepared in the form of a tea, take a handful of the herb, add a quart of water, boil twenty minutes. Dose, tumblerful three' times a day. Kerosene Oil. See Petroleum. Ladies' Slipper {Cypripedium Pubesceus). Slightly narcotic and anti-spasmodic. Laudanum. See Opium, Tincture of. Lead {Plumbutn). There are many preparations of this metal nsed in medicines. Lime {Calcium). Like iron and lead, hme comes to is as a medicine in many forms. CRANES BILL. DOVES FOOT, CROW FOOT, ALUM ROOT, SPOTTED GERANIUM. A native plant, growinjj in the open woods. The root is the medicinal part. It is a powerful astnnpent. It forms an excel- lent garfjle in sore throats and ulcerations of the mouth, and is valuable for treating those discharfrcs arising from debility, after the excitingcauses are removed. It is a valu- able astrinRcnt wash for sore mouth, etc., and as an injection in leucorrhoea, etc., is made by uniting fluid extract of cranesbill, half an ounce; fluid extract of black cohosh, half an ounce; fluid extract of golden seal, half an ounce; fluid extract of witch-haze' half an ounce; and water, one quart. DIANDRAKE. MAY-APPLE, \VILD-LEMON, RACCOON BERRY, WILD M A.N DRAKE. It is found throughout the U.S., and flow- ers in May and June. The root is the medi- cinal part. It is cathartic, alterative, anthel- mintic, nydragogue, sialagogue, and, in large doses, emetic. It stimulates and quickens theaction of theliverand kidneys, promotes expectoration, and determines the blood to the surface. Combined with cream of tartar it produces watery stools, and is useful in dropsy. It is used in jaun- dice, dysentery, diarrhoea, bilious, remitt- ent, and intermittent fevers, puerperal fe- ver, typhoid fever, and all glandular en- largements. But It has a more particular action upon the liver, and is especially uso- ful in derangements of that organ. Dose. — Of the powdered root, as a cath- artic, from ten to thirty grains; of the tinct- ure, from ten to forty drops. MOUNTAIN LAUREL. CALICO BUSH, SHEEP LAUREL, SPOON- WOOD, LAMRKILL. This plant grows on highlands inmost parts of the U. S. The leaves are used in medicine, and causes, when taken in large doses, vertigo, dimness of sight, etc. In proper doses they are sedative and astrin- gent. The saturated tincture is the best form of administration; it is given in ten to twenty drops, every two or three hours, for syphilis, active hemorrhages, hypertro- phy ot the heart, and jaundice. JAMESTOWN WEED. THORN APPLE, STINKWKED, APPLE- PERU, STRAMONIUM. This well known weed grows in most parts of the U. S. The leavesand seeds are medicinal. It is a powefful narcotic; it is also antispasmodic, anodyne, and sedative. It is used in various nervous affections, as chorea, epilepsy, palsy, tetanus, and ma. nia. It IS much used for relieving acute pains, etc. Taken in large doses, it is a powerful poison. 424 MATERU MEDICA. Licorice {^GlycyrrJnzu Glabra). Excites the secretions of the throat and is thereiore beneficial in sore throat, bronchitis, and laryngi- tis. Frequently used to cover up the taste of other medicines. Lobelia {Lobelia hiflata) Indian Tobacco, Emetic Herb. See illustration. Logwood {Uoematoxylon Campechianum) . Pleasant astringent. Used in chronic diarrhaa, chronic dysentery and chronic bowel com- plaints of children. Decoction made of one ounce rasped logwood, two pints of water boiled to one pint. Dose for an adult, four table- spoonfuls ; child, two teaspoonfuls several times daily. Lovage {Levisticum Officinale). Carminative and diuretic. Use- ful in flatulent dyspepsia, suppression of the menses and dropsy. Dose, tablespoonful of the decoction. Lunar Caustic, or Nitrate of Silver, sometimes used in cases of epilepsy, St. Vitus' dance, angina pectoris and indigestion. Sometimes it imparts a permanent purple color to the skin. Externally applied round the inflamed surface in erysipelas, has often arrested the progress of the disease. Mandrake {Podophyllum Peltatum) May Apple. Cathartic, oper- ates slowly but surely and in moderate doses without violence. Admir- ably suited to habitual constipation. The following preparation made into 2l pill and taken every night or every alternate night, has an excel- lent effect in stubborn cases of habitual constipation : Podophyllin, 1-5 grain Ex. of Nux Vomica, 1-2 " Com. Ex. Colocynth, 3 " Magnesia {Calcined Magnesia). Prepared from Carbonate of Magnesia, It is an alkali, useful in naturalizing the acid of the stomach in cases of indigestion characterized by sour eructations, heartburn or flatulence. This remedy is however only palliative and does not remove the cause. Magnesia, Sulphate of, {Epsom Salts). This is a well known and very excellent purgative. Very useful in obstinate constipation caused by lead poisoning. Dose, from two drams to an ounce dissolved in warm water, it acts freely and without griping. Oxalic acid verj' much resembles epsom salts and has been mistaken for it ; the acid may however be easily detected by the acid taste when mixed with water. Male Fern {Aspidium Felix-mas) . The best known remedy for tapeworm. However it must be properly used to secure the best results. MATERL* MEDICA. 426 Move the bowels during the afternoon with castor oil or other efficient purgative, eat a light supper, at bedtime vake one-half of a fluid drachm of the oil of male fern with a little mucilage or in capsules. In the morning the dose may be repeated, fasting meanwhile, before noon take a dose of castor oil, which in many cases will be followed by the expul- sion of the worm. If the remedy fails the first time, try again in a day or two, doubling the dose of the drug. Malt. During the past few years inalt extracts have been largely employed for their nutritious properties. In many cases of nervous de- bility they are very beneficial. Marsh Mallow (y^/Z/itf-a Officinalis^. See illustration. Mercury (^Hydrargyrum). This remedy in its many forms is a valuable medical agent, but is capable (if not properly used) of very great harm and should not be administered except by the skillful medi- cal man. Milkweed {Asclepias) Pleurisy Root. See illustration. Mountain Laurel {Kalmia Lati/olia). See illustratio . Mustard {Sitiapis Allni) . This common remedy is kept in al- most every household and forms an emetic which can be used at a mo- ment's notice, or applied externally to relieve pains. Mustard has many other uses too common to need explanation. Nettle {Urtica Dioica). The juice of nettle has long been used for hemorrhages of all kinds. Dose, ten to thirty grains. Onion (Allium Ce/>a). Stimulant, diuretic and expectorant. The onion is a very common, yet useful, medical agent and needs no special description. Opium {Palaver Somni/erum). Opium is the dried juice which exudes from scarifications made in the green seed capsules of the pop- py. Opium produces a soothing effect upon the body and mind, fol- lowed by a disposition to sleep. The first effect is that of a stimulant, producing fullness and frequency of pulse, with exhilaration of the mind, this is followed by depression and falling pulse, even below the normal rate. Many persons experience unpleasant after effects, as nausea, vom- iting and headache. Parsley {Petroselinum Sativum). Fresh bruised parsley leaves applied will prevent breasts from "caking." It is also recommended in cases of scanty and painful menstruation. Take of a strong decoction a wineglassful three or four times a day. 426 MATERIA MEDICA. Pennyroyal {Hedeoma Pulegioides). See illustration. Peppermint {^Mentha Piperita). Stimulant and carminative. A hot infusion is useful in cases of colic, flatidknce, diarrhxa, vomiting, etc. Pepsin. Prepared from the mucous membrane, lining the stom- ach of the pig, calf and sheep. Pepsin is one of our best remedies for dyspeptic aihnents. Persimmon {Diospyros Virginia na). The persimmon is found in the more southern states and is highly prized for its fruit. The half ripe fruit has been used in cases of dysenter}' and diarrhoea of long standing. The bark is very bitter, a strong tea of which has been suc- cessfully used in treating cases of /ever and ague and also as a gargle for sore throat of long standing. Pink-Root {Spige/ia Marilandicd) Carolina Pink. See illus- tration. Pipsissewa {ChimapJiila Umbeilata) Wintergreen, Prince's Pine. See illustration. Poison Ivy {Rhus Toxicodendron) Poison Oak. This plant has become well known from its poisonous effects upon the skin and is also highly esteemed as a remedy by many physicians. The symptoms of ivy poisoning are itching, redness and swelling of the poisoned parts, in severe cases the swelling increases to an alarming extent. In such cases blisters form upon the surface, and these breaking are apt to be suc- ceeded by ulcers, both painful and intractable. The treatment of ivy poisoning is very unsatisfactory. Applications of cold water, solutions of common salt, carbonate of soda, acetate of lead, patiently applied will give greaf relief. Poison ivy may readily be distinguished from other species of ivy by having its leaves in threes. Pokeweed {Phytolacca Decandra) Scoke, Garget, Pigeonberry. See illustration. Prickly Ash {Xanthoxylum Americanum). See illustration. Pumpkin Seeds {Cucurbita Pepo). A remedy of reputation for expelling tapeworm, and if properly used they rarely fail. The patient should subsist entirely upon the seeds and milk for twenty-four hours. Eat freely and drink a limited quantity of milk to allay thirst, at the ex- piration of twenty-four hours take a good dose of castor oil. Quassia {Simaruba Excelsa). This wood is a simple bitter ton- ic, used chiefly in atonic dyspepsia and for loss of appetite. It simply tones and stimulates the stomach. MATERIA MEDICA. 427 Queen of the Meadow i^Eupatorium Purpineum). Virtues al- most identical to Boncsct, Queen's Root {Su/iingia Syivaliia). This remedy was formerly much used for scrofula, syphilis, diseases of the skin and liver. Dose, decoction of an ounce of the bruised bark to a i)int of boiling water. Wineglassful three times a day. Quinine, Sulphate of. See Cinchona Bark. Ragweed. {Ambrosia Artimisiafolia'). Bitter tonic properties which have recommended it in intermittent//ue paper). In the white paper, thirty-five grains of tartaric acid. Dissolve contents of each paper in a half tumbler of water, pour together and drink while foaming. Senna (Cassia Aciitifolia'). Active cathartic, tendency to gripe ; some aromatic should always be added. Infusion prepared by pouring two ounces boiling water on three drachms of the leaves, allowing it to stand half hour. May be sweetened and all taken at one dose. Skullcap {Scutellaria Lateriflora). See illustration. Skunk Cabbage {Smyplocarpus Fcetidus) Meadow Cabbage. See illustration. Slippery Elm {Ulmus Fulva). See illustration. Snakeroot, Black. See illustration. Snakeroot, Virginia, {Aristolochia Serpentaria). See illustra- tion. Soda, Bicarbonate of. Often used as an anti-acid in acidity of the stomach and heartburn. Soda, Borate of, {Borax). Very often used for thrush, in nurs- ing infants for cracked nipples, and by injections for sores in the female genital organs. Dose, five to thirty grains ; as a lotion or injection, halt to a whole drachm in a pint of water. Soda, Chloride of, {Common Salt). A splendid gargle for sore throat, often used to check hemorrhage from the lungs and nose. Dose, a teaspoonful every ten minutes. Salt is very useful in many oth- er cases. Solomon's Seal {Polygonatum Giganteum). Chiefly used inter- nally iox freckles, bruises and sprains. The whole plant is used in a lo- tion. To prepare, macerate in whiskey or diluted alcohol for three weeks. Spanish Flies {Cantharides). Often used internally for diseases of the skin, in debility and catarrh of the bladder, and acute Brighfs disease, etc. The tincture is the best form for use. Dose, one to tAventy drops. Care should be exercised in not giving over-doses. MATERIA MEDICA. 429 Spearmint {Mentha Viridis). Like peppermint is stimulant and carminative, but less powerful. The oil is chiefly used. Dose, four to five drops. Spice Bush {Lindera Betizoin). Stimulant and diaphoretic. Sometimes used in the forming stages of acute inflammatory diseases. Dose, wineglassful of the decoction made of the bark and berries. Spikenard {Ara/ia Racemosd). Very similar to false sarsapar- illa, though the root is slightly more aromatic. Squill {Sfi/ia Marili/na). A bulbous plant of Southern Europe, sometimes grown in this country. The bulb possesses the medicinal properties, diuretic and expectorant. As a diuretic is often used in dropsy. As an expectorant is useful in croup, chronic bronchitis, whoop- ing cough, etc. Dose of the bulb, powdered, one to three grains. Tincture, ten to twenty drops. Syrup, half to a teaspoonful. Staphisagria {Delphinium Staphisagria). An ointment made from the seeds will destroy lice on the bodies of filthy persons. Star Grass {Aletris Farinosa). See illustration. Stramonium {Datura Stramonium) Jamestown Weed. See il- lustration. Sulphur. Internally is chiefly employed in treating piles. Take equal quantities of sulphur and cream of tartar, mix thoroughly, and take in synip once or twice a day. The effects are generally very beneficial. Externally is much used in treatment of itch. For details see article on itch. Sulphur baths are highly recommended for various skin diseases, rJieumatism and gout. Sumach {A'hus Glabra). The berries are acid and astringent. An infusion of the berries or inner bark is often used with excellent ef- fects as a gargle for sore throat. Sweet Fern {Comptonia Asplenifolia) . Stimulant and astrin- gent. Decoction sometimes used to relieve colic and check diarrhoea. Sweet Spirit of Nitre {Stoeet Nitre). Diuretic and diaphoret- ic. Frecjuently used in febrile diseases to produce sweating, especially useful in feverish conditions of children ; as a diuretic is used in irrita- ble conditions of the bladder and in suppression of the urine. Dose, twenty to thirty drops every hour or t\vo, taken in water. Tannin. See Acid, Tannic. Tansy {Tanacetum Vulgarc). Tonic, stimulant properties simi- lar to wormwood. Formally much used in cases of delayed menstrua- •^Hon, worms and dropsy. 430 MATERIA MEDICA. Tar {Pinus Palusiris) . Used extensively in a variety of skin dis- eases, and internally iox pulmonary diseases. To prepare, take one part tar to ten parts water, mix, and allow to stand two or three days, then pour off the clear water. Dose, wineglassful four times a day or oftener. It has been successfully used in chronic bronchitis and consmnption. Tar may also be usefully employed by inhalation for pulmonary troub- les. Stir tar in hot water and inhale the vapor. Tulip Tree {Liriodendron Tulipi/era). The bark from the branches has simple, bitter, tonic properties, and useful when simple bit- ters are desired. Turpentine ( Oil of, Spirits of Turpentine') . Produced by distil- ling the resinous exudations of several different species of pine. Its sphere of usefulness is great. Is successfully used in a variety of hem' orrhages, such as nose, stomach, bladder and womb, and is especially valuable in the typhoid condition, when there is bloating of the abdomen from accumulation of gas. In typhoid fever it is often used with happy results. Dose, five to twenty- five drops, in emulsion or on a lump of sugar. Turpentine is often used as a counter-irritant in intense inflam- matory diseases. Take a folded piece of flannel, dip into hot water, wring as dry as possible, then sprinkle freely with turpentine, apply to the part over the pain, cover with a dry cloth to prevent evaporation, renew as often as found necessary. Virginia Snake Root. See illustration. White Cedar {Arbor Vita). The strong tincture or fluid ex- tract is highly recommended as an application to fungous growths, warts, etc. Also sometimes used internally for pulmonary catarrh and suppressed menses. Dose, ten to fifteen drops. White Walnut {Juglans Crnera). Is often called butternut and oilnut. The medicinal portion is the inner bark of the root. It is a splendid mild purgative and especially valuable in case of habitual constipation of the bowels, or in dysentery and biliousness. It can be made into a tea, using an ounce of bark to a quart of water. Dose, a wineglassful before going to bed. White Oak Bark. See Black Oak. ^A^ild Cherry {Primus Serotina). Is found in most all parts of the United States ; has a white flower with a bitter odor. The berry is black and pleasant to the taste. The medical properties are found in the berries and inner bark of the roots and branches. The berries are preserved in brandy or whiskey which extract their virtue. The bark MATERIA MEDICA. 431 is dried, made into an infusion, produced by adding a large tablespoon heaping full to a quart of cold water and allowed to stand twenty-four hours. Wild Indigo {^Baptisia Tinctorid). See illustration. Willow. The willow tree has rendered valuable aid in relieving fever and ague and similar complaints. The part used is the inner bark of the trunk, and is usually taken in the form of a strong tea. It has b«cn found to exert much power, but ([uinine is decidedly more ef- fective. W^itch Hazel {^Hamamclis Virgitiica). See illustration. Wormwood. See illustration. Yarrow {Archilhca Mi/le/olia). Stimulant, tonic, promotes the appetite and improves the digestion. Highly recommended for piles, delayed menstruation, leucorrhoea and flatulent colic. Administered in infusion. Yellow Dock {Rumex Crispus). See illustration. In the limited space devoted to this department of "The Cottage Physician" it has been impossible to compress the whole Materia Afed- ica, yet it is believed that no really important remedy has been omitted. •*->J-^I)^?SA^(l(=^C^-*- Purely Vegetable Treatment. HOME MADE REMEDIES, PREPARED FROM ROOTS, HERBS, BARKS, ETC. As many of our friends may prefer the treatment of disease through the medium of herbs alone, we herein give, in addition to tlie herbal preparations in the previous parts, many other formula; and amongst them will be found ;iie principal forms used by the best eclectic physicians and botanical medicine practitioners of America and Europe. Anti-dyspeptic Powder. — Cayenne and golden seal, of each two ounces; saleratus, half an ounce — mix in powder. Dose: half a teaspoonful in hot water, fifteen minutes after a meal, in indigestion, pain in the stomach, etc. Anti-dyspeptic Pills. — Golden seal, powdered, three ounces; cayenne, five drams; inspissated oxgall, Q. S. — mix; divide into five grain pills. Dose: two to four, three times a day. They rectify acidity and wind in the stomach, »nd regulate the bowels. Anti-spasmodic Tincture. — Lobelia seed, powdered, one pound; va- lerian and cayenne, of each four ounces; Holland gin, one gallon — infuse ten days, closely stopped, shake once a day, then strain for use. Dose: a teaspoon- full two or three times a day, in fits of all kinds — hysteria, hypochondria, hy- drophobia, etc. Salmony, or Snake Head — Is an excellent bitter tonic and laxative, and is useful in costiveness, indigestion, loss of appetite, jaundice, worms, etc., given in infusions and other forms. Bayberry. — A native of the New England States. The bark of the root is the part used in medicine; it is an astringent stimulant, is an excellent med- icine for canker, also for bowel complaints, and if given freely at the com. mencement, is said to be a certain cure. The powder is given in teaspoonful doses, in water, sweetened; or a strong, infusion drunk freely. Taken every two or three hours. Barberry. — The bark is the part used. It is a bitter tonic, improvef the appetite, acts on the liver. Is taken in powder or infusion, similar to golden seal. Bethroot, "Wake Robin, True Love, or Jew's Harp.— The root is the part used. It is an astringent. Useful in all excessive discharges of the bowels, womb, or in bleedings internally of all kinds. The powdered root may be taken in infusion of one ouace to the pint for four doses. 4^2 BOTANICAL MEDIOAL PRACTICE. 438 Bitter Boot, or Dog's Bane.— The bark of the root is the part used. It is a tonic, anti-spasmodic, and stimulant. A strong infusion, or decoction drunk in small teacupful doses, every two hours, till it operates. Cleanses th« stomach and bowels, and frees from bile. Black Cohosh, Black Snakeroot, or Rattleweed— The root is the part used. A syrup made of its decoction is useful for coughs; and a poul- tice, made by thickening the decoction with slippery elm, is useful in all kinds of inflammation. Boneset, Thoroughwort, Feverwort, or Indian Sage.— The leaves and llowers are used. It is a relaxant, sudorific, antiseptic, stimulant, diuretic, and tonic. The infusion of two ounces in one quart of boiling water, drunk freely. A teacupful every fifteen minutes (drunk warm), till it operates, will produce vomiting; for sweating, two tablespoonful doses every hour. As a tonic and laxative, a small teacupful of the decoction every two hours. Bugle Weed, Water Hoarhound, or Betony.— Tonic, sedative and slightly astringent. It has a marked effect on the heart, reducing the velocity of the pulse. It is useful in diabetes, and will arrest bleeding from the stomach or lungs, and also will give relief in dyspeptic and all gastric de- rangements. It may be used in an infusion of leaves or stems, or in one to three grain doses of its active principle, Tycopin. The warm infusion aids per- spiration and equalizes the circulation. It may be taken freely without pro- ducing unfavorable symptoms. Burdock. — This a common but valuable plant. The root is used. It is an excellent diuretic, and is given in dropsies and urinal diseases, in the form of decoction. Dried root of burdock, sliced, one ounce; water, two pints, boiled down to half. This is to be taken in about six doses, in twenty-four hours, for dropsy. Butternut, or White Walnut.— The inner bark or the root is used It is a mild, efficacious, tonic purge, and is recommended for derangement of the liver, costiveness, worms, and dysentry, also in lingering fevers. It is given in decoction, extracts; pills, syrups, etc. Camomile, or Chamomile.— This well-known plant is a favorite do- mestic remedy for sick head-ache and stomach derangements. The strong infusion, drunk warm, is emetic; taken cold, in small half-teacupful doses, is stomachic. Camomile Pills.— Extract of camomile, four drams; camomile flowers, dried and powdered, two drams; extract of gentian, two drams; Turkey rhu- barb (powdered), valarian (powdered), and best ginger (powdered), of each one dram; oil of camomile, ten drops; syrup of ginger, Q. S. Mix 170 pills. Dose: three, twice a day, as a stomnchir, for headache, etc. Canada Snakeroot, Wild Ginger, or Colt's Foot.— A tonic, stimulant, diaphoretic, and Expectorant. The root is used. As a warm stimulant and nervine; useful in affections of the lungs, colds, asthma, croup, consumption, etc. The ordinary dose is a teaspoonful, in warm water, aweeV- ened, thrice a day. 434 BOTANICAL MEpiCAL PRACTICE. Cankerj Compound for. — Bayberry, one ounce; white pond lily, one ounce; cayenne, two drams; loaf sugar, half-a-pound — all finely powdered, sifted and mixed. Dose: half-a-teaspoonful in honey, or molasses, twice or three times a day; and a teaspoonful put in a teacupful of boiling water, to gargle with. Useful in all cases of canker in the mouth, etc. Cayenne Pills. — Cayenne (powdered), and best ginger (powdered), of each two drams; angelica root (powdered), one dram; syrup of ginger, Q. S. Mix 100 pills. Dose: two or three twice or thrice a day, as a warm stimulant to expol wind, warm stomach, etc. Cholera, Diarrhoea, or Dysentery, Powder for.— Bayberry, golden seal, and rhubarb, of each one ounce; cinnamon and dried peppermint, of each half-an-ounce; saleratus, two drams; powdered myrrh, one dram; loaf sugar, three ounces — all well powdered, sifted, and mixed. Dose: put a teaspoonful of the powder in half-a-teacupful of hot water, add two teaspoonfuls of loaf sugar — when cool enough give two or three tablespoonfuls every fifteen min- utes, till the looseness, etc., is stopped; and relief is got; or — Cholera, Diarrhoea, or Dysentery, Powder for. — Powdered catechu, six ounces; stomach bitters powder and best ginger, of each three ounces; cinchona bark and cinnamon, of each two ounces; valerian, cloves and cayenne, of each one and a-lialf ounces; bayberry, and myrrh, of each one ounce — well powdered, sifted, and mixed. Dose: a teaspoonful in a cup of ginger tea, every ten minutes till relief is got. Cholera, Diarrhoea, or Dysentery, Decoction or Syrup for.— Green peppermint, two ounces; bayberry, one ounce; white pond lily root, one ounce; water, three pints — boil down to two pints, and strain — pour the boiling liquor on the following ingredients: Powdered rhubarb, one ounce; powdered myrrh, two drams; saleratus and cayenne, of each one dram; loaf sugar, three ounces; when cold, bottle, and add best brandy, or rectified spirit of wine, four ounces. Dose: take half a wine-glassful every two hours, till relief is got. Colic, Remedy for. — On two teasyoonfuls of composition powder, pour one pint of boiling water, stir together; when cool, add of tincture of myrrh and tincture of ginger, of each two drams. Give a wine-glassful of this every ten or fifteen minutes. Apply a hot bran poultice to the part where the pain is, and administer an enema. This course will mostly relieve. Composition Powder. — 1. Bayberry, two pounds; ginger, one pound; cayenne, cinnamon, and prickly ash, of each two ounces; or — 2. Bayberry, three pounds; ginger, one and a-half pounds; cayenne and cloves, of each three ounces; or — 3. Bayberry, six ounces; ginger, two ounces; pinus canadensis, cloves and cinnamon, of each half an ounce; cayenne, two drams; or — 4. Bay- berry, eight ounces; poplar bark and ginger, of each four ounces; cloves, one ounce; cinnamon, half an ounce, cayenne, two drams. Whichever is taken, it must be finely powdered, sifted, anid well mixed. They are stimulant, carminative, tonic, and nervine. The dose is a teaspoonful in a cupful of warm water, sweetened and made to palate, with milk or cream, and taken two or three times a day. when needed. BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. 435 Comftey. — 'l li<" root is used. It sliould be collected in early spring or late in the fall, cut into pieces, dried, uud kept from dump air, as it deteriorates by long keeping. It is useful in cough", consumption, dysentery, soreness of bowels, etc. Given in strong infusion or powdered root, in half teaspoonful doses. Conserve Stimulating, or Bread of Life.— Golden seal, jirickly asli, poplar bark, and cinnamon, of each two ounces, cayenne, one ounce; loaf sugar, four pounds — all finely powdered and well mixed, kneeded to a stiff Hough with mucilage of slipi)ery elm adding oil of pennyroyal and peppermint, of each two drams; made into cakes of convenient size, and dried. MAy be eaten freely. Is useful for coughs, colds, hoarseness, and as a stomachic stimulant. Consumption, Powder for. — Stomach bitters, cough powder, and diabetes powder, of each four drams. Mix. Take a teaspoonful in a teacup- ful of hot water three times a day — taking cough pills and syrup also. Cough Drops, or Syrup. — 1. Lobelia herb, four ounces; hoarhound, comfrey, and elecampane, of each two ounces; boneset, four ounces; water, three quarts; boil to three pints — strain; add two pounds of loaf sugar, and one pint of Holland gin. Dose: two teaspoonfuls every hour, in asthma, croup, consumption, etc. 2. Hoarhound, hyssop, polypoddy root, coltsfoot, linseed, elecampane, and licorice, of each one ounce; aniseed, half an ounce; water, three ])ints, boil down to two — strain; add best molasses, two pounds; acid tincture of lobelia, four ounces. Boil slowly twenty minutes — skim — then add ■when cold, tincture of ginger, one ounce; oil of mint, one dram (put together these two to dissolve oil). Dose: from one teaspoonful to four tablespoonfuls four times a day, for coughs, consumption and most diseases of the lungs and bronchial tubes. Cough Pills. — Gum ammoniac, one ounce; extract of lobelia, lobelia herb, cayenne, elecampane, and an* ,eed (powdered), of each two drams — dis- solve the gum and extract in a little lot water, then add the other ingredients in powder — mass with mucilage of gam arable, Q. S. Mix 270 pills. Dose: one to three pills twice or thrice a day, in all kinds of coughs. Cough Powders.- 1. Slippery elm, ounce; lol)elia herb, prickly ash, skunk cabbage, wake robin, and valerian, of each half an ounce; ca\eune, one dram — powder well, and mix. Dose: half a teaspoonful in hot water, sweet- ened, every three hours, for all coughs, consumption, etc. 2. Elecampane, licorice powder, and skull cap, of each one ounce; polypoddy, angelica, and ginger, of each two drams; lobelia herbs and aniseed, of each one dram — pow- der and mix. Dose: a teaspoonful, same as composition powders, for coughs, hoarseness, etc. Cramp of Stomach, Remedy for.— Spasmodic powder, a teaspoon- ful; pour on to it half a pint of boiling water, sweeten, let it settle, when cool, strain. Put ten drops of oil of mint into an ounce of tincture of ginger— mix with the infusion. Give a tablespoonful every ten minutes till relief is got. 436 BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. Croup, Syrup for. — Lobelia, ginger, and cayenne, of each half a dram; sugar, half a pound; boiling water, one pint — pour on, stir till sugar is dis- solved, leave to settle — mix oil of peppermint, one dram, with tincture of myrrh, one ounce — mix with the other. Dose: from a tea to a tablespoonful, according to age, half hourly, till relief is got. Curative Powder. — Conii)osition powder, one ounce; barberry bark, half an ounce; white poplar baric, slcunk cabbage, and dandelion root, of each two drams; cloves, two scruples; cayenne, one scruple — all well powdered and mixed. Useful in stomach and liver complaints. It may be taken similarly to composition powder, two, tliree, or four times a day. Diabetes, Powder for. — Bistort root, two ounces; comfrey root, Peru- vian bark, and golden seal, of each one ounce; white resin and tormentil root, of each half an ounce — all well powdered and mixed. Dose: a teaspoon ful three times a day, in anything convenient. Diuretic Powder. — Buchu leaves, one and a half ounces; parsley roo/ and uva ursa, of each one ounce; kercuma and blue flag root, of each half au ounce; dandelion root and dwarf elder, inner bark, of each two drams; cayenne, one dram — jxjwder all and mix well, then add oil of juniper, thirty drops. Taken same as composition powder, twice or thrice a day, for bladder affections, dropsy, etc. Dock Ointment. — Sharp dock root, fresh got, sliced and bruised, one pound; pinus canadensis, two ounces; mutton suet, clarified, four ounces; lard; one and a half i)ounds — simmer all together on a slow fire two hours — strain, stir till cold. Useful for scurvy, scrofula, itch, etc. Dropsy, Decoction for. — Blue flag root, parsley root, ginger, and juniper berries, of each one ounce; dwarf elder and buchu leaves, of each half an ounce; bruise roots and berries — boil in two quarts of water down to three pints; then add elder and buchu — boil ten minutes longer, strain and press out. Taiie half a wine-glassful four times a day along with the diuretic powder and gravel pills, living well on dry, stimulating food. Dropsy, Powder for. — Queen of the meadow root and parsley root, of each one and a half ounces; buchu leaves, one ounce; uva ursa, ginger and cinnamon, of each half an ounce — powder and mix well. Taken same as compo- sition powder, twice or thrice a day, in dropsy and bladder affections. Elm Poultice. — Slippery elm, two teaspoonfuls; lobelia herb and gin- ger, of eacli one teaspoonful — mix well with warm water. Useful in all cases of pain and inflammation. Emetic Powder. — Lobelia herb, lobelia seed, and cayenne, of each two ounces; bayberry and valerian, of each one ounce — all finely powdered and well mixed. Dose: put four teaspoonfuls in a cupful of hot water — leave to settle. Give four teaspoonfuls of the tea every ten minutes, until it operates freely as an emetic. Erysipelas, or St. Anthony's Fire, Decoction for.— Yarrow, bone- set, figwort, wood sage, meadow sweet, and composition powder, of each half an ounce ; water, two quarts, boil down to three pints — strain — sweeten with BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRAGTIOE. 437 coarse sugar to taste. Dose: a wine glassful every ten minutes till the patient sweats freely, and the slippery elm poultice may be applied to the painful part — will soothe the irritation. Excess of Menstruation, or Flooding, Remedy for.— Arch- angel crane's bill, meadow sweet, raspberry leaves, and bistort root (bruised), of each one ounce; cloves (bruised), two drams; water; three pints, boil down to one quart — strain, and add whilst hot, female restorative powder, half an ounce, and sloiuiich bitters, two drams — boil a few minutes, strain through muslin, and add white sugar, half a pound. Take a wine glassful four times a day; half an hour before meals. Females, Cordial for. — Partridge berry vine, three ounces; high cran- berry, unicorn root, and blue cohosh, of each one ounce; water, two quarts, boil down to one — strain, and fine sugar, half a pound; best brandy, twelve ounces. Given to pregnant females about a fortnight before the expected time of confinement; it strengthens much both mother and child. Dose: from half a wine-glassful to a whole one, twice during the day, and at bed-time in a little warm water — it eases during labor. Female Corrective Pills. — Germander and tansey flowers (dried and powdered), unicorn root, myrrh, and socotrine aloes, of each two drams; cay- enne, one drams; oil of mint, pennyroyal, and thyme, of each five drops; strong infusion, or juice of mugwort, Q. S. to mix with — 165 pills. Two night and morning. Are very useful in ffniale obstructions, or suppression of menses. Female Restorative Pills. — Kino, white resin, bistort root, myrrh, socotrine aloes and cloves, of each two drams; tincture of kino, Q. S. — mix 180 pills. Dose: two taken twice or thrice a day for profuse menstruations, whites, etc. Female Corrective Powders. — I. White poplar bark and bayberry, of each one ounce; ginger, sis drams; cloves, cinnamon and golden seal, of each four drains; myrrh, two drams; cayenne, one dram — all finely powdered and well mixed. A tcaspoonful taken four times a day — in pennyroyal, fever- few, tansey tea, or the like — in obstruction of menses, and sin\ilar diseases; or — II. Myrrh, tansey flowers, unicorn, and cayenne, of each four ounces; socotrine aloes, four drams — finely powdered, sifted, and well mixed. Dose: half a tea- spoonful three or four times a day, in honey or molasses, in obstructed or sup- pressed menses. Female Restorative Powders. — I. Poi)lar bark, comfrey root, and tormentil root, of each two ounces; marsh-mallow root, white pond lily, bal- mony, and cloves, of each one ounce; catechu and bistort root, of each foui drams; cayenne, two drams — all powdered and sifted. Dose: a teaspoonful in a teacupful of hot water, sweetened, two, three, or four times a day, in whites, excessive menstruation and general debility. II. Poplar bark, eight ounces; witch hazel leaves, one and a half ounces; bethroot, one and a half ounces; cloves and cinnamon, of each one ounce; cayenne, six drams; loaf sugar, on* pound— powder and mix. Dose: a teaspoonful in half a teacupful of warm water three times a day, for all female relaxations, weaknesses, bearings down. 438 BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. whites, and excessive menstruations. III. Comfrey root, two ounces; elecam. pane, two ounces; white resin, one ounce; fine sugar, eight ounces — powder and mix. Dast;: a teaspoonful once a day. in hot water. An excellent remedy agairj.st wiiites, etc Female Restorative Strengthening Syrup —I. Comfrey root, n\arsh-mallow root, poplar bark, bistort root, white pond lily, cloves, and gin- ger, of each one ounce; water, two quarts, boil down to three pints — strain — add loaf sugar, one pound — boil ten minutes and skim; then add French brandy, one pint; or — II. Comfrey root, faur ounces; elecampane root, two ounces; hoarhound, one ounce, water, three quarts, boil down to three pints — strain, and add p<}wderftd bethroot, half an ounce; loaf sugar, one pound; brandy, one pint. Dose: three or four tablespoon fu Is three or four times a day, in whites, bearings down, general del)i!ity, barrenness, etc. Fevers, Remedy for. — Clear the stomach and bowels with a few doses of Indian pills, or aome other medicine, then make the following decoction: Take boneset, vervain, yarrow flowers, angelica herb, and meadow sweet, of each one ounce; wator, two quarts, boil down to three pints — then strain, and add powdered angelica root, four drams; powdered crawley root, two drams; cayenne, one dram — boil ten minutes longer — strain. Let the sufferer have a warm or vapor bath, then go to bed, taking four tablespoonfuls of the above decoction every hour till perspiration is excited. When the fever is overcome, and the symptoms removed, let the following be taken: Fever, Tonic Decoction for after. — Angelica, centuary, agrimony, hoarhound, meadow sweet, camomile, and juniper berries, of each one ounce; water, five pints, boil down to three — strain — add golden seal, myrrh, and com- position powder, of each two drams — boil ten minutes longer — strain— add rec- tified spirit of wine, or brandy, twelve ounces. Dose: a wine-glassful four times a day. Flax, Common. — The seed is used in medicine under the name of lin- seed; also the oil expressed therefrom. The infusion of the seeds, or linseed tea, is a very useful demulcent in coughs, colds, strangury, and bladder affec- tions. The meal made of the seeds is used for poultices, etc., and the oil in ointments, liniments, etc.; or, if taken inwardly, it purges gently, and may be taken as follows: Flaxseed, Emulsion of. — Linseed oil, two ounces; yolks of four eggs — mix together — then add tincture of rhubarb and tincture of ginger, of each four drams, syrup of buckthorn, one ounce; peppermint water, to make up twelve ounces — stir till well mixed. Dose: two or three tablespoonfuls at night, or early in the morning, is very useful in habitual costiveness. Fumitory. — Useful against scurvy and liver complaints, jaundice, and the like. The juice is best, but a strong decoction will answer. Fumitory, Compoujid Decoction of. — Fumitory, dandelion roots, and liquorice, of each two ounces; water, two quarts, boil down to one quart. A teacupful night and morning, for scurvy, liver affection, jaundice, and to remove visceral obstructions generally. BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. 439 Ginger, Syrup of, Compound.— Ginger, sliced and hriiis.'d, one ounce; aiigi-lica root, sliced and bruis(?d, lialf an ounce; i>ej>i)erinint, half an ounce: boiiiug water, one pint— infuse in a warm place an hour— strain it, press off, add sugar, two pounds — sinuner and strain. Dose: a tablespoon ful when required. Is useful for a pain in the .stomach, wind, colic, and the like. Golden Seal, or Yellow Puceoon.- Tl»e root is used. It is a bitter stimulant tome. Useful in debility, indigestion, etc. A strong decoction is used as a stimulant wash to sore eyes, old sores, ulcers, etc. GonorrhOBa, Pills for. — Canada balsam of fir, one ounce; oil of cubebs thirty drops; liquorice root, Q S. , to mass with, divide into five grain pills. Two taken tliree times a day. Gravel and Stone, Decoction for.— Pareira brava root, blue flag root, dandelion root, of each one ounce, sliced and bruised, juniper berries, bruised, one ounce; dwarf elder, with carrot, and parsley piert, of each half an ounce; golden seal root, half an ounce; water, two quarts, boil in it roots and berries till reduced to tliree pmts, then add the herbs, boil ten minutes longer, strain, and press off, mix one ounce of compound spirit of horse-radish with oil of juniper, one dram, and when the decoction is cold put them in it. Dose: a wine-glassful four times a day. Gravel and Stone, Pills for.— Extract of dandelion, parsley roc, buchu leaves, and wild carrot, of each half an ounce; oil of juniper, one dram; balsam of fir, Q. S., mix, divide into five grain pills. Dose: two three times a day, with the above decoction, is very useful. Headache Snuff. — Bayberry and sassafras bark, of each one ounce; blood root, half an ounce — powder and mix. Dose: a pinch to be taken occa sionally. Healing Salve. — Beeswax, common terpentine, bahsam of fir, and fresh butter, of each two ounces — melt, simmer gently, and stir till cold. To dress sores with. Healing Cleansing Salve. — Burgundy pitch, six ounces; ripe onions, sliced, and molasses, of each four ounces; lard., six ounces; beeswax, six ounces; boil over slow fire about half an hour, strain, and add olive or linseed oil, two ounces; stir till cold. This is a useful stimulating dressing for slug- gish ulcers and sores. Healing Salve, Burgundy Pitch.— Ilog's lard and clarified mutton suet, of each four ounces; beeswax, and olive or linseed oil, of each two ounces; simmer all together in a water bath or oven — stir till cold. Very useful after burns, scalds, etc. Healing Softening Salve. — Linseed or olive oil, four ounces; while wax, two ounces; spermaceti, one ounce; balsam of fir, half an ounce — melt together, and stir till cold. Useful for sore nipples, chapped hands or face, to anoint with. Healing Drawing Plaster. — Mutton suet, clarified, four ounces; white iBsin, brown sugar, and brown soap, of each half an ounce — simmer all together 440 BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. — strain and stir till cold. Is a useful dressing for sore legs, sluggish ulcers, etc. Wash over with tincture of myrrh, and dress with this twice a day. Is said to have worked wonders. Hemlock Tree. — The hark is used. It is called the pinus canadlenMS. It is an astringent stimulant. An essential oil is extracted from it which is used in combinations to rub with in rheumatisms, etc., etc. Hepatic, or Iiiver Pills. — I. Extract of dandelion, four drams; soco trine aloes and best Hour of mustard, two drams; cayenne, one dram; mucilage of gum arable, Q. S. — mix 135 pills. II. Blood root, golden seal, and socotrine aloes, of each two drams; kircuma and mandrake, of each one dram; extract of dandelion, four drams; syrup of ginger, Q. S. — mix 180 pills. Either of these is useful for chronic affections of the liver, jaundice, etc. Dose: two twice or thrice a day. Hysteria, Hypochondriac, or Nervine Pills. — I. Assafcetida, half an ounce, powdered valerian, myrrh, and socotrine aloes, of each two drams; mucilage of gum arabic, Q. S. — mix 150 pills. II. Assafcetida, four drams; skall cap and valerian, of each two drams; rhubarb, myrrh, socotrine aloes, and cayenne, of each one dram; syrup of rhubarb, Q. S. — mix 195 pills. These are good for all nervous and spasmodic diseases, low spirits, and the like. Dose two night and morning. Indian Pills. — I. Lobelia seed, cayenne, valerian, and extract of dande- lion, of each four drams; slippery elm, two drams; mucilage of slippery elm, Q. S. — mix 270 pills. Dose: one, two, or three at night, in constrictions, head- ache, fevers, and liver complaints, II. Extract of butternut, powdered rhu- barb, and golden seal, of each, two drams; lobelia seed, cinnamon, and cay- enne, of each one dram; socotrine aloes, half a dram; slippery elm, four drams; mucilage of gum arabic, Q. S. — mix 200 pills. Useful purgative. III. Rhu- barb and socotrine aloes, of each six drams; tumeric and ginger, of each four drams; lobelia herb, one dram; cayenne, half a dram; syrup of ginger, Q. S. — mix 320 pills. A purgative. These two latter are useful forms of pills for all biliary obstruction, indigestion, flatulency, and most stomach complaints where purgatives aie needed. Dose: < le or two twice a day until they operate freely. Indigestion, Tonic Drau_,ht for.— Tansey. wormwood, quassia chips, barberry bark, sweet flag root, and buchu leaves, of each two drams; water, three pints, boil down to two — strain, then add cayenne, ten grains; Spanish juice, broken, one ounce — simmer till Juice is dissolved — strain — bottle for use. Three tablespoonfuls thr tim. 3 a day. Inflammation of Eyes, Lotion for.— Green tea, ground ivy. and raspberry leaves, of each half an ounce; water, one and i half pints, boil down to a pint, and strain. When cold, add tincture of myr. i, ore ounce. Bathe the eyes with this three times a day. Inflammation of Stomach, Decoction for. — Marsh-mallow root and comfrey root, of each one ounce; raspberry leaves and ginger, of each half an ounce; water, three pints, boll down to a quart, and strain — then add cay- enne, one dram — sweeten to taste. Give a small teacupful frequently t9 prO' voke perspiration. Take tonics after. BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. 441 Inflammation of Bowels, Decoction for.— rtppcrmint yarrow, and queen-of-the-UR'adow, of eucli one ouncu; cainoniile and ginger, of each half an ounce; water, three pints, boil down to a quart, strain, and whilst hot, pour the liquor on to composition powder and cinnamon powder, of each two drams — leave to cool and settle. Put oil of pep])ermint, twenty drops, essence of camphor, ten drops; and tincture of myrrh, four drams — when oil is dis- solved mix with the licjuor — bottle for use. Dose: two to four tablespoonfula half-hourly, till perspiration is produced. Inflammation of Kidneys, Decoction for. — Dwarf elder, juniper berries, yarrow, buchu leaves, and golden rod, of each one ounce; water, two quarts, boil down to three pints — strain. Pour it on to diuretic powder, halt an ounce; cayenne, five grains — sweeten. Take three or four tablespoonfuls till perspiration is excitei]]s and curative powdi-rs. Inflammation of the Lungs, Decoction for. — Hyssop, summer savory, and vervain, of each one ounce; cough jiowder, lobelia syrup, and Spanish juice, broken, of each half an ounce; cayenne, thirty grains; water, three pints — boil the herbs till reduced to a quart, then strain. Add the othrt ingredients, boil five minutes longer, strain. A wine-glassful taken every let minutes till perspiration is excited, applying externally a stimulating poultice, or the like. Injection Powder. — Bayberry and lobelia herb, of each four ounces; slippery elm and valerian, of each two ounces: cayenne, one ounce; all finely powdered and mixed. To use: two teaspoonfuls infused in six ounces of hot water, injected when about blood warm. A stimulant enema. Itch, Wash for. — Tincture of myrrh and tincture of lobelia, of each eight ounces; spirit of turpentine, four ounces — mix. Apply all over the bod^ night and morning. Jaundice, Decoction for. — Barberry bark and dandelion roots, of each one ounce; kircuma root, centuary, gentian, and dwarf elder, of each half an ounce — boil roots and bark in two quarts of water, down to three pints— then add herbs — boil ten minutes longer, strain and pour whilst hot upon golden seal, powdered, half an ounce; cayenne, one dram; Spanish juice, broken, od« ounce; when juice is dissolved, V)ottle for use. Dose: four tosix tablespoonfuli Uiree times a day, with liver pills. 442 BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. Liniment for Gathered Breasts. — Linseed oil, eight ounces; olive oil, two ounces; camphor, half an ounce, dissolve camphor with olive oil, then mix with the other oil. Apply on a cloth, frequently wetting it with the oiL Xiiniment of Camphor. — Olive oil, eight ounces; ripe onions, sliced, half an ounce; simmer oil and onions together five minutes, strain, and add camphor, two ounces, rub till dissolved. Is very useful to rub the throat witb in quinsies, and applied to scrofulous swellings and tumors. Iiiniment for Cramp, etc. — Whiskey or rum, eight ounces; cayenne, half an ounce, heat spirit, then pour on the cayenne. Cloths dipped in this applied to the affected part, as on the body in cholera cases, will speedily give ease. Liniment of Hartshorn. — Spirit of hartshorn, two ounces; sweet oil. eight ounces; cayenne, one dram — mix, cork up, and shake daily for a week. Useful for sprains, bruises, etc. Lobelia, Pills of. — Extract of lobelia, lobelia herb, powdered, and liquorice powder, of each, four drams; cayenne, two drams; mucilage of gum arable, Q. S. — mix 420 pills. Dose: one to three, three times a day, in asthma, etc. Menstruation, Retained, Obstructed, or Suppressed, Decoc- tion for. — Germander, mugwort, southernwood, pennyroyal, feverfew, tansey, blessed thistle, and female corrective powder, of each half an ounce; water, two quarts, boil down to three pints, strain and press off; then add Spanish juice, broken, one ounce, stir till dissolved, then add essence of pennyroyal, one dram. Three tablespoonfuls to be taken four times a day with the female corrective at the same time. Palpitation of the Heart, Decoction for.— Black hoarhound, motherwort, rue, blessed thistle, and mugwort, of each one ounce; water, two quarts, boil down to three pints — strain, and add whilst the liquor is hot, skull. cap and spasmodic powder, of each two drams — mix well together. Take three tablespoonfuls four times a day, taking the nervine pills. Piles, Decoction for. — Marsh-mallow root, bistort root, comfrey root, white poplar bark, crane's bill, and yarrow, of each one ounce; cloves and cin- namon, of each two drams; water, two quarts — bruise the roots and boil in the water twenty minutes, then add the herbs, cloves, and cinnamon — boil ten minutes longer, strain. Sweeten with sugar. Take a wine-glassful four times a day, using one of these ointments. Piles, Ointments for. — I. Hemlock bark, finely powdered, one ounce; fresh lard, six ounces, mix well. Apply to the part. II. Yarrow flowers and raspberry leaves, of each one ounce; hemlock bark, two drams; lard, half a pound, simmer together half an hour, strain and press off, and stir until cold. Very useful applied to the piles three or four times a day. Pleurisy Root or Butterfly Weed.— The root is used. It is diaph- oretic, expectorant; and anti-spasmodic, and is therefore useful in coughs, pleurisy, colic, flatulence, and to promote perspiration. It may be given in decoction, or powder, a teaspoonful at a dose, in some warming herb tea eveiy tw* hoars, till relief is get. BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. 443 Poplar. — The bark of this well-known tree, especially the tremulous kind, contains many valuable properties similiar to Peruvian bark and willow bark, and may be given in similiar forms and for similiar purposes as Peruvian bark, but in rather larger doses. Its qualities are bitter, diuretic, a-stringent, tonic, and slightly stimulant. Poultice for External Inflammations.— Rii>e onions, boiled to pulp, one pound; bran, Q. S. for a poultice — jxjur the onions and liquor I'.iey have been boiled in on to the bran whilst hot. Mix well and apply. A very useful poultice. Poultice, stimulating, for Internal Inflammations.— Mustard flower and ginger, powdered, of each four drams; cayenne, two drams; oatmeaU two ounces — mix till dry; then add boiling vinegar, Q. S. for a poultice. Apply to the part from ten to thirty minutes, dress after with pure lard or simple ointment. Poultice for Soothing and Softening.— Slippery elm bark, powdered, one ounce; marsh-mallow leaves, cut into pieces, one ounce, linseed meal, Q. S. for a poultice. Boil the leaves in water, mix in the powder and meal, greasy with lard and apply. Useful for scrofulous swellings, gathered breasts, and hard inflammatory swellings. Prickly Ash, Toothache Bush, or Yellow Wood.— The bark and seed vessels are used. They are diaphoretic and stimulant, used in rheumatic fever and ague. It is given in the form of powder in ten or twenty grain doses every three or four hours. Also, in form of decoction thus made: bark of prickly ash, bruised, one ounce; water, two pints — boil twenty minutes and strain. Dose, warm: one to two teacupfuls every four hours. Queen of the Meadow, or Gravel Root.— The root of this plant is used. It is a powerful diuretic, useful in all obstructions of the urinary organs. Used in strong decoction, drunk fn>e]y. Quinsy, or Inflammatory Sore-throat, Decoction for.— Rasp- berry leaves, hyssop, red sage, summer savory, hoarhound, and ground ivy, of each lialf an ounce; water, three pints — boil twenty minutes, strain whilst hot on to ten grains of cayenne; when cold add tincture of myrrh and arid tincture of lobelia, of each half an ounce. Dose: three or four tablespoonfuls every hour, fomenting and gargling, till relief is got. Hed Raspberry. — The leaves of this well-known fruit possess valuable astringent properties, useful in bowel complaints; also a wash for sore nipples. Used in strong infusion and drunk freely. The fiuit made into raspberry vinegar forms, with water, a pleasant, cooling drink in fevers, and is anti- scorbutic. Rheumatic, Liniment for. — Cayenne, two drams; bay salt, one ounce; best vinegar, one pint — boil the vinegar, pour on the cayenne and salt, shake together, leave to cool. Dissolve one dram of oil of organum in one ounce of tincture of myrrh — put in the vinegar, etc., when cold. Useful stimulant to rub with in rheumatism, palsy, tic doloreux, etc To be rubbed with or ajiplied on a cloth. 444 BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. Scrofula or Scurvy, Purifying Powder for.— Sarsaparilla, powder- ed, and wintergreen, powdered, of each four ounces; dock root, powdered, dan- delion root, jwwdered, sassafras root bark, powdered, uva ursa, and ginger, of each two ounces; cloves, one ounce — all to be finely powdered, sifted, and mixed- A teaspoonful taken three times a day in fumitory or dandelion tea. Is excel. lent ill all skin diseases and as a purilier of llie blood. Scrofula or Scurvy, Purifying Decoction for.— Yellow dock root, dandelion root, sarsaparilla, and winter green, of each two ounces; blue cohosh, one junce; water, four pints, boil down to three pints — strain; when cold add Holland gin, one pint. Dose: a wine-glassful to be taken once a day as a gentle purifier. Scrofula or Scurvy, Alterative Purifying Powder for.— Sar- saparilla and ginger, of each, one ounce; rhubarb, burdock, wintergreen, and dandelion root, of each half an ounce — powder all well, and mix. Scrofula or Scurvy, Purifying Powder for.— Sassafras bark, rhu- barb, comfrey root, and dock root, of each one ounce; sarsaparilla and cubebs, of each half an ounce; cayenne, two drams — all finely powdered, sifted and mixed. Dose: a tablespoonful in about three-quarters of a pint of boiling water. Sweeten to taste and take a teacupful occasionally in all skin diseases, gonor- rhoea gleets, etc. , etc. Scrofula, or Anti-venereal Powder.— Diuretic powder, four ounces; cubebs, sassafras root and mandrake, of each two ounces; gum guiacum, prick- ly ash, and sarsaparilla, of each one ounce; lobelia herb and gum kino, of each four drams, powder all and mix, then drop in ten drops each of oil of juniper, oil of rosemary, and balsam of copaiba — rub till well mixed. Dose: a teaspoon- ful three or four times a day in a little water. Useful in skin diseases, gleets, gonorrhoea, and most venereal cases. Scrofula, Scurvy, or Anti-venereal Pills. — Blue flag root, one ounce; lobelia seed, four drams; mandrake, inezerion root, and cayenne, of each two drams; water, one and a half pints — boil on a slow fire down to a pint — strain off and express the juice, evaporate slowly to proper consistence for pills, then mix in extract of. sarsaparilla, four drams; add tincture of myrrh and liquorice powder, Q. S. for pills — one dram must be divided into twelve pills. Dose; one three times a day is useful in all impurities of the blood and fluids; also in all venereal affections. Scrofula, Scurvy, and Anti-verere?l Syrup.— Sarsaparilla, four ounces; guiacum chips, three ounces; blue flag root, liquorice and dog mercury, of each, one ounce; prickly ash bark, four drams; water, three pints, boil down to two pints — strain off and express, then add loaf sugar, two pounds, simmer and skim — when cold, pour off the clear syrup. Dissolve oil of sassafras, two drams, in one ounce of tincture of myrrh, and add to the syrup. Three table- spoonfuls taken with the preceding pills is excellent in all impurities of the blood, skin diseases, venereal affections, etc. Scrofula, Scurvy, and Anti-venereal Ointment. — Lard, onei pound; mutton suet, four ounces; mandrake root, bruised, two ounces; mezerion' BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. 445 bark, one ou«ce; blood root, powdered, and prickly asli, bruisea, of each two drams; lobelia seed, one dram — simmer all together on a slow fire for an hour — then strain and press off. A useful oiutim;nt for all venereal sores, chancres, etc., as well as scurvy sores. Skiillcap, Hoodwort, or Blue PimpernelL— This herb is a tonic, anti-spasmodic, and nervine. Useful in all nervous affections. The warm effusions may be drunk freely, or a lieaped teaspoonful of the powdered leaves, with as much sugar, put into a teacupful of boiling water and taken for dose. Repeated three or four times a day as may be needed. Skunk Cabbage,— Dracontium, narcotic, stimulant, anti-spasmodic and expectorant. Useful in chronic, rheumatism, asthma, chronic catarrh, whoop- ing cough, hysteria, and dropsy. In large doses, it causes vomiting, vertigo, and dimness of sight. Dose of the powders 5 to 15 grains, of the fluid extract 20 to 60 drops. Slippery Elm. — The bark of this tree is very useful as a softening de- mulcent in coughs, bowel complaints, strangury, sore throats, etc. It may be taken in infusion, and externally is used in poultices for cleansing and healing foul sores. Soap Wort, or Bouncing Root.— A decoction of this herb, prepared similarly to sarsaparilla, is said to be equal to that as a purifier of the blood, therefore useful in similar cases, skin diseases, jaundice, visceral obstructions, gout, rheumatism, syphilis, etc. Tlie whole plant, root and ail, are used. The dose is a wineglassful three times a day, gradually increased until a pint and a half is taken during the day. Solomon's Seal, Seal Root or Drop Berry.— The root of this plant, bruised, is an excellent application to bruises from blows, black eyes, etc. The leaves dried and powdered possess astringent and anti-dysenteric properties; and beaten into a conserve whilst green, with sugar, is useful for whites, gleets, etc. The seeds are purgative and emetic, in doses of from twelve to fourteen grains. Whilst the leaves in small doses are astringent, in larger ones, such as half a dram of the powder, they operate as a purgative. Spasmodic Powder. — Stomach bitters, two ounces; valerian riwt, powdered, one ounce; skullcap and burdock seeds, powdered, of each four drams; lobelia herb, cinnamon, powdered, and cayenne, of each two dram.s — sift and mix well together. Thirty grains may be taken every two hours in hot mint, pennyroyal, or yarrow tea, in cramps, spasms, convulsions, or the like. Spiced Bitters. — I. Poplar bark, six ounces; prickly ash bark, three ounces; balmony, golden seal, ginger, and cloves, of each two ounces; cayenne, one and a half ounces; cinnamon, c^e ounce; fine sugar, one pound — powder all and mix; or — II. Poplar bark, golden seal and ginger, of each one ounce; balmony, cloves, and prickly ash, of each four drams; cinnamon, two dnims; Turkey rhubarb and cayenne, of each one dram; fine sugar, three ounces — powder all. sift, and mix well. A tonic stomachic useful in indigestion, loss of appetite, colic, ja\indice, and general debility. Dose: a teasjxionfnl of the powder three times a day nn hour before meals, taken either dry and washed down with cold water, or in half a teacupful of warm water. 446 BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTrCB. Spitting of Blood, Pills for.— Extract of henbane, two drams; pow. dered foxglove and powdered opium, of each one scruple — mix, divide in 40 pills. After opening the bowels take two of these pills at bed time, washing down with infusion of bramble leaves or roots, acidified with elixir of vitriol, and sweetened, or with infusion of roses. Stomach. Sitters. — I. Cayenne and golden seal, of each one ounce; sal- eratus, two drums — mix in powder lialf a teaspoonful in half a teacupful of hot water, about fifteen minutes after eating. Useful in paiu of stomach caused by eating, II. Balmony, one ounce; white poplar bark, bayberry and ginger, of each one and a lialf ounces; cinnamon, half an ounce; cayenne, two drams — powder and mix a teaspoonful as last for indigestion. III. Poplar bark, five ounces; golden seal and barberry, of each two ounces; ginger, one and a half ounces; prickly ash, four drams; balmony, two drams; cloves, six drams; cay- enne, three drams — mix well. Dose: as the preceding, and for similar pup poses. Strengthening Plaster. — Rosin, one pound; beeswax and mutton suet, of each one and a half ounces; camphor, half an ounce; brandy, two ounces; oil of hemlock, two drams— melt wax and tallow, then add camphor — stir till dissolved, then add oil of hemlock, last the brandy gradually. Useful for pains in back, sides, etc., also for rheumatism, or weakness or pain in any part where it can be applied; also for old sores, ulcers, etc. Sudorific Powders. — Lobelia herb, skunk cabbage, pleurisy root, and crawley root, of each one ounce. Dose: fifteen to twenty grains every hour in some warming tea till perspiration is induced. Is useful in all cases of fevers, and coughs, colds, etc. Tincture of Balsam of Canada. — Balsam of fir, one ounce; gum arable, powdered, half an ounce — rub up with spirit gradually till dissolved — bottle for usa Dose: a teaspoonful two or three times a day in cubeb tea. Is very useful for gleets, whites, gravel, and most bladder affections. Tincture of Burdock, etc.. Compound. — Burdock seed, powdered, lobelia seed, powdered, skullcap and myrrh, of each two ounces; cayenne, four drams; prickly ash bark, two drams; spirit of wine, one quart — infuse seven days, strain. Dose: from ten drops to two drams, t%vice or thrice a day, in hot water, as a nervine, in all hysterical affections, delirium tremens, spasms, lock- jaw, etc. Tincture of Ginger, Compound. — Ginger, sliced and bruised, two ounces; aniseed, jiowdered, one ounce; cloves, powdered, four drams; spirit of wine, one pint — infuse seven days, shaking daily, then strain. Useful carmin- ative stomachic in wind and pain of stomach, colic, etc., in one to four tea- spoonful doses, in water. Tincture of Gvdacum and Sassafras. — Gum guiacum, powdered, two ounces; sassafras root bark, powdered, one ounce; spirit of wine, one pint — infuse fourteen days, strain. A useful purifier in skin diseases, scrofula, scurvy, syphilis, and in rheumatic cases. Dose: one to four teaspoonfuls ir water, or with other ingredients. Favorite Family Prescriptions. The following comprise a choice collection of special ])re- scriptions from the most successful physicians of our land, which have been in family use for many years. Asthma. — Tincture of lobelia and wine of ipecacuanha, each an oz. Take one-half teaspoonful every lialf hour until expectoration or nausea occurs. 2. Iodide of potassium, two drains ; decoction of senega, five oz. ; tinct- ure of lobelia, one oz. ; paregoric, one oz. Take a teaspoonful three times a day. Biliousness. — Take a powder of rhubarb root, magnesia, and prepared charcoal powder, each a teaspoonful ; powdered ginger, one teaspoonful. Mix, and divide into three parts. Take one every morning. 2. Tartar-etnetic, four grains; i)owdered ipecac, twenty grains; water, four oz. ; one tablespoonful every twelve minutes, until vomiting. To net on the Lirer. — Dandelion root, sliced and bruised, one ounce ; water, one pint. Boil for ten minutes in a covered vessel, strain as above, and add sutlicient water to make a pint. A wineglassful three or four times a day. Broxciiitis. — Nitrate of potassa, two drams ; oxymel of squills, one oz. ; tincture of digitalis, a fluid dram ; vinegar, a tablesiX)onful; sugar and gum arable each two drams ; water enough to make in all six oz. Mix. Take a tablespoonful every three hours. Bronchitis, icith Dr>/ Couffh. — Tartar-emetic, one grain ; syrup of squills, three oz. Take a teaspoonful every four hours. Catarkh. — Saturated tincture of bloodroot, or sanguinaria, two oz. ; wine of ipecac, two oz. Take fifty drops every four hours. An excellent febrifuge. 2. Decoction of senega, four oz. ; iodide of potassium, two drams ; wine of antimony, four drams ; syrup of tolu, two oz. Mix, and take a tea- spoonful four times a day. Cathartic. — Resin of jalaj), thirty grains. Divide into three parts. Give one every four hours till they operate. Powerful Cnthnrtic, in Rnrr/Cascs. — Cioton oil, five drops; crumb of bread or conserve of roses, a suthcient quantity to make four pills. Mix, and divide. Take one every four hours, until they ojxrate. Prompt Cathartic— Mix a tablespoonful each, of castor oil and molasses, with a pint of warm water in which a little Castile soap has been dissolved. Inject into the rectum with a syringe. CiiAPi'En Hands and Fack. — Bay-rnm and glycerine, each half an ounce; quince-juice jelly, one ounce. Mix. 447 44:8 FAVORITE FAMILY PRESCRIPTIONS. Cholera Ixfanttm. — Aromatic spirit of ammonia, twenty drops; paregoric, iialf a fluid dram to a fluid dram ; spiced syrup of rhubarb, an oz. ; pepi>ermint water, enough to make two oz. !^lix. Give a teaspoonful every three hours. To check the Diarrhcea of Cholera Infantum. — Tincture of krameria and paregoric, each a fluid dram; sugar and gum arabic, each half a dram; water enough to make two oz. Give a teaspoonful every three hours. Incipient Cholera Infantum. — Calomel, three grains ; bicarbonate of soda, one scruple ; powder of ginger, twelve grains. Mix, and divide into twelve powders. Give one three or four times daily. EarUj Stage of Cholera Infantum. — Mercury with chalk and powder of cinnamon, each fifteen grains. Mix, and divide into twelve powders. Give one thrice daily. Colic. — Chloroform, a fluid oz. ; camphor-water, water, and mucilage of gum arabic, each a fluid oz. ^lix. Dose, from a teaspoonful to a table- spoonful, repeated cautiously. 2. Bicarbonate of soda, half a dram ; aromatic spirit of ammonia, half a fluid dram ; solution of morphia, half a fluid dram ; syrup of ginger, half an oz. ; water enough to make two oz. Mix. Dose, a teaspoonful, repeated if necessary. 3. Spiced syrup of rhubarb, tincture of cardamom, paregoric and cinnamon-water, each a fluid ounce. Mix. Tablespoonful. May be repeated in an hour if not relieved. Common Summer Cholera Morbus. — Magnesia, a dram; aromatic spirit of ammonia, a dram ; water, four oz. Mix. To be shaken before administration. Take a teaspoonful every half hour. 2. Chloroform, half a troy oz. ; camphor, one dram ; the yolk of one egg ; water, six oz. Rub the yolk in a mortar, first by itself, then with the camphor previously dissolved in the chloroform, and lastly with the water, gradually added. This is the " Mixture of Chloroform " of the United States Pharmacopoeia. Dose, two teaspoonfuls. Constipation. — Rhubarb root and Castile soap, each forty grains ; oil of anise, four drops. Mix, and divide into twenty pills. Take one or two as required. To act upon the Bowels. — Cut a piece of good yellow soap to the shape, and rather less than the size, of the last joint of the little finger. Dip it in lard, and introduce it within the rectum. Torpor of the Bowels. — Compound extract of colocynth and white soap, each forty grains ; extract of nux vomica, five grains. Mix, and divide into twenty pills. Take one night and morning. Habitual Constipation. — Rhubarb and aloes, each half a dram ; extract of belladonna, four grains ; oil of cloves, three drops. Mix, and divide into twenty pills. Take one twice daily. Constipation in Infants. — Resin of podophyllum, one grain ; simple syrup of rhubarb, an oz. ; oil of fennel, one drop. ]\Iix. Dose, half a teaspoonful. Consumption. — Cod-liver oil, thirty drams; alcohol, twelve drams; essence of peppermint, twenty-four grains. Mix. Take a dessert-spoonful thrice daily. 2. Muriate of ammonia, thirty grains; powdered opium, ten grains; powdered digitalis, twenty grains ; powdered squills, twenty-five grains. Make thirty pills. Take one every six hours, to promote expectoration in early stages. FAVORITE FAMILY PRESCRIPTIONS. 44{| Cough. — Musk, two scruples; syrup of orange-peel, two oz.; mucilage of gum arable, three oz. Mix. 'Jake a taKlesiioonful every two or three hours. Violent, Troublesome Coui/li. — Dilute hydrocyanic acid, twenty drops; Byrup of wild cherry and canii)lior-water, each one oz. Mix. Dose, a tear spoonful every two or three hours. Coughs and Colds. — Iceland moss, half an ounce; water, one pint. Boil for fifteen minutes, strain with .squeezing, and add sufficient water through the strainer to make the tea n'^asure a i>int. Wineglassful every three or four hours. Croup. — Powder of ipecacuanha and powder of alum, each a teas{)oon- ful. Mix with water. Repeat in ten minutes until vomiting. Injlaiiiniatori/. — Calomel, fifteen grains; nitrate of potassa, one dram; sugar, one scruple. Mix, and divide into twelve powders. Take one every three hours. Membranous. — Nitrate of silver, ten grains; water, lialf an oz. Dis- solve. Apply with a camel'.s-hair pencil to the throat. 2. Tartar-emetic, one grain; powdered ipecac, ten grains; warm water, four oz. Give a teaspoonful every ten to fifteen minutes until the cliild vomits. Dandruff. — Carbonate of potash, half an ounce ; alcohol, one ounce ; water enough to make eight ounces. Mix. Use little at a time ; rub well into scalp until it forms a lather. Delirium Trp.mkns. — Solution of sulphate of morphia and fluid extract of valerian, each two ounces. Take two teasjioonfuls at a time until quietude is secured. DiAKKiuFA. — Compound spirits of lavender, an oz. ; spirit of camphor, a fluid dram ; laudanum, half a fluid dram ; sugar and gum arable, each a dram ; cinnamon-water, enough to make six oz. Mix. Dose, a tablespoon- ful once in three hours. Obstinate. — Acetate of lead, fifteen grains ; acetate of morphia, one grain; gum arable, two drams ; cinnamon-water enough to make eight oz. Mix. Take a teaspoonful every three or four liours. Slight Dinrrhna. — Sjiiced .syrup of rhul>arb, half an oz. ; magnesia, twenty grains ; cinnamon-water, and camjihor-water, each two fluid drams. Mix. Take in two doses, throe hours apart. To check Diarrhirn. — Tannic acid, thirty-six grains ; powder of opium, three grains. Divide into ten pills. Take one every three hours. Diphtheria. — One part of muriatic acid, and three parts of honey.; apply to the throat in diphtheria with a soft sponge, fastened to a piece o£ whalebone. 2. Chlorate of potassa, three drams ; peppermint-water, five ounces. Dissolve. Take a t/. — Blue mass, twelve grains ; powder of ipecacuanha, six to twelve grains. Mix, and divide into ten pills. Take one every three hours. Incipient Acute Dysentery. — Mix one tablespoonful of castor-oil thor- oughly with three tablespoonfuls of spiced syrup of rhubarb, and administer it inimediately after mixture. To the above prescription add ten, or twenty, or thirty droj)S of laudanum. Useful in incipient acute dysentery. Early Stage of Dysentery. — Blue mass, ten grains; ipecacuanha, six grains ; camphor, twelve grains. Mix, and divide into twelve pills. Take one every three hours. Chronic Dysentery. — To four fluid ounces of flaxseed tea made without boiling, add fifty drops of laudanum, and from four to ten grains of sulphate of zinc. Mix, and inject into tlie rectum. Dyspepsia. — Hydrocyanic acid, sixty drops, extract belladonna, ten grains ; tincture colomba, one oz. ; simple syrup, one and a half oz. ; water, one and a half oz. Mix, and take a teaspoonf ul four times a day. 2. Extract nux vomica, thirty-two grains ; tincture cardamom, one and a half oz. ; syrup of ginger, one oz. ; water, one and a half oz. Take twenty-five drops three times a day. Earache. — Glycerine and warm water, each one teaspoonful. Mix. Pour into the ear from a teaspoon night and morning. Emetic of Alum and Ipecac. — Powder of ipecacuanha and powder of alum, each half a teaspoonful. Mix with water. Kepeat in ten minutes if it does not vomit. Good in threatening croup. Mustard Emetic. — Teaspoonful of mustard flour in a teacnpful of warm water. To be taken every ten minutes until vomiting is produced. Salt Emetic. — Two teaspoonf ills of common salt in a teacupful of warm water. To be taken every ten or fifteen minutes until vomiting is produced. Eruptions on the Face. — Oxide of zinc, three drams; lard, one oz. Mix. Apply locally. Eye-Washes. In Weak Eyes. — Common salt, one dram ; warm water, one pint. Mix, and wash the eyes well. 2. Sulphate of zinc, two grains; alcohol, ten drops: pure water, one ounce. Mix. Apply under lids with camel's hair brush twice a day. Inflammation of the Eye. — Borax, one teaspoonful ; water, one pint. Mix. Wash the eyes well three or four times a day. 2. Tincture of arnica, five drops ; pure water, one ounce. Mix. Uften of benefit in weak and sore eyes. Fever. — J^psom salts, one oz. ; tartar-emetic, one-half grain; syrup, one oz. ; pure water, six oz. Mix, and take a tablespoonful every hour. Intermittent Fever. — Sulphate of cinchona, fifty grains ; aromatic sul- phuric acid (elixir of vitriol), a fluid dram and a half; compound tincture of cardamom, half an oz. ; water, enough to make four oz. Take a teaspoonful or two as required. In the Chill of Pernicious Fever. — Powdered capsicum, a dram. Divide into twelve pills. Take one every hour. Typhoid Fever. — Liquor of acetate of ammonia, three and a half oz. ; sweet spirits of nitre, half an oz. Mix. Take a tablespoonful every two hours. FAVORITE FAMILY PRESCRIPTIONS. 451 For Flatulent Pain in the Bowels.— Oil of cajeput, half a dram; compound spirit of lavender, an oz. ; .syrup of ginger, two fluid drain.H ; mucilage of gum arable, enougli to make two oz. Take a dessert-spoonful at once. Gargle. — Dissolve seven drops of creosote in two oz. of glycerine, diluted with an equal bulk of water ; one pint of water, two heaping tablespoons of common salt, a heaping teaspoonful of powdered alum, and a level tablespoouful of ground red pepper ; or, a pint of red pepper tea, and a level tablespoouful of salt and alum. 2. Chlorate of potash, one teaspoonful ; glycerine, two tablespoonfuls ; water, a tumblerful. Mix. For ordinary sore throat. Gravel. — Bicarbonate of soda, three drams ; sweet spirits of nitre, five fluid drams ; peppermint-water, enough to make six oz. Dissolve. Take a tablespoouful three or four times daily. Headache. — A cup of strong tea is sometimes a temporary remedy; but for sick headache take two teaspoonfuls of pulverized charcoal in half a glass of water. Neuralgic Headache. — Squeeze the juice of a lemon in a small cup of strong black coffee. Sick Headache (Sour Stomach). — Aromatic spirit of ammonia, six drams ; bicarbonate of soda, one and a half drams ; infusion of cascarilla, eight oz. Take two tablespoonfuls twice a day. Hemorrhages. — Gallic acid, two drams ; syrup of cinnamon, four oz. Alix. Take a dessert-spoonful every two, three, or four hours. Hooping-cough. — Hydrocyanic acid, twenty-five drops ; wine of ipe- cac, two drams ; syrup of tolu, one and a half oz. ; water, three oz. Take a teaspoonful every four hours. Severe Hooping-cough. — Extract of belladonna, one grain ; mucilage of gum arable, three oz. Mix. Give two teaspoonfuls thrice daily. Inflammation {subdue and relieve pain). — Nitre, half an ounce ; sal ammoniac, two drams ; vinegar, three tablespoonfuls ; camphor-water, one pint. Apply with sponge or cloth. Piles. — Tannic acid, one dram ; powdered opium, one dram ; lard, fresh, one ounce. Rheumatism. — Iodide of potash, carbonate of potash, each two drams ; wine of colchicum, half an ounce; water enough to make three ounces. Mix. Teaspoonful three times a day. Stomach-ache. — Ga.stralgia. — Extract belladonna, twelve grains ; sulphate quinine, thirty grains. Make thirty pills. Take one three times a day. 2. Laudanum, three drams ; tincture Cayenne pepper, two and a half drams; sulphuric ether, three and a half drams; tincture camphor, three drams ; chloroform, one dram. Take a tablespoouful when needed. To Produce Sleep. — Chloral hydrate, fifteen grains; syrup of orange peel, half an ounce. Mix. Take at bedtime. Tonics. To improve the digestion and give tone to the .system. — Tincture of iron, five and a half drams ; quinine sulphate, one dram ; glycerine, one ounce ; water enough to make four ounces. Mix. Teaspoonful in water three times a day. Worms. — Leaves of senna and root of spigelia, each half an ounce ; boiling water, a pint and a quarter ; infuse, covered, for two hours. A wine- glassful morning and night. ACCIDENTS AND INJURIES. WHAT TO DO TILL THE DOCTOR COMES. Domestic Su.rgery and Emergencies of the 'H.ome. How to Bandage. — There is not a more important art connected with domestic surgery than that of bandaging. To do it well requires much practice and no little judgment. The material employed in bandaging is usually stout unbleached cotton, from two or three to nine no. 99. or ten inches Avide, and from six to twelve yards long ; the former length and breadth will do best for the leg. If commenced at the ball of the foot, and evenly applied so that each fold over- laps the other about one-third, it will reach to the knee. Fig. 99 will best show the mode of applica- tion. The bandage haA-ing been first tightly rolled up, is taken in the right hand of the operator ; the end is passed under the foot, and held there by the left hand until it is secured by one turn of the bandage over it; an upward direction is then taken, so that a couple of folds brings the bandage up to the front of the leg, over the instep; the next turn will naturally pass above the heel beliind; and then, if proper care be observed, it will go on fold above fold, each overlapping the other slightly, all up the leg. The bandage is passed from the right to the left hand eacli time it goes round the leg, and great care should be taken to hold it firmly, and equalize the pressure, as Avell as to smooth out any wrinkles that may occur in the process of binding. A firm and even support is thus afforded to the limb, which is not likely to crease, or get displaced by the motion which may be afterwards necessary ; it may be made fast above 152 / :;(oiiTCRHEiooF«xnsaaiM i' //f FLEXOR BRtVlS POlllCII / HettjihoiJ Vl\ 4 '^ vV o <-,. A tlWAtlt ANIICUS FlIxaR •KEVIk . k AaouCTOM / I MINIM. OlClTI OIUT0R4M ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 453 the calf, by a couple of pins, or a needle and thread. Great care should be taken in this, as in all similar o[)erations, to get the bandage rolltMl up tightly and smoothly, liefore commenc- ing; it may thus be grasped in the hand, and kejtt well under the command of the operator, who should on no account let go his hold of the bandage, so as to relax the pressure. Fio. U30. The arm does not require so long or broad a bandage as the leg; about two inches, by three or four yards, being the average size; this limb is rather more difficult toman- age, half-turns being necessary to clfect a proper envelopment. How this is effected may be seen bv Fig. ,/""■ „ii)fi!P^ -^'^^ 100. The bandage is folded back upon itself, so as to take a different direction, and cover the space which would be left exposed by the ordinary method of folding; these half-turns, unless they are done tightly and evenly, will be apt to slip and derange the w^hole binding. Some operators avoid half-turns, by letting the roller take its natural course, and then coming back to cover the exposed parts; but this method, besides requiring a larger bandage, does not effect the required purpose so neatly and efficientl}-. One mode of fastening a bandage is to split it up a short distance, so as to leave two ends, which can bo passed round the limb, and tied. It should always be borne in mind that the chief art in applying band- ages is to give firm and uniform support, without undue pres- sure upon any part; and to ef- fect this properly, the strain in Avinding should be upon the whole roll held in the hand, and not upon the unrolled portion of it. This strain should not be relaxed during the progress of the operation. Fig. 101 represents the mode of applying what is called a many-tailed bandage. — useful to apply over a w^ound, or wdierever it requires frequent changing, or in cases in which it is desirable not to exhaust the patient by much movement of the limb. This is a strip of cotton some- what longer than the limb to be enveloped: on it are sewn, at right angles, otiier strips, about one-half longer than the cir- cumference of the limb, each overlapping the other about ono- FlO. 101. 454 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. FlQ. 102. third of its breadth, so that when drawn tightly over in regular succession, each secures the other. The end of the strip passes under the heel, and coining up on the other side, is made fast to the bandage there, and so all is kept firm. For keeping poultices on the lower part of the back, or in the groin, a cross-bandage is used, the fashion of which is this: make a cotton band, large enough to pass round the loins, and tie a buckle in front; to this is attached another piece, which pro- ceeds from the centre of the back to the anus, where it divides into two, which pass under the thighs, up on either side, and are fastened to the band in front. The bandage is used to close a vein after bleeding is made, thus: lay the tape obliquely across the wound, pass it round the arm above the elbow, and bring it back again over the same spot; then let it go round the arm below the elbow, and returning, let the two ends be tied in a secure bow, in the bend of the arm, with the free movement of which the bandage should not be tight enough to interfere, although it must be sufficiently so to retain its position. This mode of bandaging is called the figure of 8, from its resemblance to that figure. Fig. 102 will make the ex- planation clearer. For a sprained ankle, place the end of the bandage upon the instep, then carry it round, and bring it over the same part again, and thence round the foot two or t^ rce times, finishing off with a turn or two round the leg above the ankle. For a sprained wrist, begin by passing the bandage round the hand, across and across, like the figure 8; exclude the thumb, and finish with a turn or two round the wrist. For a cut finger, pass the bandage (a narrow one) round the finger several times, winding from the top, and splitting the end; fasten by tying round the thick park above the cut; or, if it be high up, tie round the wrist. The best bandage for the eyes is an old silk handkerchief passed over the forehead, and tied at the back of the head. For the head itself, it is best to have a cross-bandage, or rather two bandages, — one passing across the forehead, and round the back of the head, and the other over the top of the head, and ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 455 below the chin, as in Fig. 103. Or, better than this, perhaps, a hirge handkerchief which will extend all over the forehead no. 103. FlO. 104. FIO. 105. and crown, two ends of it passinj^ to the back, and after cross- ing from thence round the neck, then tying the other two be- neath the chin, as in Fig. 101. For a bandage to support a pad or poultice under the armpit, a hand- kerchief may be used, put on as in Fig. 105 ; or a broad piece of cot- ton, arranged in the same way. For fracture of the ribs, band- ages should be about nine inches •wide, and drawn round the body very tightly. In this case, as in that of any other fracture or dis- location, only a properly qualified person should attempt their ap- plication. See articles on Dis- locations and Fractures. We have not yet spoken of the T bandage, which is simply a broad band to pass round the body, or elsewhere, having attached to it one of the same width, or narrower, like the upright part of the letter after which it is named ; or, there may be two stems — if they can be so called — in which case it i4 a double T bandage, as in Fig. 106. 456 ACCIDENTS AND EMEROENCIES. Starch bandages are those in no. loc. which tlie roller, before it is put on, is saturated in a strong solution of starch. Sometimes a covering ofl brown paper is put over this, and another dry bandage is applied. This makes a firm and compact case for tho limb. It is useful in cases of fracture, especially if the patient has to be re- moved to a distance. Sometimes, when it is not desirable to make the covering so thick and durable, the displacement of the bandages is guarded against by brushing a weak solution of starch or gum over the Iblds. Bandaging should be performed, in nearly all cases, from the extremities upwards, or inwards to the heart, except where the injury is situated above the seat of the vital action. If they give much pain, there is reason to suspect inflammatory swelling beneath; and they should be loosened, if moistening with cold water does not relieve the pain. Flannel for band- ages is used where warmth as well as sujjport is required. Burns and Scalds. — There are no moie frequent, distress- ing, and dangerous accidents than those which result in the above. They cause great pain, often amounting to agony ; local injuries of a most serious character, and constitutional derange- ment, even if death does not immediately or quitic drugs there are a very large number with more or less germ killing i»ower. The two most available for family use are carbolic acid and the bichloride of mercury. 488 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. Carbolic acid in solution of one part of the acid to forty parts of water and the bichloride of mercury in solutions of from 1-2000 to 1-5000 may be easily and quickly ])repared and will answer every purpose. Tablets of the bichloride of mercury are sold in the drug stores, the directions on the package being explicit as how to prepare solutions of various strengths. Ligatures and Sutures. — For these purposes a number of materials are used, principally silk, cat-gut, silkworm gut, silver wire. The one that will be most available for domestic practice is silk, which will ordinarily be found in the house and may be made asej)tic b}' boiling in water. Dressings. — Ordinary cheese cloth, which is very cheap, is prepared in the following manner: The grease is removed and the gauze thus made absorbent by l)oiling it either with soft soap or soda, after wliich it is rinsed anddiied. It may then be soaked in a solution of bichloride of mercury, 1 to 2000, with twice as much common salt as mercury. It can be kept either moist or dry in disinfected glass jars. Old sheets may be used in place of the gauze for making dressings, or linen cloths may be used. Method of Suturing. — The interrupted suture will be the most available for ordinary use and is ajiplied as follows : The edges of the wound are brought together neatly, the needle is passed through fiom one side of the wound to the other, going deeply enough into the skin to hold firmly. The suture may then be tied, the silk cut and another suture applied in the same way. The method will be understood by looking at Fig. 129. The sutures must not be tied too tightly as tension will ]>roduce an abscess. Only that tightness that will bring the edges of the wound nicely together is desirable. About three or four stitches to the inch are used. In removing the sutures the stitch is lifted gently from the skin sufficiently to introduce one point of a pair of scissors, which should then cut the stitch as nearly as jiossible to one of the points where it enters the skin. The skin on tlie opposite side of the wound is then sup[)orted by the blades of the scissors, one on each side of the stitch, Avhile with a small dressing forceps it is with- drawn. Wounds. — Wounds are classified as incised, punctured, contused, larerated, gunshot, and poisoned. Penetrating wounds are those in wliich the body enters a cavity without emerging. Perforating wounds those in which the injuring body, such as a bullet, both enters and emerges from the cavity. ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 489 Wounds may be attain classified as aseptic and septic. Aseptic wounds include all which are preserved from poisonous material whether such poison come in contact with the wound directly or be generated in it by the action of germs. An aseptic condition in a Avound may be obtained either by the protection which the wound received against the entrance of the germs or by the power of the tissues to destroy sej)tic substances, or by the aj)- plication to the wound of antisei)tics. Septic wounds include all those in which any ])oisonous material or dirt has lodged, or those in which germs have set up aseptic inflammation. Treatment. — To sto]) bleeding is the first care. This should be done by means that sliall cause the least disturbance in tlie future repair of the wound. Arteries should not be tied unless absolutely necessary, because the ligature acts as an irritant. The most generally aiiplicable means for stoj)ping liemorrhage is direct pressure made upon the bleeding point. This may be by the finger, or by a tampon, or by an instrument, as the pres- sure tbrcei)S. Care should be taken that the hands are rendered thoroughly aseptic by washing in a carbolized solution before touching the wound. When bleeding still continues it may frequently be controlled by pressure with compresses wrung out in water as hot as can be borne by the hand. It is better hot than cold. Many vessels which at first bleed freely after a few moments' compression in this manner will no longer bleed. The free access of cold air is an active agent in stopping bleed- ing. Cleansing the Wound. — Great care should be taken to remove from the wound not only all foreign matter which may have been deposited within it but also all dead or dying tissue, and, as a rule, all blood clots. To do this a stream of anti- septic water may be directed on the wound from a fountain syringe. Or, it may be done by dipping a cloth in the solution and wringing it above the wound. When it is reasonably cer- tain thattiie wound is clean it is better not to use the irrigation for cleansing but to bring the edges nicely together and dress with an antiseptic dressing, first dusting the wound with boracic acid before applying the dressing. Two main objects are to be accomplished by dressing : first, the absorption of whatever secretions may come to the surface, and, second, protection from germs, from injury, and motion. For these reasons a generous amount of the material should be applied for the first dressing and a clninge should be made only at long intervals unless more frequent dressing 490 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. is indicated b}' a foul odor, pain, or fever. A wounded part should always he placed in that position in which the muscles are relaxed and the return circulation of the blood to the heart is favored. Incised Wounds consist of a mechanical division of the parts by a cutting instrument ; all, therefore, that is necessary to be done, is to bring the edges of the wound nicely together, and maintain them in that position until union takes place. This is effected, if the wound be tritling, by means of straps of sticking-plaster, which should be so applied as to preserve the edges of the wound in apposition. Collodion answers admira- bly. Lacerated Wounds, in consequence of the great injury done to the jiarts, and from the fact of their not bleeding much, are very subject to active inflammation. If the wound be con- siderable ami the parts much injured, the patient should enjoy perfect rest. Contused Wounds. — If the part be so severely injured as to threaten sloughing, or a separation of the flesh from the bone, hot arnicated water or poppy fomentation should be applied. Tincture of benzoin, or Friar's Balsam, on lint, is highly useful, sealing up the wound, as it were, from the contact of air, and disposing it to heal. If the fingers or toes have been severely crushed so that it may seem impossible to save them, they should not be too hastily amputated, as they often recover under favorable circumstances, long-continued rest being essen- tial. Punctured Wounds. — Punctured wounds are extremely dangerous — nuich more so than the others already described. A punctured wound from a nail, hook, or any otiier j'ointed instrument, gives rise to inflammation of the absorbents (a set of vessels running from the wound into the neighboring glands), and is manifested by red lines taking the course of these ves- sels. Abscesses of the glands, and of other parts of the body, in their course, frequently ensue ; and, if the matter be deep seated, such a degree of irritative fever is produced as to cause death. Gunshot Wounds. — When a ball enters the body, the wound appears somewhat smaller than the ball itself; its edges are ragged and inverted, and the part around has a bluish or black color from the bruise. When it passes through the part, the aperture by which it makes its exit presents quite a differ- ent appearance. It seems somewhat larger than the ball. ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 4'Jl tlie edges are everted, and there is little discoloration about the wound. Treatment. — Excessive bleeding is not so common after gunshot wounds as after other kinds ; but it sometimes occurs, and may bo fatal if not attended to. Where it can be done, the finger should be inserted into the wound, and pressed upon the vessel, otherwise a handkercliief should be tied very tijihtlv round the limb above the wound. It is well to ex- amine tl)e wound as early as possible, in order to ascertain the amount of injury ; at least, so fur as this can be done witiiout aggravating the case. The ball or otlier foreign sub- stance ought to be removed, if that can be easily effected ; but otherwise, it ought, in the mean time, to be let alone. The simplest dressings should only at first be applied ; cleanse the wound ; then apply a })iece of antiseptic gauze. The agita- tion of the patient should be soothed by a few spoonfuls of wine or si)irits ; but if he suffer much in his mind, an o[)iute may be administered. Keep the patient quiet, and let him remain in bed. Thorns, etc., in the Flesh. — It is very common for the hands, feet, or legs to be ])ierced hv the forcible intrusion of small pointed substances, as thorns of roses, thistles, etc. If such be immediately and entirely extracted, tiie accident is sel- dom attended with bad consequences ; but if any such pointed substance penetrates the body, or even a part of it be left in the llesh, it causes inllammation, and sometimes a considerable abscess. Treatment. — If the thorn, etc., can be taken hold of easil}-, remove it with a pair of foiceps ; if not within reach, appl}^ a flaxseed meal poultice, and continue to do so until the intruder is removed. If suppuration has not been prevented by the im- mediate extraction of the offending substance, the abscess caused thereby should be opened innnediately it has formed. Sometimes the thorn, after painfully penetrating through the skin, enters directly into the fat, upfui which the pain ceases, and the patient begins to congratulate himself that the cause is removed. Nevertheless, some days afterwards — or, in other in- stances, some weeks — fresh pains are excited, followed by in- llammation and abscess. This condition is to be treated with flaxseed meal poultices and seasonably opened. Cupping. — Cui)ping is the a[)i)lication of cupping-glasses, from which the air has been previously extracted, to the skin, with the view of attracting blood to the part, and, if necessary, 492 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. abstracting it. Dry or wet cups (that is, without cutting, or after using the scarificator) are very useful means of drawing blood. If the part to which the application is to be made has hair upon it, it should be freshly shaven, and then moistened in warm water. A portable spirit lamp is to be made by a bit of sponge, or rag, wound on a piece of stick, and dipped in alcohol. The cup is to be brought near the patient, then quickly placed over the flaming sponge, and rapidly api)lied. After suffering the cup to remain a few minutes, it is withdrawn by depressing one edge, and the part scarified. The cup is then re-applied. If no scarificator can be had, a few cuts with a sharp lancet will answer the purpose, and the place of cups may be sup- plied with a small tumbler. Good brandy may be substituted tor alcohol, or burning a small piece of paper in the cup will do as well. After the operation, the wound should be closed with lint and plaster, and pressure should be kept on the part for some days, in order to prevent secondary liemorrhage. Cupping is preferable to any other method of blood letting in many kinds of inflammatory disease. Vaccination. — In the minds of many persons tliere is a great prejudice against this operation, and they will often risk the legal punishment due to them for evading the law, rather than submit their children to it ; but if they were better in- formed they would not so act. The statistics of different visita- tions of smallpox show that the mortality of those attacked who have not been vaccinated is one in four, whilst of those who have, it is not one in four-hundred and fifty, — a strong argument this for vaccination. The following method is used: The skin, on the outer aspect of the arm, or, better, on the leg, being ren- dered tense b}' the thumb and fingers of one hand, carefully scrape away with a perfectly clean lancet that has been dipped in boiling water, the outer skin, over at least two small surfaces about one-eighth of an inch square, until a slight bloody serous oozing occurs and then with the lancet cover these spots with the dried scab reduced to a cream}- consistence, or thoroughly rub them with the quill or ivory point charged with bovine virus, previously dipped in tepid water ; then tattoo the lymph into the abraded surface with the lancet or ivory point. Care should be taken to avoid drawing much blood, which tends to wash away the virus. The exuded blood and serum must be allowed to dry before replacing the clothing, and means must be employed to prevent irritation or scratching of the vesicle. ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 493 If the operation lias ])een successful, a small inflamed spot is discernible about the third or fourth day. This increases in size, becomes hard and elevated, and about the sixth day a small quantity of fluid may be distinguished in the center. About the eighth day, when the pustule is fully formed, the constitutional effects begin to appear — headache, shivering, loss of appetite, etc., which giadually subside in one or two days. Afterward the fluid dries up, and a dark brown scab forms, which remains for about a fortnight, and on disappearing leaves a depression. It is a disputed point whether the effects of vac- cination are permanent or whether they disappear after a certain time. The majority seem to be in favor of the latter opinion, at least to the extent of recommending that persons who have been vaccinated in infancy should be re-vaccinated on attaining maturity. From the operation being imperfectly performed, or from other causes not well understood, vaccination does not in all cases afford absolute immunity from the disease ; but in those cases in which it does occur it is almost always in a very mitigated form. How to Apply Leeches. — The part and the leeches also should be carefully wiped, and, if to be confined to a particu- lar spot, put them in a wineglass or pill-box, and hold over the part until they bite. If they are put on by hand, hold their tails with a wet cloth ; should they not bite, put them into cold water for a short period. If the part be moistened with sugar and water, cream, sweet beer, or pricked slightly, so as to draw blood, they will often be induced to take. When they fall off full, put them on a plate, and sprinkle salt over them, or take them by the tail and draw them through the thumb and finger, tliat the blood which will squirt from them may be thoroughly pressed out. Tut them into plenty of cold water, that they may wash themselves well ; then place them in a jar with a little moss, and cover it with a piece of mnslin, and keep them in a cool place. After bleeding with leeches, sponge off the clotted blood, and put on a bread-and-water poultice, which renew every half hour, to encourage the flow of blood. Should the leech-bites not heal but continue bleeding, so that the person become faint, and the lips and face pale, make pressure with the linger over the spot, or apply caustic. If these means fail, take a strong needle and thrust it through the skin on each side of the wound ; that is, riglit through the bite ; then wind a piece of thread — silk, if at hand — round and round the wound, under the ends of the needle. This will raise it up like a small 494 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. spot ; in twenty-four hours cut the silk, and carefully draw out the needle. Try a sniall piece of lint, dipped in the tincture of iron, pressed on the hite for a few minutes, or a leaf of the In- dian hemp. Never put leeches on the eyelids. If they stick too long, never pull them off, but touch them with salt. Drawing Teeth. — The general health of an individual is often very much affected by the neglect and decay of the teeth. The teeth should be fre()uently examined by a com{)e- tent dentist. Because a tooth may ache is no evidence that it should be extracted. Frequently and before consulting a dentist teeth are drawn prematurely, much to the detriment of the owner. Often a tooth partially decayed may be filled by a dentist and made to do good service for many years. A great many people abuse their teeth and injure their health simply through neglect. A good dentist should be consulted and the teeth cleaned at least once each year. The decay or loss of the teeth is in a large measure the result of the formation of chemical acids, accumulated and pro- duced through putrefication of food allowed to remain about the teeth. If this lilthy substance is allowed to remain between and around the teeth thousands of little animals germinate, grow, and begin to bore away at the tooth until it is seriously injured or ruined entirel3\ Teeth should be brushed at least once a day, twice is better, morning and night, with a bristle brush of medium stiffness, using some antiseptic wash in tepid water. Avoid the use of charcoal or pumice, or other gritty substance. If through brushing the gums bleed it is an indication that there is some objectionable foreign substance there which should be re- moved, in which case go ahead with the brushing regardless of the bleeding and the gums will soon become healthy and hardened. After a tootii has been drawn, sometimes a severe bleeding takes place from an artery ; to arrest this try MonselFs Solu- tion or powder of Indian hemp ; if this be not successful, clear the hole of the clotted blood, and press into it a piece of lint, made thin at the end, so that it may reach the very bottom, fill it with lint the height of the gum, then put upon it a bit of cork, or a few folds of linen, so that when tiie mouth is closed the teeth opposite the hole may rest upon it, then bandage over the chin to the top of the head, to keep it firm. How to Avoid Accidents. — Although we cannot alto- gether prevent accidents, yet we may, with a little ordinary prudence, lessen the chance of tiieir occurrence, and an ob- servance of the following simple rules will assist us to do so : — ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 495 1. Be very cautious wlien on the water or in its vicinity; more sudden deaths occur by drowning, and more diseases orig- inate from colds caught by immersion and exposure in wet habiliments, than perhaps from all other causes put together ; therefore, be careful, if in a boat, to remain still, and so as not to destroy the equilibrium of yourself or the boat; be cautious of hoisting a sail in squally weather, and give a Avide berth to any advancing vessel. Step not from one unsteady boat to an- other, or on to a floating pier, nor Avalk across a narrow plank without securing good hold on some support. When on land, step not too near the brink of a lake or river ; it may be loose or crumbly, or a sudden gust of wind may cause you to lose your balance. When bathing, beware of eddies in the current, especially if you can not swim ; do not venture beyond your depth in the latter case Avithout such support as corks or bladders, and in no case attempt to bathe when in a heated state, or immediately after a full meal. 2. Do not stand beneath a tree in a thunder-storm, or by an iron palisade or spout, whether of iron, zinc, or lead ; go not very near lightning conductors, tall chimneys, or lofty erections of any kind. If in the house, keep aAvay from the fireplace, looking-glasses, and windows, whether open or shut, as well as from doorways through which the electric fluid might escape, if it entered by the chimney. A bed in the middle of the room is the safest place, as blankets and sheets are non-conductors. 3. Loaded firearms should be put in safe places, out of the reach of children; never play Avith them, and pretend to fire them at any one. Do not keep guns or pistols loaded at all, unless you have some particular occasion for it. When carry- ing a gun let the muzzle be always pointed toward the ground, and, if you have occasion to pass it through a hedge or fence, look that there is no one in line with the barrel in the direction in which it points. Do not overload a piece, nor fire it with a foul barrel. Be very careful of gunpowder, and by no means smoke a pipe or cigar when you have much about or near you. 4. Do not sleep near lime-kilns, nor lay by burning charcoal. If drowsiness should come on while in such situations, leave them, and go out into the fresh air. 5. In felling trees, keep out of the line in wliich thcv are likely to fall. 6. In severe Aveather, if obliged to be exposed to the cold, do not lie down to sleep, although yon may ieol an inclination to do so. Keep moving about while you have power, and apply friction to the numbed parts of the body ; take up some snow 496 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. in the hands, and rub them well together. When in a partially frozen condition, you have an opportunity of approaching a fire, do not do so too hastily, but get into a higher temperature by degrees. 7. Beware of damp beds, and of clothes damp with per- spiration, especially of sitting in them in a cold atmosphere, of in a draught of air from an open window. Clothes from the wash should always be well aired, and such as have been long out of wear, especially if kept in a room without a fire. Be- ware also of new buildings, of which the Avails are not sufficiently dry; if they " sweat," as it is popularly called, they are unfit for habitation. 8. Go not into vaults or cellars that have been long closed, or wells or other confined places, until you have introduced a lighted candle therein. If the flame burns brightly, you may be sure there is no excess of carbonic acid gas; if it goes out, or burns dimly, the air is unfit to breathe. Throw in some lime- water to neutralize the carbonic acid, and introduce fresh air as soon as possible. 9. Let all horses, draught or saddle, be secured before leav- ing them, and beware of vicious horses, some of Avhich will bite as well as kick. Be cautious of an animal whose disposition you do not know. Balls and boars are uncertain, and dangerous, and strange dogj* are not to be trusted; the bite, and even the scratch of a cat h'ls resulted fatally. 10. In nurser/'es and other places %v'here there are children, always keep iron guards before the fires; and even then, do not leave the children by themselves, on account of their well-known propensity to play Avitli fire. For the same reason leave them not alone with lamps ox lighted candles, and put lucifer matches out of their reach, and a^so kettles, or any vessels containing hot water. 11. Xever allow open candles to be carried about the house by servants or children; and if light is burned in the night, place it so that the flame co'i]d not, were it to fiill aside come in contact with any corabustibh^ materials. Turn ofi" singly the taps of all gas-burners. If you sraeli an escape of gas, do not approach the place where it is likely to be taking place with a lighted candle until plenty of air has been admitted. 12. Put a label with the word Foison on all bottles and packets containing corrosive or other preparations of a hurtful character; and even when so labeled, do not let them be about in the way of children or ignorant persons. Tf there is ocosi- sion to place rat or beetle poison in the }irm^. k< i*. bfl in pui- ACCroENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 497 of-the-way places, and l^e careful to take it up and destroy it in a short time, should it not be taken by the animals it is designed to destroy. Many other cautions might be given. We might speak of leaving trap and other doors open, and of leaving wells un- covered ; of leaning too far out of windows ; of cho{)ping and sawing wood, and using edged tools of any kind in a care- less manner ; but it is scarcely necessary to occupy our s[)ace by mentioning these, although they all contribute to swell the chapter of accidents which forms part of the history of every life. Wens. — A wen is a tumor mostly situated on the head or neck, and containing a suetty or curd-like substance. They are usually harmless ; and except from their situation and unsight- liness, do not require interfering with. Treatment. — The most certain mode of proceeding is to have them removed by a surgeon ; the operation is neither diffi- cult nor dangerous. Whitlow or Felon. — An inflammation of a finger, rarely of a toe, consequent upon injury which is usually slight in character, it may be but a scratch or prick, a slight bruise, or a little abrasion of the skin, allowing the entrance of septic germs. It is more common on the right than upon the left hand and usually commences on the last phalanx, as the sec- tions of the fingers are called. The inflammation maybe super- ficial or deep. The Superficial Variety, the more common and the least troublesome, is generally located around and under the nail. The inflammation may be slight and subside quickly, or it may be more severe, causing purulent effusions under the skin. The former is absorbed in a few hours or a few days ; the latter is associated with ulceration, but usually soon heals, though often leaving a scar which is red and tender for some time. In bad cases, where the general condition of the patient is very poor, the pain, swelling, and suppuration are likely to be much increased, and a part or the whole nail may be lost. Treatment varies with the severity of the inflammation. Rest, and elevation of the part, with cold applications, is all that is required in the milder cases. The use of hot fomenta- tions and a free opening to let out the pus are indicated when suppuration occurs. 498 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. In the Dee}) Variety the finger becomes painful com- monly in a day or two after tlie receipt of the injury, and soon becomes tense, hot, throbbing, accompanied witli fever and rapid pulse. These symptoms are all caused hy the collection of pus deep down, next to the bone, the intense pain being caused by the unyielding tissue through which the pus is trying to push its way to the surface. Treatment. — Apply hot fomentations of carbolized water from the beginning, and if within two or at most three days decided improvement does not take place, free incision to the bone should be made. The after treatment should be thoroughly antiseptic (see Treatment of Wounds). Rupture (Hernia). — Children and old people are most liable to ruptures, though sometimes they occur to persons of middle age. In a case that is dillicult or impossible to be returned, it is called strangulated rupture, and requires imme- diate and skillful assistance. Causes. — In children, excessive crying, coughing, vomit- ing, or the like. In adults, it is commonly the effect of blows, or violent exertions of the strength, as leaping, carrying great weights, etc. In both, a relaxed habit, indolence, and an oily or moist diet, dispose the body to this affliction, by weaken- ing the skin. Treatment. — The patient must be laid on the back, the head low, and the buttocks raised ; while in this position the gut must be returned b}^ a gentle pressure, if it does not fall back of itself. Afier it is returned a truss or bandage should be worn for a lengtii of time. If it has been forced down Avith great violence, or happens from any cause to become in- flamed, it is often very difBcult to return it, and sometimes impracticable, without an operation, a description of which is foreign to our purpose, but in those cases, until some assistance can be obtained, act as follows : foment with hot fomentations and press and guide the gut back through the aperture, if possible to do so. An adult, after being ruptured, should never neglect wearing the proper truss, unless it be after he has had performed the operation for the radical cure of the condition. Foreign Substances in the Nose. — Sometimes foreign bodies, such as pieces ol' tobacco-pipe, etc., get pushed u{) the nose by children. If it is a bean, or anything which swells by absorption of moisture, the extraction is a matter of great dith- ACCroENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 499 culty. This should not ])e attempted by other than a ]jrofessional surgeon; yet if the assistance of such cannot be readily ob- tained, the ellbrt may be made by means of the flat end of a probe or a silver bodkin, bent in about the eight of an inch at the end, and the instrument then introduced and passccd beyond the object, so as to draw it out as with a hook, when the foreign body has not penetrated far. If the opposite nostril is closed, and the chikl is made to blow the nose violently, it may some- times be driven out. Foreign Bodies in the Ear. — Insects occasionally make their way into the external ear, particularly in children, when lying on the grass. They sometimes produce horrible torture by irritating the drum of the ear. Treatment. — Let the child recline with the opposite ear upon a pillow, and fill the atiected one with sweet oil. There is no insect tliat will not perish, or make good its retreat, when this method is j>ursued. Solid substances are frequently pushed into the ear by children, where, if large, they sometimes occasion much in- flammation, and become firmly wedged by the swelling. Great danger of destruction to the drum and small bones of the ear results from awkward attempts at removing such sub- stances, by which they are driven still deeper into the canal. If the foreign body have any visible projecting point, of which a firm hold can be taken, this may be seized by forceps or pin- cers, and the body removed directly; but Avhen the substance is rounded, or formed with many faces, or extremely smooth and cylindrical, it is very wrong even to attempt its removal by any such means. Cherry-stones, apple-seeds, common beads, garnets, bugle beads, and pieces of red coral, furnish many cases in point. If we attempt to seize them in front, they instantly slip farther in, and endanger the drum. We must get behind them and hook them out, always proceeding with great caution. Sudden and severe pain warns us when we touch the drum of the ear, and then all considerable pressure in the inward direc- tion must cease. When the foreign body is small in proportion to the size of the canal, it may generally be removed by means of the little steel ear-picker on tlie handle of the common pocket tweezers; but, when larger, the eye of a fine bodkin or silver probe should be gently curved and inserted beyond the body to draw it forward. A few drops of sweet oil, previously dropped into the ear, will very mucii facilitate the operation. As children sometimes fancy things have got into the ear 500 ACCIDENTS AND EMEKGENCIES. when they really have not, it is best to institute an examination before attempting their removal. This may be done by draw- ing the upper lobe of the ear upward and backward, which will have tlie effect of straightening the curved passage so that the eye can discern the drum at the bottom, unless there is an in- terposing object. POISONS AND THEIR ANTIDOTES. In almost every case of poisoning, the remedy must be given immediately, or we cannot expect to succeed. We give here the names in common use, and under one head we include various articles made from the same substance. For instance, to the word Mercury you lind calomel, corrosive sublimate, white precipitate, vermilion, which are all mercury, but in different forms. As a general rule in all cases of poisoning, especially if seen immediately after the poison has been swallowed, tlie per- son should be made to vomit. To accomplish this give a tea- spoonful of mustard in a tumbler of warm water ; or two or three spoonfuls of alum in the same way. Cases of poison admit of no delay ; act promptly. Arsenic. — {ScheeWs green, ague-drops, rcd-jMison, etc.) — Symptoms. — Pain and burning heat of stomach, dryness of throat, cramps, purging, vomiting. Treatment. — Give large quantities of milk, and raw eggs, lime water, or flour and water; then castor-oil. Antimony. — {Butter of antimony, tartar emetic, etc.) — Symptoms. — Severe vomiting, cramps, faintness, purging. Treatment. — Plenty of strong tea. If you have no common tea at hand, use an infusion of oak, elm, currant, or blackberry bark or leaves. Or for butter of antimony, use the treatment given below for Acids. Support the strength. Acids. — {Oxalic, sulphuric (oil of vitriol), ^aVri'c (aquafortis), muriatic (spirit of salt), hut not prussic acid.) — Symptoms. — Hor- rible burning, sour pain from the mouth downwards. The skin of the lips, mouth, and throat, is dissolved. Purging of blood, great thirst. Treatment. — Put an ounce of calcined magnesia into a pint of water, and give wineglassful every Uvo or three minutes. It the magnesia is not ready, use whiting, ?,halk, soda, or lime- water, or knock a piece of plaster off the wall, pound it small, and give it in milk or water. While one person attends to this, let another cut some common soap into small bits, and give a teaspoonful with water, or a tablespoonful of soft soap. Give plenty of warm water to drink. ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 501 Bad Fish. — (Mussels, etc.) — Symptoms. — Pain in stomach, headache, fluslied face, feeling of choking, perhaps scarlet erup- tion of the skin. Treatment. — Empty the stomach by an emetic (as in poison- ing by laudanum), then give a full dose of castor-oil with some warm spice. A mustard-plaster to the pit of the stomach if needful. Chloride of Tin. — {called Muriate hj dyers.) — Symptoms. — Vomiting, pain in the stomach, purging, convulsive twitching. Treatment. — Give large quantities of milk, with magnesia, chalk, or whiting in it ; also raw eggs beaten up Avith water or milk. Chloride of Zinc. — {Burnett's disinfecting fluid, ivldte vitriol.) — Symptoms. — Same as chloride of tin. Treatment. — Plenty of milk, with whites of eggs in it. Copper. — {blue copperas, blue verditer, mineral green, ver- digris, food or confectionery coohed in foul copper vessels, jjichles made green by cop>per). — Symptoms. — Coppery taste in the mouth, tongue dry and parched, very painful colic, bloody mo- tions. Treatment. — Large quantities of milk and whites of eggs, afterwards strong tea. Don't give vinegar. Corrosive Sublimate. — {see Mercury.) C0CUlU9 IndicUS. — (see Poisonous Plants.) Green Vitriol. — {sulphate of iron). — Symptoms. — Pain, sick- ness, burning heat of the stomach. Treatment. — Give an emetic, afterwards magnesia or car- bonate of soda and water. Iodine. — {iodide of potassium, or soda, or iron.) — Symptoms. — Burning pain in the throat, heartburn, vomiting, very likely salivation. Treatment. — Large quantities of cold starch and water, or flour and water. Lead. — {acetate or sugar of lead, red lead, u-Jiife Icad.)-- Symptoms. — If taken in large quantities, metallic taste in the mouth, pain in the stomach, painful vomiting, often bloody, and hiccough. Treatment. — Put two ounces of Epsom salts into a pint of water, and give a wineglassful every ten minutes, till it oper- ates freely. Taken in small quantities, either by drinking water out of a new lead cistern, or one newly repaired with white lead, or by working amonu'st it, — lead produces colic, loss of power in the limbs, especially wrist-drop, and a blue lino along the gums. 502 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. Laudanillll (opium, j)arcgoriCy soothing syrup, syrup of pop- pics), — Symptoms. — Giddiness, stupor, gradually increasing into deep sleep, the pupil of the eye very small, lips blue, skin cold, heavy, slow breatliing. Treatment. — Empty the stomach as quickly as possible by vomiting. For an adult give fitteen grains of sulphate of zinc in a little water; to a young person half the quantity, to an in* fant a teaspoonful of tne syrup of ipecac. If you can not get drugs, use mustard and warm water, salt and water, and tickle the top of the throat. After vomiting give plenty of very strong coffee, put a mustard plaster round the calf of each leg, and if cold and sinking give a good quantity of spirit and water. Keep the patient roused till the effect has passed off by beat- ing the soles of the feet, walking liim about, or dashing cold water on the face. Remember, if the patient goes to sleep at this stage, it will be the sleep of death. Lunar Caustic {nitrate of silver), — Lunar caustic, or nit- rate of silver, has been swallowed by accident when used for touching a sore throat, etc. Symptoms. — Burning pain, similar to arsenic. Treatment. — Give a large teaspoonful of common salt in a glass of water, and repeat this every ten minutes. Then give a dose of castor-oil, and linseed-tea, or barley-water, for a drink. Mercury {calomel, corrosive sublimate, red precipitate, ver- milion, etc). — Symptoms. — Metallic taste in the mouth, burning pain in the throat, stomach, and bowels, vomiting, very painful purging, and cramps. Treatment. — Give the white of an e^^ in a little water, re- peat this twice more with five minutes between each time, give large quantities of milk or flour and water, then linseed-tea. Nitre, or Saltpetre. — Symptoms. — Similar to arsenic. Treatment. — Give plenty of flour and water, then linseed or sweet oil. Opium {see Laudanum). Phosphorus {lucifer matches). — Symptoms. — Great excite- ment over the whole system ; other effects like arsenic. Treatment. — Give large quantities of warm water with magnesia, chalk, or whiting, or even flour, stirred in it; encour- age vomiting, but give no oil or fat of any description. Poisonous Plants or Seeds. — False mushrooms, or any- thing of the kind picked up by children, but which you can not tell at the time. Treatment. — Empty the stomach by any emetic you have at hand : warm water, mustard, salt, or soap, warm chamomile ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 503 tea, etc. If there bo no purginjj^, give a good dose of castor- oil or olivc-oil. If the patient be faint or sinking, give stiniuhmts. Potash {soda, CDiDuonia, sal-volatile, salt-cake, disbifcding fluids of concentrated solutions of soda or potash). — Symptoms. — Heat, pain in stomach, vomiting, and })urging. Treatment. — Vinegar and water, oranges, lemons, sour beer or cider, or sour fruit. Afterwards, olive, linseed, or any whole- some oil. Prussic Acid {oil of hitter almonds, laurel- water, cyanide of ■pofassiuni, uwd bij plioto(j raphe rs and otliers). — Symptoms. — If tlie quantity be large, death takes place instantly, but smaller quan- tities [)roduce giddiness, loss of sight and fainting. The peculiar smell is often perceptible about the mouth. Treatment. — Give sal-volatile and water, and apply a bottle of smelling-salts to the nose, dash cold water on tlie face, and give stimulants. Stryclinine {rat poison, etc., mix vomica). — Symptoms. — There is lock-jaw, twitching of the muscles, convulsions, the body is bent backward, so as to rest upon the feet and head only. Treatment. — Try to empty the stomach by an emetic; then give linseed-tea or barley-water, and to an adult thirty drops of laudanum occasionally to relieve the spasms. There are other remedies, but not such as can be used without a doctor being present. Tartar Emetic {see Antimony). Zinc Oxide. — Symptoms and Treatment. — As in copper. Iron {Sulphate of iron, or coppierai^, or green vitriol). — Symp- toms. — Colic pains; constant vomiting and purging; violent pain in the throat, with tension of the Epigastrium; indeed al\ the symptoms of irritant poisoning. Treatment. — Magnesia or the alkaline carbonates should be given largely. Antidote. — Carbonate of soda. Ivy Poisoning. — Apply soft soap freely to the affected parts; or bathe the poisoned skin frequently with weak tinc- ture of belladonna. Hartshorn gives almost instant relief from the effects of the poisonous bites of all insects, vermin, and reptiles, by bath- ing the parts bitten very freely. Always bear in mind that cases of poisoning admit of no delay. In many diseases and accidents an hdur or two may be of no consequence, but here we must think of minutes, and the life or death of the patient will depend on how you employ them. PHYSICAL CULTURE, A^VONDERFUL POWER OVER DISEASE. i^HH/^ It is an undisputed fact that the lack of proper exercise is the cause of much physical debility, disease, and suifering. Tlie value of systematic exercises of various kinds as a remedial measure has for ages been recognized by both barbarous and civilized nations. The Chinese have, according to reliable authority, understood the remedial value of exercises for two thousand years. 'J'he ancient Greeks and Romans employed exercises of various sorts not only for developing the body, but for relieving many diseased conditions. We will consider briefly some of the principal remedial effects of the employment of medical gymnastics. 1. To Regulate the Circulation. — The circulation of the blood is greatly influenced l)y the action of the muscles. Muscular action presses the blood through the veins more rapidly, thus its progress towards the heart is greatly accelerated. In cases of muscular inactivity, the Swedish move- ments will often produce marvelous results in restoring an unbalanced circulation to its normal condition. 2. To Increase Secretion and Excretion. — AVhere there is a great diminution of secretion or excretion, systematic movements are of great service. They are especially useful in cases of torpid liver and inactivity of the skin. 3. To Increase Respiratory Power.— The breathing power and capacity of the lungs can in no way be so rapidly and powerfully developed as by lung gymnastics. ^Ve have known persons thus to double their breathing capacity in a few weeks. Thousands have been saved from a con- sumptive's grave through systematic exercise. 4. To Increase Digestive Power. — In many chronic diseases of other organs as well as in functional derangement of tlie stomach, deficient muscular power of the stomach and intestinal canal maybe greatly benefited and in many cases completely cured by this treatment. 5. To Increase Assimilation. — Many chronic diseases ow^e their cause to imperfect assimilation. It is not what we eat or what we digest that benefits us, but what we assimilate through the system. There is no means by which assimilation may V>e so powerfully stimulated and encour- aged as by the careful employment of Swedish movements. 6. To Increase Vital Action. — This method of treatment is of great service in cases of general debility, and all other diseases in which there is inactivity of the vital functions. 7. To Regulate Muscular Action. — No remedy is of greater value in treatment of disordered muscuiar activity, as in various distortions of the spine, resulting from unequal muscular action, also in many cases of displacement of the womb and various other disorders peculiar to women. In cases of paralysis no othe'- remedy, unless it be electricity, will accomplish so much as systematic, skillful, pliysicai exercise. Our limited space forbids Kivinj:: detailed directions for carrying: out a course in phvslcal culture. A complete manual -with all the movements illustrated can be had for from twenty-five cents to fifty cents of Fowler «& Wells Co., 775 Broadway, New York City. 504 HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. HEALINQ PROPERTIES OK WATER. The utility of water as an agent in the treatment of disease is not a modern discovery. Very few to-day realize the great diversity of the uses of water and the prompt and etiicient character of its effects. Water as a Tonic. — The hot bath is a very efficient stimulant. It will frequently increase tiie circulation from 70 to 100 or over in fifteen minutes. A short cool bath lias also very beneficial results. Water as an Emetic. — In the great majority of cases, warm water is all that is needed ; the addition of a little mustard will often increase its efficiency. Water as a Sedative. — Cold water is one of the most effective sed- atives; it will lower the temperature, rapidly diminish the pulse, and restrain excessive vital action. Water as an Anodyne. — The effects of local applications of both warm and cold water in relieving pain are well known. In many other modes of application water is also effective in a very great degree in relieving pam and nervous irritability. Water as an Anaesthetic. — At a very low temperature or in the form of ic, water is a well-known an.Testhetic. Water as a Dissolvent.— By cold or alternate hot and cold applica- tions, chronic swellings of the joints and other parts, enlargements of lym- phatic glands, may be successfully treated with water. Water as an Alterative. — For a long time mercury has been con- sidered the leading alterative, but time compels it to yield to water. Tlie most mercury can do is to destroy the elements of the blood, while water not only accelerates waste, but increases construction of the same portion, accord- ing to tlie experiments of Prof. Liebig and other eminent observers. This effect of water results from both internal and external use. Solvent Properties of Water.— With the exception of air, water is the most transient of all the elements received into the body. It is elimi- nated by the skin, the lungs, the kidneys, and the intestines. By its solvent action it dissolves the various poisonous products of the disintegra- tion of the tissues. The volume of the blood being increased, more water 3omes in contact with the debris contained in any part, and, in consequence, the same undesirable products are more perfectly removed. The increased amount of excrementitious matter in solution is brought in contact with the various depurating organs, producing, notably, (he following results • — 1. -l ') increase of the urinari/ rrrrefinn — It is an iniportaiit fact that fliij increaau dues not consist in the addition of water meraly, or diluliuu, but 605 506 HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. that there is also an increased amount of urea, the chief excrementitious principle removed from the blood by the kidneys. 2. An increcu^e in the cutaneous excretion. — Water-drinking is one of the most efficient means of producing copious perspiration ; which, as with the urinary excretion, is not a mere elimination of water, but is a real depurating process. 3. An increase of the action of the liver. — Experiments made by the most eminent scientists and physiologists show that the drinking of water is one of the most efficient means of increasing the activity of the liver, increasing not only the quantity of bile formed, but the amount of solid matter secreted and excreted. 4. Increased action of the intestinal mucous memhrane. — Elimination from the mucous membrane of the intestinal canal, which is an important organ of excretion, is also increased by drinking freely of pure water. The result of this increased action is not only to remove from the blood some of its foulest constituents, but to render more fluid the contents of the intestines, and thus tend to obviate that almost universal accompaniment of sedentary habits, constipation. The removal of clogging matters from the system in this manner allows greater freedom of vital action, so that the activities of the body are quick- ened, and both waste and repair, disintegration and assimilation, are accel- erated. BATHS. There are numerous modes of administering baths, each having its pecul- iar effect upon the system. Sponge Bath. — Persons physically reduced may have a portion of their body bathed at a time, the bathed part being thoroughly rubbed before bath- ing the rest of the body. These baths have a strengthening and exhilarat- ing effect, and also equalize the circulation. Shower Baths.— Stimulate the nervous system and the skin ; they are recommended particularly in diseases which require repeated sweatings. Pail Douche. — This bath is highly stimulating and excites nervous action. It is also used when the temperament is sluggish. Wet Sheet Packing. — This is a valuable process to reduce the heat of the body in fevers and to remove unhealthy secretions. The Sweating Pack. — Is used in skui diseases, torpidity of the liver, indigestion, chronic rheumatism, and gout. The Vapor Bath. — Useful in skin diseases, colds, and fevers. It .should not be administered to those having weak liuigs. Sitz Bath. — Is used in acute inflammation of the liver, stomach, bowels, spleen, and kidneys. General Kules. — All full bathing should be taken when the body is warm. In chronic cases the bath should be followed by walking, or other active exercise, if strength will permit. No meal should be taken within an hour after bath, nor bath be taken within two hours after meal. Wetting the head and chest before bath is a useful precaution. A full treatise on Hydropathic Treatment is published at a cost of 25c. to 60c. by VowUr & Wells Co., 776 Broadway, Kew York. ELECTRO=THKRAPEUTICS. The Healing Power of Electricity, UY THE SPECIALIST, DR. W. E. DAVIS. =^^ The principles upon which this practice is based are founded hi truth, and liavc been so demonstrated to the satisfaction of critical investigation. The facts concerning the curative power of electricity have heen realized by millions of persons in this and other countries within the last few years. It is resorted to by constantly increasing numbers as rap- idly as prejudice is made to give way. It has already been recog- nized and used by many of the leading physicians in this country and Europe. Among those who have been consi)icuous tor their advocac}' of the use of elec- tricity as a healing agent are Hammond, Rockwell, Beard, Morgan, Garrett, Galloway, and Bolles, in the United States ; Althouse and Rey- nolds, in Enghind ; DuBois, Raymond, Becquerel, Du- cheiine, and Apostoli, in France; and Remark, Meyer, Benedict, Erb, and Ilelmholtz, in Germany. In the cure of disease by the api)lication of electricity, a most important point to be considered is the selection of proper apparatus. 507 608 ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. The country is flooded with many kinds of electro-medical batteries of great pretentions, but, in too many instances, of doubtful utility. Discredit has been thrown on the healing powers of elec- tricity through the failure of these instruments to perform what is claimed fur them, and has deterred many from seeking relief who otherwise might have been greatly benefited. Beware of such frauds as electric pads, belts, bands, brushes, garments ; also electric soaps, liniments, etc. They are made to deceive the public by men who know nothing about electricity. The galvanic battery produces the direct current upon which we rely mostly for decomposing and dispersing morbid growth, such as calcareous deposits about the joints, stone in bladder, tumors, nodes, and biliary calculi. It is our chief agent also in neutralizing morbid conditions and elements in the system by its chemical action, as also in skin diseases, cancerous, syphilitic, and scrofulous. Electro-magnetic or Faradic batteries give us the induced current, especially adapted to arouse torpid organs to their normal action, and to relieve painful conditions by the positive and negative polarities changing plus and minus conditions to normal or healthy action. After many years' experience in a large practice as a spe- cialist in medical electricity, using various batteries, and watch- ing the effect and results on the human system, I have found the batteries made by Dr. Jerome Kidder, 820 Broadway, New York, the best. He is a scientific investigator, having spent many years in the thorough research of different qualities of electrical currents, and the laws governing the production of the same. The following are some of the reasons for using electricity : First, it is the life-giving and health-sustaining element, homo- geneous with the vital force of man. Second, its action is not dependent upon the stomach, but, being reduced to the ultimate refinement of matter, it is instantly appropriable. Third, it can be regulated to any required power, concen- trated or diffused ; by its acting and re-acting energies it will penetrate deep-seated organs and parts and remove obstruc- tions inaccessible to all other agencies. Wonderful advancement has been made in the application of electricity by the medical profession. It is a well-established ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 509 fact that electricity can now be employed, by scientifically adjusted applications, in the radical cure of disease, even where the organism is of the most delicate, weak, or nervous character. ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSIS. In treating this subject, it is well to state that no two persons are precisely alike, either in temperament or suscepti- bility to the electric currents ; neither is every part of the sys- tem in the same person equally sensitive to the current ; con- sequently, the same strength of current does not produce the same effect on different persons. Fleshy persons feel it less sensibly than lean. This being the case, we must, in our diagnosis, make due allowance for any difference which may exist. As a general rule, those parts where the bones are thinly covered with muscle and fat feel it the most, especially if prominent nerves pass over the bones ; hence, the forehead and scalp, shoulder-blades, and over the ribs and sternum, shins, hands, and internal ear are among the most sensitive parts of the body. When any part of the body is more sensitive to the current than natural, and a dull or sharp pain is produced, we infer that there is an inflammatory condition of tliat part or organ ; and, on the contrary, if there is a lack of natural sensibility, we con- clude that organ or part is too inactive. In treatment, one will require soothing, the other tonic and stimulating applications. Probably no single drug or medicine or no kind of treat- ment can lay claim to so many triumphs in overthrowing the ills the human race is heir to as this invaluable servant of the educated physician. Diseases which have resisted all that could be other- wise done, though every effort was skillfully made, have van- ished, and the despondent invalid again restored to a life of usefulness through the instrumentality of electricity. Arguments could be presented without number why elec- tricity should be in more general use than it now is, but a few only are offered. First, it is a pleasant method of cure. Second, it is applicable to the most varied evidences of dis- ease. Third, there is simplicity in the method of application. Fourth,, it is less expensive, when its utility is considered ; and, lasUy, the relief given the stomach and organs of digestion 510 ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. in the freedom from nauseous medicines which are indispensa- ble in other methods of treatment. Tliere are a number of methods by which electricity can be applied to the body successfully, either local, central, or general. The numerous methods by which local applications can be applied may be indefinitely extended. This a})plies more specifically to applications to separate organs — as the eye, the ear, the nose, the tongue, the womb, the muscles, or some particular nerve. For affections of the body, one pole (generally the negative) should be placed at the feet or base of spine, while the manipu- lations of the other pole are applied to the diseased part. For affections of the upper extremities one pole should be placed on the spine, and the other over the part diseased. For the lower extremities one pole may be placed at base of spine, while the other is manipulated over the diseased part. The poles also may be applied near each other over the body, or one be placed on the spine and the other where the affected part needs repairs. In loss of motion, sensation, or feel- ing, the general object is to pass the current through the nerves supplying the parts affected. Those who are specially skilled in electro-therapeutics for reaching decided results apply the currents to certain places known as motor points, where the nerves of the parts approach the surface, but these can only be learned by careful study and large experience. Persons of little experience should not use the current about the head, as great caution should be used with electricity about the brain. In application to the tongue, also, great care should be observed to avoid the teeth, which, being good con- ductors, permit the passage of the current. CENTRAL APPLICATIONS are made by using one pole, or electrode, over the pit of the stomach, beneath the lower end of the sternum or breast-bone. This point is a great nerve center from which radiate nerves to supply the diaphragm, stomach, spleen, liver, kid- neys, mesentery, spermatic, and uterine organs. No method of application exceeds or equals this in utility, nor can so many important organs be ref^hed by any other process. ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 511 The other pole can be applied according to the effect desired, as, for instance, to the side beneath the ribs, if the liver (on the right) or the spleen (on tlie left) be at fault. Tiie kidneys can be reached ])y ap]:)lyiiig tlie electrode to the space just above the \n\) bones on either side, or in the region known as the small of the back. Also the intestines may be stimulated to increased action by using the electrode over tlie front and sides of the abdomen. It ma}' be applied to the groin, to affect the ovaries; to the pubic region, to reach the uterus or bladder. Except in cases of asphyxia, paralysis, or insensibility, never use more power than can be borne with comfort. A shock or sudtlen increase of power is to be avoided. In the hands of non-professional persons or in family prac- tice, intense or strong currents are to be studioush' avoided. This rule should be carefully observed, and applies generally to the use of electric apparatus. Generaf applications can be made by one electrode being applied over the entire person while the other pole is either at the soles of the feet by a foot plate, or at base of spine. For any general congestion this method of treatment \vi\\ always bring relief. The chest and abdomen stand pretty strong currents as a rule, as also do the upper and lower extremities. Alwa^'s begin the application with mild currents so as to avoid all shocks. In females the menstrual function is generally stimulated by electricity ; even where the application is made at a distant point, the catamenia is apt to be prematurely indmed in many instances, and this fact accounts for the peculiar value of this agent in disordeis of the womb and its appendages. From any irregularity thus produced no alarm need result, as the func- tions, accelerated as to time, will thereafter apjiear at the proper interval ; in fact, no better agent for the regulation of the function in question is available than the proper applicati(^n of electricity. Electricity, in common with many other remedies whic-h are used in the treatment of disease, possesses qualities classed under various heads. According to the method of its application it may act as a stimulant, or a sedative, a tonic which builds up the organism, or a caustic which breaks down tho tissues. As a resolvent in the dispersion of tumors it means the grad- ual disappearance under treatment without suppuratii)n. This 513 ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. result may often be obtained in the class ^nown as benign or non-malignant growths. It is also an alterative agent which properly gives special value to it therapeutically. In cancerous formations it is generally advisable to dissipate or break down the tumor at the point where the specific virus is concentrated, and if tliis can be done before the lymphatic glands in the vicinity become involved, a cure is more certain than if means were taken to dissii)ate the growth throughout the system. Electricity possesses such a control over the nervous and muscular systems that it is of more value than any other agent. A current of electricity sent through the nerves of any part of the body will cause contraction of the muscles governed by these nerves. This result may be produced by electric currents of differ- ent kinds, either the Galvanic, Faradic, or Static. It follows that a method of imitating such "currents of life," as we may term the nervous fluid, must be of great value in derangements or failure of the nervous system. Of course it is wise in electrical treatment, as in the usual domestic treatment of diseases, to seek medical aid should relief not be obtained in time or alarming symptoms be developed. When heart disease, apoplexy, fits, neuralgia, and such troubles are liable to demand immediate if not instantaneous attention, I think it will not be long before no household will be considered complete wdthout a battery for medical purposes. In electricity we have at our command an agent, pleasant, efficient, reliable, and prompt in the relief of these derange- ments. Properly applied, it is of all remedies the most valuable and efficient in the control of abnormal conditions. It animates every part, it vitalizes every part, and har- monizes the whole ; and in every case when there is no lesion or destruction of the parts, and the system is not worn out by age or excess, and a sufficient amount of vitality remains for reaction, a speedy and permanent cure may be efiected. Springfield, Mass. PROPERTIES OF MEDICINES Classified and Explained. Absorbents are medicines which destroy acidities in the stomach and bowels, such as magnesia, prepared chalk, etc. Alteratives are medicines which restore health to the consti- tution, without producing any sensible effect, such as sarsaparilla, etc. Anodynes are medicines which relieve pain, and they are divided into three kinds, paregorics, hypnotics, narcotics (see these terms) ; camphor is anodyne as well as narcotic. Aperients move the bowels gently, as dandelion root, etc. Astringents are medicines which contract the fibers of the body, diminish excessive discharges, and act indirectly as tonics. Carminatives are medicines which allay pain in the stomach and bowels, and expel flatulence, as anise seed water. Cathartics are strong purgative medicines, as jalap, etc. Cordials are warming medicines, as aromatic confection. Digestives are remedies applied to ulcers or wounds to pro- mote the formation of matter, such as ointments, poultices, etc. Diuretics act upon the kidneys and bladder, and increase the flow of urine, such as nitre, squills, etc. Emetics produce vomiting, or the discharge of the contents of the stomach, as mustard, tartar-emetic, blood-root, etc. Expectorants are medicines which increase expectoration, or discharges from the bronchial tubes, as ipecacuanha. Hypnotics relieve pain by producing sleep, as hops, etc. Laxatives are medicines which cause the bowels to act rather more than natural, such as manna, etc. Narcotics are medicines which cause sleep or stupor, and allay pain, such as opium, etc. Nutrients are remedies that nourish the body, as sago, etc. Paregorics are medicines that actually assuage pain, such as compound tincture of camphor, etc. Purgatives are medicines that promote the evacuation of the bowels, such as senna, etc. Sedatives are medicines which depress the nervous energy, and destroy sensation, so as to compose, as foxglove, etc. Stimulants increase tlie action of the heart and arteries, or the energy of the part to which they are applied, such as sassafras used internally, and savin used externally. Tonics give general strength to the constitution, restore the natural energies, and improve the tone of the system. 513 REMEDIES CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO EFFECTS. - o . :=:$ -»^ Medical Name. Properties. Dose for Adult. Child's Dose see page 35<>. Aconite Leaves, Tincture of.. Aconite Root, Solid Extract of Aconite Root, Tincture of . . . Aloes, Socotrine, Powdered . . Alum Ammonia, Aronaatic Spirits of Ammonia, Carbonate of Ammonia (Hartshorn) Ammonium, Bromide of Ammonium Chloride (Sal- / ammoniac) ) Angelica Root, Fluid Ext. of. Anise Seed, Oil of Antimouial Powder (.James') . Antimonial Wine Arsenic, Donovan's Solution. Arsenic, Fowler's Solution.. . Arsenic, white AsafcBtida Asafoetida, Tincture of Atropia (Active Principle } of Belladonna) ( Balsam of Copaiba Balsam of Peru Balsam of Tolu, Syrup Bearberry Leaves, Decoction. Bearberry Leaves, Fluid Ext. Belladonna, Plaster Belladonna, Solid Extract. . . Belladonna, Tincture of Benzoic Acid Bismuth, Subnitrate of Bittersweet, Decoction of . . . . Black Drop Blackberry Root Blackberry Root, Syrup Blood-root, Tincture Blue Mass Boneset, Infusion Sedative, Narcotic Sedative and Narcotic Sedative and Narcotic Cathartic Astringent Stimulant Stimulant and Expectorant. Stimulant Sedative Expectorant, Diuretic. Aromatic Aromatic Diaphoretic Emetic Alterative Alterative Alterative Antispasmodic Antispasmodic Narcotic Diuretic Expectorant. Expectorant. Diuretic Diuretic Anodyne Narcotic... . Narcotic Expectorant. Anti-emetic. Narcotic Narcotic Astringent. . Astringent. . Expectorant. Alterative.. . Diaphoretic. 1 to 5 drops 4 times daily. A to i grain 3 times daily. 1 to 2 drops 4 times daily. 5 to 15 grains at bedtime. 5 to 15 grains. 10 to 20 drops in water. 3 to 5 grains every 3 hours. 5 to 10 drops in water. 5 to 20 grains. 5 to 20 grains. Teaspoonful 4 times daily. 5 to 10 drops on sugar. 2 to 5 grains. 2 teaspoonfuls. 5 to 10 drops. 1 to 6 drops. j^ of a grain. 1 to 5 grains (in pills). 15 to 30 drops. jh grain. 20 drops 4 times a day, 15 drops every 3 hours One teaspoonful. Wineglassful. Teaspoonful. For external use. TB to } grain. 3 to 5 drops. 5 to 10 grains. 20 to 30 grains. Wineglassful. 5 to 10 drops. WineglassfuL Teaspoonful. 5 to 10 drops. 3 to 5 grains. TablespoonfoL 5U AOmNISTERING MEDICINES. 51i Medical Name. Properties. Dose for Adult. Child's Dose see i>af,'e 356. Buchu, Fluid Extract Buckthorn, Fluid Extract.. Caffein Calomel . Calomel Camphor, Gum Camphor, Spirits of Cascara Cord ial Cascarilla, Infusion Castor Oil Catechu, Powdered Catechu, Tiucture Catnip, Decoction Chalk, Prepared Chamomile Flowers, Infusion. Chamomile, Fluid Extract. . . Chloral Hydrate Chloroform Colchicum Root, Fluid Ext. . Colchicum Root, Wine Colchicum Seed, Tincture Colocynth, Compound Ext. . . Colomho, Tincture Cubebs, Powdered Dandelion, Fluid Extract Dover's Powder Elaterium Elder Flowers, Decoction Epsom Salts Ergot, Fluid Extract Fennel Seed, Infusion Fever Root, Decoction Fleabane, Infusion Foxglove (Digitalis), Infusion Foxglove, Fluid Extract Foxglove, Tincture Galls, Powdered Gamboge, Powdered Gelsemium, Fluid Extract. . . Gentian, Tincture Geranium, Decoction Ginger, Powdered Glauber Salts Guaiac, Tincture Hemlock Bark, Powder Hemlock, Solid Extract Henbane, Solid Extract Henbane, Tiucture Hydrastin Indian Hemp, Decoction Diuretic Cathartic Nerve stimulant Alterative Purgative Stimulant Stimulant Cathartic for habitual con- stipation Tonic Purgative Astringent Astringent Diaphoretic Astringent Tonic and Diaphoretic Tonic Narcotic Anaesthetic and Stimulant. . . Diuretic and Sedative Diuretic and Sedative Diuretic and Sedative Cathartic Tonic Diuretic Diuretic Diaphoretic Cathartic Diaphoretic Cathartic To arrest bleeding Aromatic Cathartic and Diuretic Diuretic Stimulant and Diuretic Stimulant and Diuretic Stimulant and Diuretic Astringent Cathartic Sedative and Anodyne Tonic Astringent Aromatic and Stimulant Cathartic Diaphoretic Narcotic Narcotic Narcotic and Anodyne Narcotic and Anodyne Tonic Diurstic Teaspoonful. Teaspoonful at bedtime. 1 to li grains. 1 to 2 grains twice daily. 6 to 10 grains. 2 to G grains. 10 to 30 drops. J to 1 teaspoonful. 2 tablespoonfuls. 1 to 2 tablespoonfula. 10 to 20 grains. h to 1 teaspoonful. TableHi)Ooiiful. 10 to :«) grains. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls. Teaspoonful. 5 to 10 grains. 6 to 10 drops in glyceriae 3 to 10 drops. 10 to 20 drops. 10 to 20 drops. 5 grains. Teaspoonful. 15 to 20 grains. One teaspoonful. 10 grains. i>o grain. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls. 2 teaspoonfuls. 1.') to i50 drops. Tablespoonful. Tablespoonful. Wineglassful. Teaspoonful. 1 to 3 drops. 5 to 10 drops. 10 to 20 grains. 2 to 6 grains. 2 to 5 drops. i to 1 teaspoonful. Tables()Oonful. 10 to 20 grains. 1 to 2 teaspoonfuls. h to 1 teaspoonful. 1 to 3 grains. ^ to 1 grain, i to 1 grain. B to 30 drops. 1 to 2 grains. Tablespoonful. 516 ADMINISTERING MEDICINES. Medical Name. Properties. Dose for Adult. Child's Dose see pape 356 Iodoform, Powdered. Ipecac, Powdered Ipecac, SjTup Ipecac, Wine Iron and Ammonia, Citrate. Iron and Quinine, Citrate. . . Iron, Bromide Iron, Carbonate Iron, Chloride, Tincture of.. Iron, Citrate Iron, Iodide, Syrup Iron, Phosphate Jalap, Powdered Juniper Berries, Infusion. . . Laudanum Leptandrin Liverwort, Decoction Lobelia, Infusion Lobelia, Tincture Magnesia Manna Marsh Mallow, Infusion. . . . May-apple, Decoction May-apple May-apple Root, Powdered . Mercury Mercury, Biniodide Mercury, Iodide Morphine Mullein Leaves, Infusion. . . Musk Mustard Seeds, Ground Myrrh, Tincture Nux Vomica, Solid Extract Nux Vomica, Tincture Opium, Powdered Opium, Tincture Opium, Vinegar Opium, Wine Paregoric Pareira, Decoction Parsley Root, Infusion Pennyroyal, Infusion Peruvian Bark, Decoction. . Peruvian Bark, Powdered. . Peruvian Bark, Tincture Pink Root, Infusion Pleurisy Root, Infusion Podophyllin Pond Lily Root, Decoction. . Potassium, Bromide Diaphoretic and Emetic Diaphoretic and Expectorant. Diaphoretic and Expectorant. Tonic Tonic Tonic Tonic Tonic Tonic Tonic Tonic Cathartic Diuretic Narcotic Cathartic Astringent Diaphoretic Expectorant Laxative Laxative Diuretic Cathartic Antibilious Antibilious and Cathartic — Alterative Alterative Alterative Narcotic Anodyne Stimulant Emetic Expectorant Tonic and Stimulant Tonic and Stimulant Narcotic and Anodyne Narcotic and Anodyne Anodyne Narcotic Anodyne Diuretic Diuretic Diaphoretic Tonic Tonic Tonic To remove worms Tonic and Diuretic Antibilious and Purgative. . . Astringent Sedative External use. to 30 grains, "easpoonful. Teaspoonful. grains. grains. to 2 grains. to 2 grains. 5 to 20 drops. 5 grains. 10 to 20 drops. 5 grains. 5 to 10 grains. Wineglassful. 10 to 15 drops. k to 2 grains. Tablespoonful. 2 teaspoon fuls. ^ to 1 teaspoonful. ^ to 1 teaspoonfuL Teaspoonful. Tablespoonful. Tablespoonful. t to ^ grain. 10 to 20 grains. h to ."g grain. I'ff to i\s grain. 1 to 1 grain. fV to J grain. Wineglassful. 2 to 10 grains. Teaspoonful. 10 to 20 drops, i to J grain. 5 to 15 drops. •i to 1 grain. 10 to 15 drops. ) to 7 drops. 10 to 30 drops. I teaspoonful. Tablespoonful. Tablespoonful. Wineglassful. Wineglassful. Teaspoonful. ^ to 1 teaspoonful. Tablespoonful. Wineglassful. ^ to J grain. Tablespoonful. 20 to 40 grains. M)MINISTERING MEDICINES. 517 Medical Name. Potassium, Chlorate Potassium, Citrate Potassium, Iodide Potassium, Nitrate (Saltpeter) Quassia, Infusion Quassia, Tincture Quinine, Sulpliate Raspberry Leaves, Infusion... Raspberry Leaves, Syrup. . . . Rhatany Root, Decoction Rhatany Root, Tincture Rhubarb, Aromatic Syrup. . . Rhubarb, Powdered Rhubarb, Tincture Rochelle Salts Rue, Decoction SaiTron, Infusion Sage, Infusion Salicin Santonin Sarsaparilla, Decoction Sarsaparilla, Fluid Extract. . Sassafras, Infusion Savin Leaves, Infusion Savin, Oil Scammony, Powdered Senega Root, Decoction Senega Root, Fluid Extract. . Senna, Decoction Senna, Fluid Extract Skull-cap, Infusion Stramonium, Tincture Strychnia Sulphur, Flowers Tansy, Decoction Tansy, Oil Thornapple(See Stramonium) Thyme, Infusion Turpentine Valerian, Tincture Veratrum Viride, Tincture.. . White Oak Bark, Decoction. . Wild Cherry Bark, Infusion.. Wild Cherry Bark, Syrup Yellow Dock, Decoction Yellow Jessamine, Tincture- . Yellow Root, Decoction Properties. Expectorant Diuretic and Laxative Alterative Diuretic Tonic Tonic Tonic Astringent Astringent Astringent Astringent Cathartic and Astringent. . . Cathartic Cathartic Laxative Emmenagogue Diaphoretic Diaphoreti; Tonic To destroy Intestinal Worms Alterative Alterative Diaphoretic Emmenagogue and Diuretic Emmenagogue and Diuretic Purgative Expectorant and Diuretic. . . Expectorant and Diuretic. . . Cathartic Cathartic Tonic Narcotic and Sedative Tonic and Stimulant Laxative Emmenagogue Emmenagogue Aromatic Stimulant and Diuretic Antispasmodic Sedative and Diaphoretic. . . Astringent Sedative Sedative Alterative Nerve Tonic Tonic Dose for Adult. Child's Dobe see page 35<5. 10 to 20 grains. 20 to :W grains. 6 to 15 grains. 10 to 15 grains. Tablespoon ful. Teaspounful. 1 to 5 grains. Tablespoonful. Teaspoon ful. Tablespoonful. Teasi)oonful. 2 teaspoonfuls. 15 to 20 grains. Teaspoon ful. 2 teaspoonfuls. Tablespoonful. Taolespoonful. Wineglassful. 2 to 5 grains. i to 2 grains. Teacupful. Teaspoon ful. Wineglassful. 2 teaspoonfuls. 1 to 5 drops. 1 to 3 grains. Tablespoonful. 1.1 to 30 drops. Tab>spooi)fu]. Teaspnonful. Wineglassful. 5 to 10 drops. lio to io grain. 1 to 2 teaspoonfuls. Tablespoonful. 1 to 3 drops. Winegla.'ssful. 1 or 2 teaspoonfuls. Teaspooiiful. 1 to 3 drops. For external use. Tablespoonful. Teaspooiiful. Wineglassful. 10 to. 30 drops. TablespoonfuL KEY TO PRESCRIPTIONS. SCIENTIFIC NAMES REDUCED TO COMMON ENGLISH. It is a source of g^reat satisfaction to know what the doctor has pre- scribed. By reference to the following Table OF Remedies we may learn just what our prescription is composed of. For signs and weights see page 357. LATIN. ABBREVLA.TION. COMMON NAME. I Abies Canadensis Abies Can Hemlock Pine 2 Aconitum Napellus Ac Monk's Hood, Wolf's Bane 3 yEsculusGlabra ^scul G Ohio Buckeye 4 Agricus Muscarius Agar M Bug agaric, Amanita 5 Agnus Castus Agnus C Chaste-tree 6 Alnus Rubra AlRub Tag Alder 7 Alumnia Alum Argilla, Clay, Ox. of Alumen 8 Ambra Grisea Ambra G Ambergris 9 Ammonium Carbonicum Amm C Carbonate of Ammonia 10 Ammonium Muriaticum Amm Mur Muriate of Ammonia II Anacardium Anac Mallacca Bean 12 Antimonium Crudum Ante Crude Antimony 13 Apis Mellifica Apis Mell Honey Bee 14 Aralia Racemosa Aralia R Spikenard 15 Argentum Foliatum Arg Fol Silver Foil 16 Argentum Nitricum Arg Nit Nitrate of Silver 1 7 Arnica Montana Am Mont Leopard's Bane 18 Arsenicum Album Ars Alb Arsenic 19 Aristolochia Virginia Aris Virg Virginia Snake Root 20 Arum Triphylum ArumT Indian Turnip 21 Asafoetida Asa Asafcetida 22 Asanim Europseum Asarum Common Asarabacca 23 Asclepias Incarnata Asclep I Swamp Milkweed 24 Asclepias Syriaca Asclep S Common Milkweed 25 Atropin Atrop Alkaloid of Belladonna 26 Aurum Foliatum Aurum F Gold 27 Aurum Muriaticum Aur Mur Muriate of Gold 28 Baptisia Tinctoria Bap Tinct Wild Indigo 29 Bar)'ta Carbonica Baryta Carbonate of Barj^ta 30 Belladonna Bell Deadly Nightshade 31 Borax Borax Biborate of Soda 32 Bovista Bov 518 Puif-ball ANTIDOTES •:• DISEASES. On this page is given, under corresponding number of opposite p£^c, the antidote or remedy having counteracting effect of remedy (same number) on opposite page. Following the dash — is named a few of the diseases for which thy remedy of same number on opposite page is used. ANTIDOTES. DISEASES. 1 Coffee. — Dyspepsia, palpitation of the heart. 2 Vinegar, Coffee. — Fevers, lungs, croup, heart disease, neuralgia. 3 Nux Vom. — Piles, lame back, constipation, spasms. 4 Salt, Ether. — Apoplexy, chorea, delirium tremens. 5 Wine, Coffee. — Impotence, scanty secretion of milk. 6 Sulphur. — Skin diseases. 7 Ipecac, Soda. — Leucorrhoea, lead colic, constipation. 8 Camphor. — Hysterics, hard hearing, dry cough. 9 Camphor, Lemon-juice. — Syphilis, dysmenorrhcea, epilepsy. ID Oil, Elm Bark. — Catarrh, constipation, diarrhoea. 1 1 Camphor. — Weakness of mind, heart disease. 12 Mercurius, Puis. — Weakness of digestion, scald head. 13 Arnica, Onion. — Diseases of the kidneys, dropsy. 14 Cimicifuga, Nux. — Gravel, leucorrhoea, dry cough. 15 Pulsatilla, Merc. — Mealancholy, rheumatism of joints. 16 Common Salt. — Gonorrhoea, cracked nipples, epilepsy, diarrhoea. 17 Vinegar, Camphor. — Bruises, swelling of^ the glands, lungs. 18 Iron, Ipecac. — Diarrhoea, fever and ague, obstinate skin diseases. 19 Camphor. — Sick headache, piles, dyspepsia. 20 Onion. — Salivation, inflammation of mouth and throat, asthma. 21 Camphor. — Hysterics, dyspepsia, premature menses. 22 Vinegar, Camphor. — Colic, vomiting. 23 Pulsatilla. — .'\sthma, pleurisy, diarrhoea, cough, catarrh. 24 Bryonia. — Headache, dropsy, influenza, rheumatism. 25 Coffee. — Neuralgia, spasms, paralysis, whooping cough. 26 Merc, AV'hite of Eggs. — Diseases of the bones, sexual organs. 27 Nitric Acid. — Chronic catarrh, dropsy, syphilis. 28 Bryonia. — Typhoid fever, diphtheria, dysentery. 29 Soda or Magnesia in Vinegar. — Scrofulous swellings, rickets. 30 Vomit, Coffee. — Diseases of brain, nerves, glands, lungs, skin. 31 Mercurius. — Sore mouth, menses during nursing, liver spots. 32 Camphor. — F^xternally to stop bleeding, headache. 520 TABLE OF REMEDIES. LATIN. ABBREVUTION. COMMON NAME. 33 Bromium Brom Bromine 34 Spartium Scoparium Broom Broom 35 Br)'onia Alba BryAlb White Bryony 36 Chinca Chinca Chinca-root 37 Calcarea Carbonica Cal Carb Carbonate of Lime 38 Calcarea Caustica Cal Caus Caustic Lime 39 Calcarea Phosphorica Cal Phos Phosphate of Lime 40 Calendula Officinalis Calen Off Marsh Marigold 41 Cactus Grandiflorus Cac Grand Night-blooming Cereus 42 Camphora Camph Camphor 43 Cannabis Sativa Cann Sat Hemp 44 Cantharides Canth Spanish Fly 45 Capsicum Annum Cap Ann Cayenne Pepper 46 Carbo Animals Carbo A Animal Charcoal 47 Carbo Vegetabilis Carbo V Vegetable Charcoal 48 Carduus Marias Cardu Mar Common Thistle 49 Caulophyllum Thalictroides . Caul Thai Blue Berry Root 50 Causticum Caus Caustic Tincture 51 Cepa Cepa Common Onion 5 2 Cerasus Virginica Cera Virg Wild Cherry (red) 53 Chamomilla Vulgaris Cham Common Chamomille 54 Cheladonium Majus Chel Maj Garden Celandine 55 Chimaphila Umbellata Chim Um Prince's Pine, Wintergreen 56 China Chi Peruvian Bark 57 Chloral Hydrate Chi Hy Chloral 58 Cicuta virosa Cic Vir Water Hemlock 59 Cimicifuga Racemosa Cim Rac Black Snakeroot 60 Cina Cin Worm-seed 61 Cistus Canadensis CistC Rock Rose 62 Clematis Erecta Clem Virgin's Bower 63 Cocculus Indicus Coco Seeds of Cocculus 64 Coccus Cacti Coc Cac Cochineal 65 Coffea Cruda Coff Raw Coffee 66 Colchicum Autumnale Colchi Au Meadow Saffron 67 Colocynthis Col Bitter Cucumber 68 Collinsonia Canadensis Collin Can Cure All, Richweed 69 Conium Maculatum Con Spotted Hemlock 70 Comus Florida Com Flor Dogwood, Box Tree 71 Crocus Cro Saffron 72 Crotalus Horridus Crotal Rattlesnake Poison 73 Crotonius Oelum Crot Ole Croton Oil 74 Cuprum Metallicum Cup Met Copper 75 Cuprum Aceticum Cupr Acet Acetate of Copper 76 Cuprum Sulph Cupr Sul Sulphate of Copper 77 Cypripedium Pubescens Cyp Pub Bleeding Heart 78 Daphne Indica Daph Indian Daphne ANTIDOTES AND DISEASES. 6?1 ANTIDOTES. DISEASES. 33 White of Egq;. — Consumption, croup, dysentery, 34 Rhus Tox. — Ni;"sin2f sore mouth, mercurial saUvation. 35 Coffee, Camphor — iUieumatism, pneumonia, constipation, ty^phus. 36 Canthaiis. — Erucicttions, vomiting, burning urine. 37 Camphor. — Scrofula, slow teething of infants, profuse menses. 38 Bryonia. — Coughs, croup, ulcers, cur\'ature of the spine. 39 Nitric Acid. — Herpes, discharge from ear, chronic bronchitis. 40 — Wounds, cohc, cancer. 41 Verat. Viride. — Heart disease, pneumonia, fever and ague. 42 Opium, Vinegar. — Cholera, inlluenza, hysterics, headache. 43 Lemonade. — Gall stones, burning urine, nose bleed. 44 Camphor. — Bloody urine, dysentery, kidney diseases. 45 Camphor. — Chronic dysentery, fever and ague, dyspepsia. 46 Arsenic. — Cancer, goitre, offensive breath or discharges. 47 Arsenic. — Cardilagia, ulcers, bums, flatulence, dyspepsia. 48 Nux Vom. — Jaundice, gall stones, cough, pleurisy. 49 Pulsatilla. — False pains, tedious labor, dysmenorrhoea, colic. 50 Coffee. — Chronic hoarseness, cold feet, insanity. 5 1 Coffee. — Stings of insects, poisoned wounds, frozen parts. 52 Ammonium. — Slow fevers, dyspepsia, ulcers, whooping cough. 53 Aconite, Coffee. — Children's diseases, spasmodic pains, neuralgia. 54 Sulphur. — Headache, warts, eruptions, jaundice. 55 Cantharis. — Dropsy from disease of the kidneys, constipation. 56 Arsenic, Verat. Alb. — For all diseases of periodic recurrence. 57 Ammonia. — Insanity, sleeplessness, neuralgia, lock-jaw. 58 Tobacco. — Epilepsy, mania, defective eyesight. 59 Coffee. — Menses too profuse, chorea, rheumatism. 60 Ipecac. — Worms, whooping cough, spasms, catarrh. 61 Belladonna. — Foul breath, chronic diarrhoea, white swelling. 62 Mercurius. — Orchitis, old foul ulcers, syphilis. 63 Camphor. — Menstrual colic, sea sickness, nausea, asthma. 64 Tea, Wine, Ipec. — Vomiting, cough, palpitation of the heart. 65 Aconite. — Nervous diseases, cardilagia, dyspepsia. 66 Vinegar, Honey. — Gout, burning urine, cramps of calves of legs. 67 Camphor, Coffee. — Colic, dysentery, costiveness, neuralgia. 68 Nux Vom. — Piles, diarrhoea, chronic constipation. 69 Coffee. — Apoplexy, amcnorrhoea, catarrh. 70 Quinine. — Sour stomach, intermittent fever. 71 Aconite. — Hysteria, uterine hemorrhage. 72 Arsenic, Ammonia, Spirits. — Headache, skin diseases. 73 Opium, Mucilaginous drinks. — Constipation, eczema. ^4 Emetics, White of Eggs. — Epilepsy, insanity, vomiting, asthma. 75 Milk, Iron Filings. — Jaundice, colic, croup. 76 Ipecac. — Emaciation, rage, vertigo. 77 Tea. — Excessive mental labor, St. Vitus' dance. 78 Vinegar, Camphor. — Itching eruptions, pains in bones. 523 TABLE OF REMEDIES. LATIN. ABBREVIATIO> r. COMMON NAME. 79 Digitalis Purpurea Digi Fox-glove 80 Doryphora Ten Linse Dor T Lin Colorado Potato Bug 81 Drosera Dros Sun-dew 82 Dulcamara Dulc Bitter-sweet 83 Eucalyptus Globulus Euc Glob Blue Gum Tree 84 Eupatorium Eup Boneset, Ague VVee;^ 85 Euphorbium Euphor Spurge 86 Euphrasia Euphra Eye-bright 87 Ferrum Metallicum Ferr Iron 88 Ferrum Aceticum Ferr Ace Acetate of Iron 89 Ferrum Muriaticum Ferr Mur Muriate of Iron 90 Filix Mas Fil M Male Fern 91 Gelseminum Sempervirens Gel Semp Yellow Jassamine 92 Graphites Graph Black Lead 93 Glonoine Glo Nitro-Glycerine 94 Hamamelis Virginiana Hama Witch Hazel 95 Hedeoma Pulegioides Hede Pul Penny Royal 96 Helleborus Niger Helleb Christmas Rose 97 Hepar Sulphuris Hep Sul Sulphuret of Lime 98 Hydrocyani Acidum Hy Acid Prussic Acid 99 Hydrastis Canadensis Hydras Can Golden Seal 100 Hyoscyamus Niger Hyos Black Henbane 10 1 Hypericum Perforatum Hyp Perf St. John's Wort 102 Ignatia Amara Ign St. Ignatius' Bean 103 Indigo Indigo Indigo 104 lodium lod Iodine 105 Ipecacuanha IP Ipecac 106 Iris Versicolar Iris Ver Blue Flag 107 Jalapa Jalap Jalap 108 Juglans Cinera Jug Cin Butternut, White Walnut 109 Kali Bichromicum Kali Bi Bichromate of Potash no Kali Carbonicum Kali Car Carbonate of Potash III Kali Hidiodicum Kali Hi Iodide of Potassium 112 Kreasotum Krea Creasote 113 Kusso Kusso Kusso 114 Lachesis Lach Snake Poison 115 Laurocerasus Laur Cherry Laurel 116 Ledum Palustre Led Pal Marsh- tea 117 Lilium Tigrinum Lil Tig Tiger-spotted Lily 118 Lycopodium Clavatum Lye Club Moss 119 Lobelia Lob Indian Tobacco 1 20 Magnesia Carbonica Mag Car Carbonate of Magnesia 121 Magnesia Muriatica Mag Mur Muriate of Magnesia 122 Manganum Tklangan Manganese 123 Menispermum Canadense Menis Can Sarsaparilla 124 Menyanthes Trifoliata Meny Buck Bean ANTIDOTES AND DISEASES. 623 ANTIDOTES. DISEASES. 79 Emetics, Wine, Ammonia. — Heart disease, bloody cough, dropsy. 80 Jimson Weed. — Vomiting, dysentery, night-mare. 81 Camphor. — Whooping cougli, consumption, cough. 82 Camphor. — Sahvation, hives, Bright's disease, hoarsenes. 83 Quinine. — Intermittent fevers, asthma from heart disease. 84 Ipecac, Nux. — Fevers : intermittent, spotted, remittent. Influenza. 85 LobeUa. — Spasms, diarrhcea, cholera morbus. 86 Belladonna. — Chronic sore eyes, opthalmia, sneezing. 87 Arsenic, China. — Nursing sore mouth, diarrhoea, chlorosis. 88 Kreasote. — Consumption, dropsy, excessive menstruation. 89 Pulsatilla, Arsenicum. — Catarrh of the bladder, wetting the bed. 90 Lemon. — Tape worms. 91 Belladonna. — Headache, dumb ague, covulsions, after pains. 92 Nux., Wine. — Chronic eruptions, catarrh of the ear, salt rheum. 93 Coffee. — Sunstroke, congestive headache, nervous diseases. 94 Arnica. — Burns, scalds, bleedings, varicose veins. 95 Turpentine. — Nausea, whites, amenorrhoea from a cold. 96 Camphor. — Dropsy of the brain, scanty menses. 97 Vinegar. — Typhus, scrofula, skin, glands, profuse menses. 98 Ammonia, Cold Affusion. — Epilepsy, apoplexy, cholera, pythisis. 99 Ammonia. — Headache, constipation, leucorrhoea, catarrh. 00 Coffee, Bell. — Hysterics, hydrophobia, brain fever. 01 Pulsatilla. — Congestion of the blood to the head, jiainful menses. 02 Camphor, Lemon. — Hemicrania, spinal irritation, convulsions. 03 Belladonna. — Epilepsy, chorea, vomiting, colic. 04 Coffee, Starch. — Goitre, enlarged glands, liver complaints. 05 Coffee. — Vomiting, asthma, diarrhcea, fever and ague. 06 Veratrum Alb. — Summer complaint, morning sickness. 07 Rhubarb. — Constipation, small doses for diarrho-'a of infants. 08 Mayapple Root. — Quinsy, cramp, diarrhoea, salt rheum. 09 Iodine. — Croup, cough, bloody catarrh. 10 Vinegar, Wine. — Consumption, whooping cough, dyspepsia. 1 1 Tobacco. — Brain fever, sore throat, goitre, cancer. 12 Milk, Mucilage. — Diabetes, foul smelling discharges, bums. 13 Coffee. — Tape Worms. 14 Ammonia, Arsenic. — Fevers and convulsions. 15 Ammonia, Cold Affusions. — Pneumonia, gangrene, apoplexy. 16 Camphor. — Insect bites and stings, whooping cough, ague. 1 7 Sepia. — Menses too profuse and too often, sterility. 18 Camphor. — Excoriations of infants, gravel, bloating, ulcers. 19 Ipecac. — Croup, asthma, vomiting, sick headache. 20 Table Salt. — Menstrual difficulties, diarrhoea of pregnancy. 21 Calcarea. — Worms, leucorrhoea, uterine spasms. 22 Coffee, Ipecac. — Excoriating leucorrhoea, fall of the womb. 23 Bryonia. — Liver complaints, skin diseases, dropsy. 24 Camphor. — Malarial diseases, rheumatism. 524 TABLE OF REMEDIES. LATIN. ABBREVUTION r. COMMON NAME. 125 Mephitis Putorius Meph Skunk 126 Mercurius Vivus Mer Viv Mercury, Quicksilver 127 Mercurius Solubilis Mer Sol Soluble Mercury 128 Mercurius Dulcis Mer Dul Calomel 129 Mercurius Iodide Mer lod Iodide of Mercury 130 Mercurius Corrosivus Mer Corr Corrosive Sublimate 131 Mezereum Mez Mezereon 132 Morphiura Morph Morphia 133 Moschus Mosch Musk 134 Muriatis Acidum Mur Ac Muriatic Acid 135 Natrum Carbonicum Nat Car Carbonate of Soda 136 Natrum Muriaticuni Nat Mur Kitchen Salt 137 Nitri Acidum Nit Acid Nitric Acid 138 Nux Juglans Nux Jug Walnut Shell 139 Nitrum Nit Nitre, Saltpetre 140 Nux Moschata Nux Mosch Nutmeg 141 Nux Vomica Nux Vom Vomic Nut 142 Oleander Olean Oleander 143 Oleum Jecoris 01 Jec Cod Liver Oil 144 Oleum Ricini OlRic Castor Oil 145 Opium Op Opium 146 Petroleum Petro Rock Oil 147 Phosphori Acidum Phos Ac Phosphoric Acid 148 Phosphorus Phos Phosphorus 149 Phytolacca Decandra Phy Poke Root, Poke Beny 150 Platina Plat Platina 151 Plumbum Plumb Lead 152 Plumbum Aceticum Plumb Act Acetate of Lead 153 Podophyllum Pelltaum Pod Pel May Apple 154 Polygonum Punctatum Poly Punc Smartweed, Water Pepper 155 Pulsatilla Puis Wind Flower 156 Ranunculus Bulbosus Ran B Buttercup 157 Ranunculus Scelaratus Ran S Malignant Crowfoot 158 Rhododendron Chrj'santh mRhod Siberian Rose 159 Rhus Toxicodendron Rhus Tox Poison Sumach 160 Rhus Glabrum Rhus Glab Common Sumach 161 Rumex Crispus Rum Cris Yellow Dock 162 Ruta Graveolens RutaG Rue 163 Sabadilla Sabad Mexican Barley 164 Sabina Sabin Savin 165 Sambucus Nigra Samb Elder 166 Sanguinaria Canadensis Sang Blood Root 167 Scuttellaria Laterflora Scut Lat Skull Cap 168 Secale Coruntum Sec Ergot 169 Senega Sen Rattlesnake Root 170 Senecio Aurans Sen Aur Ragweed ANTIDOTES AND DISEASES. 525 ANTIDOTES. DISEASES. 25 Camphor. — Sick headache, hysterics. 26 Gold, Iodine. ^(ilands, ulcers, diarrhoea, flux, liver. 27 Nitric Acid. — Diseases of females, sore mouth and throat. 28 Chloride of Potash. — Putrid sore throat, biliousness, diseased bones 29 Hepar Sul. — Diphtheria, goitre, hardened glands. 30 White of Eggs. — Bloody tlux, opthalmia, syphilis, bowel complaints 31 Mercurius, Milk. — Bones, skin, bowels, hectic fever. 32 Quick Emetics. — Used to produce sleep and relieve pain. ^^ Camphor. — Hysterics, nervous headache, asthma. 34 Sulphur. — Scrofula, diphtheria, typhus, ulcers. 35 Vinegar. — Glandular swellings, scrofulous sores. 36 Nitrate of Silver. — Fever and ague, constipation, hemorrhage. 37 Camphor, Conium. — Syphilis, fistula, liver complaint, diabetes. 38 Arnica. — Boils, fever and ague, leucorrhoea. 39 Hepar Sul., Sulphur. — Dyspepsia, cardilagia, diarrhoeas, gravel. 40 Caraway Seed. — Hysterics, dysmenorrhoea. 41 Emetics, Coffee. — Cramps, convulsions, neuralgia, diabetes, ague. 42 Camphor. — Paralysis, vertigo, insanity. 43 — Wasting diseases. 44 — Is a mild cathartic. 45 Coffee. — Apoplexy, mania, lead colic, hernia, sleeplessness. 46 Nux. — Weakness of the bladder, chilblains, herpes, sore throa' 47 Camphor, Coffee. — Onanism, epilepsy, diabetes, consumption 48 Milk, Magnesia. — One of the most generally useful remedies. 49 Bloodroot. — Salt rheum, diphtheria, piles, rheumatism. 50 Pulsatilla. — Excessive menses, catalepsy, falling of the womb. 51 Opium, Alum. — Paralysis, colic, dysentery, sterility. 52 Vinegar and Magnesia. — Headache, convulsions, loss of sight. 53 Arnica. — Bilious headache, dyspepsia, colic, diarrhoea, piles. 54 Pulsatilla. — Dysentery, amenorrhcea, sprains, bruises. 55 Coffee. — This remedy is the woman's friend. 56 — External applications to old sores. 57 Camphor. — Gangrene, cancer of the stomach, dandruff. 58 lobelia. — Chronic rheumatism, asthma, opthalmia. 59 Lobelia; internal and external. — Er>'sipelas, pneumonia, typhus. 60 Borax. — Rheumatism, night sweats, scur\'y, bleeding, piles. 61 Belladonna. — Epistaxis, diarrhoea, colic, itch. 62 Camphor. — Worms, uterine irregularities, weak eyes from reading. 63 Cina. — Tape worm, neuralgic rheumatism, fever. 64 Elm Bark. — Miscarriage, uterine hemorrhage, dysuria. 65 — Cold in the head of inAints ; externally for bums. 66 Bryonia. — Sick headache, vomiting, jaundice, croup, pneumonia. 67 Coffee. — Delirium tremens, chorea, sunstroke. 68 Camphor. — Tedious labor, bloody diseases generally. 69 Am., Bell. — Diabetes, chronic cough. 70 Pulsatilla. — Hay asthma, coryza, Bright's disease, dropsy 526 TABLE OF REMEDIES. LATIN. 71 Sepia 72 Silicea 73 Spigelia 74 Spongi Tosta 75 Squilla Maratima 76 Stannum 77 Staphysagria 78 Stramonium 79 Sulphur 80 Sulphuris Acidum 81 Symphitum Officinale 82 Tobacum 8^ Taraxicum 84 Tartarus Emeticus 85 Terebinthina Oleum 86 Teucrium Marum Verum 87 Thuya Occidentalis 88 Triosteum Perfoliatum 89 Urtica Urens 90 Valeriana Officinalis 91 Variolin 92 Verbascom Thapsus 93 Veratrum Album 94 Veratrum Viride 95 Viburnum Prunifolium 96 Vinca Minor 97 Viola Tricolor 98 Xanthoxylum Fraxincum 99 Zincum Sulphas 200 Zincum BBREVIATIO> I. COMMON NAME. Sep Cuttle Fish Juice SU Silica Spig Pink Root Spong Burnt Sponge Squi Squills Stan Tin Staph Stave's Acre Stram Jimson Weed Sul Sulphur Sul Ac Sulphuric Acid Symp Common Comfrey Tabac Tobacco Tarax Dandelion Tar Em Tartar Emetic Tereb 01 Spirits of Turpentine Teu M V Cat Mint Thu Tree of Life, Arbor Vitae Trios Perfo White Ginseng UrtU Nettle ValOff Valerian Vari Cowpox Virus Verba Mullein Ver Alb White Hellebore Ver Vir Black Haw Vibum Pn I American Hellebore Vine Periwinkle Vio Tri Pansy Xanthoxl Prickly Ash Zin Sul Sulphate of Zinc Zinc Zinc 4^; '*,■;' :*.'^< '*•'.. '^•y ANTIDOTES ANT> DISEASES. 627 ANTIDOTES. DISEASES. 71 Lemon Juice. — Menstrual difficulties, sick headache, ozena. 72 Camphor. — Old ulcers, diseased bones. 73 Coffee. — Nervous sick headache, neuralgia, worms, toothache. 74 Camphor. — Croup, hoarseness, spitting blood, 75 Camphor. — Hemopthysis, bronchitis, diabetes, cough. 76 Pulsatilla. — Cardilagia, mucous consumption. 77 Camphor. — Toothache, rheumatism of joints and muscles. 78 Lobelia. — Brain fever, spasms, hydrophobia, asthma. 79 Aconite, Puis. — Useful in scrofulous and skin diseases. 80 Magnesia, Lemon Juice. — Night sweats, bed soras, mercurial saliv'n 81 — Applied externally for old ulcers. 82 Lobelia, Coffee. — Hernia, sea sickness, renal colic. 8^ Vinegar. — Torpid liver, llatulence, hives. 84 Tannin, Ipecac. — Croup, smallpox, cough, pneumonia, yellow fever 85 Coffee. — Bloody urine, rheumatism, typhus, worms. 86 Camphor. — Colic and wakefulness of infants. 87 Sassafras. — Cancer of the womb, syphilis, gonorrhoea. 88 Ipecac. — Bilious colic, asthma, rheumatism, bilious fever. 89 Belladonna. — Hives, bums, gravel, dysentery. 90 Coffee. — Nervous pains, epilepsy, rheumatism. 91 Smallpox. — This is the only reliable article for vaccination. 92 — Piles, varicose veins, fever sores. 93 Camphor. — Cholera, cramps, vomiting, colic. 94 Coffee. — Female diseases, fevers, use instead of aconite. 95 I'ulsatilla. — Hysteria, cancer, after pains, prevents miscarriage. 96 Sulphur. — Eruptions and skin diseases. 97 — Scald head, fetid urine. 98 Ammonia. — Salivation, amenorrhoea, catarrh. 99 Hepar Sul.; Ignatia. — Somnambulism, nervous diseases. 200 Hepar Sul., Ignatia. — Red eyeUds, spasms, paralysis, pimples. DISINFECTANTS. HOW TO DESTROY GERMS OF DISEASE. Disinfectants are substances possessing the power of destroying germs of diseases, and which also, by absorbing or decomposing impure gases, purify the atmosphere. 1. Fresh Air and Sunlight. 2. Water. — Dishes of water placed in a room will absorb impure gases. Care should be taken to change the water fre- quently. A pailful of water placed in a freshly painted room will remove the disagreeable odor of the paint. 3. Charcoal. — Powdered charcoal is very efficacious in absorbing foul odors ; it should be exposed in open pans. 4. F'resh Earth. — Fine dry earth sprinkled over offen- sive matters, or placed in boxes about a room, is also effica- cious in absorbing foul odors. 5. Sulphate of Iron, or copperas, in powder alone or mixed with lime, is an excellent disinfectant for privy-wells, slaughter-houses, ditches, etc. Or, charcoal, two ounces ; sul- phate of iron (copperas), forty ounces ; sulphate of lime (plaster or gypsum), fifty ounces ; sulphate of zinc (white vitriol), seven ounces. Mix well and scatter dry, or mix with water. 6. Chloride of Lead. — Dissolve half a dram of nitrate of lead in a pint of boiling water, and two drams of common salt in a pail of water. Mix the two solutions and allow the sediment to settle. A cloth dipped in the liquid and hung up in an apartment is all that is required to purify the most fetid atmosphere. It also can be thrown down sinks, drains, etc. , good also to wash infected clothes in. 7. Carbolic Acid. — Impure carbolic acid, one ounce ; water, one gallon. Mix and sprinkle over the floors of privies, aboui. sinks, etc. 8. Red Clay mixed with a four per cent, solution of sulphuric acid, and a little carbolic acid, is also a good disin- fectant. DISINFECTANTS. 529 9. Chloride of Lime is often deleterious in close dwell- ings, from the amount of chlorine gas evolved ; but it is excel- lent for drains, ditches, etc. By adding vinegar or diluted sulphuric acid with it, the amount of chlorine gas is increased 10. Common Salt, three ounces ; black oxide of manga- nese and oil of vitriol, each one ounce ; water, two ounces. Mix in a cup, and carry it through the apartments of the sick ; but it should not be left in the room. Hoiv to fumigate Rooms. 1. Pleat a common iion shovel quite hot, ana" pour vinegar slowly upon it. The windows and doors should be opened at the time, as the fumes of vinegar are very irritating. 2. Sulphurous Acid Gas. — Another way to fumigate rooms is with sulphur fumes. Take two ounces of sulpliur and place it in a kettle, close every window, kindle the sulphur, and immediately leave the room ; the door should be locked and no one allowed to enter it for eight hours, after which time the doors and windows may be thrown open. 3. ('hlorine Gas, Bromine, or nitrous-acid fumigation should only be used by persons acquainted with such gases, as they are very poisonous. 4. Another very efficacious disinfectant (in washing furni- ture, books, clothing, etc., which have remained in the room of a person suffering fiom infectious disease) is made by mixing one part of rectified oil of turpentine, seven parts of benzine, with the addition of five drops of the oil of verbena to each ounce. This forms the peroxide of hydrogen, a powerful oxidiz- ing agent, similar to ozone. — British Medical Journal. 5. Clothing may be disinfected by placing in a hot oven, or boiling it. H. To remove the unpleasant odor from a room quickl}', burn in it dried lavender or cascarilla bark. Tlie window should be opened when it is done. Roasting coffee has the same effect. Precautions in Visiting Infected Rooms. Never enter an infected room on an empty stomach. Stay only as long as it is necessary. Breathe lightly while there. On returning home, take a warm bath, and rub the skin well when drying. Poisons and Their Antidotes. ^^^ ^ r V Act Quickly. Tipvie is Like. First — Send for a physician. Second — Induce vomiting as speedily as possible by drinking hot water, or strong mustard and water, swallow sweet oil, or whites of eggs. Tickle the throat with a feather. Irritant Poisons are arsenic, antimony, mercury, iodine, chlorine, ammonia, cantharides, alkalies, and strong acids — cause intense burning pain in throat and stomach. Vomiting must he produced. After the stom- ach has been evacuated of a poison, take oil, < r whites of several eggs, flaxseed tea, slippery elm tea, gum arabic in solution, or gelatine. Narcotic Poisons are opium, chloral, alcohol, belladonna, aconite, strychnia, carbolic acid — produce deep sleep and insensibility, which must be counteracted by shocks to the nervous system by dashing cold water on the spine and chest, also drink strong coffee and other stimulants. Keep patient awake and moving at any cost. SPECIAL POISONS AND ANTIDOTES. POISONS. ANTroOTES. Acids : Muriatic, 1 Oxalic, Acetic, Sulphuric (Oil of "Vitriol). Nitric (Aqua Fortis). J Ammonia in water. Dash water in face. Soapsuds, magnesia, lime water. PrussicAcid. | r'o^K^i,,. A/.!,i I Flour and water, muci- Carbohc Acid. | iagi„ous drinks. Alkalies : Potash, Lye, I Hartshorn, Ammonia. ) Bug Poison, Lead, Salt- fieter. Corrosive Sub- imate, Sugar of Lead, Blue Vitriol. Vinegar or lemon juice in water. Whites of eggs or milk in large doses. Arsenic, Rat Poison, Paris Green. Chloroform, Chloral, Ether. IMilk, raw eggs, sweet oil, lime water, flour and water. Dash cold water on head and chest, artificial respira- tion, piece of ice in rectum. I POISONS. Carbonate of Soda, Copperas, Cobalt. ANTIDOTES. Soapsuds and muci- laginous drinks. A'nA'J^onv \ Starch and water, astrin- TartVr Emetic. S^nt infusions, strong tea. Mercun- and its Salts. Whites of eggs, milk, mucilages. Nitrate of Silver, Lunar Caustic. I Salt and water. Strj-chnine, Tinct.of Nux Vomica. Opium, Morphine, Laadanum, Parecrorlc, Soothing Powders or Syrups. Mustard and water, sulphate of zinc, absolute quiet, plug the ears. Strong coffee, hot bath, keep awake and moving at any cost. 53C (C PATENT MEDICINES." -/->-«-■- The following named Compounds have been carefully ANAI^YZED JiY EXPMSItT CHKMIBT8, With the results as given heloiv, and published from time to time in one or more of the following leading journals : The Medical World of Philadelphia, The Western Druggist of Chicago, The New England Druggist of Boston, and other publications. Ayer's Sarsaparilla. Alcohol, 2 ounces ; fluid extract sarsaparilla, 3 ounces ; fluid extract yellow dock, 2 ounces; fluid extract burdock, 2 ounces; fluid extract stillingia, 2 drams ; fluid extract mandrake, 1 dram ; potassium iodide, 2 drams. Ayer's Ague Cure. Each bottle contains six ounces of a dark red syrupy liquid, ^vith a slight white sediment, a very bitter taste, and an odor of wintergreen oil. It consists of an alcoholic tincture of cinchoiua l)ark, with an addition of about tliree grains of quinoidine and three grains of sulphate of cinchonine for each fluid ounce, dissolved by the aid of sulphuric acid ; it is sweetened with sugar and flavored with oil of wintergreen. The white sediment con- sists of sulphate of lime. Ayer's Cathartic Pills. Each box contains 30 sugar-coated pills, each weighing nearly 4 grains, and consisting of aloes, compound extract of colocynth, gamboge, Spanish pepper, and oil of peppermint. Hood's Sarsaparilla. After a careful analysis of this remedy it is believed that it does no^ differ materially from similar preparations. Radway's Reffulatingr Pills. Each box contains 2f) to 31 sugar-coatod pills of unequal size. They consist of 30 grains of aloes, 15 grains of jalap, 8 grains of gamboge, and of some inert substance. Radway's Ready Relief. Two and one-half fluid ounces (in a 50 cent liotlle) of a light brown liquid consisting of 2 ounces of soap liniment, 2 drams alcoholic tincture of Spanish pepper, and 2 drams of strong aqua ammonia (hartshorn). Himrod's Astliina Cure. Powdered lobelia, 2 ounces; powdered stramonium leaves, 2 oimres; powdered saltpetai-, 2 ounces ; powdered black tea, 2 ounces. Mix and sift well. 531 532 PATENT MEDICINE RECIPES. S. S. S. Swi'ft's Specific. Old man's gray-beard root, 1 bushel ; prickly ash root, 16 ounces ; white and red sumac root, each 4 ounces ; sarsaparilla root, 10 ounces ; sulphate of copper, 8 scruples. Kennedy's Medical Discovery. Sneezewort, 1 ounce ; bitter root, 4 drams ; licorice root, 4 drams ; white sugar, 4 ounces ; essence wintergreen, 1 ounce ; boiling water, 8 ounces; proof spirits, 10 ounces. Macerate the roots with menstruum for 48 hours, filter and add sugar. Jackson's Pectoral Syrup. Sassafras pith, 1 dram ; gum araV)ic, 1 ounce ; water, 1 pint. Macerate for 12 hours, then add sugar, 21 ounces, and dissolve without heat, filter and add morpliine muriate, 8 grains. Dose : A teaspoonful every 3 hours. It is intended that this preparation when completed shall measure 2 pints, and if it does not, the operator is to add the complement of water, so that each fluid ounce shall contain ^ of a grain of muriate of morphia. Sozodont. Castile soap, 75 grains ; glycerine, 75 grains ; alcohol, 1 ounce ; water, 5 drams ; oil peppermint, oil cloves, oil cinnamon, oil anise, of each sufficient. Carter's Little Liver Pills. Podophyllin, 1 J grains ; aloes (socotrine), .3^ grains ; mucilage acacia, suflBicient quantity. Mix. Divide into 12 pills, and coat with sugar. Hall's Hair Renewer. Tea, 2 drams; raspberry, 3 drams ; sage, 4 drams; oil citronella, 21^ drams ; best lac sulphur, 18 drams ; white sugar lead, 2 ounces, 10 grains ; glycerine, 42 ounces ; water, sufficient quantity. Fellows' Syrup of Hypophosphites. Hypophosphite calcium, 740 grains ; hypophosphite sodium, 256 grains ; hypophosphite potassium, 192 grains; hypophosphite manganese, 192 grains; strychnine, 4 grains; sulphate iron, crystallized, 370 grains; sulphate qui- nine, 128 grains ; sugar, 24 ounces ; orange flower water, 1 ounce ; water, 32 ounces. Horsford's Acid Phosphate. Calcium carbonate, 369 grains; magnesia (calcined), 116 grains; potas- sium carbonate, 151 grains ; syrupy phosphoric acid (60 per cent.), 1,721 grains. Add sufficient water to make 1 pint. Magnolia Balm. Zinc oxide, 4 drams; glycerine, 1^ fluid ounces; water, 2 ounces; car- mine, J grain ; oil bergamot, 1 minim ; oil lemon, 1 minim. German Cologne. Cologne spirits, 1 quart ; oil bergamot, | ounce ; oil cedrat, -^ ounce ; oil lemon, J ounce ; water, warm, ^ quart. Patent medicine recipes. 533 Jayne's Kxpectorant. Syrup squills, 2 ounces; tinctuni tolu, 12 drains; tincture camphor, 1 dram; tincture lol)elia, 1 dram; tincture dij;italis, 2 drams; laudanum, 4 grains; powdered ipecac, 4 grains ; tartar-emetic. Mix together. Jayne's Ajjue Mixture. Each bottle contains Ih Huid ounces of a mixture having the odor and taste of rhubarb, dandelion, and common molasses. It contains sulphate of quinine and traces of other cinchona alkaloids, but not enough to render the mixture very bitter. Hall's Catarrh Cure. Iodide of potassium, 1 dram ; tincture of cardamom compound, 4 ounces ; tincture of gentian compound, 12 ounces ; caramel, suHicient to color. Green's Aiig'ust Flower. Rhubarb, 360 grains ; golden seal, !)U giains ; cape aloes, 10 grains; peppermint leaves, 120 grains ; potassium carbonate, 120 grains; capsicum, 5 grains; sugar, i pound; alcohol, .'3 ounces; water, 10 ounces. Macerate the mixed drugs in the water and alcohol, filter, and pass sufficient diluted alcohol through the filter to make one junt, in which dissolve the sugar. Cuticura Resolvent. Socotrine aloes, 1 dram; jiowdered rhubarb, 1 dram; iodide potassium, 36 grains; whisky, 1 pint. Macerate over night and filter. Warner's Safe Cure. Add potassium nitrate to an infusion of hepatica in the proportion of 15 grains to a fluid ounce, flavoring with oil of wintergreen, adding a small amount of alcohol for preserving. Ely's Cream Balm. White wax, 30 parts ; paraffine, 15 parts; oil of sweet almonds, 60 parts ; petrolatum, 120 parts; nitrate of sodium, 15 parts ; water, 15 parts; oil of lemon, 5 parts ; oil of orange, 1 part. Allen's Lung Balsam. Tincture sanguinaria, tincture lobelia, tincture opium, tincture capsi- cum, essence sassafras, essence anise, New Orleans molasses. Shilo's Consumptive Cure. Hydrochlorate morjihine, 4 grains; oil peppermint. 10 drops ; oil tar, 1 fluid dram; dilute hydrocyanic acid, 1 fluid dram; chloroform. 2 fluid drams; powdered extract licorice, 2 drains; tincture lobelia. 4 fluid ilrams; alcohol, 1 fluid ounce. Syrup to make 1 pint. King's New Discovery. Sulphate morphine, 8 grains; fluiil extract ipecac, ^ dram; chloro- form, 60 drops; tincture white pine, 2 Huitl ounces; carbonate magnesia, ^ ounce; sugar, 14 ounces ; water, 7 fluid ounces. Castoria. Senna, 2 drams ; manna, ^ ounce ; Rochelle salts, \ ounce ; fennel, bruised, J dram; dissolve with 4 ounces boiling water, cool, strain, and add 4 ouucea augar ; add sufficient wintergreen to flavor. / 534 PATENT MEDICINE RECIPES. Sage*g Catarrh Remedy. Half an ounce of a green powder consisting of 200 grains of finely pow- dered common salt mixed with 6 to 12 grains of pow^dered camplior, tlie same quantity of carbolic acid, and colored with a mixture of 20 grains finely powdered yellow puccoon root with 2 grains of indigo. Christie's Ague Mixture. Each bottle contains 7 fluid ounces of a very dark, syrupy liquid, one- fourth filled with sediment, and having a very bitter and peppery taste and the odor of common molasses. The sediment is powdered Spanish pepper and a little resinous matter. The solution consists of a tincture of cinchona bark with the addition of sulphate of cinchonine and common molasses. Keating's Cough Lozenges. Lactucarium, 2 drams ; ipecac, 1 dram ; squills, | dram ; extract licorice, 2 drams ; sutjar, 6 ounces. Make in a mass with tragacanth mucilage, and divide into 20-grain lozenges. Brown's Troches. Powdered extract licorice, 16 ounces; powdered sugar, 24 ounces; powdered cubebs, 4 ounces ; gum arable, 4 ounces ; extract hemlock, 1 ounce. Mix, and with sufficient water make troches of the proper size. Harter's Wild Cherry Bitters. Wild cherry bark, 8 ounces; yellow cinchona, 1 ounce; orange peel, 2 ounces ; cardamom seed, 1 ounce ; Canada snakeroot, ^ ounce ; diluted alcohol. 6 pints ; honey, 1 pint ; syrup, 1 pint. Thompson's Hot Drops. Myrrh, powdered, 2 ounces ; capsicum, ^ ounce ; alcohol, 1 quart. Macer- ate and filter. Clark's Blood Mixture. Iodide potassium, 64 grains ; chloric ether^ 4 drams ; liquor potassae, 30 minims ; water, 7^ ounces. Burnt sugar, sufficient to color. Tarrant's Eflfervescent Seltzer Aperient consists of a mixture of powdered sugar, Epsom salt, bicarbonates of soda and potash, and tartaric acid. Kendall's Spavin Cure. Camphor, 21 parts ; oil of turpentine, 30 parts ; oil of rosemary, 1 part ; iodine, 5 parts; alcohol, 192 parts; water, 39 parts. Dissolve the solids in the alcohol, and add remainder. St. John*s Condition Powders. Powdered fenugreek, powdered potassium bitartrate, powdered gentian, powdered potassium nitrate, powdered sulphur, powdered rosin, powdered black antimony, powdered ginger, each 1 ounce; powdered capsicum, 4 drams. Mix well. PATENT MEDICINE RECIPES. 535 Pierce's Pleasant Purgative Pellets. Each littlfi hottle contains 28 to ;56 small sii[;ar-coated pills of unequal size, weijjjhin^ in all 18 to 22 grains. Their cathartic effect is solely due to podophyllin, the lesiu of the root of the May-apple. Pierce's Golden Medical Discovery. Seven fluid ounces of a dark brown lifjuid consisting of a solution of 1 dram extract of lettuce, 1 ounce of honey, A dram tincture of opium in 3 ounces of dilute alcohol, and 3 ounces of water. Pierce's Favorite Prescription. Ten fluid ounces of a greenish-hrown turliid liquid consisting of a solu- tion of h ounce of sugar and 1 dram of gum aral)ic in 8 ounces of a decoction made from 2 drams of savin, 2 drams of white agaric, li drams of cinna- mon, and 2 drams of cinchona l)ark ; to this mixture are added i dram of tincture of opium, and i dram of tincture of fox-glove, and a jlution of 8 drops of oil of anise seed in 1^ ounces of alcohol. Mrs. Winslow's Soothing Syrup comes in vials containing li' fluid ounces ; it consists of sugar syrup stroiigly flavored witli an alcoholic tincture of fennel — anise — and a little caraway- seed, or an alcoholic solution of their essential oils, and with or without an admixture of solution of sulphate of morphine in various quantities. While recently it lias been found not always to contain morphine, at times as much as one-half of a grain and more has been found contained in each fluid ounce of the syrup. In regard to the dangers of this nostrum, the Pacific Medical and Surr/ical Journal remarks : — " It would be sqarcely iiossible to estimate the number of children which it sends to the crave before thcv reach their second year. Another still praver nuestion Is: How much of the physical disease, drunkenness.'depradation, and vice, and now many of the weak- ened intellects are due to the use of the soothing synip in infancy?" Walker's California Vegretable Vinegar Bitters. Each bottle contains 10 to 20 fluid ounces consisting of a decoction of aloes and a small quantity of gum guaiac. anise seed, and .sassafras bark, in water slightly acidulated with acetic acid, or by sul)sequent fermentation, or by the u.se or addition of .sour cider; to this are added al>out 1 ounce of sul- phate of soda, i ounce of gum arable, and i to 1 fluid ounce of alcohol. Indiana Bitters. Compound tincture of cinchona, 8 ounces; compound tincture of gentian, 8 ounces ; tincture Colombo, 8 ounces ; fluid extract of juniper V»erries, 8 ounces; alcohol, 16 ounces; water sufficient to make one gallon. Mix and filter. Hostetter's Bitters. Gentian, 15 grains; ble.ssed thistle, 15 grains; calamus, 15 grains; orange peel, 60 grains ; oil orange, 1 drop ; sugar, 320 grains ; alcohol, 12 ounces ; water, 4 ounces. Stougliton Bitters. Dry orange peel, 12 pounds; American saffron, 1 pound; Virginia snakeroot, 2 pounds ; gentian, 16 pounds ; red saunders, 1 pound; diluted alcohol, 20 gallons. 536 PATENT MEDICINE RECIPES. Edisou's Polyforni. Hydrate of chloral, 1 ounce; alcohol, 4 ounces; chloroform, S ounces; camphor, 2 ounces ; oil peppermint, 2 minims; oil cloves, 2 minims; sali- cylic acid, 72 grains; nitrate amyl, 72 grains; morphia, 48 grains. Mix. For external use. Boscbee's German Syrup. Oil tar, 4 parts ; fluid extract ipecac, 16 parts ; tincture opium, 16 parts; fluid extract wild cherry, 24 parts ; magnesium carbonate, 12 parts ; water, 240 parts ; sugar, 42(J parts. Bateman's Pectoral Drops. Tincture opium, 6i ounces ; tincture catechu, 5 ounces, .3 drams ; spirit camphor, 4 ounces ; oil anise seed, 1 dram ; alcohol, 3^ pints ; water, 3^ pints ; caramel, 3 ounces. Aiibergier's Syrup Lactucarium. Alcoholic extract lactucarium, 24 grains ; white sugar, 4 pounds ; citric acid, 12 grains; orange flower water, 10 drams; distilled water sufficient. Brandreth's Pills. Powdered May-apple, 10 grains; extract May-apple, 10 grains; pokeberry juice, inspissated, 30 grains ; saffron, 10 grains ; cloves, 15 grains ; oil pep- permint, 3 drops. Mix and divide into 30 pills. Dewee's Carminative. Carbonate magnesia, 12 drains; sugar, 3 ounces; tincture of asa- foetida, 3 fluid ounces ; laudanum, 1 fluid ounce ; water, 24 ounces. Tritu- rate until mixed. Holiues' Frostilla. Glycerine, 6 fluid ounces; quince seed, 60 grains; hot water, 21 fluid ounces. Perfume as desired. Osgood's Indian Cliolagogrue. Sulphate of quinine, 2 drams ; fluid Culver's root, 1 dram ; fluid extract stillingia, 4 ounces; May-apple, 3 drams; oil sassafras, 10 drops; winter- green, 10 drops. Molasses sufficient to complete 8 fluid ounces. Zimmerman's Decoction. Rhubarb, 1 dram; cream tartar, 1 ounce; barley, 1 ounce; water, 2 pints. Boil for 1.5 or 20 minutes, strain, and add enough simple syrup or sugar to sweeten the decoction. Mettaner's Aperient. Socotrine aloes, 5 drams; bicarbonate soda, 11 drams; valerian, con- tused, 1 ounce ; water, 1 pint ; compound spirit lavender, 6 fluid drams. Make an infusion by maceration of percolation. Thompson's Eye Water. Sulphate of zinc, 20 grains ; sulphate of copper, 5 grains ; tincture of saffron, 2 drams ; tincture of camphor, 1 dram ; rose water, 8 ounces ; dis- tilled water, 8 ounces. Mix and Alter. Barker's Pills. Compound extract May-apple, 20 grains ; extract hyoscyamus, 15 grains; powdered socotrine aloes, 10 grains; extract nux vomica, 5 grains; podo- phyllin, 1 grain ; powdered ipecac, 1 grain. Mix, and divide into 12 pillai SELECT FAMILY LINIMENTS AND PAIN RELIEVING REMEDIES. >-W-H Mexican Mustang Liniment. Petroleum, 2 ounces; crude oleic acid, i ounce; ammonia water, 1 ounce ; naphtha, i ounce ; brandy, 1 dram. Choice Family Liniment. Origanum oil, 2 ounces; aqua ammonia, 1 onnce; opium, i ounce; tincture iodine, i ounce; spike oil, 1 ounce ; alcohol, 1 pint. The above has been in constant family use for over fifty years, and is a most ezcelleni remedy for all general purposes, both for iuan and beast. St. Jacob's Oil. Gum camphor, 1 ounce ; chloral hydrate, 1 ounce ; chloroform, 1 ounce ; sulphuric ether,! ounce; tincture opium, ^ ounce ; oil origanum, i oiuice; oil sassafras, i ounce ; alcohol, ^ gallon. Hamlin's Wizard Oil. Tincture camphor, 1 ounce; aqua ammonia, h ounce; oil sassafras, i ounce; oil cloves, 1 dram; chloroform, 2 drams; turpentine, 1 dram; alcohol, 3i ounces. Perry Davis's Pain Killer. Spirits camphor, 2 ounces ; tincture capsicum, 1 ounce ; tincture guaiac, ^ ounce ; tincture myrrh, i ounce ; alcohol, 4 ounces. Pain Relief Liniment. Oil cajeput, 2 drams ; oil sassafras, h ounce ; oil origanum, 1 dram ; oil hemlock, 1 dram ; oil cedar, 1 dram ; powdered capsicum, tiO grains ; alcohol, quantity sufficient for 1 pint. Magnetic Liniment. Tincture cantharides, 2 drams; oil origanum, 1 ounce; muriate annuo- nia, 2 drams ; sulphuric ether, 1 ounce ; alcohol, 1 pint. German Liniment. Oil origanum, 1 ounce; oil sassafras, 1 ounce; gum camphor, i ounce; Granville's lotion, 3 drams; chloroform, Sh drams ; tincture aconite, i ounce ; tincture capsicum, i ounce ; camp, soap liniment, 1 ounce ; aicoliol, J gallon. Good Samaritan Liniment. Oil sassafras, oil hendock. sjiirits turpi-ntiiio, tincture cayenne, tincture guaiac, tincture oj)ium, of each, 1 ounce; tincture myrrh, 4 ounces; oil origa- num, 2 ounces; oil wintergreen, i ounce; gum camphor, 2 ounces; chloro- form, 1^ ounces ; alcohol, ^ gallon. 537 Choice Healing Ointments. Trask's Maj^netic Ointment. Lard, raisins, fine cut tobacco, each equal parts. Mix thoroughly. Seeley's Pile Oiutineut. Sulphate morphia, 3 grains; tannin, 48 grains; pine tar, 72 grains; white wax, 72 grains ; benzoated lard, 7G(3 grains. Black Salve. Olive oil, 32 ounces ; resin (clear), 1 ounce ; beeswax, 1 ounce ; Venice turpentine, i ounce ; red lead, 6 ounces ; gum camphor (powdered), i ounce. Sanative Ointment. Mutton suet, 16 ounces ; oil of sesame, 5 ounces ; oil of origanum, 1 ounce ; camphor, 2 ounces ; resin, 2 ounces ; yellow wax, 2 ounces ; borax, powdered, J ounce ; glycerine, h ounce. Green Mountain Salve. Resin, 5 pounds ; Burgundy pitch, beeswax, mutton tallow, of each J pound; oil of hemlock, balsam fir, oil origanum, oil red cedar, Venice turpentine, of each 1 ounce ; oil wormwood, i ounce ; verdigris (pulverized), 1 ounce. Henry's Carbolic Healing Salve. Each tin can contains about h ounce of a whitisli ointment, consisting of about h ounce of simple cerate, 5 grains of carbolic acid, and 2 drops each of oil of bergamot and lavender. Hebra's Ointment. Lead plaster, 1 ounce ; linseed oil, 1 ounce. Mix them properly at a gentle heat. It is prepared only when wanted for dispensing. WORLD FAMED FAMILY CEMENTS. Van Stan's Stratena. Acetic acid, 4 ounces; white glue, 3 ounces ; French gelatine, 4 drams ; shellac varnish, 4 fluid drams ; distilled water, 4 fluid ounces. Dissolve the glue in the acid with heat, and the gelatine in water, with heat. Mix the two solutions gradually and thoroughly, then add the varnish, and bottle tight. liC Page's Liquid Glue. This glue is made from salt fish skins. The skins are first desalted and then boiled to dissolve the glue, then strained and evaporated to the proper consistency. A small amount of boric acid is used to keep liquid, and prevent it from souring. Another formula, said to be as good, is as follows : 8 ounces best glue, dissolved in 8 fluid ounces water, and adding small portions at a time of 2^ fluid ounces uitric acid. »3S Famous Medicated Pads. €^ The following pads have had a very large sale and are believed by many to possess real medicinal properties. After a careful examination, expert chemists give the following prob- ably correct analyses of their compounds. Holman's Liiing Pad. Grindelia robusta, skull-cap leaves, blueberry root, bloodroot, yerba santa, gum ammoniac, white pine turpentine gum, oil of tar, oil of eucalyptus, oil of sassafras. Holman's Liver Pad. May-apple root, \ ounce ; blackroot (leptandra virg.), \ ounce ; bayberry bark, 2 drams ; red cinchona bark, 2 ounces ; fenugreek seed, i ounce; guaiac resin, IJt ounces ; oil eucalyptus, 2 fluid drams. Grind solids to powder, add oil, and spread upon cotton cloth forming an envelope. Day's Kidney Pad. Black cohosh, gum benzoin (powdered), gum guaiacum (powdered), juniper berries, queen of the meadow, digitalis leaves, oil juniper. Sure Cure Liver Pad. Mandrake root, bayberry bark, blackroot, red cinchona bark, gum guaiac (powder), fenugreek seed (powder), oil eucalyptus. Stomach Pad. Bayberry, lupuline, wild ginger, sassafras bark, gum myrrh, jtuly's slijv per, capsicum, oil fennel, oil cloves. Anti-Constipation Pavho ren- OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. 505 ders Ill's person disgusting to lier, and wlio in a measure emascu- lates liiniself througii the constant use of intoxicating liniiurs; and wlioii we come to dwell on the fact, that the prostration (jf his liigh mission and manhood arises from the indulgence of a loathsome vice, whose inception is to be traced to the first fatal and seductive glass that is thought h^ssly raisew that we have trodden the sweet mazes of courtship and stepped over the more sacred threshold of married life, we have found how necessary it is for the youth and the maiden on the one hand and the young married couple on the other, to harbor no desires or indulge in no practices calculated to mar the hap- piness which heaven intends sliould characterize both states of existence. Notwithstanding that we may moralize upon the the rottenness of society, and descant upon its multitudinous vices, it has virtue and decision enough left yet, to punish those ON THE RELATION BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. 579 4arho violate its laws or usages in certain relations. Nor need there be the slightest misapprehension on this head. Corrupt as the age may seem to be, it does not hesitate, in all Christian communities at least, to denounce every man or woman of known immoral tendencies; and will tolerate in him or her absolute dishonesty rather than the absence of virtue, in the sexual ac- ceptation of the term. We are, however, constrained to admit that the law or usage in this connection is more inexorable in relation to the woman than in that of the man. This is an injustice, but it is useless to kick against it, from the fact that it will always obtain. It is then of the most vital importance that both married and single should accept these facts fully ; and, even upon the low plane of selfishness, avoid the transgres- sion of those laws, and eschew indulgence in any excesses or improprieties attended with such disgraceful and embarrassing results. But no matter how circumspect and cautious a young married or unmarried couple may endeavor to be in the observance of the duties appertaining to courtship or those belonging to wed- lock, unless a sincere recognition of their responsibility to heaven and an ardent desire to do what is right in its sight underlie all their endeavors. Where we find, in either sex, the slightest tendency to matrimonial relations, we mustpre-suppose a matured understanding, to some extent at least, and be influ- enced by the inference that the hour of accountability has arrived. Hence the necessity, on the part of the young Avho approach the threshold of matrimony, and those who have just crossed it, of cultivating a proper reverence for things of a divine nature, and of asking daily if not hourly for that desire to do right and that strength to perform it which comes only from above. The soul that becomes wholly absorbed in mere selfish gratifications and the pursuits of wealth, however, has fallen from its high estate, and estranges itself from the enjoy- ment of true earthly happiness; for there can be no God where the love of gain reigns supreme. Industrious habits and a laudable desire of independence, arc quite compatible with our duty towards the Creator and our fellow men; and this is the more obvious, as our worldly prospects are invariably enhanced through a strict performance of our obligations in this direc- tion. The day that is begun with a clear perception of our responsibilities, and a determination, under heaven, to perform them, come what may, generally terminates hajipily, anil lays the foundation for a morrow more cheerful and pr()S])erous still. The life is more than meat and the body more than raiment; 680 ON THE RELATION BETWEEN MAN AND WIFB. and as we minister to both daily, so shall our reward be. Although disgusting and ruinous above all things, that sloth and idleness whose doom is misery and whose costume is rags, it is scarcely more reprehensible than that devouring love of gain which so petrifies the heart as to make it impervious to any of those ennobling sentiments which dignify humanity and link us to the skies. We have evidence upon evidence of the truth of this assertion, and are only surprised at such constantly recurring examples before our own eyes of the fact that the struggle for material wealth on the part of both married and single continues, in so many cases, to be at the expense of soul and body. No man or woman, whatever his or her condition or years, can enjoy this life to the fullest, without sufficient rest and recreation. The quality and quantity of food, or of the textile fabrics from which clothing is manufactured, may be modified to some extent to meet our emergencies, but evil ensues at once should we deny ourselves sufficient sleep, or such recreation as may be necessary to recuperate our energies, both mental and physical. There is nothing gained by overtaxing our powers in any relation whatever, for nature will assert her claims, and rebel against any persistent encroachments upon her rights.in the ultimate form of disease or death. In the pursuit of their daily avocations, then, those who are constrained to labor for their bread must be cautious that they not permit their whole exist- ence to be absorbed in the struggle to obtain this world'sgoods; but rather, when the legitimate hours for labor have been in- dustriously spent, give themselves up to the culture of their minds; and, if married, to those fireside joys in which the cares of the day are so soon forgotten, and which tend to both form and confirm those habits of temperance and moral excellence, without which life becomes a burden, and the ends of creation are frustrated. The desire to accumulate wealth, however laudable, is at- tended with great danger, and should never be permitted to gain too great an ascendency over us. And here is just where the golden mean should be observed; and happy is the young husband or wife who is able to adopt it understandin^ly ; and, while they labor to better their circumstances should they be restricted, persistently regard whatever gold they may acquire as simply an agent for good, placed within their control by Providence, and who, winning it upon an upright, humane, and generous basis, overtaxes neither body nor mind in its acquisi- tion. And then, again, supposing fortune should prove adverse^ ON THE RELATION BETWEEN MAN AND WIFvE. 581 and cause the light to burn low upon the liearthstone of the frugal, induritrious, moral, and loving pair, how beautiful may the mission of both become if they only regard their lot as apportioned to them by Him who makes all things work together for good. Should such a conviction obtain on the part of the wife, while the influence of religion enables her to bow meekly to the chastening rod, then shine forth those angel qualities wiiicli are more luminous than light itself, and which go far to rob the darkest hour of its gloom. And cold indeed must be the heart of the husband that could be insensible to the benign influence of such a worthy helpmeet, or that could not sympathize with those noble efforts to render his lot less burdensome, and to prompt him to still labor and hope on with cheerful resignation. It is in this relation, as in all others of adversity, that the angel in the pure woman most shines forth; and, feeling as we do, that not only here, but in various other directions, her mission is one of the most exalted, we are anxious that no untoward circumstances shall be permitted to embarrass it in the way of liabits or associations, and that she shall be always surrounded by tliose only who are examples of goodness and of truth, anint of boiling water; mix well, add half a pint ol milk and boil together for two or three minutes ; sweeten to the taste. A little lemon juice or wine may be ad- ded. Wheat Balls. Tie half a pint of wheat flour in thick cotton, and boil it three or four hours ; then dry the lump, and grate it when you use it. Prepare a gniel of it by making a thin paste, and jwuring into boiling milk and water, and flavor with salt. This is good for teething children. 589 590 COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. Panada. Break into a bowl three good sized crackers (arrow loot or oat meal are nice) broken into small pieces ; pour upon them boiling water and cover close for a minute, then add a tablespoonful of white sugar and a little pure milk. It is an excellent breakfast or supper for a child or an invalid. Instead of the milk the juice of a lemon may be squeezed in and another teaspoonful of sugar added, if there is fever. Thickened Milk. AV'ith a little milk, mix smooth a tablespoonful of flour and a pinch of salt. Pour upon it a quart of boiling milk, and when it is thorough- ly mixed, put all back into the saucepan and boil up at once, being careful not to burn, and stirring all the time, to keep it perfectly smooth and free from lumps. Serve with slices of dry toast. It is excellent for diarrhoea ; this alone will often cure it by scorching the flour before mix- ing with the milk. Water Gruel. Corn or oat meal two tablespoonfuls, water one quart ; boil for ten or fifteen minutes, and add sugar or salt, if desired by the patient. Ground Rice Gruel. Ground rice one heaping tablespoonful, ground cinnamon half a teaspoonful, water one quart ; boil slowly for fifteen or tvventy minutes, add the cinnamon when it is nearly done boiling, strain and sweeten. Sago Gruel. Sago two tablespoonfuls, water one pint, boil until it thickens, fre- quently stirring. Wine, sugar and and nutmeg may be used if desirable. Suet Boiled in Rice. Take some rice milk (boiled rice and milk), and boil it. When nearly boiled enough, add a dessertspoonful of beef suet, already minced as small as bread crumbs. Boil slowly for a few minutes, and take off" the scum as it rises. Or the suet may be inclosed in a muslin bag. It must be eaten hot. Milk and Eggs. Beat up a fresh egg with a grain of salt, pour upon it a pint of boiling milk, stirring it all the time. Serve hot, with or wthout toast. It is good in case of weakness for an early breakfast, or for a traveller before starting on a journey. Soft Boiled Eggs. Fresh eggs for invalids who like them cooked soft, should be put in a pan of boiling water, and iet on a part of the stove where they will COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 59] not boil for several minutes. At the end of that time they will be like jelly, perfectly soft, but beautifully done and quite digestible by even weak stomachs. Soft Custard. Milk, a pint. Place it to boil ; while boiling, take of eggs, three ; separate them, and beat up the yolks with sugar enough to sweeten to the taste, and with corn-starch, a teaspoonful, rubbed in smoothly. 'I'hen pour this egg and corn-starch mixture into the pint of boiling milk. Boil for a few minutes, and stir constantly to prevent lumping and burning. When the whole becomes a thick, creamy mass, remove. Have ready, in a dish, some stale sponge-cake, slightly wet with brandy or wine. Pour the custard over it, and cover all with the white of the three eggs whipped stiff, with a half teacupful of pulverized sugar, ancf flavored with vanilla. Egg Toast. Make a soft toast and have ready one or more fresh eggs, which have been boiled twenty minutes ; remove the shells, cut them in slices and place upon the toast, with a little butter, pepper and salt ; without the butter they may be eaten with impunity by the most delicate invalid, as an egg cooked for twenty minutes is really more easy of digestion than one that is termed "boiled soft." Dry Toast. Cut your slices of bread even and not too thick. Toast before a clear fire, a nice light brown. Cover with a napkin and serve quickly while it is hot. Dry toast is not always good for invalids, especially when the bowels are confined and it is desirable to keep them open. In this case Graham bread not toasted is much better. Milk Toast. This is a favorite dish with nearly all sick people, when they are getting well. Cut stale bread in rather thin slices, toast a fine brown and lay them in a deep dish. Meanwhile boil a quart of new milk in a lined sauce pan in which you have first put a very little cold water, to prevent burning. As soon as it boils pour it over the toast, cover and serve quick. For an invalid no butter should be put in the milk. Some peo- ple put in a thickening of flour, but this spoils it for many. "Soft" Toast. Some invalids like this very much indeed, and nearly all do when it is nicely made. Toast well, but not too brown, a couple of thin slices of bread ; 592 COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. put them on a warm plate and pour over boiling water ; cover quickly with another plate of the same size and drain the water off; remove the upper plate, butter the toast, put it in the oven one minute and then cover again with a hot plate and serve at once. Beef Tea. Cut up a pound of rump steak into small pieces, and put it into a bottle (wide mouthed fruit jar) putting a very small quantity of luke- warm water into the bottle with it, cork tightly and put the bottle into a kettle of warm water ; the water should be allowed to boil for a consid- erable time ; the bottle should then be removed and the juice drained off. The tea may be salted a litde and a teaspoonful given at a time. Mutton Tea. Take one pound of mutton, remove the fat and cut the meat in small pieces ; pour half a pint of boiling water over it, and let it stand near a fire for half an hour, and then boil for one hour, strain through a sieve or cloth, add salt to suit the taste. A very nourishing diet. Chicken Tea. Take off the skin and all the fat of the fowl, and boil it till very tender, with just sufficient water to cover it, and add a little salt. Take the chicken out of the liquor when boiled, and let the liquor remain till cold to let all the fat rise to the surface, which should then be skimmed off. The tea should be heated when given to the patient. It is a very delicate, nourishing food, and will set well on the stomach when so weak as to be able to retain but little food. Another Beef Tea. The latest and most approved method of making beef tea, is to lake a half pound of good steak, broil slighdy over hot coals ; then lay (nto a shallow dish, and with a sharp knife, gash it on both sides until it is cut into mere shreds ; then pour a half pint of boiling water over it, and scrape hard for a few moments, when all the nutriment of the beef will be extracted. This is the easiest, quickest, and by many thought to be the best method. Flax Seed Tea. Take an ounce of flaxseed and a little pounded licorice root and pour on a pint of boiling water ; place the vessel near near a fire for four hours ; strain through a linen or cotton cloth. Oat Meal Coffee. Mix common oat meal and water to form cake. Bake it until it is \>rown, then grind it in a coflfee mill ; take about a tablespoonful for one COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 503 pint of water and boil it five minutes. This is good for cherking ob- stinate vomiting or distress in the stomach, when caused by drinking too much ice water. Barley Coffee. Roast barley until well brown, and boil a teaspoonful of it in a pint of water for five minutes ; strain and add a little sugar if desired. This is a nourishing drink toward the close of fever and during conva- lescence. Toast Water. Toast slightly a piece of bread and add to it boiling water ; it may be sweetened, if preferred, and flavored with a little lemon or orange peel. Rice ^Af^ate^. Take two ounces of rice and two quarts of water ; boil an hour or so and add a little sugar ; a little nutmeg or lemon may be used to fla- vor, if the patient likes it. Apple Water. Roast two tart apples until they are soft, put them in a pitcher, pour upon them a pint of cold water and let it stand in a cool place an hour. It is used in fevers and eruptive diseases and does not require sweetening. Lemonade. This is invaluable in fevers and also in rheumatic affections. Rub the lemons soft, cut them half through the center and squeeze out the juice. Take out the seeds with a teaspoon. Put two tablespoonfuls of white sugar to each lemon, and fill up with cold or boiling water accor- ding as you desire the lemonade hot or cold. Two medium sized lem- ons will make a pint or more. Chicken Broth. Take half a chicken, remove all the fat, cut the meat in small pieces and break the bones ; put into a vessel with three pints of boil- ing water ; boil for an hour, season with salt and strain. Lamb Broth. Stew a lamb chop in a quart of water until it comes to shreds, add a tablespoonful of barley or rice, and a litde salt and onion, if desired. Strain, and add a little parsley. Vegetable Soup. Take two Irish potatoes, one onion and a piece of bread ; place them in a quart of water, and boil do\vn to a pint, in a closely covered vessel ; add a little celery or parsley towards the close of the boiling. Salt and pepper may be employed at pleasure. 5fi4 COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. Oyster Soup. Take of oysters, a half dozen, milk, a teacupful, with enough liq- uor of the oysters to make a bowl, a few allspice and cloves, a nice lump of butter, pepper and salt. Bring to a boil and skim. Then throw in the oysters and simmer. Add a few toasted crackers before removing from the fire. Mucilage of Elm Bark. Place about a teaspoonful of ground elm bark in a pint of cold water ; this may be drank after an hour or two. If more agreeable to the patient, it may be flavored with lemon juice or essence of lemon. It is very beneficial in cases of inflammation of the stomach or bladder, etc. Alum "Whey. Take a pint of sweet milk and add a tablespoonful of powdered alum, then boil and strain ; this is useful In diarrhoea, dysentery and in- flammation of the stomach. The curd forms an excellent poultice for inflammation of the eyes. Mustard W^hey. Take a tablespoonful of mustard seed and one pint of sweet milk, boil together for a few minutes and separate the curd. This is a very useful drink in dropsy. Vinegar Whey. Take a pint of milk and one teaspoonful of good vinegar ; boil them together for a few minutes and separate the curd. Orange Whey. Take a pint of milk, the juice of an orange with a portion of the peel, boil the milk then add the orange to it and let it stand until goag- ulation takes place, then strain. Oat Meal Pudding. Take a half teacup of oat meal, add one pint cold water ; put into a tin dish and place the dish in a kettle of water and boil slowly for two hours, adding more hot water if necessary. Another excellent way to cook oatmeal is to steam it. Tapioca Cup Pudding. This is very light and delicate for invalids. An even tablespoonful of tapioca soaked for two hours in nearly a cup of new milk. Stir into this the yolk of a fresh egg, a little sugar, a grain of salt, and bake in a cup for fifteen minutes. A little jelly may be eaten with it or a few fresh strawberries. COOKERY FOR THF, SICK-ROOM. 595 Invalid Cup Pudding. One tablespoonful of flour, one egg ; mix with cold milk and a pinch of salt to a batter. Boil fifteen minutes in a buttered cup. Eat with sauce, fruits or plain sugar. Invalid Apple Pie. Slice up one or more nice, tart apples in a saucer, sweeten with white sugar and cover with a moderately thick slice of bread, buttered slightly on the under side. When the bread is nicely browned, the ap- ples, if of a tender kind and thinly sliced, will be done. Roast Apples. These can nearly always be eaten with safety, when they are eaten with relish. Choose good sized, fair apples of a tart and juicy, but not of a sour kind. Rub them off clean, and put them in rattier a slow ov- en, which may increase in warmth, so that they shall be thoroughly done in an hour. When so soft that the savory pulp breaks through the browned skin in every direction, take them out, sift white sugar over them, and carry one at a time on a saucer to the patient. Stewed Prunes. These are extremely good in small pox, measles, scarlet fever, and the like, both as food and medicine. Get the box primes, as they will not need washing, and because they are generally of a much better quality than the open sort. Soak them for an hour in cold water, then put them in a porcelain lined sauce pan with a little more water if nec- essary and a little coffee or crushed sugar. Cover and let them stew slowly an hour, or until they are swollen large and quite soft. They are excellent as an accompaniment to breakfast for a sick woman. Baked Partridge. Clean the partridge as you would a chicken to roast. Fill with raw oysters, seasoned with butter, pepper and salt. Sew it up. Place in the oven, well wrapped with butter, and bake. Broiled Oysters. Toast some bread. Butter, and pour the liquor of oysters over the toast ; set in the oven. Then broil the oysters on a small gridiron, and place them over the toast, with butter and pepper. Panned Oysters. Take of butter, a large piece, and put into a right hot pan. Liquor of oysters, pour into the pan ; so soon as hot, add the oysters, and sea- son light. Use no milk. A few tablespoonfuls of Maderia wine may be added just before taking from the fire. SCIENTIFIC NAME <^ DOCTORS' PHRASES EXPLAINED. HHHf^— IVIEDICAIv DICTIONARY. Ab-do'-men. The belly, or the lower part of the body below the dia- phragm. Ab-lu'-tion. Cleansing by water ; washing of the body externally. Ab-nor'-mal. Unnatural ; not according to rule ; irregular. A-bor'-tion. Birth of a child before the proper time. A-bra'-sion. A superficial wound produced by rubbing off of the skin. Ab-sorb'-ent. Glands and vessels which absorb or suck up substances from within or without ; also medicines which absorb, or combine with acid matter in the stomach or bowels. Ac-couch-eur' (ak-koosh-ur') . A man who attends women in child- birth. Ac-e-tab'-u-lum. The socket that receives the head of the thigh bone. A-cho'-li-a. Deficiency of bile. A-cid. Acrid ; sour, sharp, pungent, bitter or biting to the taste. Ac'-tual Cau-ter-y. Burning or searing with a hot iron ; used in sur- gery. Ac-u-punc'-ture (ak-u-punk'-ture). Pricking with needles ; one of the operations of surgery. A-cute'. Diseases of short duration, attended with violent symptoms ; the reverse of chronic. Ad-he'-sive. Tenacious, sticky ; apt or tending to adhere. Ad-he'-sive Plas-ter. Sticking plaster. Ad'-i-pose. Matter, membrane or tissue ; fat. Ad'-ju-vant. A substance added to a prescription to aid the opera- tion of the principal ingredient. A-dult' Age. A person grown to full size or strength ; manhood or womanhood. 696 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 597 Af-fec'-tion. Disorder, disease, malady. Al-bu'-men. The white of an egg. It is an essential constituent of animal bodies, Al-bu'-mi-nose. A substance produced in the stomach during diges- tion. Al'-i-ment. Nourishment, nutrition ; anything necessary fur the sup- port of life. Al-i-ment'-a-ry Ca-nal. The tube by which aliments are conveyed through the body ; it is composed of the mouLli, pharynx, esopha- gus, stomach and intestines. Al'-ka-li (li or le). A substance which, when united to acids, neutral- izes them. Al'-ter-a-tive. A remedy which slowly changes the condition of the system. Al-ve'-o-lar. Relating to the sockets of the teeth. Al'-vine. Relating to the intestines. Am-aur-o'-sis. A loss or decay of sight, produced by various causes. A-mel'-i-o-ra'-tion. Becoming better ; improvement in stages of a disease, Am-en-or-rhe'-a. An obstruction of the menstrual discharges. Am-ni-ot'-ic Liquid. The fluid surrounding the foetus in the womb. Am-pu-ta'-tion. The operation of cutting off a limb or other part of the body. A-na-sar'-ca. A dropsy of the whole body; a general dropsy, A-nas'-to-mose. To communicate with each other ; applied to arter- ies and veins, A-nat'-o-my. Study of the structure of the body. An-chy-lo'-sis (ank-y-lo'-sis). Stiffness of the joint. An-em'-i-a. Poverty of blood ; a comparatively bloodless state. An-es-the'-sia. Numbness or paralysis of sensation. An'-eu-rism. A soft tumor, caused by the rupture of the coats of an artery. An-i-mal'-cules. Animals so small as to be visible only with a micro- scope. An'-o-dyne. Any medicine which allays pain and induces sleep. Ant'-a-cid. A substance which neutralizes acids ; alkalies are antacids. An'-thel-min-tic (an'-thel-min-tik). A medicine that destroys worms. An'-thrax. A dusky red or purplish kind of tumor, occurring in the neck. 598 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. An-ti-bil'-ious (an-ti-bil'-yus). A medicine counteractive of bilious complaints. An'-ti-dote. A protective against, or remedy for, poison or any dis- ease. An-ti-dys-enter'-ic (an-ti-dys-in-ter'-ik). A remedy for dysentery. An-ti-e-met'-ic (an-ti-e-met'-ik). A remedy to check or allay vomit- ing. An-ti-lith'-ic (an-ti-lith'-ik). A medicine to prevent or remove urina- ry calculi or gravel. An-ti-mor-bif -ic. Anything to prevent or remove disease. An-ti-scorbu'-tic. A remedy used for the scurvy. An-ti-sep'-tic (an-ti-sep'-tik). Whatever resists or removes putrefac- tion or mortification. An-ti-spas-mod'-ic. Medicines which relieve cramps, spasms, and convulsions. A-nus. The orifice of the alimentary canal, of which it is the outlet. A-or'-ta. The great artery from the heart. Ap'-a-thy. Insensibility to mental or bodily pain. A-pe'-ri-ent. A mild purgative or laxative. A-pex. The top or summit. A-pha'-si-a. A lack of the power of speech, caused often by an at- tack of apoplexy. A-pho'-nia. A loss of the voice. Ap'-pe-tite. A desire for food or drink. A-ro'-ma. Agreeable odor of plants and other substances. Ar-o-mat'-ic. A fragrant, spicy medicine. Ar'-te-ry. A vessel that conveys the blood from the heart to the or- gans. Ar-thro'-di-a. A joint movable in every direction. Ar-tic-u-la'-tion. The union of bones with each other, as at the joints. Ar-tic'-u-lated. Having joints. As-car'-i-des. Pinworms or threadworms found in the lower portion of the bowels. As-ci'-tes. Dropsy of the abdomen. As-phyx'-ia. Suspended animation ; apparent death, as from drown- ing. As-sim-i-la'-tion. The process by which the food i* changed into tissue. MF.DICAT, nimONARY OR GLOSSARY. 500 As-then' ic. Dcljilitatcd. As-trin'-gent. A medicine which contracts or puckers up the tissues of the body, thereljy checking discharges. At'-o-ny. Debility ; want of tone ; defect of muscular power. At'-ro-phy. A wasting of flesh and loss of strength without any sen- sil)le cause. At-ten'-u-ants. Medicines for reducing the body. Au'-ri-cle. A cavity of the heart. Aus'-cul-ta'-tion. The art of detecting disease by listening to the sounds of the lungs, heart, etc. Ax-il'-la. The armpit ; hence axillary, pertaining to the armpit. Ax'-il-lary Glands. Situated in the armpit, secreting a fluid of pe- culiar odor. Bal-sam'-ics. Medicines employed for healing purposes. Bi-en'-ni-al. Continuing alive for two years. Bile or Gall. A fluid secreted by the liver, which promotes digestion. Blis'-ter. A thin watery bladder on the skin. Bou'-gie (boo'-zhe). A taper body introduced into a passage or sinus to keep it open or enlarge it. Bright's Disease. A serious disease of the kidneys. Bron'-chi-al. Pertaining to the branches of the windpipe in the hmgs. Bul'-bous. Round or roundish. Ca-chex'-y (ca-keks'-y). A bad state of the body. It may be caus- ed by blood poisons. Cal'-cu-li. Gravel and stone found in the kidneys and bladder, Cal'-lous. Hard or firm. Ca-lor'-ic. Heat. Cap'-il-la-ry. Fine, hair-iike. Cap'-sule. A dry. hollow vessel containing the seed or fruit. Car'-bon. Charcoal. Car-bon'-ic Acid Gas. A gas of two parts of oxygen and one part of carbon. Ca'-ri-es. Ulceration of a bone. Car-min'-a-tives. Medicines which allay pain by expelling wind from the stomach and bowels. Ca-rot'-id Artery. The great arteries of the neck that convey blood to the heart. Car'-ti-lage. A hard elastic substance of the body ; gristle. 600 MFPICAT. I^irTIONARY OR CTOSSARY. Cat-a me'-ni-a. The menses, or monthly discharges of women. Cat'-a-plasm. A poultice. Ca-tarrh' (ka-tar'). A discharge from the head or throat. Ca-thar'-tic. Purgative ; a medicine that cleanses the bowels. Cath'-e-ter. A curved instrument introduced into the bladder through the urethra for drawing off the urine. Caus'-tic. Burning ; a substance which bums or corrodes living tis- sues. Cau'-ter-y. A burning or searing any part of the animal body. Cell. A small elementary form found in vegetable and animal tissue Cer'-e-bel'-lum. The lower and back part of the brain. Cer'-e-bral. Relating to the brain. Cer'-e-brum. The upper and front part of the brain. Cer'-ebro-Spi'-nal. Pertaining to the brain and spinal cord. Ce-ru'-men. The ear wax. Cha-lyb'-e-ate (ka-lib'-e-ate) . Containing iron in solution, as occur- ring in mineral springs. Chan'-cre (shank'-er). A venereal or syphlitic sore. Chol'-a-gogues. Medicines that increase the flow of bile, as calo- mel and podophyllin. Chol'-er-ic (kol'-er-ic) . Easily irritated; irritable. Chor-dee'. A painful drawing up of the penis. It occurs in gono- rhea. Chron'-ic. Continuing for a long time, and becoming a fixed condi- tion of the body. Chyle (kil). A milky fluid, separated from the aliment in the intes- tines, mixing with and forming the blood. Chyme (kim). The pulp formed by the food after it has been for some time in the stomach, mixed vnth the gastric secretions. Ci-ca'-trix. A scar that remains after a wound. Cir-cu-la'-tion. The motion of the blood, which is propelled by the heart through the body. Clav'-i-cle (klav'-i-kl). Collar-bone. Cli'-mac'-ter-ic. A term generally applied to the time at which the menses finally cease. Clys'-ter. An injection ; a liquid substance thro\vn into the lower in- testine. Co-ag'-u-la'-tion. A change from a fluid to a solid condition, as in the coagulation of the blood. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 601 Co-ag'-u-lum. A clot of blood. Coalesce' (ko-a-les'). To grow together; to unite. Col-lapse'. Sudden failure or prostration of the vital functions. Col-liq'-ua-tive (kol-lik'-wa-tiv). Excessive discharges from the body which weaken the system. Co'-lon. A portion of the large intestine. Co-los'-trum. The earliest secretion of milk. Co'-ma, Com'-a-tose. Lethargy; disposed to sleep; stupor. Com'-press. Several folds of linen rags ; a bandage. Con-cus'-sion (kon-kush'-un). A violent shock, as of the brain. Con'-flu-ent. Running together. Con-gen'-i-tal. From birth, or bom with. Con-ges'-tion (kon-jest'-yun). Distention of any part by an accumu- lation of blood. Con-junc'-ti-va. The membrane which lines the eyelid and covers the eye. Con-sti-pa'-tion. Costiveness; obstruction or hardness of the con- tents of the intestines. Con-ta'-gious. Catching, or that may be communicated by contact. Con-tu'-sion. A bruise. Con-va-les'-cence. Gradual return to health after sickness. Con-vul'-sions. Involuntary and violent movements of the body. Cor'-dial. A medicine that mildly stimulates and raises the spirits. Cor'-ne-a. The transparent membrane in the forepart of the eye. Corpse. The dead body of a human being. Cor-rob'-o-rants. Tonics or strengthening medicines. Cor-ro'-sive. Sul>stances that consume or eat away. Coun'-ter-ir-ri-ta'-tion. Drawing disease from one part by irritating another part. Cra'-ni-um. The skull. Cri'-sis. The turning point of a disease. Cru'-di-ty. Rawness ; indigestion, Cu-ta'-ne-ous. Pertaining to the skin, as cutaneous diseases. Cu'-ti-cle (ku'-ti-kl). The outer or scarf skin. Cyst. A bag or sac containing matter or other fluid. De bil'-i-ty. Weakness. De-coc'-tions (de-kok'-shuns). Medicines prepared by boiling. Deg-lu-ti'-tion. The act of swallowing. Del-e-te'-ri-ous. That which is hurtful 602 MEDICO DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. De-liq'-ui-um (de-lik'-we-um). Fainting. De-lir'-i-um. Wildness or wandering of the mind, De-mul'-cents. A mucilaginous medicine which soothes diseased mu- cous membranes. Den-ti'-tion. Teething. De-ob'-stru-ent. A mild laxative ; an aperient. De-ple'-tion. Diminution of the quantity of blood by blood-letting or other process. Dep'-u-ra-tion. Cleansing from impure matter. Derm. The natural tegument or covering of an animal. Des-qua-ma'-tion. Separation of the skin in scales ; scaling off. De-ter'-gent. A medicine that cleanses from offending rriatter. Di-ag-no'-sis. The act of distinguishing diseases by symptoms. Di-a-pho-ret'-ics. Medicines which promote perspiration or sweat- ing. Di'-a-phragm (di'-a-fram\ The muscular division between the chest and the abdomen. Di-ath'-e-sis. Tendency of the body to any form of disease, as scrofulous diathesis. Di-e-tet'-ic. Relating to diet or regimen. Dil-a-ta'-tion. Act of expanding or spreading in all directions. Dil'-u-ents. That which thins, weakens, or reduces the strength of liquids. Di-lut'-ing. Weakening. Dis-cu'-tients. Medicines which scatter a swelling or tumor, or any coagulated fluid or body. Dis-in-fec'-tants. Articles which cleanse or purify infected places. Dis-lo-ca'-tion. The displacement of a bone out of its socket. Dis-po-si'-tion. Tendency. Di-u-ret'-ic. A medicine that promotes the flow of urine. Dor'-sal. Pertaining to the back. Dras'-tics. Active or strong purgatives. Du-o-de'-num. The first of the small intestines. Dys'-cra-sia. A bad habit of body producing generally a diseased condition of the system. Dys-pep'-sia. Indigestion or difficulty of digestion. Dys-pha'-gi-a. Difficulty of swallowing. Dysp-noe'-a. Difficulty of breathing. Dys-u'-ri-a. Difficulty in discharging urine, attended with pain and heat. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 603 Eb-ul-li'-tion. The motion of a liquid by which it gives off bubbles of vapor as in boiling. Ef-fer-ves'-cence. The escape of gas from a fluid, as in the so-called "soda-water." Ef-flo-res'-cence. Eruption or redness of the skin, as in measles, scarlet fever, etc. Ef-flu'-vi-a. Exhalations from substances, as from flowers or decaying matter. Ef-fu'-sion. An escape of the fluids of the body from their natural position into the tissues or cavities of the body. E-lec-tri-za'-tion. Medical use of the electric currents. E-lec'-tu-ary. Medicines mixed with honey or syrup. E-lim-i-na'-tion. Discharged from the body, as by the pores of the skin. E-ma-ci-a'-tion. Wasting away of the flesh. Em'-bry-o. The early stage of the foetus. Em'-e-sis, Vomiting. E-met'-ics. Medicines given to cause vomiting. Em-men'-a-gogue. A medicine which promotes the menstrual dis- charge. E-mol'-li-ent. A softening application which allays irritation. E-mul'-sion. A mixture ; as oil and water mi.xed with mucilage or sugar. E-nam'-el. The outside covering of the teeth. En-ceph'-a-lon. The whole of the brain. En-cys'-ted. Enclosed in a cyst or sac. En-dem'-ic. A disease peculiar to a certain district. E-ne'-ma. An injection. En-er-va'-tion. A loss of nervous tone and reduction of strength. En-te-ri'-tis. Inflammation of the bowels. En-to-zo'-a. Intestinal worms living in some part of an animal body. E-phem'-e-ral. Of short duration. Ep-i-dem'-ic. A disease that prevails. Ep-i-derm'-is. The scarf skin ; the cuticle. Ep-i-gas'-tric. Pertaining to the upper and anterior part of the abdo- men. Ep-i-glot'-tis. A leaf-shaped cartilage, whose use is to prevent food or drink from entering the larynx and obstructing the breath while eating. 604 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. Ep-i-lep'-tic. Subject to epilepsy or the falling sickness. E-piph'-o-ra. An overabundant secretion of tears, causing what is termed a watery eye. Ep-i-spas'-tic. An application for blistering. Ep-is-tax'-is. Bleeding from the nose. Ep-i-the'-li-um. A layer of cells covering membranes. Er'-e-thism. Morbid energetic action of irritability. E-ro'-sion. Eating away; corrosion. Er'-rhine (er'-rin). A medicine for snufifing up the nose to promote the discharge of mucous. E-ruc-ta'-tion. Belching; gulping of wind from the stomach. E-rup'-tion. A breaking out on the skin. Es'-char (es'-kar). The dead part, killed by caustic or mortification, which falls off. Es-cha-rot'-ic. Caustic ; an application which sears or destroys the flesh. Eu-sta'-chi-an Tube (yu-sta'-ki-an). A narrow canal connecting the middle ear and throat. E-vac-u-a'-tion. Movement of the bowels, or passing of urine from the bladder. Ex-ac-er-ba'-tion (egz-as-er-ba'-shun). Increase of severity in a disease. Ex-an-the'-ma. An eruptive disease, with fever, as small-pox, meas- les. Ex-ci'-sion. Cutting out of a part. Ex-cit'-ant. A stimulant. Ex-co'-ri-ate. To abrade or scrape off the skin in any way. Ex-cres'-cence. An abnormal or unnatural growth of a part, as a wart or tumor. Ex-cre'-tion. Waste matter thrown off from the system, as the perspi- ration, faeces, etc. Ex-fo'-li-ate. Scaling or peeling off; separation of decayed from liv- ing bone. Ex-ha-la'-tion. Emission of vapor, air, gas, etc. Ex-os-to'-sis. An unnatural growth from a bone ; a bony tumor. Ex-pec'-to-rant. A medicine which aids the discharge of phlegm from the bronchial tubes or lungs. Ex-pec- to-ra'-tion. Discharge of phlegm, mucous, or saliva from the mouth. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GI^SSARY. 605 Ex-pi-ra'-tion. The act of breathing out the air from the lungs. Ex-trav-a-sa'-tion. Effusion ; emptying or forcing a fluid out of its proper vessels. Ex-u-da'-tion. Perspiration ; the discharge of moisture on the surface of bodies. Fae'-cal (fe'-kal). Pertaining to the faeces. Fae'-ces (fe'-cez). The natural dicharges of the bowels. Far-a-diz-a'-tion. The use of the Faradaic current. Far-i-na'-ceous. Containing starch, 2& farinaceous food, starchy food. Fau'-ces. The back part of the mouth, at the entrance of the throat. Feb'-ri-fuge. A medicine which assuages fever and produces perspi- ration. Fe'-brile. Having the symptoms of fever; feverish. Fe'-mur. The thigh bone. Femoral, pertaining to the femur. Fet'-id. Having a rank, disagreeable odor. Fi'-brine. Animal matter foimd in blood. Fi'-brous. Compoecd of small threads or fibres. Fil'-ter. A strainer. Fil-tra'-tion. Straining. Fist'-u-la. A deep, narrow, crooked ulcer. Flac'-cid (flak'-sid). Soft and weak, lax, limber; as a flaccid muscle. Flat'-u-len-cy, Fla'-tus. Wind in the stomach and intestines caus- ing uneasiness. Flex'-i-ble. Easily bent ; yielding to pressure. Flood'-ing. Profuse flow of blood. Flush. A sudden flow of blood to the face. Flux. An unusual discharge from the bowels. Fce'-tus (fe-tus). The child in the womb. Fo-men-ta'-tion. Bathing by means of flannels dipped in hot water or medicated liquid. For-mi-ca'-tion. A sensation like the creeping of ants. For'-mu-la. A prescription. Fract'-ure. A broken bone. Fric'-tion. The act of nibbing. Fu-mi-ga'-tion. A vapor raised by burning. Func'-tion. The work or office performed by any part or organ of the body. Fun'-da-ment. The seat ; the lower extremity of the large intestine. Fun'-gus. A spongy excrescence, as proud flesh. 606 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. Gal-van-i-za'-tion. Use of the galvanic current. Gan'-gli-on (gang'-gli-on). An enlargement in the course of a nerve. Gan'-grene. Mortification or death of a part. Gar'-gle. A wash for the mouth and throat. Gas'-tric. Belonging to the stomach. Gas-tri'-tis. Fever or inflammation of the stomach. Ges-ta'-tion. The period of pregnancy. Gland. A soft body, the function of which is to secrete some fluid. Glot'-tis. The opening into the windpipe, covered by the epiglottis. Glu'-te-us. A name given to the muscles of the hip. Gran-u-la'-tion. The healing of a wound or ulcer by the formation of grain-like fleshy masses. Gru'-mous. Thick ; clotted ; concreted ; as grumous blood. Gut'-tur-al. Pertaining to the throat. Hab'-it. A peculiar state or temperament of ihe body. Hec'-tic. A remitting fever, with chills, heat and sweat. Hem-a-to'-sis. An excessive or morbid quantity of blood. Hem-i-ple'-gia. Paralysis of one side of the body. He-mop'-ty-sis. A spitting of blood. Hem'-or-rhage. Bleeding; a flow of blood, as from the lungs, nose, etc. Hem'-or-rhoids. The piles ; tubercles from which blood or ntucus is discharged. He-pat'-ic. Pertaining to the liver. Her-ba'-ceous (her-ba'-shus). Pertaining to herbs. He-red'-i-tary. Descended from a parent ; inherited. Her'-pes. An eruption on the skin, as tetter, ringwom, etc. Her'-ni-a. A nipture, and protrusion of some part of the abdomen. Hu'-mors (yu'-mors). The fluids of the body. Hy'-dra-gogue (hy'-dra-gog). A purgative that produces a watery discharge from the bowels. Hy'-dro-gen. One of the elementary principles, always existing in water, of which it composes the ninth part. Hy-dro-pho'-bia. A dread of water ; the rabid qualities of a mad dog. Hy'-gi-ene. The art of preserving health. Hy-per-es-the'-si-a. Excessive and abnormal sensibility. Hyp-o-chon-dri'-a-cal. Mealancholy; very dejected; low-spirited. Hyp-not'-ics. Medicines which cause sleep. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 607 Hy-po-der'-mic. Under the skin. Hy-ster'-ic-al. Nervous; subject to hysteria. '-chor (i'-kor). A thin, watery, and acrid discharge from an ulcer. d'-i-op'-a-thy. A morbid condition not preceded by any other disease. d-i-o-syn'-cra-sies. Peculiarities of constitution or temperament. I'-e-um. The lower part of the small intestines. I'-i-ac. Pertaining to the small intestines. m-be-cil'-i-ty. Feebleness ; weakness of mind or intellect. m-mer'-sion. Plunging under water. n-a-ni'-tion (in-a-nish'-un). Emptiness; weakness; exhaustion. n-ci'-sor. A front tooth that cuts or divides. n-dig'-e-nous. Native to a country. n-di-gest'-i-ble. Difficult of digestion. n-dis'-po-si-tion. A disorder of health. n-fec'-tion. Contagion. n-flam-ma'-tion. A redness or swelling of any part. n-fu'-sion (in-fu'-zhun). Medicine prepared by boiling or steeping. n-ges'-tion (in-jest'-yun). Throwing into the stomach. n-jec'-tion (in-jek'-shun). Liquid sent into some part of the body by means of a syringe. n-oc-u-la'-tion. Communicating a disease to a person in health by inserting contagious matter in the skin. n-spi-ra'-tion. Drawing or inhaling air into the lungs. n-spis-sa'-tion. Rendering a fluid thicker by evaporation. n-teg'-u-ment. A covering ; the skin. n-ter-cos'-tal. Between the ribs. n-ter-mit'-tent. Ceasing at intervals. n-tes'-tines. The bowels. oint. The junction of two or more bones ; articulation. Lac'-er-a'-ted. Tom asunder. Lach'-ry-mal (lak'-ri-mal). Pertaining to the tears. Lac-ta'-tion. Act of nursing, or sucking. Lan'-ci-na-ting. Piercing, as with a sharp pointed instrument; hence lancinating pain. Lan'-guor (lang'-gwur). Feebleness, weakness, lassitude of body. Lar'-ynx. The upper part of the windpipe. Lax'-a-tive. A mild purgative ; a medicine that loosens the bowels. Le'-sion. A rupture or tearing of the flesh ; a wound. 608 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. Leth'-ar-gy. Unusual or excessive drowsiness. Leu-cor-rhe'-a. A white or yellowish discharge from the womb. Lig'-a-ture. A thread for tying blood-vessels to prevent hemorrhage. Li-ga'-tion. The art of tying a vessel. Lin'-i-ment. A medicated lotion or wash ; a soft ointment. Lith'-on-trip-tic. A solvent of the stone or gravel in the bladder. Li-thot'-o-my. The operation of cutting for stone in the bladder. Liv'-id. Black and blue ; of a lead color. Lo'-chi-al. Pertaining to discharges from the womb after childbirth. Lum-ba'-go. Rheumatic pains in the loins and small of the back. Lum'-bar. Pertaining to the loins. Lymph (limf ) . A whitish fluid contained by the lymphatic vessels. Lym-phat'-ic (vessels). Fine tubes pervading the body ; absorbents. Mac-er-a'-tion. Dissolving or softening with water. Mac'-u-lar. Colored spots ; blemishes. Ma-la'-ri-a. Bad air ; air which tends to cause disease. Mal-for-ma'-tion. A wrong formation or structure of parts. Ma-lig'-nant. Violent ; dangerous ; tending to produce death. Mar'-row. A soft substance in the bones. Mas-ti-ca'-tion. The act of chewing. Mat-u-ra'-tion. The formation of pus or matter in any part of the body. Me-dul'-la Oblongata. A nervous mass in the lower part of the brain. Men'-ses, Menstruation. The monthly courses of women. Men'-stru-um. A solvent ; any liquid used to dissolve solid substances. Me-phit'-ic. Suffocating ; noxious ; pestilential. Met-a-car'-pus. The hand between the wrist and fingers. Me-tas'-ta-sis. A change of disease from one part of the body to another. Met-a-tar'-sus. The part of the foot between the ankle and the toes. Mi-as'-ma, Miasmata. Malaria; exhalations from swamps and decaying matter. Mor'-bid. Diseased ; comipt. Mor-bif-ic. Causing disease. Mu'-ci-lage. A glutinous, viscid fluid substance. Mu'-cus. The ropy, lubricating, tenacious fluid, secreted by the mucous membrane. Mus'-cles (mus'-sls). The organs of motion; they constitute the ilesh. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. fi09 Nar-cot'-ics. Medicines that cause sleep, relieve pain, or stupefy. Nau'-se-a (naw'-she-a). Sickness at the stomach, with a desire to vomit. Ne'-gus. A liquor made of wine, water, sugar, nutmeg, and lemon juice. Ne-phrit'-ic. Pertaining to the kidneys. Ner'-vine. A medicine that acts on the nerves. Neu-ral'-gia. Pain of a nerve without apparent inflammation. Neu-ras-the'-nia. Nervous exhaustion. Nor'-mal. Natural ; regular. Nos'-trum. A quack or patent medicine. Nu-tri'-tious (nu-trish'-us). A substance which nourishes or feeds the body. Ob'-long. Longer than broad. Obtuse'. Dull, not acute. CE-de'-ma. A watery swelling. Ol-fac'-tory Nerves. The nerves of smell. O-men'-tum. The caul or covering of the bowels. Oph-thal'-mi-a (of-thal'-mi-a). Inflammation of the eyes. O'-pi-ates. Medicines which promote sleep. Op'-tic Nerve. The nerve which enters the back part of the eye. Or-thop-noe'-a. Great difficulty of breathing, caused by diseases of the heart or diaphragm, or asthma. Os'-si-fy. To change flesh or other soft matter into a hard, bony substance. O'-vate. Oval ; egg-shaped. O'-vum. An egg. Ox'-y-gen. A gas that forms one-fifth of the atmosphere. Pal'-ate. The partition separating the cavity of the mouth from that of the nose. Pal-pi-ta'-tion. Unnatural action of the heart, in which it beats too rapidly and strongly. Pan-a-ce'-a. A cure-all ; a universal medicine. Pa-pil'-la. A red, elevated point upon the tongue or elsewhere. Par-a-cen-te'-sis. Puncturing of the chest or abdomen for .i^ purpose of drawing off water. Pa-ral'-y-sis. Palsy ; a loss of the power of motion in any part of the system. Par-a-lyt'-ic. One affected with or inclined to palsy. 610 MEDICAL DICnONAllY OR GLOSSARY. 1 Par-a-ple'-gi-a. Paralysis of the lower half of the body. Par'-ox-ysm. A fit of disease taking place periodically. Par-tu-ri'-tion. Child-birth. Pec'-tor-al. Pertaining to the chest. Pel'-vis. A bony cavity forming the lower part of the trunk of the body. Pep'-sin. An important element of the gastric juice. Per-i-car'-di-um. The sac enclosing the heart. Per-spi-ra'-tion. Sweat ; insensible evacuation of the fluids through the pores of the skin. Per-i-ne'-um. The space between the anus and the testicles. Per-i-os'-te-um. A thin, hard membrane covering the bones. Per-i-to-ne'-um. The membrane lining the abdomen and covering the bowels. Pe-te'-chi-ae. Purple spots which appear upon the skin in low fevers. Phag-e-den'-ic. Corroding ; eating ; applied to ulcers. Pha-lan'-ges. The bones of the fingers and toes. Phleg-mat'-ic. Abounding in phlegm ; cold ; dull ; sluggish ; heavy. Phar'-ynx. The upper part of the throat. Phlo-gis'-tic. Inflammatory. Phthys'-ic-al (tiz'-ik-al). A condition of the system tending to pulmonary consumption. Phlegm (flem). A stringy mucus of the respiratory and digestive passages. Ple'-thor-ic. Of a full habit of body. Pleu'-ra. A membrane that lines the inside of the chest and covers the lungs. Pleu'-ri-sy. Inflammation of the pleura. Pneu-mo-ni-a (nu-mo-ni-a) . Inflammation of the substance of the lungs. Pol'-y-pus. A pear shaped tumor. Pre-scrip'-tion. The formula for the preparation of medicines. Probe. An instrument for examining the depth of a wound. Prog-no'-sis. The art of foretelling the termination of a disease. Proph-y-lac'-tic. A medicine to prevent disease. Pty'-a-lism (ty'-a-lism). A copious flow of saliva; salivation Pu-bes'-cent. Covered with down or very short hairs. Pul'-mo-na-ry. Pertaining to or affecting the lungs. Pulp. A soft mass. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 611 Pulse. The beating or throbbing of the heart or blood-vessels, especially to the arteries. Pun'-gent. Sharp, piercing, biting, stimulating. Pur'-ga-tive. A medicine acting on the bowels to loosen them. Pu'-ru-lent. Consisting of pus or matter. Pus. Yellowish white matter, found in abscesses, etc. Pus'-tules. Elevations of the skin having an inflamed base and containing pus. Pu-tres'-cent. Becoming putrid ; pertaining to the process of putre- faction. Py-ro'-sis. A peculiar disease of the stomach called water-brash. Rec'-tum. The termination of the large intestine. Re-frig'-er-ant. Medicines which lessen the heat of a body. Reg'-i-men. The regulation of diet in order to preserx^e or restore health. Res-o-lu'-tion. Dispersion of an inflammation before pus has formed. Re-solv'-ents. Medicines to dissipate inflammation. Res-pi-ra'-tion. The process of breathing. Re-sus-ci-ta'-tion. Reviving from apparent death, as drowning. Ret'-i-na. Tlic semi-transparent, internal nervous tissue of the eye. Ru-be-fa'-cients (shents). Applications that cause redness of the skin. Ru-bif-ic. Making red. Sac'-cha-rine (rin). Sugary; having the qualities of sugar. Sa-li'-va. The spittle ; the secretions of the salivary glands of the mouth. Sal-i-va'-tion. Increase of the secretion of saliva. San'-a-tive. Healing, or tending to heal. San'-guine (sang'-gwin). Abounding in blood, or having the color thereof. Sa'-ni-es. A thin, often purulent discharge from wounds or ulcers. Scab. A cnist formed over a sore in healing. Scarf-Skin. The outer skin of the body. Scir'-rhous (skir'-nis). Hard; knotty. Scor-bu'-tic. Pertaining to, or partaking of the nature of scurxy. Scro'-tum. The bag containing the testicles. Se-cre'-tion. The separation of any substance from the blood for a special piiqiose. Sed'-a-tive. A quieting medicine which allays irritation and soothes pain. 612 , MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. Sed'-en-ta-ry. Accustomed to, or requiring much sitting; inactive. Sem'-i-nal. Pertaining to, or contained in seed. Se'-rous. Thin, watery, hke whey. Se'-rum. The watery parts of the blood, or of milk. Si-al'-o-gogues. Medicines that promote the flow of saliva. Sin'-a-pism. A mustard plaster. Sin'-ew (sin'-yu). that which unites a muscle to a bone. Slough (sluf). The part that separates from a wound. Slough'-ing (sluff-ing). The separation of the dead flesh from a sore. So-lu'-tion. A liquid in which a solid substance has been dissolved. Sol'-vent. Having the power to dissolve solid substances. Sor'-des. The dark matter deposited upon the lips and teeth in low fevers. Spasm. An involuntary contraction of the muscles. Spe-cif'-ic. An infallible remedy. Spi'-nal Col'-umn. The back-bone. Spi'-nal Cord. The nervous marrow in the spinal column. Spleen. The milt ; it is situated in the abdomen and attached to the stomach. Squa'-mous (squa'-mus) . Scaly ; having scales. Ster'-num. The breast-bone. Ster'-tor. Noisy breathing, as in apoplexy ; snoring. Ster-to'-rous. Snoring. Stim'-u-lants. Medicines that excite. Sto-mach'-ic. A cordial for the stomach, exciting its action. Stool. A discharge from the bowels. Stran'-gu-ry. Difficult and painful expulsion of urine. Strict'-ure. Unnatural contraction of any passage of the body. Stru'-ma. Scrofula. Stu'-por. Insensibility ; numbness. Styp'-tic. A medicine which coagulates the blood, and stops bleeding. Sub-cu-ta'-ne-ous. Under the skin. Su-dor-if-ics. Medicines that cause sweating. Sup-pos'-i-to-ries. Medicinal substances introduced into the rectum to favor or restrain evacuations, or to ease pain. Sup-pu'-ra-tion. Forming of pus. Sut'-ure. The peculiar joint uniting the bones of the skull. Symp'-tom. A sign or token ; the pecuhar marks of any disease. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 6l3 Syn'-co-pc. Fainting or swooning. Syn'-o-cha, Inflammatory fever. Syph-i-lit'-ic. Pertaining to the venereal disease or pox. Syr'-inge. An instrument for injecting licjuicls into the bowels, ear, throat, or other cavities of the body. Tem'-per-a-ment. Individual constitution ; a peculiar habit of body. Ten'-don. A fibrous cord attached to to the extremity of a muscle. Te-nes'-mus. A painful bearing down sensation in the lower bowels. Tense, Tension. Rigid, hard, stiff; drawn tightly. Tep'-id. Warm, but not hot. Ter'-tian (ter'-shun). Occurring every other day. Tes'-ti-cles. Two glandular bodies situated in the scrotum, belonging to the male organs of generation. Tet'-a-nus. Locked jaw. Tib'-i-a. The large bone of the leg below the knee. Tinct'-ure. Medicine dissolved in alcohol. The'- rax. The cavity in the chest. To'-men-tose. Downy ; nappy ; covered with the finest hairs or down. Tor-mi'-na. Severe griping pains. Ton'-ics. Remedies which give tone and strength to the system. Ton'-sil. Glands situated on each side of the throat. Tor'-pid. Dull, stupid. Tra'-che-a. The windpipe. Tre'-mor. Involuntary shaking. Tu'-ber-cle (tu'-ber-kl). A pimple, swelling, or small tumor. Tu-me-fac'-tion. The act of swelling or forming a tumor. Tu'-mor. A distention or enlargement of any i)art of the body; a swelling. Ty'-phoid. Resembling typhus ; weak ; low. Ty'-phus. A form of low, ner\'Ous fever, malignant, infectious, etc. Ul'-cer. A sore, discharging pus. Um-bil'-ic. The navel, or pertaining to the navel. U'-rea. A substance found in the urine. U-re'-ter. The duct or tube through which the urine passes from the kidneys to the bladder. U-re'-thra. The canal of the penis through which the mine passes from the body. U'-rine. Water evacuated from the bladder. fi 1 -i MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. U'-ter-us The womb. U'-vu-la. The small conical body projecting from the middle or the soft palate. Vac'-ci-nate (vak'-sin-nate). To inoculate with the cow-pox by inserting the vaccine in the skin. Vac'-cine. (vak'-sin). Belonging to, or matter of, the cow-pox. Va-gi'-na. The passage that connects the vulva with the womb. Vag-in-is'-mus. Spasm of the vagina, caused by morbid irritability. Val-e-tu-di-na'-ri-an. A person of a weak, infirm or sickly constitu- tion. Va-ri'-o-lous, Pertaining to or denoting small pox. Ve'-hicle (ve'-hi-kl). A liquor in which to administer medicines. Ven'-e-ry. Sexual intercourse. Ve'-nous. Relating to the veins. Ven-ti-la'-tion. A free admission or motion of air. Ver'-mi-fuge. A medicine that expels worms. Ver'-ti-go. Dizziness ; swimming of the head. Ves'-i-ca-ting. Blistering. Ves'-i-cle (ves'-i-kl). A little bladder of water formed under the skin. Vir'-u-lent. Extremely injurious ; malignant ; poisonous. Vi'-rus. Active, contagious matter. Vis'-ce-ra. The internal organ of the body. Vis'-cid. Glutinous ; sticky ; tenacious. Vit'-re-ous Humor. One of the fluids of the eye, resembling glass. Vol'-a-tile. Easily evaporated ; substances that waste away on expos- ure to the atmosphere. Vul'-ner-a-ry. Pertaining to wounds. Vul-va. The external parts of the female organs of generation. Zy-mot'-ic. Contagious ; infectious ; such diseases as may be inocu- lated. c^*- DANGEROUS DISEASES CLASSIFIED AND GROUPED ACCORDING TO SYMPTOMS- In Kivinj; the syniiitoniB of the follo^^p; diseases we have not civen all the sympton/ in the various stages, tnit only tlie mure prominent ones occurring at the commencement. ERUPTIVE DISEASES. Nettle Rash. — Tliis t'rui)ti()n consists of elevated .spots on the surface of the skin, attended with violent burning, or tingling and itching. It sometimes appears in the form of large blotches. Erysipelas. — The attack is preceded by symptoms of fever, as headache, shivering, etc., followed by hot skin, quick pulse, pains in back and limbs. The seat of inHanimatiou soon begins to swell, and becomes red or purplish, with severe tingling, burning sensation. Measles. — The symptoms at first are similar to catarrh or cold in the head, such as chilliness, running of the nose, eyes red and watery, sneezing, pain and soreness in the throat and chest, fever and thirst. The eruption gen- erally appears on the fourth day, and look.s like flea bites. The skin feels rough when the hand is passed over it. Scarlet Rash. — The eruption is preceded by chilliness, heat, re.stlessne.ss, dryness of the skin. The rash aj^pears on the third or fourth day. The differ- ence between Scarlet Fever and Scarlet Rash is given under the former disease. Scarlet Fever. — At the commencement there is more or less fever, with shivering, lassitude, headache. The person will complain of soreness of the throat, and on examination it will be found red and shining. The rash makes its appearance in two days, first on the face and neck ; the redness disappears on making pressure with the finger. The difference between Scarlet Fever and Measles is given under the latter disease. Chicken Pox. — Sometimes at first there will be symptoms of fever ; this however is n"t always the case. The eruption appears in an irregular manner, differing in this fmm small pox, which appears first on the face. Small Pox. — This di.sease is generally preceded by a fever lasting thre»i or four days. In the first stage the severe pains in the head and back are char- acteristic. The eruption appears about the third day, in the form of small bright red specks, and first on the face. FEVERS. Typhoid Fever. — This fever generally comes on gradually. The pa- tient may complain for a long time of weariness, and general uneasiness. These symptoms having cojitinued for several days or weeks, the patient will he seized with a chill, followetl by the ordinary symptoms of fever. There will be pain in the bowT'ls which is increased by jiressure over the right side. Inflammation of the Brain.— Generally comes on gradually, but sometimes suddenly. When gradually, the jiatient complains for some time of imeasiness, wakefulness, dizziness, poor appetite, noises in the head, ringing in the ears, frightful dreams, nausea, vomiting, etc. As the disease progresses, he has more or less headache, sometimes exceedingly severe, and violent fever. 616 SYMPTOMS OF DANGEROUS DISEASES. Remittent or Bilious Fever. — This is usually preceded by weakness, lowuess of spirits, loss ot appetite, yawning and stretching, flashes of heat and cold. These symptoms continue several days, when we have a well markeil chill, followed by heat. Intermittent Fever. — This disease is characterized by paroxysms of ' fever, which occur at regular intervals. The paroxysm consists of three stages : the cold stage, the hot stage, and the sweating stage. The cold stage is preceded by languor, uneasiness, stretching and yawning, pains in the back, head, and loins, followed by chilliness which soon extends over the whole body. AFFECTIONS OF THE STOMACH AND BOWELS. Dyspepsia. — A sense of distention of the stomach, belching of wind, loss of appetit -, low spirits, tongiie coated, or pale and flabby. Stomach Ache, Colic. — A peculiar twisting, racking pain behind the navel, relieved by pressure ; belly hard, and drawn up into lumps. Inflammation of the Stomach. — Burning pain in the stomach with thirst, nausea, and vomiting, desire for cold drinks, prostration of strength, pain increased by pressure. Inflammation of the Bowels. — Commences with a chill, followed by fever, thirst, hot skin, and pain of a griping character in the bowels ; the pain is increased on pressure, and sometimes comes in paroxysms. Inflammation of the Liver. — Begins with symptoms of fever, with a sensation of pricking in the right side, and pain in the region of the liver, either acute or dull. The pain sometimes shoots up to the right shoulder. Inflammation of the Spleen. — Commences with the common symp- toms of fever, with pain in the lett side, in the region of the spleen, with tender- ness on pressure. Pain dull or cutting. Worms. — The symptoms are paleness, itching of the nose, grinding of the teeth during sleep, starting from sleep, swollen belly, irregular appetite. Diarrhoea. — Frequent discharges from the ijowels, with a sense of weight, and more or less griping. Dysentery. — Loss of appetite, with constipation or diarrhcea, followed by passages of mucus streaked with blood. Cholera Morbus. — Generally comes on suddenly, with vomiting and purging, accompanied with severe griping pains in the bowels and stomach. The discharges consist at first of the contents of the bowels, followed by watery, bilious matter. Piles. — An attack is preceded by a sense of weight in the lower part of the abdomen, with a painful itching about the anus. DISEASES OF INFANTS. Convulsions of Infants. — The eyes at first are fixed, the muscles of the face contract, and sometimes there is foaming at the mouth. The whole body is sometimes convulsed. Thrush. — Redness of tongue and gums, and dryness of the mouth. Whitish spots soon appear and cover the entire mouth. Cholera Infantum. — The attack may be sudden, with violent vomiting and purging, or may be preceded by a slight diarrhoea. Everything is vomited, and the stools are streaked with green, or yellowish and watery. Croup. — Generally commences with symptoms of catarrh, with dry cough, hot skin, quick pulse, rattling in the throat, hoarseness. When the child is attacked, the cough is hoarse and ringing, the breathing hurried, face flushed, etc. Hooping Cough. — This is characterized by a convulsive paroxysm of coughing, attended with hissing breathing. It begins with symptoms of catarrh. Mumps. — Commence with fever, and symptoms of catarrh. The neck becomes stiff and painful. A swelling soon appears at the angle of the lower jaw. HOW TO detf:ct SUDDEN AND SERIOUS MALADIES, THE CLINICAL THERMOMETER. The value of the information afforded by this little, simple structure cannot be over-estimated as a guide to the detection and treatment of disease. Every mother ought to possess one of these thermometers, and be able to take the temperature of her children. A single observation will often reveal the true nature of a sudden or temporary indisposition. It will indicate the existence of many maladies in their earliest stages, and point out the necessity for prompt treatment. The clinical thermometer has done more than anything to render accurate knowledge of the nature of disease, and to advance the art of treatment. It is in daily use in every hospital in this countr)', and ranks in importance with the stethoscope {heart or liing tester). The physician without his thermometer is like a mariner without his compass. In fact, one of these instruments should be in ever>' family, or, at least, within the immediate neighborhood. The actual work of taking the temperature is simple and easily performed, and in many cases it is necessary to take the temperature six times in twenty-tour hours; a careful record of the same being kept, will often greatly facilitate the efforts of the doctor in promoting a speedy recovery. A sudden nse or fall of the temperature of the patient foreshadows peril, several hours in advance, (as the barometer does the storm) the doctor may be summoned and enabled to ward off a deadlv exacerbation or collapse. 61/ -no -105 618 THE CLINICAL THERMOMETER. A clinical thermometer does not differ essentially from the common weather thermometer ; it is smaller, more accurate, and is not supported in a frame. The figures are engraved on the glass, and are graduated from about 90 to 115 degrees. These thermometers are generally self-registering. At the top of the mercury there is a Uttle piece which has purposely been left detatched, to serve as an index. Before taking the temperature this is shaken down to about 96 degrees ; then, as the mercury rises, the detatched portion is left at the highest point reached. Q The Graduating Scale is very simple and easily ^ understood. Each of the long lines counts a degree, P^ each degree is subdivided into four or five parts, thus hJ securing accuracy in getting the exact temperature. y The fractions are generally written decimally, thus : p< 3-4 are written .75. W The Nor>lal Temperature of the body is about W 98.4. Q How To Take The Temperature. There are S three regions where the temperature may convenient- pq ly be taken : the bowel, the arm-pit, and under the -100 K tongue. In the case of children, where the knowl- edge of the temperature is always important, the O bowel is the most convenient and generally more W preferable. The observation is quickly made and its < accuracy is not influenced by the restlessness of the ifi child. With adults the temperature is generally taken in the arm-pit, or under the tongue. The tempera- ture under the tongue is more readily and quickly ascertained, and particularly in cases where patients are not confined in bed is more reliable. The temperature of the extremities may be ascertained by holding the thermometer in the closed hand. The following is the method of ascertaining the temperature under the armpit : the index should be shaken down, and the instrument warmed by holding in the closed hand for a moment. The patient, if -05 d THE CLINICAL THERMOMETER, C|9 lying on the side, should be turned over, and the observation made in what was the lower armpit. The bulb of the instniment should be placed snugly within the folds of the armpit, carefully observing that it is in contact with the skin on all sides, and that none of the garments interfere. The fore-arm of the patient should be laid across the chest, while in this position, let the thermometer remain five minutes. The temperature under the tongue is taken as follows : shake down the index and warm as before ; place the bulb of the instrument as far back under the tongue as possible, close the mouth, and breathe through the nose for three minutes. The temperature in the bowel is taken as follows : shake down the bulb and warm instrument as above directed ; if the patient is an adult, he should lay on one side, with knees well drawn up ; if a child, let it be placed on its chest across its mother's knees, or its legs may simply be held up enough to expose the parts ; dip the instrument into sweet oil, and pass the bulb through the anus into the bowel for a space of about two inches, and let it remain three minutes. The instrument should be thoroughly cleansed after each obser\a- tion and in cases of contagious diseases, cleanse with carbolic acid or Tilden's fluid. The frequency of observations must be regulated by the urgency of the case. In chronic illness, morning and evening will be sufficient ; in cases of fever, etc., every three or four hours may be necessary, and in cases of imminent danger much oftener. Clinical thermometers can be had at most all thoroughly equipped drug stores. What is wanted is a "clinical self registering thermometer," they are made of all sizes. A four inch instrument will be found most convenient. In purchasing a clinical thermometer, do not be induced to buy a fancy case with a cheap instrument inside ; cheap instalments are very little better than none. By addressing KixG, Richardson & Co., Springfield, Mass., and enclosing three dollars and ten cents ($3.10) you will receive, by mail, a thermometer which has been thoroughly tested by the professor of chemistry at Yale college, and warranted to be accurate. Each instrument is carefully packed, and guaranteed to reach its destination in perfect order. PHRENOLOGY ILLUSTRATED. KAirES AND NUMBERS OF THE ORGANS. DEFINITION OF THE ORGANS. 1. Amativeness, Love between tlie sexes — desire to marry. A. Conjugality, Matrimony — love of one — union for life. 2. Parental love, Regard for offspring, pets, etc. 3. Friendship, Adhesiveness — sociability — love of society. 4. Inhabitiveness, Love of home and country. 5. Continuity, One thing at a time — consecutiveness. E. Vitativeness, Love and tenacity of life — dread of annhilation. 6. Combativeness, Resistance — defense — courage — opposition. 7. Destructivcness, Executiveness — force — energy. 8. Alimentiveness, Appetite — hunger — love of eating. 9. Acquisitiveness, Accumulation — frugality — economy. 10. Secretivcness, Discretion — reserve — policy — management. 11. Cautiousness, Prudence — provision — watchfulness. 12. Approbativeness, Ambition — display — love of praise. 13. Self-Esteem, Self-respect — independence — dignity. 14. Firmness, Decision — perseverance — stability — tenacity of will. 15. Conscientiousness, Integrity — love of right — ^justice — equity. 16. Hope, Expectation — enterprise — anticipation. 17. Spirituality, Intuition — faith — "light within" — credulity. 18. Veneration, Reverence for sacred things — devotion — respect. 19. Benevolence, Kindness — goodness — sympathy — philanthrojjy. 20. Constructiveness, Mechanical ingenuity — sleight of hand. 21. Ideality, Refinement — love of beauty — taste — purity. B. Sublimity, Love of grandeur — infinitude — the endless. 22. Imitation, Copying — patterning — mimicry — following examples. 23. Mirthfulness, perception of the absurd — ^jocoseness — wit — hm. 24. Individuality, Observation — desire to see and examine. 25. Form, Recollections of shape — menior)' of persons and faces. 26. Size, Cognizance of magnitude — measuring by the eye. 27. Weight, Balancing — climbing — perception of the law of gravity. 28. Color, Perception and judgment of colors, and love of them. 29. Order, Perception and love of method — system — arrangement. 30. Calculation, Cognizance of numbers — mental arithmetic. 31. Locality, Recollection of places and scener)'. 32. Eventuality, Memor>' of facts and circumstances. ;i^. Time, Cognizance of duration and succession of time — punctuality. 34. Tune, Sense of harmony and melody — love of music. 35. Language, Expression of ideas — memory of words. 36. Causality, Applying causes to effect — originality. 37. Comparison, Inductive reasoning — analysis — illustration. C. Human Nature, Perception of < haracter and motives. D. Agreeableness, Pleasantness — sua\ity — persuasiveness. 621 ROENTGEN X RAYS. Their Application in Medicine and Surgery. By Dayton C. Miller, D. Sc, Professor of Physics in Case School of Applied Science, Cleveland, Ohio. Probably never before has a scientific discovery been made which has attracted such universal attention as that of a " New Kind of Rays " announced by Prof. W. C. Roentgen of Wiirz- burg, in December last. The enthusiasm aroused by the first newspaper reports increases as the weeks go by, and results of real value are being obtained every day. The Roentgen rays seem to be developed only by an elec- trical discharge in a high vacuum ; and a brief review of experi- ments in this direction will be useful. Geissler, a physicist of Bonn, about fifty years ago, constructed vacuum tubes, which bear his name, for experiments of this kind. A degree of exhaustion of about two-hundredths of an atmosphere was used. A " tube " in the sense here used is any closed glass vessel having two wires sealed into its sides, which are to be used as the electrodes of an electric circuit, and between which tlie dis- charge is to take place in the interior of the tube, which has been exhausted before sealing. The electrode by which the current enters the tube is called the anode, and the one by which it leaves is the cathode. The high tension current required is usually produced by an induction coil. Brilliant and beautiful color effects are produced when tlie current passes ihiougli tubes of various kinds of glass and containing various gases. Geissler tubes are used only for these displa}' purposes. About twenty years ago Wm. Crookes, of England, con- structed tubes of great variety, some very highly exhausted. The phenomena exhibited by these tubes were so surprising and wonderful that they constituted a new class of phenomena. Tubes made for repeating these experiments are called Crookes G2-2 ROENTGEN X KAVS. Q-r) tul)es. They may be of cylindrical or spherical oi- of odd and fantastic shapes. They are often exhausted to one-jnillionth of an atmosphere, and in such cases the phenomena differ from those of ordinary gases, as much as those of gases «lifTt*r from liquids, or lic^uids from solids. Crookes called gases in this state of high attenuation, the fourth state of matter, also calls it radiant matter. In a (ieissler tube, the gas in the interior glows with a colored light, and exhibits beautiful stratifications. As the tube is exhausted more and more the glow decreases in brilliancy, and entirely ceases when the exhaustion is such that only one-millionth of the original air remains. But at this stage the glass itself begins to emit light, lluoresce, and it is then that the tube becomes useful for the purpose of generating the Roentgen ]{ays. One striking peculiarity of the discharge in the high vacuum is that the cathode is the important electrode. The theory of gases as at present accepted, supposes a gas to be made up of molecules wliich an; in ceaseless motion, the velocity of which depends upon the temperature. The cathode in a tube is usually a small aluminium j)late, and when the current passes this is negatively charged. The molecules of the gas striking it become electrilied, and are thrown off at right angles to the plate. In the state of exhaustion which exists in the tube, it is supposed that on the wliole many of the electrified molecules are actually projected clear across the tube and im- pinge upon the glass opposite the cathode. This stream of electrilied particles constitutes the cathode rays which are so often mentioned. They })ossess many peculiar pioperties which have been carefully studied by Crookes and others. In 1893 Lenard published the fact that tlie cathode rays pass out of the tube to a ct-rtain extent, and he obtained a photograph through opa<|ue substances by their means. Hut like many other announcements in the scientific journals which nuiy be of real importance, this one did not attract special at- tention. Roentgen, after continued exj)erimenting along this line, was finally able to announce something 7ii w : he has discovered something entirely different from the cathode rays, whose }>roperties were entirely novel. He found that there originates on the glass of the tube, which is rendeied tluorescent by the cathode rays, a new effect which jjasses readily through opaque substances, and pioduces phosphorescent and photograpliic G34 ROENTGEN X RAYS. effects. A Crookes tube while being excited was covered with an opaque shield, and Roentgen noticed that a piece of paper which was impregnated with Barium Platino-Cyanide was made phosphorescent notwithstanding the shield, even at a distance of two meters. He found that the interposition of books, cards, and many other substances did not screen the paper from the effect which emanated from the tube. When he placed his hand between the shielded tube and the paper, he was astonished to find that the effect penetrated the whole hand, and that the flesh offered less liindrance than the bones, thus differentiating the two, as it were, casting a shadow of the bones upon the paper. Roentgen then substituted a photographic plate for the fluorescent paper, and succeeded in photographing the bones of his hand. His further experiments showed that the opacity in- creases with the thickness of the objects and also usually with their density. They are absolutely invisible to the eye, and do not produce any heat effects ; they are inca]^al)le of reflection or refraction, but apparently proceed outward in straight lines perpendicular to the surface of the tube. This discovery has two distinct aspects. From the scientific standpoint, its main interest lies in the fact that a "new kind of rays" has been found. These Roentgen rays are not cathode rays, and the use of the term cathode ray in speak- ing of these effects is wrong. Cathode rays have ])een known and studied for twenty years or more. What the new effect is, Roentgen did not know, and therefore he gave to this unknown quanity the name "X Ray." After months of careful study, the scientific world is still unable to explain the nature of the phenomenon, and it is this theoretical enigma that constitutes the first phase of the discover}'. The second aspect is that from the popular and jjractical side, and it is this which inter- ests the people generally. The fact that Roentgen had photo- graphed the bones of his hand gave the discovery its sensational aspect. Notwithstanding the many reports which have been pub- lished concerning the finding of X Rays in the electric light, in sunlight, lamplight, and even in dark places, it is finally believed that no true Roentgen photograph has been made without a Crookes tube. Imprints have been, no doubt, obtained, but in these cases, wrong conclusions have been drawn, and the effects are to be explained as due to other causes. In describing the apparatus, it will be convenient to state just what has been found to give the best results in the experi- ROENTGRN X RAYS. 63.1 ineiits whicli have ])een ciiiiied on at ('use Schiml of Applied Science. A prepared plate is placed in an ordinary plate holder, which is a light proof case, having a cover of dense pasteboard or thin hard rubber. The plate-holder is supported in an in- clined j)Osition, or jjlaced Hat on a table, as may be most con- venient in order to L;-et the object whose jiicture is desired as close to the plate as possible. This condition is essential to dis- tinctness of outline. If it is an arm which is being adjusted, a few bandages tied around it and the plate-holder will make it certain that there is no movement during the exposure. Fl<:. 1. The Crookes tube is adjusted so that the cathode is di- rectly op[)Osite the most im[)ortant part of the object, in order that the rays from the tube shall strike the plate perpendicu- larly. A distance of twelve inches between the jjlate and the tube is most enii»loyed, though it may be more or less according to circumstances. Less distance gives more intensity, jier- mitting shorter exposures, but also renders the outlines less distinct, and lessens the area covered by the lays. With a dis- tance of twelve inches an eleven by fourteen inch plate is perfectly covered. The Crookes tube, whicli has Ixen used throughout the 626 ROENTGEN X RAYS. entire series of experiments is a sphere about five inches in diameter, having for the cathode, a concave aluminium disc about an inch in diameter, and having three anodes consisting of wires sealed in the tube at points around the circumference (see Fig. 1). The cathode rays strike the glass between two of the anodes, and these two only are actually used. This tube is supported by an apparatus holder so that the cathode may be pointed in any direction. The tube is strongly electrified when in use, and it is thought to be an advantage to keep it continu- ally discharged by passing the anode wire along the surface of the glass. This in fact makes the glass opposite the cathode the actual anode, and it is from this point that the X Rays emanate. A dry atmosphere conduces to good results. The induction coil, the terminals of whose secondary circuit are connected to the electrodes of the Crookes tube, is of the usual construction, about twelve inches long and six inches in diameter, and gives about a six inch spark in air. The current for the primary of the induction coil is derived from twelve or more cells of storage battery. The photographic part of the operation is carried out after the usual manner. Many variations have been tried, ending in the adoption of normal methods, except as to long continued development. This usually lasts about one-half hour. There seems to be but little choice between various developing agents, metal having been finally adopted because it does not stain the negatives. A great amount of detail appears strongly during the development which is lost in the " fixing " process. In im- portant surgical cases the surgeon should see the plate during the development in order to obtain the full benefit of the experi- ment. Various developers and fixing agents have been tried to overcome this difficulty, but without success. It has been suggested that a return be made to Roentgen's original discovery, that the fluorescent screen be substituted for the photographic plate, so as to render the bones and in- ternal organs directly visible. Experiments have been tried in this line, but, notwithstanding the sensational reports, it is be- lieved that the photographic is much the better, it being cumula- tive, and thus giving an impression with a long exposure which could not be visible instantaneously. It should be well under- stood that though many experimenters seem to claim the fluorescent screen as their invention, that it was used by Roentgen before he used the photographic plate, and the credit belongs to him. ROENTGEN X RAYS. 627 Concerning many expeiinients little need he said liere, as it is very easy to obtain pictures of coins in a purse, weights and instruments in hoxes, various ol)jects through planks, and the skeletons of small animals, with a very short exposure. Many experiments have heen made to dettMinine the relative opacity of various suhstanees. (ilass is found to hinder the passage of the rays more than some metals, which may be due to the lead contained in the glass, lead being very opacjue. The denser metals are all dilhcult of j)enetralion, while aluminium offers but little resistance. The design and lettering on an aluminium metal has been piiotograjihed with short exjtosure, showing the detail nearly as well as an ordinary photograph. Many interesting surgical cases have been examined, s(Mne of which will be briefly noted, bullets have been located in the hands. One was the shot from a Flobert ritle which had been carried for sixti-en yeais. After searching the fore-arm where the ball was supposed to lie, it was fouiul at the base of the little finger where it joins the wrist. Another was the ball from a thirty-two caliber revolver, which was received seven 028 ROENTGEN X RAYS. months before. It was found very much flattened, lying in the back of the hand wliere the thumb joins the wrist. In another instance, two shot were found near the second joint of the first finger, having been there for years. One of the shot entered the bone, splitting it, so that the projecting pieces give the a[)- pearance of an enlarged joint. Another case was that of a twenty-two caliber ball which was received in the palm of the hand five weeks before the picture was made. It was very clearly located near where the first finger joins the wrist (see Fig. 2). The time of exposure used in locating these bullets varied from eight to twenty minutes. A man had carried a piece of steel, from a hammer, in his arm near the elbow for nineteen years. It was easily located. Many cases of injuries to the fingers caused by machinery have been studied. Fractures produced by baseball playing, and malformations of the bones have been photographed. At- tempts to diagnose supposed cases of tuberculosis of the joints have been partially successful. The entire body is photographed readily. Every bone is shown with perfect distinctness and a surprising amount of detail, for a mere shadow is seen at the joints. The marrow shows more transparency than the bone proper. In many cases, the spongy condition of the bones is very clear. The original also shows ligaments joining the bones. Aside from such cases, no cords, muscles, or nerves have been distinguished. Fractures of the arm, both old and new, showing the line of fracture and the callus, can be readily examined. Among several very in- teresting and valuable photographs of fractures is one where the nature of the break renders it impossible to place the bones in apposition. This picture was taken twelve weeks after the accident. In another similar case but five weeks had elapsed, union not having taken place. The picture was made through the splints and padding. Under these circumstances, the photo- graph can be taken without inconvenience to the subject. The presence of two splints with bandages and of sodium silicate casts have proved of no hindrance in other cases, such details as the pins showing on the plate. It would seem that such pic- tures as these, taken before attempting to set a fracture, or im- mediately after, must be of great value to the surgeon. Several cases of necrosis of the bones of the arm have proved very interesting. The photographs indicate the extent of the disease, and tlie shape and position of the remaining fragments. Many cases of deformities have been photographed. ROENTGEN X RAYS. 020 Several pictures of the chest and head have been made, and an unexpected amount of detail is visible. The chest pic- ture shows the shoulder joint, the collar bone, tiie spinal column, with its articulations, and a dark streak along its lengtli, cor- responding to the si)inal cord, and the ribs (»n each side (»f the spine. In the region of the heart, the detail is less con- spicuous, indicating that the heart is more opacjue than the lung tissue. In the photograph of the head, there is visible the spinal column in the neck, the jaw bones with the teeth and spaces where the teeth ha\e been removed, the nasal cavities, eye sockets, the ragged junction of the bone and cartilage in the nose, the floor of the brain cavity, the thin place in the skull corresponding to the temples and the thicken- ing at the ears. As to the future, one does not like to prophesy. But the newness of the plienonienon, the ciudeness of the apparatus, and the marvelous results already actually accomplished funnsh a basis upon which one may build hopes of still more wonderful and useful applications. It is seldom that anew scientilic dis- covery is so quickly utilized in practical work, and it speaks well for the progressiveness of the medical profession that they have at once and of one accord accepted Roentgen's discovery as an aid in their profession. yW^^ TOILET REMEDIES. -m- SIMPLE, EFFICIENT, AND HEALTHFUL. Dandruff (to reynove, and to cleanse the scalp thorotcghly). — Take as much boracic acid as you can dissolve in a half pint of soft water. Apply three times a day. Hair Oil {ve^'y fine). — Castor oil, cologne and alcohol, each four ounces ; oil lemon grass, one-half dram ; oil bergamot, ten drops. Shampoo {excellent to cleanse the hair and seal})). — Salts of tartar, powdered borax, aqua ammonia, each one-half ounce ; rain water, one pint. Tooth Powder {excellent). — Powdered borax, one-half ounce; powdered chalk, three ounces; add a few drops oil of wintergreen. In using a tooth powder some prefer to touch the brush to toilet soap then dip into powder. Chapped and Rough Hands. — Wash the hands in vinegar with a handful of oatmeal added, then apply a dressing made of glycerine and rose water, equal parts. Hair Curling Liquid. — Salt of tartar (carbonate of potassa), one-quarter ounce; aqua ammonia and cologne, each one dram Shake daily for a week, then strain. Directions : Moisten the hair and adjust loosely; as it dries it shows its tendency to curl. Complexion Powder {excellent and harmless). — Prepared chalk, one ounce ; cologne and alcohol, each two and one-half ounces ; distilled water, one and one-half ounce ; glycerine, one-half ounce ; extract of heliotrope, one dram. Dissolve chalk in the alcohol, then mix all together. Directions : Shake well before using", apply with sponge or soft cloth, when dry remove chalk to suit complexion. Gray Hair, to Darken {yiot injurious). — Glycerine and rose water, each one ounce. Work well into the roots of the hair at each morningr's dressing. G30 PRESCRIPTION REGISTER. EXPLANATION. The design of this Register is to record prescriptions and remedies that have been proved valual)le, which would otherwise be irreparably lost, or neces- sitate the expense of a duplicate. A proper entry, in each case, will give the disease it i^ intended to relieve, the date when the Physician was called, or when the medicine was used ; by whom prescribed; the required dose; the Prugfiist compounding it, and the pre- scription number. Their preservation for future use will be found not only a convenience, but will often prove "a friend iu need," making this an inval- uable feature of the work. See annexed blank filled out. THE PUBLISHERS. J!!.^.i.4\ 189 rj Geo. S. Stebbins. Remedy for ^'^'^.''f^.t.^'^;. R Menthol, - - - J drs. Oil of IViniergreen, j " Oil of Peppermint, i " Alcohol, - - - J " Dose. ^.i'P^yJ:^*.^.^^.'^3'-. How often, ^''?«^'":^- ....'^^^•^'^';'.. Druggist. Wo.i49o6 REMARKS: .189 Dr Remedy for. 189 Dr Remedy for R Uose, How o^ten,. REMARKS: Druggist. No. Dose, How often,. Druggist. No. (;:u 632 PRESCRIPTION REGISTER. 189 189 Dr Dr Remedy for Remedy for Dose, Dose, How often, How often, Dr'jggist No Druggist. No. REMARKS: REMARKS: 189 189 Dr Dr Remedy for Remedv for.. Dose, Oose, How often, How often, Druggist. Ho. Druggist. No. REMARKS; REMARKS: PRESCRIPTION REGISTER. 033 189 1 89 Dr Dr Remedy for Remedy for Dose, Dose, How often, How often, Druggist. No Druggist. No. REMARKS: REMARKS: 189 189 Dr Dr Remedy for Remedy for R R Dose, Dose, how oTten, How often, Druggist, No. Druggist. No. REMARKS: REMARKS: HOUSEHOLD MEMORANDA FOR MISCELLANEOLS RECIPES AND VALUABLE INFORMATION. G3J: HOUSEHOLD MEMORANDA I-OR MISCELLANKnrs l!i;< l|-i:s AM) VALI Altl-K INFORMATION. l)OD INDEX. The heavy face black numbers refer to the Homoeopathic treatment. A Abdomen, Anatomy of Abortion Abrasion of the skin Abscess Abscess in the ear Abscess of bone Abscess in tlie breast Absintlie Accidents and emergencies Accident and injuries Accidents, To avoid Accouchement Acid Phosphate, Horsf ord's Acids " Citric " Gallic " Muriatic " Carbonic " Carbolic " Nitric " Oxalic " Sulphuric " Tannic " Tartaric Aconite Acute intlamation of the bowels. . . Acute or inflammatory fever Acute rheumatism Administering medicines AlTections of stomach Afrue Ague Mixture, Christie's Ague Mixture, Jayne's Ague root Agrimony Air Air and temperature of nursery. . . . Alcohol Alkekenge Allen's Lung Balsam Allsjuce Almond, sweet Aloes Alum Alum root Amaurosis Ameuorrhoea American hellebore " valerian Ammonia Ana-niia Anatomy of the human body Anchylosis Aneurism Angina pectoris 221, 46 288 3S8 4(51 95 360 95 360 (il 2S5 403 452 4r,5 494 286 532 500 403 403 403 403 403 404 404 404 404 404 404 395 107 861 167 237 514 616 165 534 533 407 404 79 303 404 404 533 404 404 406 406 423 191 270 401 421 400 291 889 9 254 % 378 378 Anise 406 Ankle, Dislocation of the 473 Antidotes 523 Antidotes, diseases 519 Antidotes to poisons 530 Antimony 500 Anti-dyspeptic powder 432 Anti-ayspeiitic pills 432 Antispasmodic tincture 432 Appetite, deficient 137 Apis mel 395 Apoplexy 97, 99 360 Apothecaries' weight 357 Apparent death from drowning 458 " " " lightning 4''.0 " " " vapors 4 Bites from insects 480 Bitter root 408, 411, 433 Bittersweet 897 Bitters, Indiana 535 " Hostetter's 535 " Stoughton 535 Boschee's German Svrup 530 Blackberry ". 408 Black cohosh 410, 419, 433 Black oak bark 410,430 Black snakeroot 410, 419, 433 Black lead 898 Black salve 538 Blailder, The 55 Bladder, Intlamniation of the 195 374 Bladder, Irritation of the 206 376 Blear eye 580, 103 Bleeiling from the bladder 103 Bleeding from the nose 104 361 Bleeding from the lungs 105 361 Blindness 106 Blood Mixture, Clark's 534 Bloodv urine 103 361 Bloodroot 410, 413 Blow, Aiii>arcnt death from 400 Blood, The 00 Blue uimpernel 445 Blue SKullcap 405 Blue tlag 409, 410 Blue coi>])eras. Poisoning by 501 Blue cohosh 411 Blush, Inrtauimatory 200 Bouncing root 445 Bones, The 50 Boneset 410, 411,433 Bones, Ulceration of the 201 383 Borax 428 Bowels, as indicating disease 89 Bowels, Acute inrtannnation IOC, 61G 361 Bowels, Chronic intlammation 107 362 Bowel, Falling of 103 Boxwood 415 Brain, Anatomy of the 11 Brain, Inllanuiiation of the 124 Brandreth's Pills 530 Bread of life 4;« Breath, Ketid 171 Breath, Offensive 223 Breasts, the 284 Bronchitis 107, +17 362 lirciwn's Troches r.:j4 liiiiw ache 185 Brow ague 185 Bruises^ 458 Bryonia alba 306 Buckthorn 410 Bugle weed 410,417, 4.33 Burns and scalds 450 Biirilock 410, 433 Burgundy i)itch 439 Burdock, Tincture of 446 Butternut 410, 433 Butterfly weed 417, 442 c Caffeine, Caffeina, or CafTeia 410 Calamus 410 Calcarea carbonica 396 Calico bush 423 Calomel 410, 502 Camomile 433 Camomile pills 433 Cami>Iior 410 Cancer 109 362 Canker of the mouth 308,110, 434 362 Canada snakeroot 433 Canker, Compound for 434 Cuntharis 428 396 Caraway, Seeds of 412 Carbolic Salve, Henry's 538 Carbo vegetabilis 396 Canlitis 192 Care of the teeth 351 Caries 261 Carolina pink 413, 426 Carrot 412 Carter's Little Liver Pills 532 Castor oil 412 Catalepsy ill 362 Cataract 112 362 Catarrh 112, 114, 447 863 Catarrhal fever 208 Catarrh Cure, Hall's 533 Catarrh Remedy, Sage's 534 Cathartic Pills, Ayer's 531 Cathartics 447 Catmint 412 Catnip 412 Cayenne pills 434 Cayenne pepper 412 Cements 538 Centaury, American 412 Central "applications 510 Cerium, Oxalate of 412 Chalk, Prepared 4i2 Chamomile flowers 412 Chamomilla 396 Chapi)ed or cracked lips 113,447 303 Charcoal 414 396 Chestnut leaves 414 Chiccory 414 Chicken pox 110,321, 015 8C8 Chilblains 115 863 Childbirth 287 Child crowing 315, 328 Children's diseases 290, 334 890 China 896 Chloral, Hydrate of 414 Chlorate of potash 414 Chloride of tin. Poisoning by 601 Chloride of zinc " " 601 G38 INDEX. Choice Family Liniment 537 Choking 461 Cholera, Asiatic 117, 118 363 Cholera morbus 119, 12n, 448, 616 383 Cholera infantum 311,448,016 391 Cholera, diarrhoea, dysentery 434 Chordee 179 Chorea 255 382 Christie's Ague Mixture 534 Christmas rose 420 Chronic intlammation of the bowels 107 3fi2 Chronic catarrh 114 363 Chronic rheumatism 230 Cina 397 Cinchona bark 414 Cinnamon 414 Circulation, To regulate the 504 Clark's Blood INIixture 534 Clergyman's sore throat 120 Clinical thermometer 617 Clouded, colored urine. 123 Cloves 416 Coakum 409 Cocculus indicus 501 397 Cod liver oil 416 Coffea 397 Cold 449 Cold, Apparent death from 4ii.") Cold in the liead 315 391 Colds 210 Colic 121,123,448,616 363 Colic, Painters' 121 363 Colic weed 407 Colic, "Wind 122 Colic, Bilious 122 Colic of infants 309 390 Colic, Remedy for 434 Collar-bone, Dislocation of the 408 Collar-bone, Fracture of the 478 Colocvnthis 897 Colt's foot. 416,433 Comf rey 435 Compound fractures 482 Compound spirit of ether 416 Composition powder 434 Concussion of the brain 124 364 Condition Powders, St. John's 534 Conditions of health 74 Condyles, Fracture of the 477 Confinement 286 388 Congestion 125 Congestion of the brain 125 364 Congestive headache 184 Conserve, stimulating 435 Coustipation 131, 448 364 Constipation during pregnancy 282 387 Constipation of infants 310 391 Consumptive Cure, Siiilo's 533 Contagious diseases 320 Contagious pai'asitic diseases 324 Contused wounds 490 Constitutions 335 Consumption 127, 130, 435, 448 364 Consumption, Powder for 435 Convulsions 125, 294, 317, 364 389 Convulsions in infants 317, 616 392 Copper, Poisoning by 501 Copperas 416, 503 Corns 132 Cornea, Ulceration of 133 364 Corpulence 133 366 Corrosive sublimate, Poisoning 502 Cough 134,449 3C5 Cough drops or syrup 435 Cough Lozenges, Keating's 534 Cough pills 435 Cough powders 435 Countenance, indicating disease... 87 Cow's milk 588 Cramp 135 866 Cramp of the legs 888 Cramp of stomach, Remedy for — 435 Cramp or spasm of the stomach.. . 130 365 Cranesbill 410, 42;i Creosote 416 Croup 314,322,449,616 391 Croup, Membranous 391 Croup, Syrup for the 426 Crow corn 407 Crow foot 423 Crushes and jams 492 Cubebs 416 Cupping 491 Cuticura Resolvent 533 Cut throat 461 Cuttlefish 400 Cuts 465 Cuts from flesh 406 Curative powder 436 Cyanide of potassium, Poisoning by 503 Dandelion 416 Dandruff 449, 622 Deadlv nightshade 408, 417 395 Deafness 136 365 Death 586 Death from cold 460 Death from a fall or blow 460 Death from strangling 460 Death from hunger 460 Debility 137 Decoctions 430, 432 Defective appetite 137 365 Delaved menstruation 269 385 Delirium tremens 137, 449 365 Dewberry 408 Dewee's "Carminative 536 Diabetes 139, 306, 366 390 Diabetes mellitus 366 Diabetes of infants 306 390 Diabetes. Powder for 436 Diagnosis, Electrical 509 Diarrhcea 140, 449, 616 36« Diarrhoea of infants 310,448 391 Digitalis 418 Digestibility of food 77 Digestion, Process of 48 Digestive power. To increase 504 Dilation of the heart 142 366 Diphtheria 295 a, 143, 322, 449 366 Discolored skin 144 Disease germs. To destroy 528 Disease, Indications of 87 Disease of the valves of the heart. 146 Diseases and their remedies 95 Diseases, Antidotes 519 Diseases of infants 616 Diseases of the heart 186 378 Diseases of the spinal cord 2.52 382 Diseases of pregnancy 282 387 Diseases of children 296, 3.'}4 390 Diseases of old age 584 Diseases of women 267 Disinfectants 528 Dislocations 467 Disloeation of lower jaw 46S Dislocation end of collar bone 468 Dislocation of shoulder 468 8S4 INDEX. 039 Dislocation of elbow-joint Dislofatioii of finp;ers*()r toes Dislocation of tlie wrist-joint Dislocation of tlic hip-joint Dislocation, backwaril Dislocation, downward, inward... Dislocation, upward, inward Dislocation of tlic knee-iian Dislocation of foot at ankle Disorders of the sweat {glands Disorders of tlie oil glands Diuretic powder Dizziness Dock ointment Dog's-l>ane 411, Dogwood Domestic remedies Doses i)roi)er for different ages.... Dover's powtler ^ . Dove's foot Drop berry Dropsy 140, 14T, Dropsy, Decoction for Dropsy of the heart Dropsy, Powder for Drosera Drowning, To resuscitate from.... Dulcamara Dysentery 147, 150, 322, 450, Dysmenorrhoea Dyspepsia 151, 450, E Ear, Anatomy of the Earache 153, Ear, Foreign bodies in the Ear, Intlaminatioii of the Ear, Noises in the Ear, Toly pus of the Ear, Wax in the Eczema 1:5'.<, Edison's Polvform Eggs as f ooil Egyptian ophthalmia Elbow-joint, Dislocation of the... Elecampane Elderberries and bark Electrical diagnossis Electricity, central apiilications ... Electricity, Heali)ig power of Elm poultice Ely's Cream ISalin Emaciation P^metic powder 43('>, Emissions, Nocturnal Enlargement of the \ivula Eidargeuient of the heart Epilepsy 155, Epsom salts 41s, Eruptions Erui)tive diseases Eruptive diseases of the scalp Erysii)elas 158, 160, Erysipelas of infants Erysijielas, Decoction for Erythema Excretion, To increase.... 4fiO 470 470 470 471 472 472 472 473 145 145 ■i:m; 144 367 4.it! 4;« 415 432 35«; 41(> 423 445 44!) 367 43t; 145 397 458 3!)7 r.lO 367 272 3sr. 010 367 43 450 368 4'.>5 2r,() 379 S.'iO 75 2.32 400 418 418 509 510 507 4;« 53.'! 203 383 450 154 368 1.54 Exer .s;!, Exi>ectorant, Jay ne's Expootorat ion . .". , Exhaustion Eye, Anatomy of the Eye, as indicating disease... 157 368 424 4r.O 015 157 015 868 307 390 4;m-. 2son's 530 Eyes, weakness 204 Face, Anatomy of the F;cces, as indicating diseases Fainting Fall, Apparent death from Falling of the fundament Falling olf of the hair False pregnancy Farcy Fellows' Syrnp of Hypopbosphites Felons 104 Females, Cordial for Female corrective pills Female corrective powders Female organs of generation Female restorative i)ills Female restorative ])owder8 Female strengthening syrup Fennel seereath Fever and ague Feverfew Fever-root Fever-wort Fevers 164, 450, 015, Fevers, Tonic decoction after.... Fevers, Remedy for Fig Finger, Fracture of Finger, Ingrowing nail Fingers, toes. Dislocation of Fish, Poisoning by Fistula .." Fits. Fits of infants Flatulence Flax, common riaxsee-'s Carbolic Salve 538 Hepar sulphur 398 Hepatic pills 440 Hernia 498 Herpes 259 Hiccough 187 373 Himrod's Asthma Cure 5.'U Hip-joint disease 188 373 Hi])-joint, Dislocation of the 470 Hoarseness 188 373 Holmes' Frostilla 536 Homceopathic remedies 360 393 Hood's Sarsaparilla 531 Hoodwort 40.5, 445 Hooping cough 316,451, 616 391 Hops 420 Horehound 422 Horsebalm 422 Horsefly weed 407 Horsford's Acid Phosphate 532 Horseweed 411, 418 Hostetter's Bitters 535 Humerus, Fracture of the 476 Hunger 4G0 Hydrochloric acid 403 Hydrophobia 188 373 Hydrothorax 145 Hyoscyamus niger 398 Hvi)er"trophv 154 Hypochondria 190 373 Hviiochondria pills 440 Hypophosphites, Fellows' Syrup of 5.32 Hvssop 422 Hysteria 292 389 Hysteria pills 440 Hysterical convulsions 364 Hysterics 292 I Idiosyncrasy 98 Ignatia amara 397 Imperfect sight 101 Incised wound -i^o INDEX. f541 Incontinence of urine, infants 390 Incontinence of urine 101 873 Inculms 2U'l Indian coclile 397 In2'J Infants' dress 2'.i9 Infectious febrile diseases 320 Inflamed nose 2fK) 876 Intlaininatioa 4.')1 Intlaniuiatii'ni of the bladder I;i5 874 Inllaiinuatiiia of the bowels 616 InllaiiiMKition of the brain 124, 615 Intlanmiation of the breast 284 888 Inllaiu. I>rcast and na\ cl of infants. 304 Inllaiii. of stouiach, Decoction.... 440 Inllaiu. of the bowels, IJecoction.. 441 Intlain. of kidneys. Decoction 441 Inflammation of liver. Decoction.. 441 Inflammation of lunf;s. Decoction. 441 Intlauiiuatioa of the ear 19!) 875 InHammatiou of the eye 197 375 Intlamuiation of edge of eyelids... 198 Inflammation of the heart 192 Inilammaliou of iris 200 Inflammation of the kidneys 104 874 Inflammation of the larynx 197 375 Inflammation of the liver 193, 616 374 Inflammation of eyes. Lotion 440 IntlameTup 532 .Jamestown weed.... ." 422.423 Jaundice 2o7 377 Jaundice of infants 30.') 390 Jaundice, Decoction for 441 .laws 31 Jayne's Ague Jlixture 533 Jayne's Expectorant 533 Jew's-harp 4.'i2 Joints, Stiffness of 2.'>4 Juniper berries 422 K Keating's Cough Lozenges .\34 Keeley Cure. 326 Kendall's Sjiavin Cure .'1,34 Kennedy's Medical Discovery ,532 Key to Prescriptions ." 518 Kidnev and Liver Cure, Warner's.. 533 Kidneys, The 54 Kidnevs, Inflammation of the 194 874 King's evil 243 381 King's New Discovery ,533 Knee-pan, Dislocation of the 472 Knee-pan, Fracture of the 480 L Labor 3W Ladies' slipper 421, 423 Lacerated wounds 49ard's bane 406 Le Page's Liquid Glue 538 IvCprosy 213 Leucorrhoea 277 887 Lice 214 877 Lichen 2.32 Licorice 424 Light, Effect on persons 82 Lightning, Death from 4».o Lime *3B Liniment forgathered breasts 442 Liniment of camphor 442 Liniment for crami) 442 Liniment of hartshorn 442 Liniments 537 Lips, The 31,89 Lips, Chapped 115 Liver Pills, Carter's 532 Liver, The 48 Liver, Inflammation of the 193, 616 S74 Liver complaints. Decoction 441 Lobelia 410, 424, 442 Lock-jaw 215 877 Logwootercuriu3 398 Mercury 425, 502 Mercury, Poisoning by 502 Mettaner's Aperient". 536 Mexican Mustang Liniment 537 Milk as food 76 Milk Crust Eczema 260 Milk fever 285 388 Milk leg 389 Milk sickness 217 Milk teeth 34 Milkweed 411, 425 Mineral waters 540 Miscarriage 288 388 Monkshood 409 395 Moral influences during pregnancy 282 Mortification 173 371 Mothers during pregnancy 280 Mountain laurel .423, 425 IMouth, The 32 Mouth, Sore 252, 308 362 Mrs. Winslow's Soothing Svrup 535 Mumps : .218, 322, 016 377 Muriate of zinc. Poisoning by 501 Muriatic acid, Poisoning bv.". 500 Muscles, The ." 61 Muscular action. To regulate 504 Mustard 425 N" Narcotic poisons 630 Xausea 218 377 Navel and breasts of infants .S(i4 Xeck of the humerus. Fracture 477 Nerves, The Vi Xervine jiills 440 Nervous fever liJS 370 Nervous system 17 Nettle ". 425 Nettle rash 235,615 380 Neuralgia 219 377 Neuralgia of the head 185 Neuralgia of the heart _ . 221 373 378 Newborn infants 2!i6 Newly married couples .567 Nightmare 221 378 Nitrate of silver 424 Nitrate of silver, Poisoning by 502 Niter 502 Nitric acid, Poisoning by 500 Nitro glycerine 397 Nocturnal emissions 222 378 Noises in the ear 222 378 Nose, Anatomy of the 12 Nose, Bleeding at the 104 Nose, Foreign substances 498 Nose, Inflamed 200 Nose, Polypus 233 Noxious vapors. Apparent deatli.. 4.59 Nurses, Employment of 300 Nursing, Artificial 301 Nux vomica 399 Nux vomica, Poisoning by 503 Obstructed menstruation 270 38.5 Offensive breath 223 378 Oil-glands, I.)isorders of 145 Oil bitter almonds. Poisoning 503 Oil of vitriol 404 Oil of vitriol, Poisoning by 500 Old age, its care and diseases 584 Ointments 538 Onanism 216 377 Onion 425 Oiihthalmia 197, 232, 256, 313, 323 375 Opium 425, 502 399 Orange root 405, 420 Organic headache 185 Osgood's Indian Cholagogue 536 Otalgia 153 Otitis 199 375 Oxalic acid 500 OxUalm 411 P Pads, Medicated .539 Pain Relief Liniment 537 Painful menstruation 272 385 Pains in the back 101 Pains in the side 223 378 Painters' colic 121 Palpitation of heart 187, 224 373 378 Palpitation of heart. Decoction 442 Palsy 225 378 Pancreas, The 53 Papoose root 411 Papulous scall 379 Paralysis 225, 227 378 Pareeoric, Poisoning bv 502 Parotitis 218 377 Pasque flower 399 INDEX. 643 rarsley 425 I'arturition 28G I'ectoi ;il Svrui), Jackson's 532 I'elvis, The 58 Pelvis, Fracture of the 482 Pennyroyal 413, 42t) Pei)i>eriuint 42G Pei>3in 42ij Perennials 402 I'ericaniitis 1!'2 Pericardium, Intlammatiou l'J2 Perina'uni, The 5(5 Periodic headache 185 PeritDiieuin, Intlammation of liKj 374 Peritonitis l!>ti 374 Perry Davis' Pain Killer 537 Persimniou 426 l*harvnt;itis 120 Pharynx, The 25 I'harViix, Inllammation of 120 Phiniosis 176, 178 Pho:si>lioru3 399 Pliosiiliorns, Poisoning by 502 PhreiioloKy 620 Pierce's Purgative Pellets 535 " Golden Medical Discovery.. 535 " Favorite Prescrii)tion 535 Pigeon berry 409 IMle Ointment, Seeley's 538 l'ile« 227, 451, 616 379 IMles, Decoction for 442 Piles, Ointment for 442 Pills 403,432 Pinkroot 413, 426 Pijisissevva 40y, 426 Plants 402 Pleurisy 228 379 Pleurisy root 417, 425, 442 Pleuritis 228 379 Pneumonia 229 Poison of honey bee 395 Poison ivy 426 Poison oak 400 Poisonous plants or seeds 502 Poisons and antidotes 530 Pt)le cat weed 415 Pokeweed 409, 426 Piilyform, Edison's 536 Polypus of the ear 232 379 I'olypus of the nose "233 379 Poplar 443 Potash, Poisoning by 503 Poultice, soothing, softening 443 Poultice for internal intlam 443 I'oultice, for external inrlam 443 I'ox : 258 Precautions as to infected rooms . . 529 Pregnancy 279 387 Premature birth 294 Prescriptions, Key to 518 898 Pricklv ash 421,426,443 I'rickly heat 2.i2 379 I'rince's i>ine 409 I'rofuse menstruation 272 HHtt Prolapse of the rectum 309 I'roperties of medicines 513 I'roud tiesh 46«> I'rurigo 203 Prussic acid 503 I'uerperal convulsions 294 .1S9 Puerjieral fever 3S9 Puerperal mania 295 3H!t I'ulsatilla 399 Pulse, indicating disease 88 Pumpkin seeds 426 Punctured wounds v>"i J'urulent oplithalmia 2.32. .'.13 379 I'utrid sore throat uo:; Q Quassia 426 (}neen of the meadow 427, 443 Queen's root 427 Quicksilver 398 (}uinine. Sulphate of 427 (}uinsy 2.'« 375 Quinsy, Decoction for 443 R Kabies 18)J Itaccoon berrv 423 Itiidwav's Regulating Pills 531 " " Kea.ly Kolicf .531 " Renovating Resolvent.... 531 Ragweed 427 Rasberrv, Ground 405 Rashes 234, 2.35 Rattle Rush 407 Rattle weed 419, 43,3 Red lead. Poisoning by 501 Re14 Remittent fever 100,616 .369 Residenie for invalids >04 Retention of urine in infants ,m5 390 Rheumatic liniment 443 Rlienniatic headache 185 Rheumatism 2;36, 451 379 Rhubarb 427 r.hus tox 426 400 Ribs, Fracture of 478 Rich weed 411 Rickets 319 .S32 Ringworm 237, «2! 380 Roflu'lle salt 427 Roots and barks 402 Roots of annual ]ilants 402 Runnings of the ear 384 Rupture 498 s Saffron 427 Sage 427 Sage's Catarrh Remedy .'■>34 Salt ." 428 Saltpetre, I'oisoning by ,')02 Sanative Ointment ^''.^S Sarsaparilla 427 Sarsaparilla, Aver's ^M Hood's .">31 Sars.Tjiarilla, False 427 Sassa f ras 428 Scabies •2i'2 37G Scalds and burns 4.">»"> Scali>, l>i.seases of the 157 S Sciatica 242 881 Scoke 40'.) Scrofula 243, 2'4 S8J Scrofula, Purifying powder for — 444 644 INDEX. Scrofulous ophthalmia 256 Scurvy 245 381 Scurvv, Purif ving powder for 444 Seasickuess . ." 246 381 Seal root 445 Secret liabit of females 543 Secretion, To increase 504 Seeds and fruits 402 Seelev's Pile Ointment 538 Seidlitz powders 428, 531 Self-pollution 216 Seltzer Aperient 534 Senna 428 Sepia 400 S'leep laurel 423 Shilo's Consumptive Cure 533 Shoulder, Dislocation of 468 S'loiilder-blade, Fracture of 477 SHakiuK palsy 225 379 Siirinkinjr of the heart 246 Sick headache 183 Side flowering skullcap 405 Side, Pains in 223 Sight, Imperfect 101 Silicea 400 Simple inflammatory fever 369 Sinuses, The 68 Skin, The 70 Skin, Abrasion of 460 Skin, Discolored 144 Skull, Fracture of the 474 Skullcap 405, 428 Skunk cabbage 415, 428 Sleeplessness 451 Slippery elm 413, 428, 445 Slow, of nervous fever 168 370 Small-pox 247, 320, 615 381 Small-pox, Prevention of 251 Snakehead 408 Snakeroot, Black 419, 428 Snakeroot, Virginia 407, 428 Snakes, Bites of 485 Snapping hazelnut 419 Snuffles 315 891 Soap wort 445 Soda, bicarbonate of 428 Soda, borate of 428 Soda, chloride of 428 Solomon's seal 428, 445 Soothing syrup. Poisoning by 502 Soothinsr svrup, Mrs. Winslow's... . 535 Sore eves of infants 313 391 Sore niouth 252 382 Sore nipples 285 3S8 Sore throat 253, 262 382 Sore throat. Decoction for 443 Sore tongue 252 382 Sozodont 532 Spanish flies 428 896 Spasm in the stomach 136 365 Spavin cure, Kendall's 534 St. Jacoli's Oil 537 St. John's Conditi Spleen, The 51 Spleen, Inflammation of 193, 616 374 Spongia 400 Spotted alder 419 Spotted geranium 416, 423 Sprains 485 Squill 429 Squaw root 411, 419 Squinting 257 383 Stab 466 Stammering 259 St. Anthony's fire 436 Staphisagria 429 Star grass 407, 429 St. Ignatius bean 398 Stiff neck 253 382 Stiffness of the joints 254 Stitch in the side 254 382 Stomach ache 451, 616 Stomach, The 47 Stomach, indicating disease 89 Stomach bitters 446 Stomach, Inflammation of 104, 616 374 Stone root 411, 418 Strabismus 257 Strains 485 Stramonium 423, 429 Strangling, Apparent death 460 Strengthening plaster 446 Strumous ophthalmia 256 Strvchnine 503 St.Vitus dance 255 382 Styes 257 382 Sudden accidents and injuries 462 Sudorific powders 446 Sugar of lead. Poisoning by 501 Sulphate of iron, Poisoning by 503 Sulphide of calcium 398 Sulphur 429 400 Sulidiuric acid, Poisoning by 500 Sumach 429 Summer bronchitis 182 Summer complaint 311 391 Sundew 397 Superficial veins 67 Suppressed menstruation 270 Suppression of urine 257 38S Surditas 136 Sweat glands, Disorders of 145 Sweet flag 410 Sweet fern 429 Sweet spirit of niter 42 • Swelling of the uvula 154 Swellings, Glandular 174 Svnco) le 162 Svphilis 258 383 Syrup of poppies, Poisoning by ... . 502 T Table of remedies 518 Tannin 404 Tansy 429 Tar 430 Tarrant's Effervescent Seltzer Aperient 534 Tape worm 266 Tartar emetic 500 400 Teeth 33 Teeth, How to preserve 351 INDEX. 045 Teeth, How to draw 494 Teeth, Loose 210 Teeth, Order of appearance STi Teethins; 30i; 890 Temperaments, The 92, 335 Tetanus 215 377 Tetter 259 Thigh, Fracture of 4K1 Thompson's Eye Water 630 Thompson's Hot Drops (J34 Thorax, The 58 Thorn apple 123 Thorns in the flesh 491 Thorough wort 411, 433 Throat, Anatomy of 21 Throat, Cut 401 Throat, Sore 253 Throat, Ulcerated 202 Thrush 307, 010 gOO Tincture of balsam of Canada 440 Tincture of burdock 440 Tincture of fringer 446 "Tincture guaiacuni, sassafras 440 Tinctures 403,432 Toilet, The 622 Tongue, indicating disease 88 Tongue, Inflammation of the 200 375 Tongue, Sore 252 Tongue, Structure of 30 Tongue-tie 304 Tonics 451 Tonsilitis 198 375 Tonsils, The 25 Tonsils, Inflammation of 198 Tootl'iai'he 201 383 Toothache bush 421,443 Trachea, The 22 Trance Ill 363 Trask's Magnetic Ointment 538 True love 432 Tuber root 417 Tulip tree 430 Turmeric root 405 Turpentine 430 T^■phoid fever 169,323,015 870 Tophus fever 108 870 U Ulcerated noae 200 37fi Ulceration of the bones 201 3S3 Ulceration, mouth of infants 308 Ulceration of the nose 114 200 Ulcerateil sore throat 202 382 Ulcers 202 Ulcers of the leg 883 Umbel nerve root 421 Unicorn root 407 Uplani 1 cranberry 421 Urinal difliculties, children 305 Urine, The 54 Urine, Clouded 123 Urine, Incontinency of 191, 373, 300 Urine, Supjiression'of 257, 3H3, 3'JO Uvula, Swelling of 154 V Vaccination 492 "Valves of the heart. Diseases of 140 "Van Stan's Stratena ^iS "Vapors, Xoxious 459 Varicella 110 Vari(>ose veins in pregnancy 2s:i 3H8 Variola 247 381 Veins 07 Ventilation 81 Ventricles of the heart 154 Veratrum album 4(M Veratrum viride 401 Verdigris, I'oisoning by 501 Vermilion, I'oisoning by 502 Vinepar hitters, Walker's 535 Virginia snakeroot 407, 428 Vital action, To increase 504 Vomiting u'oi; 388 Vomiting, How produced 5;J0 Vomiting of iiilajlts 310 891 w "Wake robin 432 Walker's California Vinegar Bit- ters 535 Warner's Safe Cure 533 Warner's Kidney and Liver Cure.. 533 Warts 203 388 Washing and dressing infants 298, 290, 304 Wasting 203 388 Water 80 Water brash 204 884 Water, Healing properties of 505 Water hoarhound 410,417,433 Waterv eve 204 384 Wax inyrtle 408, 415 Wax in" the ear 21^384 Weakness of the eyes 2W AVeakness of the hair 181 Weaning 303 Wens 497 White "nrvonia 396 White cellar 430 White hellebore 401 AVhite lead, Poisoning by 501 White leg 889 White oak bark 430 White swelling 01, L'05 384 White vitriol. Poisoning bv 501 White walnut 430, 433 Whites 277 387 Whitlows 497 "Whooping cough 310, 3l'3 391 Wild cherry 430 "Wild cucumber 397 Wild ginger 433 Wild indigo 407, 431 AVild tobacco 419 Willow 431 Wind colic 122 Wintergreeu 409 AVitch hazel 419, 431 Wizard Oil, Hamlin's 537 Wolf's foot 409 898 AVomb, The 274 AVoml) diseases 278, 4."7 386 AVoinen, Diseases of '-'07 384 AVood sage 418 AVonn grass 413 AVorius 265, 266, 313, 451, 616, 884 891 AVonnseed 397 AVormwood 419, 431 AVounds 4X1 AVrist joint. Dislocation of 470 A'arrow 431 A'ellow (lock 405, 4n Yellow fever 170 870 Yellow puccoon 405, 439 C4G INDEX. Yellow wood 443 Young husbands, Counsels to 5ti7 Y(Anijr men, A si)ecial chapter for 5o4 Young women, Counsels to 542 Youth, Observations regarding — 541 Zimmerman's Decoction 536 Zinc oxide, Poisoning by 603 INDEX FOR QUICK REFERENCE. ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. Page. Page. Apoplex}" 97 Bleeding from Lungs, .... 105 Nose, 104 Bruises, 458 Burns, 456 Catalepsy, Ill 362 Cholera 117 Infantum, 311 Morbus, 119 363 Choking, 460 Convulsions 125 of Children, ... 317 Croup, 314 391 Delirium Tremens, 137 365 Dislocations, 467 Drowning, 458 Ear, Foreign Bodies in, ... . 499 Eve. " " " . . . . 484 Epilepsy, 155 368 Fainting, 162 369 Gunshot Injuries, 490 Hanging, 460 Hydrophobia, 188 373 Hysterics 292 Intoxication, 206 Nose. Foreign Substances in, . . 498 Paralysis, 225 378 Scalds, 456 Sprains 485 Vomiting, 262, 310, 530 Wounds, 487 ryo -^R 1 IPRJ Date Due 4 2008 ■ %^. 'i^^ 'r :^' \^ ^/"' PRINTED IN U.S. A CAT NO 24 16) .^J^-:*!" M'^ s;- <^ *,L D 000 165 109 '4- ; 'Y^ ■'?'' *< .fv. 'V -^ ^4 •^'i" WB120 C8U6 1895 The cottage physician '•? " sii' MEDICAL SCIENCES LIBRARY UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, IRVINE IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92664 ^•"^TiJC